Introduction
TO THESIS 1
Publications and presentations arising from Thesis 5
CHAPTER 1: INVESTIGATING THE GENETIC AND MOLECULAR AETIOLOGY OF
ENDOMETRIOSIS 7
Introduction
7
1.1: Exploring the hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer 8
A) Clinico-pathological AND epidemiological data 15
B) Genetic and molecular data 18
C) Testing causality of endometriosis and ovarian cancer using Bradford Hill criteria 27
D. Summarising the published evidence whether endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
35
Discussion
of methodology used in testing hypothesis 38
1.2. Experimental investigation of endometriosis and EAOC 39
Introduction
39
Hypothesis 39
Plan of investigation 41
Experimental Methods 42
1.3 Investigation of epidemiological factors associated with EAOC and SOC 49
1.4. Loss of heterozygosity (LOH) fine mapping of EAOC and SOC at chromosomes 9 and 11 using multiple
microsatellite genetic markers and their prognostic significance. 56
Rationale for selecting Glycodelin and Progesterone Receptor as candidate disease-modifying genes 63
1.5. Laser Capture Microdissection (LCM) of endometriosis and selected LOH mapping 64
1.6 Immunohistochemical investigation of EAOC using Glycodelin (9q34.3) and Progesterone receptor
(11q22) 65
Contents
iii
1.7. Preliminary nuclear morphometric analysis of endometriosis adjacent to ovarian cancer 69
1.8. Affymetrix SNP DNA microarray genotyping of ovarian endometriosis 70
CHAPTER 2. ANALYTICAL OBSERVATIONAL STUDIES 76
Introduction
77
2.1. Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure using time interval to sterilization failure: analysis of
131 cases 79
2.2. The effectiveness of a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (LNG-IUS) in the treatment of
endometrial hyperplasia – a long-term follow-up study. 96
2. 3. Hospital recovery following Thermachoice ablation is not dependent on setting (outpatient or daycase)
or rescue analgesia: unexpected result 111
2.4. Outpatient Thermachoice endometrial balloon ablation: long-term, prognostic and quality of life
measures 125
2.5. Long term outcomes following hysteroscopic myomectomy for abnormal uterine bleeding 148
CHAPTER 3. SYSTEMATIC REVIEWS AND SYSTEMATIC LITERATURE APPRAISAL
162
Introduction
163
3.1. Do screening-preventative interventions in asymptomatic pregnancies reduce the risk of preterm
delivery: a systematic review and meta-analysis 168
Evidence for the value of screening-preventative interventions on routine antenatal population screening
173
Evidence for screening-preventative interventions based on routine antenatal care plus specialist
investigations 176
Evidence for the value of screening-preventative strategies in specific high risk groups 183
Evidence for the value of population-wide preventative strategies in high and low risk groups 186
Antenatal management plan and role of specialist antenatal prematurity clinics 190
Discussion
on bacterial vaginosis meta-analyses 197
3.2. Non-contraceptive uses of levonorgestrel releasing hormone system (LNG-IUS)- a systematic enquiry
and overview 198
Discussion
229
CHAPTER 4: CLINICAL GUIDELINE DEVELOPMENT 233
Introduction
234
Summary of evidence for each clinical guideline according to RCOG and GRADE guideline development tools
240
Contents
iv
4.1. Birth after previous caesarean section 243
4. 2. What treatments improve outcomes in women with unruptured tubal ectopic pregnancy? 276
4. 3. Laparoscopic entry techniques: clinical guideline, national survey and medicolegal ramifications 304
A. Evidence based criteria for safe laparoscopic entry 309
B. Questionnaire survey 313
C. Medico-legal ramifications 319
Discussion
320
4.4. Minimising the Risk of Sterilisation Failure-an evidence-based approach 322
Clinical Guideline: Minimising the risks of sterilisation failure 335
CHAPTER 5. THESIS CONCLUSION 343
5.1. Experimental investigation of endometriosis 344
5.2. Observational Analytical Studies 350
5.3. Systematic reviews 355
5.4. Clinical guideline development 358
5.5. Future research themes arising from Thesis 363
Integrating genomic, transcriptomic and proteomic high throughput technology 363
Anatomical and molecular re-classification of endometriosis 363
Tissue banks for endometriosis (and other important diseases) 364
Developing and utilising animal models of disease 364
Improved basic science and clinical science collaboration 364
The need to increase translational potential of basic science research 365
Co-ordinated research programmes and commitment from Government funded research bodies 365
Utilising and developing high quality clinical datasets 366
Caution with over-reliance on meta-analyses: value according to the quality and methodology of the RCTs
included 367
Ensure that clinical guidelines and their utilisation adds value to clinical practice 368
References
369
Chapter 1 372
Chapter 2 395
Chapter 3.1 406
Chapter 3.2 423
Chapter 4 437
Chapter 5 481
List of Tables included in Thesis
v
List of tables included in Thesis
Table Title
Page
A * Classification of evidence used by RCOG guideline development 3
1.1 Hanahan‘s criteria of properties exhibited by a cancer cell ‗the hallmarks of
cancer‘
12
1.2 How endometriosis displays the ‗Hallmarks of cancer‘ 13
1.3 Criteria and fulfillment of Bradford Hill criteria of causality for
endometriosis and ovarian cancer
14
1.4 Risk of ovarian cancer and other types of cancer in women with
endometriosis
30
1.5 Prevalence of ovarian cancer in women with and without endometriosis 31-32
1.6 Summarising the published evidence that supports or refutes the hypothesis
that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to the development of ovarian
cancer
35
1.7 Characteristics of endometriosis associated ovarian cancer (EAOC) and
sporadic ovarian cancer (SOC), matched for endometrioid and clear cell
histologies, used in epidemiological analysis (N=62)
50
1.8 Characteristics of endometriosis associated ovarian cancer (EAOC) and
sporadic ovarian cancer (SOC), matched for endometrioid and clear cell
histologies, used in genetic analysis(N=50)
51
1.9 Multivariate survival regression analysis of EAOC and SOC 52
1.10 Allelic Loss at chromosome 9 57-58
1.11 Allelic loss at chromosome 11 59-60
1.12 Genome wide microsatellite analysis of endometriosis adjacent to ovarian
cancer
64
1.13 Summary of immunohistochemistry findings 65
1.14 Summarising genome-wide LOH regions identified in ovarian endometriosis
through SNP Affymetrix microarray analysis
70
2A Advantages and Disadvantages as displayed by Centre for Evidence-Based
Medicine (Oxford, UK; www.cebm.net )
78
2.1 Filshie Clip sterilisation failure rates 81-82
2.2 Databases used to acquire failed sterilisation records 85
2.3 Sterilisation method and time interval to pregnancy 87
2.4 Negligent and Non-negligent failure group compositions and intervals to
pregnancy
88
2.5 Empirical probabilities and likelihood ratios at incremental time intervals. 90-91
2.6 Baseline characteristics (n=105) of LNG-IUS treatment of endometrial
hyperplasia
102
2.7 Outcome of the study according to histological data derived from outpatient
endometrial Pipelle and hysterectomy histologies
103
2.8 Correlation between endometrial Pipelle histology and hysterectomy
histology (n=23 hysterectomies)
107
2.9 Baseline and procedural characteristics of LA vs GA TBEA
119
List of Tables included in Thesis
vi
Table Title
Page
2.10 Outcomes of LA vs. GA TBEA 120
2.11 Regression analysis 121
2.12 Baseline demographic data for outpatient TBEA 130-131
2.13 Peri-procedure outcomes of outpatient TBEA 132
2.14 Long-term outcomes of outpatient TBEA 139-140
2.15 Patient satisfaction and its relationship to quality of life and other treatment
outcomes following endometrial ablation
141
2.16 Prognostic outcomes for endometrial ablation (using multivariate regression
analysis)
144
2.17 Baseline characteristics for 92 women undergoing hysteroscopic
myomectomy
155
2.18 Characteristics associated with hysteroscopic myomectomy procedure 156
2.19 Outcomes after hysteroscopic myomectomy 157
2.20 Women (n=10) undergoing hysterectomy following hysteroscopic
myomectomy
158
2.21 Multivariate analysis of prognostic factors 159
3i * Classification of evidence used by RCOG Guideline development (originate
from US Agency for Health Care Research and Quality)
165
3ii * GRADE approach- The Grading of Recommendations Assessment,
Development and Evaluation (GRADE)
166-167
3.1 Gestation-specific perinatal mortality 169
3.2 Risk factors associated with increased risk of preterm delivery. 172
3.3 Defining elective and indicated types of cervical cerclage 175
3.4 Suggested antenatal strategy to prevent preterm delivery 192
3.5 Summary of screening and preventative strategies that may reduce the risk of
preterm delivery
194
3.6 Summary of studies that assess LNG-IUS use in various non-contraceptive
therapeutic indications as primary study outcome measures
202-203
3.7 LNG-IUS studies assessing therapeutic effect in women with menorrhagia 206-208
3.8 LNG-IUS studies directly or indirectly assessing therapeutic effect on
fibroids or fibroid related menorrhagia
210-211
3.9 LNG-IUS studies assessing therapeutic effect in women with endometriosis 213-214
3.10 LNG-IUS studies assessing therapeutic effect in women with adenomyosis 215
3.11 LNG-IUS studies assessing use to provide uterine protection during
oestrogen replacement or tamoxifen therapy
217-223
3.12 LNG-IUS studies assessing therapeutic effect in women with endometrial
hyperplasia
225
4.1 Guideline publications arising from chapter 4 233
4i Assessment criteria for selecting topics for clinical guideline development 235
4ii * Classification of evidence used by RCOG Guideline development (originate
from US Agency for Health Care Research and Quality) 7
236
4iii Classification of evidence used by Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines
Network (SIGN) Grading System
237
4iv * GRADE approach. The Grading of Recommendations Assessment,
Development and Evaluation (GRADE)
238-239
List of Tables included in Thesis
vii
Table Title
Page
4v Summary of evidence for each clinical guideline according to RCOG and
GRADE guideline development tools
240-242
4.2 Definition of obstetric terms 245
4.3 Definition of perinatal terms 245
4.4 Items to be discussed when determining mode of delivery 250
4.5 Risks and Benefits of opting for VBAC or ERCS 251-252
4.6 Clinical features associated with uterine scar rupture 267
4.7 Risks of planned VBAC labours from NICHD study (N=17,898 planned
VBACs) 15;29
271
4.8 Management of augmentation in established VBAC labour 271
4.9 Glossary of terms used in ectopic pregnancy guideline 278-279
4.10 Comparison of fertility outcomes of salpingotomy versus salpingectomy 285-288
4.11 RCTs and meta-analyses of surgical and surgical versus medical treatments
in the management of ectopic pregnancy
293
4.12 Evidence-based criteria for safe laparoscopic entry: 10 steps 307
4.13 Laparoscopic entry technique in uncomplicated vs. high-risk women 314
4.14 Frequency of angle of entry for Veress and Primary Trocar 315
4.15 Safety checks performed to ensure correct Veress placement 316
4.16 Safety checks performed prior to primary trocar insertion 317
4.17 Awareness of evidence-based guidance and previous experience of
laparoscopic injury
318
4.18 Female surgical sterilisation techniques 323
4.19 Filshie Clip: reported sterilisation failure rates 326
4.20 Classification system for mechanism of sterilisation failure 332
5.1 Individualise therapeutic approach to endometriosis according to cancer cell
hallmarks
346-347
5.2 Summary of studies comparing genomic, transcriptomic and proteomic
profiling of endometriosis using high-through put microarray technology
348
5.3 Implications of thesis findings and future research directions for
endometriosis
349
5.4 Improved health care resulting from analytical observational studies. 351
5.5* Classification of evidence used by RCOG Guideline development (originate
from US Agency for Health Care Research and Quality)
352
5.6* GRADE approach. The Grading of Recommendations Assessment,
Development and Evaluation (GRADE)
353-354
5.7* Screening and preventative strategies that may reduce the risk of preterm
delivery
356
5.8* Suggested antenatal strategy to prevent preterm delivery 357
5.9* Ectopic pregnancy evidence appraised using RCOG and GRADE criteria 361
Figures included in Thesis
viii
List of figures included in Thesis
Figure Title
Page
A* Ascension of research pyramid 4
1.1 Image of an endometriotic lesion surrounded by adhesions 9
1.2 Acquired stepwise genetic somatic mutations that predispose to
development of cancer (Fearon and Vogelstein 1990)
23
1.3 Proposed genetic and molecular aeitopathogenesis of endometriosis 37
1.4 Genetic allelic products images observed following microsatellite
amplification of target DNA and analysis on ABI Prism analyser
44
1.5 Importance of Laser capture microdissection of target disease (such as
endometriosis epithelium glandular lining) from surrounding tissue (such
as endometriosis stroma
46
1.6 Increased genetic resolution of Affymetrix Single Nucleotide
Polymoprhism DNA microarray compared to ‗traditional‘ multiple
microsatellite marker genome wide mapping
48
1.7 Survival differences between subtypes of ovarian cancer 53
1.8 Survival analysis according to stage of ovarian cancer. 54
1.9 Survival analysis according to presence of endometriosis 55
1.10 Contribution to allelic loss at chromosome 9 by each cancer subtype 61
1.11 Contribution to allelic loss at chromosome 11 by each cancer subtype 61
1.12 Significant association of LOH at 9q34.3 and 11q 23.3 on survival of all
ovarian cancers according to Cox Proportional Hazards survival analysis
62
1.13 Immunohistochemistry images of endometriosis and ovarian cancer using
Glycodelin and CD10
66-67
1.14 Immunohistochemistry images of endometriosis and ovarian cancer using
Progesterone receptor subtypes A and B (individually labeled)
67
1.15 Immunohistochemistry: patchy positive staining of PR-B in endometrioid
cancer
68
1.16 Nuclear morphometric analysis of endometriosis, atypical endometriosis
and ovarian cancer that appear as one continuum on the histology slide
69
1.17 Selected images of chromosomal abnormality (chrom 11) in ovarian
endometriosis (patient 3) compared to their matched normal ovarian
surface epithelium (patient 2)
71
1.18 Selected images of chromosomal abnormality (chrom 15) in ovarian
endometriosis (patient 5) compared to their matched normal ovarian
surface epithelium (patient 3)
72
1.19 Selected images of chromosomal abnormality (chrom 21) in ovarian
endometriosis (patient 6) compared to their matched normal ovarian
surface epithelium (patient 9)
73
1.20 Selected images of chromosomal abnormality (chrom 6 and chrom 11 and
chrom X) in ovarian endometriosis for patient 2 and patent 3 and patient
6, respectively.
74-75
2.1 The probability of sterilisation failure for negligent and non-negligent
cases against time interval to failure (Cox Regression model)
92
Figures included in Thesis
ix
Figure Title
Page
2.2 Outcome of study according to outpatient endometrial Pipelle histology at
pre-treatment and 2-years following LNG-IUS insertion
104
2.3 Correlation of duration of stay with strength of analgesia for combined
LA and GA TBEA cohort
121
2.4 Correlation of morphine usage to post ablation VAS Score and duration of
hospital stay
138
2.5 Survival analysis for likelihood of surgical re-intervention post TBEA 142
3.1 Meta-analyses for treatment of bacterial vaginosis and reduction in
preterm delivery
177
4.1 Plan of care for singleton uncomplicated pregnancy with previous LSCS 246
4.2 Clinico-pathological mechanisms proposed in sterilisation failure based
on Canadian dataset 389
328
4.3 Cumulative risk of pregnancy by method from US CREST study 388 and
Filshie clip references
329
4.4 Filshie clip under-closure due to operator fault 338
5.1* Ascension of a research pyramid of research methodologies to benefit
clinical practice
343
5.2 Evaluating, in parallel, differences between genomic, transcriptomic and
proteomic array platforms to identify candidate molecular pathways
347
5.3 Derivation of clinical guidelines 358
Footnote to List of Tables & Figures included in Thesis
* There has been repetition in the listing of these tables and figures in the Thesis text. This
has been adopted in order to help the reader when reading the particular section, rather than
the reader having to cross-reference to other chapters of the Thesis in order to locate the
relevant item.
Preliminaries
x
PRELIMINARIES
Abstract
The aim of this PhD thesis was to produce research that could inform and benefit clinical
practice by exploring the application of basic science and clinical research methodologies to
disorders in obstetrics and gynaecology. Chapter 1’s investigation of endometriosis is the
first to 1) report detailed genetic mapping of endometriosis-associated ovarian cancer, 2)
report the existence of micro-LOH (loss of heterozygosity) in ovarian endometriosis through
a SNP 100K DNA array. Chapter 2 explores the efficacy of interventions to treat menstrual
abnormalities using clinical cohort studies. Furthermore, Chapter 2 highlights how
negligence in female sterilization failure may be mathematically (Bayesian) modelled.
Chapter 3 explores the value of systematic reviews for preventing preterm delivery and use
of LNG-IUS (Mirena coil). The clinical guidelines published in Chapter 4 include: vaginal
birth after previous caesarean, ectopic pregnancy, safe laparoscopic entry and minimising risk
of sterilisation failure. The thesis concludes (Chapter 5) by suggesting strategies to augment
the research methodological approaches evaluated in this thesis in order fulfill the aim of
benefitting clinical practice. Work included in this PhD thesis has been orally presented at
international conferences, published in peer-reviewed journals, and published as a national
clinical guideline by the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists, UK (RCOG).
Preliminaries
xi
Acknowledgements
BASIC SCIENCE Prof ER Maher
Dr N Morgan, Dr S Sahota, Dr J Arrand
HISTOPATHOLOGICAL Dr R Ganesan, Dr T Rollason
CLINICAL EPIDEMIOLOGICAL Prof JK Gupta, Mr J Clark
Dr H Soneja
STATISTICAL Prof P Patil
MENTORSHIP Prof JK Gupta & Prof ER Maher
PhD EXAMINERS Prof T Barrett & Prof J Konje
SECRETARIAL A.Intennimeo, D.Leake, H.Khan
FUNDING Birmingham Springboard Fellowship
MRC/RCOG Clinical PhD Fellowship
RCOG Endometriosis Millennium Fund
AND
FRIENDS, FAMILY, EMPLOYERS
Introduction
to Thesis
Clinical research, although a commonly used term, is actually difficult to achieve a
consensus definition for. A definition stated by Department of Health (United Kingdom) is
that research is ―the attempt to derive generalisable new knowledge by addressing clearly
defined questions with systematic and rigorous methods‖. This definition includes studies that
aim to generate hypotheses as well as studies that aim to test them 1 . The Medical Research
Council (United Kingdom) aims to support research that is aimed at ― maintaining and
improving human health” 2; a commitment endorsed by all other research funding bodies,
professional medical colleges and National Health Service (UK).
There are numerous basic science and clinical research methodologies employed in clinical
research. I suggest that these may be depicted as components of a ‗research pyramid‘ (Figure
A). For research to ultimately translate to clinical benefit, there needs to be ascension of the
pyramid to its peak through appropriate selection of the ‗next level‖ research methodology.
The graphical depiction is useful as it highlights methodologies existing within the context of
a particular level that corresponds to the level of evidence that is considered during guideline
development (Table A). Furthermore, the pyramid shape mirrors the typical frequency of
publications on disease, with several existing at the base, and fewer identified as the pyramid
is ascended.
Multiple components are necessary to ensure that research is relevant, effective, efficient,
ethical, and will ultimately translate to health gain. The aim of this PhD thesis was to
produce research that could inform and benefit clinical practice. The chapters have been
ordered to follow a stepwise ascension of the research methodology pyramid (Figure A).
Introduction
to Thesis
2
Each chapter illustrates the use of a specific research methodology by considering selected
disorders in obstetrics and gynaecology. In Chapter 1, the thesis explores the molecular
aetiology of endometriosis and tests whether it behaves as a neoplastic precursor to ovarian
cancer. Maintaining a gynaecological theme, Chapter 2 explores the efficacy and
effectiveness of interventions to treat menstrual abnormalities using clinical cohort studies;
this work also led to the production of a RCOG educational module for specialist trainees in
abnormal uterine bleeding 3. Furthermore, Chapter 2 highlights how rare outcome measures,
such as failed sterilisation, may be adequately explored using cohort study design and
Bayesian mathematical modelling. Chapter 3 explores the clinical value and potential
drawbacks of systematic review by assessing screening-preventative interventions to reduce
the risk of preterm delivery. In addition, the chapter includes a systematic review of the non-
contraceptive uses of Levonorgestrel-releasing hormone system. The publications of the
clinical guidelines in Chapter 4 are likely to have immediate and maximal benefit on clinical
practice. The production of clinical guidelines adopted a structured approach and considered
all levels of research evidence, not just systematic reviews or RCTs, to generate
recommendations for best medical practice. The guidelines included: vaginal birth after
previous caesarean (RCOG national guideline), ectopic pregnancy (BMJ Clinical evidence),
safe gynaecological laparoscopic entry, and minimising the risk of sterilisation failure. The
thesis concludes (Chapter 5) by summarising the benefits to clinical practice for each
research methodology. The chapter also suggests future research themes that may augment
the research methodological approaches evaluated in this thesis in order to benefit clinical
practice.
Introduction
to Thesis
3
Table A Classification of evidence used by RCOG guideline development
Classification of Evidence Levels
Ia Evidence obtained from meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials.
Ib Evidence obtained from at least one randomised controlled trial.
IIa Evidence obtained from at least one well-designed controlled study without
randomisation.
IIb Evidence obtained from at least one other type of well-designed quasi-experimental study.
III Evidence obtained from well-designed non-experimental descriptive studies, such as
comparative studies, correlation studies and case studies.
IV Evidence obtained from expert committee reports or opinions and/or clinical experience of
respected authorities.
Grades of Recommendations
Requires at least one randomised controlled trial as part of a body of literature of
overall good quality and consistency addressing the specific recommendation.
(Evidence levels Ia, Ib)
Requires the availability of well controlled clinical studies but no randomised
clinical trials on the topic of recommendations. (Evidence levels IIa, IIb, III)
Requires evidence obtained from expert committee reports or opinions and/or
clinical experiences of respected authorities. Indicates an absence of directly
applicable clinical studies of good quality. (Evidence level IV)
Good Practice Point
Recommended best practice based on the clinical experience of the guideline
development group
Introduction
to Thesis
4
Figure A. Ascension of research pyramid
Audit
Clinical
Guidelines
Systematic
reviews & RCTs
Cohort studies
Descriptive studies
Elucidating aetiopathogenesis
molecular in vitro & in vivo models
Molecular & epidemiological associations
Footnotes
RCT randomised controlled clinical trials
Audit refers to clinical audit to assess impact of clinical guidelines
Introduction
to Thesis
5
Publications and presentations arising from Thesis
CHAPTER ONE
Prowse AH, Manek S, Varma R, Liu J, Godwin AK, Maher ER et al. Molecular
genetic evidence that endometriosis is a precursor of ovarian cancer. Int J Cancer
2006; 119(3):556-562.
4
Varma R, Rollason T, Gupta JK, Maher ER. Endometriosis and the neoplastic
process. Reproduction 2004; 127(3):293-304.
5
Genome wide SNP 100K analysis of endometriosis: demonstration of genomic
imbalance, Oral Presentation, British Congress of Obstetrics and Gynaecology
RCOG, London, July 2007.
6
Genetic evidence for malignant transformation of endometriosis (1st July 2007,
Oral Presentation, European Society for Human Reproduction & Embryology
(ESHRE), Lyon, Paris.
7
CHAPTER TWO
Varma R, Gupta JK. Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure using
time interval to sterilization failure: analysis of 131 cases. Hum Reprod 2007;
22(9):2437-2443.
8
Varma R, Soneja H, Bhatia K, Ganesan R, Rollason T, Clark TJ et al. The
effectiveness of a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (LNG-IUS) in the
treatment of endometrial hyperplasia--a long-term follow-up study. Eur J Obstet
Gynecol Reprod Biol 2008; 139(2):169-175.
9
Varma R, Soneja H, Samuel N, Sangha E, Clark TJ, Gupta JK. Hospital recovery
following Thermachoice ablation is not dependent on setting (outpatient or
daycase) or rescue analgesia: unexpected result. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod
Biol 2008; 140(1):76-81.
10
Varma R, Soneja H, Clark TJ, Gupta JK. Outpatient Thermachoice endometrial
balloon ablation: long term, prognostic and quality of life measures. European
Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology and Reproductive Biology. In submission,
2008.
11
Varma R, Soneja H, Clark TJ, Gupta JK. Hysteroscopic myomectomy for
menorrhagia using Versascope trade mark bipolar system: Efficacy and
prognostic factors at a minimum of one year follow up. Eur J Obstet Gynecol
Reprod Biol 2008. In Press
12
Varma R, Gupta JK. Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists.
Abnornal Uterine Bleeding. Module 13. StratOG.net. Stuctured Training
Resource to Assist Trainees in Obstetrics and Gynaecology. June 2007.
3
Introduction
to Thesis
6
CHAPTER THREE
Varma R, Gupta JK, James DK, Kilby MD. Do screening-preventative
interventions in asymptomatic pregnancies reduce the risk of preterm delivery--a
critical appraisal of the literature. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2006;
127(2):145-159.
13
Varma R, Gupta JK. Antibiotic treatment of bacterial vaginosis in pregnancy:
multiple meta-analyses and dilemmas in interpretation. Eur J Obstet Gynecol
Reprod Biol 2006; 124(1):10-14.
14
Varma R, Sinha D, Gupta JK. Non-contraceptive uses of levonorgestrel-releasing
hormone system (LNG-IUS)--a systematic enquiry and overview. Eur J Obstet
Gynecol Reprod Biol 2006; 125(1):9-28.
15
CHAPTER FOUR
Varma, R, Gupta, J.K., Smith, G.C. Birth after previous caesarean section. Royal
College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists Clinical Green top guideline No.45.
February 2007. http://www.rcog.org.uk/index.asp?PageID=1913
Varma R, Smith GC. Management of women with previous caesarean section. In
Press. In: Warren R, Arulkumaran S, editors. Best Practice in Labour and
Delivery. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.; 2008.
16
17
Varma R, Gupta JK. Ectopic Pregnancy.
http://clinicalevidence.bmj.com/ceweb/conditions/pac/1406/1406_background.jsp
. BMJ Clinical Evidence . 2006.
18
Varma R, Gupta JK. Laparoscopic entry techniques: clinical guideline, national
survey, and medicolegal ramifications. Surg Endosc 2008; 22(12):2686-2697.
19
Varma R, Gupta JK. Failed sterilisation: evidence-based review and medico-legal
ramifications. BJOG 2004; 111(12):1322-1332.
Varma R, Gupta JK. Minimizing the risk of sterilization faliure: An evidence
based approach. In: Complications in Gynecological Surgery. Editor:
O'Donovan P. Spinger-Verlag, London 2008. Chapter 12; pages 106-126
20
21
Chapter 1. Endometriosis: Basic Science
7
CHAPTER 1: INVESTIGATING THE GENETIC AND MOLECULAR
AETIOLOGY OF ENDOMETRIOSIS
Introduction
Endometriosis is a gynaecological disorder affecting 10-15% of women of reproductive age.
The condition often presents with infertility and pelvic pain, causing significant impairment
of quality of life. The precise aetiology of endometriosis is unclear, but is considered to
involve multiple genetic, environmental, immunological, angiogenic and endocrine
processes. Although endometriosis is a benign disorder, recent studies suggest endometriosis
could be viewed as a neoplastic process. This chapter presents a basic science investigation of
the genetic and molecular aetiology of endometriosis. The similarities between endometriosis
and neoplasia have been used to investigate endometriosis using techniques normally applied
in cancer biology. Initially, the chapter presents the epidemiological, genetic and molecular
evidence that justifies the rationale for using a cancer biology model to study endometriosis.
Thereafter, the chapter discusses various genetic and immunohistochemistry techniques used
in the investigation. Traditional approaches (such as microsatellite genetic marker genetic
mapping) are contrasted with newer technologies (laser capture microdissection and
Affymetrix SNP 100K DNA microarray). The aim was to identify the key genes involved in
the initiation, proliferation and malignant transformation of endometriosis to enable
development of improved screening-preventative therapies for both endometriosis and
ovarian cancer.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
8
1.1: Exploring the hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor
to ovarian cancer
Introduction
Endometriosis is defined as the implantation of endometrium-like glandular and stromal cells
outside their normal location in the uterus. Endometriotic lesions are usually identified at
laparoscopy localised to ovaries and the Pouch of Douglas (Figure 1.1). Endometriosis is
diagnosed in 30% of cases referred for infertility investigation 1 and in 10%-70% of women
with pelvic pain 1 . Overall, studies estimate that endometriosis may affect around 7-15% of
women of reproductive age, thus making this a common condition.
Endometriosis has been considered a ‗disease‘ because it is often identified when
investigating women with infertility, pelvic pain, dyspareunia (pain on intercourse) and
dysmenorrhoea (painful periods). Traditionally the classification of endometriosis has been
made by anatomical (surgical staging by revised American Fertility Society score) and
histopathological (atypical and non-atypical endometriosis) criteria 2. However, this
combined approach of classification does not correlate closely with pelvic pain or
reproductive outcome, and is prone to inter-observer error. Furthermore, the emphasis of
targeting the endometriotic lesion, by surgical removal or hypo-oestrogenic inactivation, does
not necessarily correct the aberrant underlying molecular mechanism(s). This explains why
current endometriosis treatment does not alleviate clinical symptoms in all cases, and
recurrence is common 3.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
9
Figure 1.1. Image of an endometriotic lesion surrounded by adhesions
These disparities suggest that endometriosis may not be a true ‗disease‘ but a heterogeneous
entity with differing subtypes. One subtype may be capable of causing symptomatic disease
directly consequent to endometriotic pathology (e.g. ovarian endometriomas, pelvic
adhesions), whereas, another subtype, may be associated with symptoms without obvious
endometriotic-lesion basis. Another subtype may be clinically asymptomatic and its presence
be considered a normal ‗non-pathogenic‘ phenomena. Consequently the current focus on
treating the endometriotic lesion should be reconsidered, and efforts to understand the
pathogenesis of endometriosis, and its temporo-spatial relationship to symptomology, should
be increased.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
10
Traditionally, endometriosis research has focused on the lesion itself and comparing
molecular processes between ectopic and eutopic endometrium4. This has identified multiple
anomalies in genetic, environment, angiogenic, endocrine, metabolic, and immunological
mechanisms. Some of these correlate with the severity of endometriosis and/or associated
clinical sequelae implying a causative rather than simply associative role. However, the major
obstacle has been the difficulty in discriminating between processes fundamental to
endometriosis aetiopathogenesis and epiphenomena. Importantly, these physiological
differences are multi-compartment (endometrium, peritoneal fluid, follicular fluid and blood)
and not just localised to the site of the endometriotic lesion, implying a fundamental
widespread alteration in reproductive tract function. This multifactorial multi-compartment
pathogenesis, coupled with the clinical heterogeneity, has created a confusion of data, with
little consensus on a unifying mechanism. Nevertheless, since Sampson first reported in
19255 that endometriosis may give rise to malignant change, and proposed criteria for
diagnosis of malignancy arising in endometriosis, extensive evidence for an association
between endometriosis and cancer (especially ovarian) has now accumulated.
Aim To evaluate the hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to the
development of ovarian cancer based on systematic literature search and critical appraisal of
clinical and basic science data
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
11
Methods
All observational and experimental studies examining the relationship between
endometriosis and ovarian cancer were retrieved from MEDLINE (1966-2004) and EMBASE
(1980-2004) medical databases using combination of specific keywords and MeSH terms.
The following search terms and word variants were used: ‗endometriosis‘, ‗endometriotic‘, or
‗endometrio$‘ combined with ―AND‖ to ‗ovarian neoplasms‘, ‗neoplasms‘, ‗carcinoma‘
‗genital neoplasms, female‘, ‗carcinogens‘, ‗carcinogen$‘, ‗carcinogens, enivronmental‘,
‗tumo$‘, ‗malignan$‘, ‗cancer$‘, or ‗neoplas$‘. In addition, bibliographies of retrieved
articles were examined to identify further relevant studies. The search was completed in April
2004. At the time of submission of this PhD thesis, a further search of the medical databases
was performed and specific key articles have been included where they substantially alter the
evidence-base. The hypothesis was examined by examining by considering the following
methodological approaches:
A. Clinico-pathological epidemiological data
B. Genetic and molecular data of endometriosis and cancer. In particular, considering
how endometriosis demonstrates a molecular cancer phenotype according to
Hanahan’s ‘Hallmarks of Cancer6‘ criteria for a cancer cell [defined as seven
critical features of the cancer phenotype (Tables 1.1 and 1.2)]
C. Testing association vs. causality of endometriosis and cancer using Bradford-Hill
(1965) epidemiological causality criteria7 (Table 1.3).
D. Summary of the published evidence that supports or refutes the hypothesis that
endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to the development of ovarian cancer.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
12
Table 1.1 Hanahan’s criteria of properties exhibited by a cancer cell: ‘the hallmarks of
cancer’ 6
1 Self-sufficiency in growth
signals
Mitotic growth signals are needed for cells to move from a quiescent
state into active proliferative state. These signals are transmitted into
the cell by transmembrane cell-surface receptors that bind to:
diffusible growth factors, ECM components, cell-to-cell adhesion
interaction molecules
2 Insensitivity to
antiproliferative signals
Growth inhibitory signals (soluble or immobilized in ECM and on
surfaces of nearby cells) are received by transmembrane cell-surface
receptors coupled to intracellular signaling circuits
3 Resistance to Apoptosis Evasion mechanisms of programmed cell death
4 Limitless replicative
potential
Disruption of intrinsic cell-autonomous program that limits their
multiplication. This program operates independently of the cell-to-cell
signaling pathways described above
5 Sustained angiogenesis Virtually all cells in a tissue are obligated to reside within 100um of a
capillary blood vessel to allow adequate permeation of oxygen and
nutrients crucial for cell survival The cells within aberrant
proliferative lesions initially lack angiogenic ability, but in order to
progress, incipient neoplasias must develop angiogenic ability
6 Tissue invasion and
metastasis
This enables cancer cells to escape the primary tumour mass and
colonise new sites where, at least initially, nutrients and space are not
limited
7 Genomic instability Mutations or inactivation/activation of tumour suppressor genes,
oncogenes, DNA monitoring and repair enzymes, checkpoint systems
at mitosis. These are carried out by intragene (e.g. mutation, deletion)
and epigenetic (e.g. promoter hypermethylation) mechanisms
Footnotes
The listed capabilities are mostly acquired directly, or indirectly, through changes in the
genomes of cancer cells.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
13
Table 1.2 How endometriosis displays the ‘Hallmarks of cancer’6
Hallmarks of cancer How endometriosis demonstrates the signified hallmark
1 Self-sufficiency in
growth signals
Increased local production of estrogen and responsiveness to estrogen8
Inherited genetic polymorphisms in drug-metabolizing enzymes (CYP1A1,
CYP19, and GSTM1) which predispose to endometriosis9 and ovarian
endometrioid and clear cell cancer10
2 Insensitivity to
antiproliferative
signals
Expression of the inhibitory progesterone receptor isoform PR-A instead of the
stimulatory isoform PR-B 11
Altered expression of p27Kip1 protein (cdk inhibitor) in active and inactive
endometriotic lesion, and increased p21 expression in endometriomas compared
with benign and malignant ovarian tumours 12;13
3 Resistance to
Apoptosis
Elevated soluble Fas ligand and IL-8 in endometriotic peritoneal fluid.14
Germline and somatically acquired inactivating mutations of p53 gene 15;16
Up-regulation of survivin, matrix metalloproteinases, and bcl-2, and decreased
BAX 17-19
4 Limitless
replicative
potential
No studies examining telomerase function in endometriosis, but it is noted
estrogen and progesterone stimulate, whilst tamoxifen and wild-type (normal
variant) p53 inhibit, telomerase activity in estrogen dependent neoplasms (breast
and endometrial cancer cells) 20;21 which endometriosis represents.
5 Sustained
angiogenesis
Pathological angiogenesis, immune cell suppression and immune cell activation
co-exist in endometriosis22 and cancer processes23. Mediators of angiogenesis
exhibit genetic polymorphisms that either predispose to endometriosis (e.g.
ICAM-1, IL-6 and IL-10 gene promoters)24-26 or ovarian cancer (e.g. IL-6, MMP-
1, integrin beta3, TGFBR1 ,IL-1R antagonist)27-31
6 Tissue invasion
and metastasis
Endometriosis exhibits invasiveness that is mediated through de-regulation of
similar cell adherence signaling (such as integrins, beta-catenin, cadherins and
matrix metalloproteinases17-19;32-34 to cancer. Beta catenin mutations occur in
endometrial and ovarian endometrioid cancers 35;36 but have not been investigated
for in endometriosis.
7 Genomic instability Like cancer, endometriosis is monoclonal37 and shows allelic imbalance38.
Mutations of tumour suppressor genes occur in endometriosis39;40, which are in
some cases similar to those ovarian cancers arising directly from the
endometriosis41.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
14
Table 1.3 Criteria and fulfillment of Bradford Hill criteria7 of causality for
endometriosis and ovarian cancer
Liste
d
factor
Causality criteria
Comments
Strength of supporting
evidence identified by
this review
1 Temporal sequence Did exposure precede outcome?
Weak
2 Strength of association How strong is the effect, measured as relative
risk or odds ratio?
Moderate
3 Consistency of
association
Has the effect been seen by others?
Strong
4 Biological gradient
Does increased exposure result in more of the
outcome (dose-dependency)?
None
5 Specificity of
association
Does exposure lead only to outcome?
Weak
6 Biological plausibility Does the association make pathophysiological
sense?
Moderate
7 Coherence with
existing knowledge
Is the association consistent with available
evidence?
Weak
8 Experimental evidence Has a randomized controlled trial been done?
Human-Weak
Animal-Strong
9 Analogy Is the association similar to others?
Weak
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
15
A) Clinico-pathological AND epidemiological data
1.Histopathology. Like malignancy, endometriosis displays features of atypia, adherence,
invasion and metastases. Atypical endometriosis is characterized histologically by
endometrial glands with cytological or architectural atypia 42, and has been observed in 12%-
35% of ovarian endometriosis 43-45. Around 60%-80% of cases of endometriosis-associated
ovarian cancer (EAOC) occur in the presence of atypical ovarian endometriosis46-48. Of these
cases, 25% showed direct continuity of the atypical ovarian endometriosis with ovarian
cancer49 , underlying a potential ‗premalignant‘ transition spectrum of non-atypical to
atypical and malignant variants.
2. Nuclear morphometry This involves a structured histological approach to grading mitotic
activity using nuclear size and pleomorphism. Morphometric analysis of cancer has been
shown to correlate to clinical prognosis 50;51. There is published data on nuclear
morphometric analysis of endometriosis (and related adenomyosis), albeit most limited to
mainly non-prognostic correlations52-61. Morphometric analysis of non-atypical
endometriosis showed no difference between active (red lesions) and inactive (black or white
lesions) lesions; it is yet to be studied in atypical endometriosis62 . Nonetheless, mild
cytological atypia in the glandular epithelium of endometriotic cysts has been associated with
normal DNA diploid patterns, whereas severe atypia may be associated with aneuploidy63 .
Furthermore, the existence of morphometric differences between peritoneal, ovarian and
rectovaginal endometriosis supports the earlier stated hypothesis that endometriosis at
different anatomical locations are likely to be molecularly diverse entities53;55;56.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
16
3.Ovarian malignancy may arise directly from ovarian endometriosis Around 60% of
EAOC occurs with the cancer adjacent to endometriosis or arising directly from ovarian
endometriosis, with the remaining 40% occurring with distant endometriotic disease 64;65.
Clear cell and endometrioid carcinomas are the commonest EAOCs with ovarian
endometriosis, while clear cell adenocarcinoma and adenosarcoma the commonest EAOCs in
extraovarian endometriosis66-70. The risk of direct malignant transformation of ovarian
endometriosis has been estimated as 0.7% to 1.6% over an average of eight years 43;44.
Interestingly, there is a common unexplained left-sided predominance for endometriotic
cysts, and ovarian endometrioid and clear-cell cancers71.72
4. Increased risk of ovarian cancer in women with endometriosis, irrespective if
endometriosis is distant or adjacent to ovarian tumour. The age standardised incidence of
ovarian cancer in women in the UK is 21.9 per 100,000 (0.02%), with around 75% of cases
diagnosed in postmenopausal women 73. If there were no association between cancer and
endometriosis then the incidence of endometriosis in women with ovarian cancer would be
similar to that in the general population. However, the incidence of endometriosis in women
with ovarian cancer is 8%-30% 46;74;75. This compares to a background incidence of
endometriosis of 7-15% in women of reproductive age, and less than 2% in postmenopausal
women 1. This data correlates with the finding from a Swedish population study, where the
risk of ovarian cancer was increased 4.2-fold (95% confidence interval 2.0 to 7.7) in the
presence of endometriosis 76. Furthermore, the histology of EAOC (40-55% clear cell , 20-
40% endometrioid and <10% serous and mucinous subtypes)77-79 differs considerably from
that seen in all ovarian cancers (FIGO 1998 annual report 55% serous, 13% mucinous, 14%
endometrioid, 6% clear cell) 80.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
17
5.Increased risk of synchronous endometrial and ovarian cancers, especially
endometrioid type, in presence of endometriosis. Simultaneously detected endometrial and
ovarian carcinomas are most often associated with endometrioid subtypes, and ovarian
endometriosis was identified in around 30% of these cases68;70;81.
6.Clinical behavior and prognosis of endometriosis associated ovarian cancer (EAOC)
differs from matched ovarian cancer subtypes not associated with endometriosis. EAOC
compared to ovarian cancer without endometriosis presents at a less advanced stage, lower
grade, predominantly endometrioid and clear cell type, and has a better overall survival 82;83.
7.Increased risk of extra-ovarian cancers. Around 80% of intraperitoneal cancers
associated with endometriosis relate to ovarian cancer, with the remainder extra-ovarian84. A
separate study showed an increased risk of extra-pelvic cancers (breast and non-Hodgkin‘s
lymphoma) in women with endometriosis 85.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
18
B) Genetic and molecular data
These have been considered according the SEVEN listed criteria that a cancer cell possess
according to Hanahan and Weinberg (2000)6 (Tables 1.1 and 1.2).
1.Self-sufficiency in growth signals: Like uterine and breast cancer, endometriosis behaves
as an oestrogen dependent neoplasm. Endometriosis has specifically adapted to oestrogen-
induced signaling by:
Increased local production of oestrogen through increased expression of aromatase
cytochrome P450 expression but deficient 17B-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase (17B-
HSD) type 2 expression (which impairs inactivation of potent oestradiol E2 to less potent
oestrone E1) 86.
Increased responsiveness to oestrogen. There is increased oestrogen receptor (ER-alpha)
expression in active (red lesions) than inactive (black lesions) endometriosis 87.
Inherited genetic polymorphisms in oestrogen and progesterone receptors, which
predispose to endometriosis88;89
Inherited genetic polymorphisms in drug-metabolizing enzymes (CYP1A1, CYP19, and
GSTM1) which predispose to endometriosis9;90-92 and ovarian endometrioid and clear cell
cancers 93. These alterations may induce endometriosis or cancer by altering a dioxin-
induced oestrogen growth signal. Dioxins have been shown to induce endometriosis-like
and oestrogen-dependent tumours in animal models 94. Of importance, there is a doubled
risk of developing endometriosis amongst women with high serum dioxin levels 95 .
Activation of oestrogen receptors in endometriosis may occur indirectly through
upregulated CYP1A1 activity, which causes increased aromatase P450 and oestrogen
production 96, or directly by dioxin activated aryl hydrocarbon receptor 97.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
19
Other growth factors, such as transforming growth factor alpha (TGF-alpha) and insulin-like
growth factor-1 (IGF-1) have also been implicated in endometriosis and cancer
development98. IGF-1 signaling is required for cell cycle progression and appears to be a pre-
requisite for malignant transformation and implantation. A higher risk for cervical, ovarian
and endometrial cancer is related to high IGF-1 levels in post- and premenopausal women.
Plasma IGF-1 levels are higher in cases of severe endometriosis; however, in endometriosis
IGF-1 levels locally in the endometrium are reduced 99.
2.Insensitivity to antiproliferative signals
Cell division relies on the activation of Cyclins (e.g. Cyclin D1), which bind to cyclin-
dependent kinases (cdk) to induce cell-cycle progression towards S phase and later to initiate
mitosis. Since uncontrolled cdk activity is often the cause of human cancer, their function is
tightly regulated by cdk inhibitors (e.g. p21 and p27 Cip/Kip proteins). For example,
increased expression of Cyclin D1 and cdk occurs in breast cancer and is associated with
poor outcome. At the cellular level, differences in expression of p27Kip1 protein (cdk
inhibitor) in active and inactive endometriotic lesions13, coupled with increased p21
expression in endometriomas compared with benign and malignant ovarian tumours 12,
suggests a role for increased cyclin-dependent kinase activity through reduced cell-cycle
inhibitor activity; which is an imbalance frequently seen in cancer. At the tissue level,
endometriosis may resist the anti-proliferative effect of progesterone by the predominant
expression of the inhibitory progesterone receptor isoform PR-A instead of the stimulatory
isoform PR-B 11.
3.Resistance to Apoptosis
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
20
Malignancy commonly displays overexpression of anti-apoptotic (Bcl-2), under-expression
of pro-apoptotic (BAX) factors, and inactivation of p53 gene (p53 is a tumour suppressor
gene whose protein is pro-apoptotic) through mutation. Similarly, endometriotic lesions have
also evolved strategies to evade apoptosis by:
Increased bcl-2, and decreased BAX100.
Up-regulation of survivin and matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs)17-19.
Elevated soluble Fas ligand and IL-8 in endometriotic peritoneal fluid. The increased
FasL expression by IL-8 may induce apoptosis of T lymphocytes and thus enable
endometriosis to evade immune mediated cell death14.
Germline 16 and somatically acquired 101 inactivating mutations of p53 gene.
4.Limitless replicative potential
With each replicative cycle, telomeres (repetitive DNA sequences capping each
chromosome) become progressively shorter, eventually resulting in cell senescence and cell
death. Tumours commonly express the enzyme telomerase, which protects the telomeres
from shortening and thus preventing ‗cell ageing‘. Oestrogen and progesterone stimulate,
whilst tamoxifen and wild-type (normal variant) p53 inhibit, telomerase activity in breast and
endometrial cancer cells20;21. Although there are no published studies examining telomerase
function in endometriosis, it is notable that oestrogen dependent neoplasms are potentially
susceptible to telomerase control.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
21
5.Sustained angiogenesis
Pathological angiogenesis, immune cell suppression and immune cell activation co-exist in
endometriosis and cancer processes 22;23. Genetically transmitted or environmentally induced
(e.g. exposure to dioxins) alterations in the angiogenic and/or immune response may
predispose women to the ectopic implantation of endometrial cells, transported into the
peritoneal cavity by retrograde menstruation which thereby lead to endometriosis.
Significantly, both cancer and endometriosis share some of the mediators implicated in this
‗inflammatory angiogenesis‘ model. Furthermore, the genes of these mediators exhibit
genetic polymorphisms that either predispose to endometriosis (e.g. ICAM-1, IL-6 and IL-10
gene promoters) 102-104 or cancer (e.g. IL6, IL8, TNF-alpha, NFKB1, and PPAR-gamma
genes) 105-109.
Anti-angiogenic therapy involves the inhibition of pro-angiogenic factors (e.g. anti-vascular
endothelial growth factor VEGF monoclonal antibodies) or activation of endogenous
inhibitors of angiogenesis (e.g. endostatin and angiostatin). Pre-clinical studies have shown
that endostatin effectively inhibits tumor growth and shrinks existing tumor blood vessels.
Phase 1 clinical cancer trials of endostatin and angiostatin are ongoing, and preliminary
Results
show minimal toxicities. Similarly, anti-angiogenic strategies for treating
endometriosis exist, but are still at the experimental phase110. Soluble truncated receptor (flt-
1) and an affinity-purified antibody to human VEGF-A, significantly inhibited the growth of
endometrial explants in a mouse in vivo model of endometriosis by disrupting the vascular
supply. Gene transfection (using a replication-deficient adenovirus vector Ad-Angiostatin) of
the endogenous angiogenesis inhibitor angiostatin to the peritoneum of a mouse was
successful in treating a mouse in vivo model of endometriosis111.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
22
6.Tissue invasion and metastasis
The ability to invade through the basement membranes characterizes the transition from non-
invasive to invasive cancer. Tumours secret proteases (e.g. matrix metalloproteinases MMPs)
to degrade the basement membrane and surrounding stroma. Expression of MMP-2 and
MMP-9 is correlated to grade and stage of many cancers. Likewise, MMP activity is
upregulated in endometriotic lesions 112. De-regulation of cell adherence signaling involving
integrins, beta-catenin, E-Cadherin and P-Cadherin has been demonstrated in the genesis of a
number of malignancies113, and has also been implicated in endometriosis aetiopathogenesis
32;33;114. Beta-catenin mutations have been identified in endometrial and ovarian endometrioid
cancers35;36but have not been invesitgated in endometriosis. Cytokeratin-positive and E-
Cadherin-negative endometriotic cells have an invasive phenotype in an in vitro collagen
invasion assay similar to metastatic carcinoma cells 115.
7.Genomic Instability
The classical model of malignant transformation of the cell involves the stepwise acquisition
of multiple genetic alterations, which confers a clonal selective advantage at each step
predisposing to the next step (Fearon and Vogelstein 116;117, Figure 1.2). This is often
accompanied by activation of proto-oncogenes to oncogenes (transformation of normal
cellular growth, proliferation and differentiation genes) and inactivation of tumour suppressor
genes (TSG) (genes that encode for proteins which inhibit excess cellular proliferation and
malignant transformation). The genetic alterations can occur at different levels and include
single nucleotides, small stretches of DNA [microsatellites], whole genes, chromosomal
components or whole chromosomes. The genetic alterations can be intragene or epigenetic
(e.g. gene silencing by promoter hypermethylation).
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
23
Figure 1.2, Acquired stepwise genetic somatic mutations that predispose to development
of cancer (Fearon and Vogelstein 1990116;117)
Stepwise genetic alterations create cancer
Genetic model of colorectal carcinogenesis
[Fearon and Vogelstein (1990)]
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
24
Six principle genetic mechanisms have been identified to contribute to genomic instability
in cancer, but only the first three have been examined for in endometriosis:
Gain in oncogenic activity.
Inactivation of TSG (loss of both gene copies of allele confers functional loss), or
inactivation of haploinsufficient TSG (loss of only a single gene copy of allele confers
functional loss)
Anomalies in DNA mismatch repair enzymes, identified by microsatellite instability
Inactivation of genes that monitor genomic instability at cell cycling (e.g. mitotic
spindle assembly checkpoint genes)
Telomere dysfunction (provokes chromosomal aberrations initiating carcinogenesis) and
telomerase-mediated telomere maintenance (enables cells to achieve a fully malignant
endpoint and metastasis).
Hypermethylation. These mechanisms often act in synergy to promote genomic
instability and tumour cell proliferation. For example, deficiency of the TSG p53 alters
the cellular response to DNA damage, in that it leaves cells with attenuated DNA damage
checkpoint controls and a reduced propensity for apoptotic cell death. Thus, although the
DNA repair capacity of these cells is reduced, survival is increased. This promotes
genomic instability and contributes to the resistance of p53-deficient cells to cytotoxic
agents.
Importantly, pre-malignant lesions display similar genetic aberrations to established cancer.
Loss of mismatch repair enzyme activity, and loss of PTEN (phosphatase and tensin homolog
gene) and p53 TSGs frequently occurs in premalignant and malignant stages of breast,
endometrial and ovarian carcinomas 118;119. Furthermore, epithelial-stromal interactions are
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
25
important in tumour microenvironment and tumour development. In a similar manner,
endometriosis demonstrates somatically acquired genetic alterations analogous to those found
in cancer, resulting in the clonal expansion of genetically abnormal cells. The genetic
evidence supporting the ‗pre-neoplastic‘ state of endometriosis involves:
Monoclonality. Most neoplasms are monoclonal in origin and evidence for
monoclonality of endometriosis has been demonstrated in several studies 120-122, although
these findings have been challenged recently 123.
Comparative genomic hybridization (CGH) has shown over-representation (increased
copy-number) of chromosomes 1, 2, 3, 5, 6p, 7, 16, 17q, 20, 21q and 22q in an
endometriosis cell culture line FbEM-1, while chromosomes 5p, 6q, 9q, 11p, 12, 13q, 18
and X were under-represented. CGH repeated in endometriotic tissue revealed loss of
DNA copy number on 1p, 22q and chromosome X, while gain on 6p and 17q. FISH
analysis confirmed that the gain at 17q includes amplification of the proto-oncogene
HER-2/neu124;125.
Fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH) analysis of late stage endometriotic lesions
showed monosomy of chromosome 17, and loss of TP53 (17p13.1) locus. Because not all
endometriotic cells displayed this genetic alteration it was suggested that this was a
somatically acquired mutation, perhaps occurring in mainly advanced endometriosis
states126;127.
Loss of heterozygosity (LOH) commonly indicates regions of TSG inactivation, and has
been identified in endometriosis and endometriosis derived cell lines at 5q, 6q, 9p, 10q,
11q, 22q, p16 (Ink4), GALT, p53, APOA2 128-133. Importantly, cases with ovarian cancer
adjacent to endometriosis or arising from endometriosis showed common genetic LOH
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
26
alterations in endometriosis and cancer indicating a possible malignant genetic transition
spectrum between endometriosis and cancer 134;135.
Microsatellite Instability (MSI) Hypermethylation of hMLH1 (gene product is a
component of the DNA mismatch repair pathway), with concurrent absence of hMLH1
protein expression, is noted in 8.6% of endometriotic lesions 136.
Somatic mutations in TSGs. Mutations of PTEN, a TSG, were identified in 20% of
ovarian endometrioid carcinomas (EAOC and sporadic) and 20% of solitary endometrial
cysts, suggesting that inactivation of the PTEN is an early event in the malignant
transformation of endometriotic implants137. A separate study identified reduced PTEN
protein expression in 15% of endometriosis cases 136.
Germline mutations in Tumour suppressor genes (TSGs). As stated earlier, germline
and somatically acquired 138 inactivating mutations of p53 gene.
Activation of oncogene. Both human 139;140 and mouse model141 studies of endometrosis
have shown that activation of the K-ras oncogene promotes the development of ovarian
cancer, even though the mutation appears not be present in the adjacent endometriosis.
Evidence from endometriosis associated ovarian cancer (EAOC) arising from
endometriosis. Endometrioid EAOC arising from endometriosis shows higher expression
of p53 and c-erB-2 oncoproteins than similar ovarian endometrioid cancers without
endometriosis 142. The different pattern of expression in the two groups suggests different
molecular pathways and could explain variations in cancer subtype and prognosis
between the two groups 66;143.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
27
C) Testing causality of endometriosis and ovarian cancer using Bradford Hill criteria
Causality for aetiological factors is normally assessed using the following study designs:
randomized controlled clinical trials (RCTs), cohort, case-control, cross-sectional analyses
and biological models (in vivo, ex vivo, in vitro). Studies would normally be subjected to
critical analysis according to established causal inference methods, the most widely used
being the criteria suggested by Austin Bradford Hill (1965) 7 and listed in Table 1.3. The
strength of the causal relationship between endometriosis and ovarian cancer is assessed
using such epidemiological causality criteria.
1. Temporal sequence The natural history of the development and progression of
endometriosis and ovarian carcinoma is not known. No studies have examined women with
initially normal pelvices, who then develop endometriosis, and prospectively followed them
with a control cohort to establish the relative risk of developing ovarian cancer; or the need
for endometriosis as a pre-requisite that precedes the onset of ovarian cancer. However,
indirect evidence exists that supports this concept.
Cross sectional studies indicate that the peak age range for endometriosis diagnosis is 25-30
years 144 and for sporadic ovarian cancer, the age range is 50-55 years80, thus fulfilling the
criteria for temporal sequence. However, studies mainly reported estimates of incidence of
symptomatic endometriosis and ovarian cancer diagnosis rather than their actual incidence of
onset. There is little evidence to support that endometriosis onset necessarily coincides with
symptom onset. Furthermore, delays in diagnosis may also exist. The time elapsed from onset
of symptoms to diagnosis of endometriosis varies from 3-13 years for women mainly
complaining of pelvic pain, and 2-6 years for infertility 145;146 .The time from symptom onset
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
28
to diagnosis in ovarian cancer is four to six weeks147, although the cancer is often at a
significantly advanced stage at diagnosis. Thus, even taking into account the symptom free
intervals before the diagnosis of endometriosis and ovarian cancer, the criteria for temporal
sequence remains valid. One study retrospectively assessed ovarian cancer cases (n=573) to
investigate whether ovarian pathology had been identified 12 months previously148. This
study showed that within this limited period approximately half of ovarian carcinomas
developed secondarily from preexisting benign-appearing cysts or endometriotic cysts, and
the remainder appeared to develop from an ovary of normal appearance. A case report has
described the continuous transition from benign endometrioid epithelium through epithelial
atypia to invasive ovarian carcinoma within a three year period 149, again suggesting
causality.
2. Strength of Association Strong associations imply causality, whereas weak
associations are more likely to have arisen or been influenced by unsuspected bias. It has
been suggested that relative risks more than 3 in cohort studies, or odds ratios greater than 4
in case-control studies, provide strong support for causation150. Strong evidence to support
this component of causality testing was identified by demonstrating:-
Increased prevalence of ovarian cancer in women with endometriosis
Several studies have found an increased ovarian cancer incidence in women with
endometriosis: the odds ratios range from 0.8 to 4.2 (studies are listed in Table 1.4).
Increased prevalence of endometriosis in women with ovarian cancer
The age standardised incidence of ovarian cancer in women in the UK is 21.9 per 100,000
(0.02%), with around 75% of cases being diagnosed in postmenopausal women 73. If there
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
29
were no association between cancer and endometriosis then the prevalence of endometriosis
in women with ovarian cancer would be similar to that in the age-matched general
population, and would be similar across all ovarian cancer subtypes. However, the prevalence
of endometriosis is increased in women with ovarian cancer (7.7%-29%)46;47;67;74;151-158, in
comparison to a background prevalence of endometriosis of 5%-15% in women of
reproductive age and 3%-5% in postmenopausal women144 . Furthermore, endometrioid and
clear cell ovarian cancer subtypes are more likely in the presence of endometriosis than those
ovarian cancers occurring in the absence of endometriosis: odds ratios range from 1.87 to
5.36 for endometrioid, and range from 1.05 to 7.30 for clear cell subtypes, and these are
shown in Table 1.5. This table also shows increased odds ratios for ‗mixed epithelial‘ and
‗other types‘ of ovarian cancer, but these tumours are generally uncommon and contain
mixed varieties of endometrioid, clear cell and adenosquamous cells; the significance of this
association is unclear. Nonetheless, summarizing comparative and non-comparative studies
46;152;153;155;156;158-161, the prevalence of endometriosis for each ovarian cancer subtype is: 0-
8% of serous, 0-6% of mucinous, 8%-74% of clear cell, and 9%-43% of endometrioid
subtypes.
3. Consistency of association Since Sampson‘s first report in 1925 5, numerous reports
have described cases of ovarian cancer arising from pre-existing endometriosis or associated
with ovarian cancer. This observation is consistently repeated in different populations.
Furthermore, all the studies depicted in Tables 1.4 and 1.5, apart from one, found consistent
and similar increases in risk of ovarian cancer and distribution of histological subtypes, and
thus further emphasizing the validity of this association.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
30
Table 1.4. Risk of ovarian cancer and other types of cancer in women with
endometriosis
Type of study Risk of ovarian
cancer
in women with
endometriosis
Other cancers in women
with endometriosis
Reference
and
source of data
Case control study
Examining 28,163
women with
endometriosis
OR 1.34
(95% CL 1.03-1.75)
Not reported 162
Swedish Hospital
Discharge Register
Pooled analysis of
eight case-control
studies
OR 1.73
(95% CL 1.10-2.71)
Not reported 163
Studies from US,
Canada, Australia,
Denmark
Cohort study of
women with
Self-reported
endometriosis
Up to 13 year
follow up
RR 0.8
(95% CL 0.2-2.4)
Non Hodgkin‘s
lymphoma
RR 1.8 (95% CL 1.0-3.0)
164 Iowa Women‘s
Health Study
Case control study
examining 20,686
women with
endometriosis
OR 1.9
(95% CL 1.3-2.8)
OR 4.2
(95% CL 2.0-7.7)
for long-standing
endometriosis
Non-Hodgkin‘s
lymphoma
OR 1.8 (95% CL 1.2-2.6)
Breast
OR 1.3 (95% CL 1.1-1.4)
165
Swedish Inpatient
Register and
National Swedish
Cancer Registry
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
31
Table 1.5. Prevalence of ovarian cancer in women with and without endometriosis
Subtype of
epithelial ovarian
cancer
Prevalence
of ovarian cancers
in association with
endometriosis
Prevalence of
ovarian cancers
in absence of
endometriosis
Odds Ratio
With
(95% confidence
interval)
Reference
Pooled
epidemiological
studies of ovarian
cancer80
(prevalence of
endometriosis not
stated)
Serous 32% (8/25)
15% (8/52)
11% (4/37)
13% (6/48)
7% (4/58)
21% (3/14)
57% (84/147)
51% (212/414)
62% (56/90)
44% (57/131)
52% (121/232)
38% (56/146)
0.35 (0.28-0.42)
0.17 (0.14-0.21)
0.07 (0.03-0.12)
0.19 (0.13-0.24)
0.07 (0.04-0.10)
0.44 (0.36-0.52)
166
156
46
74
66*
47
55%
Mucinous 4% (1/25)
11% (6/52)
0%
4% (2/48)
2% (1/58)
14% (2/14)
23% (34/147)
21% (88/414)
19% (17/90)
25% (33/131)
11% (25/232)
14% (21/146)
0.14 (0.09-0.19)
0.48 (0.44-0.53)
-
0.13 (0.08-0.18)
0.15 (0.10-0.19)
0.99 (0.98-1.01)
166
156
46
74
66*
47
13%
Mixed epithelial 0%
22% (13/58)
28% (4/14)
0%
5% (11/232)
23% (33/146)
-
5.80 (5.2-6.41)
1.37 (1.26-1.48)
166
66*
47
3%
Endometrioid 12% (3/25)
58% (30/52)
41% (9/22)
8% (3/37)
27% (13/48)
57% (33/58)
28% (4/14)
7% (10/147)
20% (84/414)
24% (14/57)
4% (4/90)
13% (18/131)
27% (62/232)
10% (14/146)
1.87 (1.68-2.06)
5.36 (4.92-5.80)
2.13 (1.79-2.47)
1.90 (1.67-2.12)
2.33 (2.07-2.59)
3.62 (3.26-3.97)
3.77 (3.27-4.27)
166
156
154
46
74
66*
47
14%
Clear Cell 52% (13/25)
15% (8/52)
13% (19/147)
7% (30/414)
7.30 (6.29-8.31)
2.33 (2.17-2.49)
166
156
6%
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
32
32% (7/22)
81% (30/37)
56% (27/48)
10% (6/58)
7% (1/14)
18% (10/57)
14% (13/90)
18% (23/131)
5% (11/232)
7% (10/146)
2.19 (1.84-2.55)
25.38 (21-29)
6.04 (5.23-6.85)
2.32 (2.12-2.52)
1.05 (1.01-1.08)
154
46
74
66*
47
Other types 0%
2% (1/58)
0%
0%
1% (2/232)
8% (12/146)
-
-
2.02 (1.85-2.18)
166
66*
47
9%
Footnotes * Age matched nested case control study
4. Biological gradient (dose-response relationship) No studies were identified that
correlated volume and extent of endometriosis with acquisition of ovarian cancer.
Interestingly, there is a common unexplained left-sided predominance for endometriotic
cysts, and ovarian endometrioid and clear-cell cancers 167, which may suggest a ‗spatial‘
biological gradient.
5. Specificity This criterion relates to a specific cause producing a specific effect.
Importantly, the occurrence of endometriosis need not cause ovarian cancer, pelvic pain or
infertility. Similarly ovarian cancer, as well as pelvic pain and infertility, may occur without
endometriosis.
6. Biological plausibility There is extensive histopathological, molecular and genetic
evidence showing that endometriosis may be considered a neoplastic process with potential
for malignant transformation (discussed earlier 168).
7. Coherence with existing knowledge There is strong evidence to support this
causality component, as several of the risk factors known to increase or decrease
susceptibility to endometriosis are also common to those of epithelial ovarian cancer. These
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
33
factors may indicate a common aetiological mechanism for endometriosis and ovarian cancer.
Alternatively, these factors could act as confounders in the association between endometriosis
and ovarian cancer. However, data of their presence in endometriosis associated ovarian
cancers compared to matched (by age, histological subtype, grade and FIGO stage) ovarian
cancers is unobtainable in most studies, which precludes any analysis of their confounding
influence. The risk factors currently identified are:
Infertility and nulliparity- both of multifactorial aetiology and positively associated
with endometriosis 144 and ovarian cancer169.
Unopposed estrogen replacement therapy (ERT)- this is associated with malignant
transformation of endometriosis 170;171 and increased the risk of endometrioid or clear cell
epithelial ovarian tumours (OR 2.56; 95% CL 1.32-4.94)172;173. Importantly, a
confounding effect is unlikely with ERT as most studies reporting prevalence of
endometriosis associated ovarian cancer were based on women not taking ERT.
Multiple lifetime ovulations- this increases the risk of epithelial ovarian cancer174.
The combined oral contraceptive pill, which is known to reduce ovulations, has been shown
to reduce the risk of ovarian cancer175;176 and endometriosis.
Tubal ligation- this reduces the risk of ovarian cancer177, particularly endometrioid
and clear cell types178;179. No prospective trials exist showing tubal ligation to reduce
endometriosis occurrence, progression or recurrence, However, assuming retrograde
menstruation to be a main mechanism for endometriosis, it is plausible that tubal ligation
suppresses retrograde menstruation and endometriosis which consequently suppresses
endometriosis associated ovarian cancer development.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
34
8. Experimental evidence Animal models (mice, rat or baboon) of endometriosis may
be created by surgically implanting host (or human) endometrial cells in to the peritoneal
cavity and promoting proliferation of the cells by administration of supraphysiological
estrogens141;180-186. Of these animal models, a sentinel paper by Dinulescu (2005) 141 induced
ovarian lesions with an endometrioid glandular pre-neoplastic morphology by activating an
oncogenic K-ras allele and deletion of the PTEN tumour suppressor gene; hence, fulfilling
Fearon and Vogelstein‘s classic stepwise model of cancer development (Figure 1.2)116;117 .
Human studies demonstrating induction of endometriosis or its malignant transformation are
highly unlikely as such research would be deemed unethical.
9. Analogy Malignant transformation of endometriosis is not restricted to the ovary.
Several studies have reported analogous malignant transformation at extra-ovarian locations,
such as the rectovaginal septum, vulva, and colon187. Principle malignancies include
endometrial stromal sarcoma, endometrioid adenocarcinoma, clear cell carcinoma, with
histological confirmation of tumour and adjacent endometriosis in all cases. Furthermore,
malignant transformation of adenomyosis, considered the ‗uterine‘ variant of endometriosis,
has been observed and results in similar histological subtypes to that found for endometriosis
related malignancies188.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
35
D. Summarising the published evidence whether endometriosis is a neoplastic
precursor to ovarian cancer
Based on the methodological approaches discussed earlier (A: clinicopathological, B: Genetic
and molecular hallmarks of cancer, C: Bradford-Hill causality criteria) there is inadequate
evidence to support the hypothesis that ‗ENDOMETRIOSIS IS A NEOPLASTIC
PRECURSOR TO OVARIAN CANCER‘ (Table 1.6).
Table 1.6. Summarising the published evidence that supports or refutes the hypothesis
that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to the development of ovarian cancer
Supporting evidence for
endometriosis
Refuting evidence for
endometriosis
Overall strength
that hypothesis is
true
A. Clinico-
pathological
epidemiological
data
Cancer arises directly from
endometriosis
Increased risk of certain
ovarian cancer subtypes
Inconsistency of histological
observations
Weak association
Weak
B. Genetic and
molecular
‘Hallmarks of
Cancer6’
criteria
Self-sufficiency
Insensitivity to anti-
proliferative signals
Resistance to apoptosis
Angiogenesis
Genomic instability
Limitless replication
potential
Tissue invasion and
metastasis
Moderate
C. Association
vs. causality
using
Bradford-Hill
(1965)
epidemiological
criteria7
Experimental evidence
(animal model)
Biological plausibility
Experimental analogy
Strength of association
Specificity of association
Inconsistency of association
Temporal sequence
Biological gradient (dose
response relationship)
Experimental evidence
(humans)
Weak
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
36
Nevertheless, the identification of an association between endometriosis and ovarian cancer
may suggest alternative hypotheses:
Only specific endometriotic implants may directly undergo malignant transformation,
perhaps through environmental exposure via an atypical endometriosis transition phase,
analogous to the genetic cancer model of colon cancer where colonic epithelium acquires
stepwise somatic genetic mutations to transform to colonic polyp, adenoma and finally to
colonic carcinoma (Figure 1.2)116;117. Therefore, like most types of sporadic cancer 189,
endometriosis may be exposed to complex interactions between inherited germline
polygenic low-penetrance alleles (polymorphisms) 190;191, somatically acquired genetic
alterations 192 and environmental factors 94 . A visual summary of the main pathways of
this hypothesis is shown in Figure 1.3.
Both endometriosis and cancer share common antecedent mechanisms and/or
predisposing factors (e.g. genetic susceptibility, immune/angiogenic dysregulation,
environmental toxin exposure), with obvious divergence in molecular pathways
downstream.
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
37
Figure 1.3 Proposed genetic and molecular aeitopathogenesis of endometriosis
CANCER HALLMARK
CLONALITY GENETIC MECHANISMS
cell population
RETROGRADE MENSTRUATION
(? also Coelomic metaplasia, lymphovascular spread)
ADEHSION (Cadherin,
B-catenin, Protein Kinase C)
PROLIFERATION (limited)
ANGIOGENESIS (limited)
EVASION OF APOPTOSIS
STEPWISE
Mixed cell ACQUISITION
populations OF GENETIC
ALTERATIONS
(e.g. TSG, oncogenes)
SELF-SUFFICIENCY IN
GROWTH SIGNALS
(Cylcin, cdk, p14, p16)
INSENSITIITY TO
GROWTH INHIBITION
APOPTOSIS EVASION
(Fas, Bax, p21, p53, p14)
Predominant cell population LIMITLESS
REPLICATION
PATHOLOGICAL
ANGIOGENESIS
PRE-MALIGNANT PROLIFERATION OF
TRANSITION PHASE/ZONE CHROMOSOMALLY
(? further LOH 6q,5q,9p,11q,22q, ABNORMAL
PTEN, TP53, beta-catenin, P-cadherin) CELLS
Entire cell population INVASION & METASTASIS
POLYGENIC SUSCEPTIBILITY LIKELY
INVOLVING:
METABOLIC/ENDCORINE/IMMUNOLOGY/
(e.g. POLYMORPHISMS IN GSTM1, ER, PR,IL-6)
ENVIRONMENTAL TRIGGER (e.g. dioxin)
Somatically acquired
GENOMIC
INSTABILITY
More
GENOMIC
INSTABILITY
POLYCLONCAL
POLYCLONCAL
MONCLONAL
MONCLONAL
ATYPICAL
ENDOMETRIOSIS
ENDOMETRIOSIS
(LOH 9p,11q,22q)
reduced PTEN,hMLH1
protein
OVARIAN ENDOMETRIOID
AND CLEAR CELL CARCINOMA
ENDOMETRIUM
MONCLONAL
Chapter 1.1. Hypothesis that endometriosis is a neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer
38
Discussion
of methodology used in testing hypothesis
A strength of this work has been the utilization of a systematic literature search and
combining this with established research methodological approaches. However, it is accepted
there may still be grounds to challenge our conclusion.
To some extent, my conclusions may be less certain, as most included studies were of small
sample size, retrospective design, and suffered from selection bias (incomplete case
ascertainment and unmatched populations), information bias (varying histological criteria for
cancer arising from endometriosis and atypical endometriosis) and confounding to varying
degrees. Such problems of interpreting epidemiological studies involving endometriosis have
also been observed by others193;194.
Significantly, my research aim of using Bradford-Hill criteria to test causality was adopted by
another group (Vigano 2007195) investigating the causal link of endometriosis and cancer.
Their work195, which partly included and referenced my work168,concluded that there was
only a weak causal link. However, Vigano‘s group did not perform a systematic literature
search (and omitted key references that we have included above) and utilised modified
causality criteria. I therefore believe my conclusion is more likely to be accurate, and in fact,
has been further validated through the experimental work discussed below and orally
presented at international conferences196;197.
Chapter 1.2. Introduction to experimental investigation of endometriosis and EAOC
39
1.2. Experimental investigation of endometriosis and EAOC
Introduction
Experimental studies on primary endometriotic tissue and endometriotic-cell lines has shown
endometriosis and cancer to share similar molecular (limitless replicative potential, self-
sufficiency in growth signals, insensitivity to growth-inhibitory signals, sustained
angiogenesis) and genetic(monoclonality, genetic instability) characteristics168;198;199. Allelic
loss in endometriosis and sporadic ovarian cancer has been demonstrated in similar
chromosomal regions 1p, 1q21, 5p, 5q, 6q, 7p, 9p , 9q, 11q, 17p13.1, 17q and 22q 200;201.
Furthermore, a recent in vivo mouse model study demonstrated induction of endometriosis-
like and ovarian cancer tissue through introduction of oncogenic K-ras and conditional
deletion of PTEN 202. Endometriosis-associated ovarian cancer (EAOC) (25-35% of all
ovarian cancers) appears to be a separate entity from sporadic ovarian cancer without
endometriosis (SOC). Epidemiological studies have shown EAOC tends to present in
younger aged women, has better survival, and more likely to be a low-grade endometrioid or
clear cell cancer subtype 82;203-205. However, there is only limited data on the genetic
alterations in EAOC, which to date is mainly confined to the roles of PTEN and K-ras 139;140
and a limited genome-wide (n=14 cases)206 LOH screen and CGH analysis (n=4 cases)207;208.
Hypothesis
Although the supporting evidence is weak (Table 1.6), we could assume that, in some cases,
it is possible that endometriosis behaves as a neoplastic precursor to the development of
ovarian cancer (Figure 1.3). If this is valid, then we could better understand the genetic
aetiopathology of both endometriosis by deliberately selecting endometriosis-associated
ovarian cancer (EAOC) as a model and testing the ovarian cancer and adjacent endometriosis
Chapter 1.2. Introduction to experimental investigation of endometriosis and EAOC
40
for common or dissimilar genetic abnormalities. Therefore, in this chapter, I will explore
whether normal ovarian surface epithelium and adjacent endometriosis and adjacent ovarian
cancer display a stepwise accumulation of LOH events analogous to the stepwise
accumulation of LOH (due to inactivation of tumour suppressor genes TSG) observed in
Fearon and Vogelstein‘s model for colon cancer (Figure 1.2). The following patterns of
Results
may be generated by adopting this approach:
LOH is only demonstrated in the ovarian cancer, and not in endometriosis. This would
suggest acquired somatic genetic events occur, perhaps due to the presence of
endometriosis, that cause malignant transformation to ovarian cancer.
LOH is demonstrated in endometriosis when compared against matched normal ovarian
surface epithelium. This would suggest that inactivation of particular TSGs were
responsible for either the initiation or progression of endometriosis.
Similar chromosomal regions of LOH occur in endometriosis and ovarian cancer. This
would suggest that a particular set of TSGs are in involved in both the initiation,
progression and malignant transformation of endometriosis and ovarian cancer, and that
endometriosis and ovarian cancer share common antecedent genetic events.
Additional LOH events are identified in ovarian cancer compared to LOH events
identified in adjacent endometriosis. This would confirm a stepwise accumulation of
specific inactivating TSG(s) (equating to the additional LOH events) are responsible for
the malignant transformation of endometriosis.
Fine mapping the LOH regions would therefore allow us to select candidate TSGs that were
either responsible for the initiation and progression of endometriosis (pattern B), malignant
Chapter 1.2. Introduction to experimental investigation of endometriosis and EAOC
41
transformation of endometriosis to ovarian cancer (pattern D), or common to development of
both endometriosis and ovarian cancer (pattern C).
Plan of investigation
Investigate epidemiological and prognostic factors associated with endometriosis
associated ovarian cancer (EAOC) and sporadic ovarian cancer (SOC), matched for
endometrioid and clear cell ovarian cancer subtypes. (Tables 1.7, 1.8, 1.9; Figures 1.7,
1.8, 1.9)
Loss of heterozygosity (LOH) mapping of EAOC and SOC-fine mapping of
chromosomes 9 and 11 using multiple microsatellite genetic markers to identify candidate
tumour suppressor genetic loci. (Tables 1.10, 1.11; Figure 1.4-LOH mapping output;
Figures 1.10 and 1.11).
Analyse survival prognostic significance of LOH at chromosomes 9 and 11. Combine
information narrowed fine-mapped genetic region of LOH, frequency of LOH and
prognostic significance of loci, to select candidate tumour suppressor genes for further
investigation (Figure 1.12).
Laser Capture Microdissection of endometriosis adjacent to ovarian cancer and perform
LOH using candidate genetic microsatellite markers. Compare findings to similar study
by collaborators (we have donated our samples to their unit). (Figure 1.5-importance of
LCM; Table 1.12).
Immunohistochemical investigation of candidate disease-modifying genes in
endometriosis adjacent to and distant from EAOC. Selected gene products are
Glycodelin (9q34.3) and Progesterone receptor (11q22). (Table 1.13; Figures 1.13,
1.14, 1.15). Correlation of immunohistochemical expression to disease development .
Chapter 1.2. Introduction to experimental investigation of endometriosis and EAOC
42
Preliminary nuclear morphometry analysis of transition zone between endometriosis,
atypical endometriosis and ovarian cancer that exist in direct continuum. (Figure 1.16).
Single nucleotide polymorphism genome wide analysis of endometriosis using
Affymetrix 100K SNP microarray (Figure 1.6-SNP microarray advantages; Figures 1.17,
1.18, 1.19, 1.20).
Experimental Methods
Ethics: South Birmingham Local Research Ethics Committee has given full approval to all
work included in this thesis chapter (LREC reference No: 2002/057, August 2002).
Clinical material Cases of EAOC and SOC of endometrioid and clear cell subtype were
identified by interrogation of a computerized histopathological database at Birmingham
Women‘s Hospital. All cases were gynaecological cancers operated on from 1995-2001 at
Birmingham Women‘s Hospital. Five micron thick paraffin embedded slides were used for
DNA extraction and three micron thick slides were cut from selected cases for
immunohistochemical analysis. Realising that molecular genetic alterations of ovarian cancer
vary according to histological subtype 209, we ensured our comparative analysis of allelic loss
between EAOC and SOC were matched for endometrioid and clear cell subtypes of ovarian
cancer. Chromosomal regions showing greatest frequency of LOH in EAOC and SOC and
that appeared to reside within a consistent minimal region of LOH loss were prioritized for
further study.
Chapter 1.2. Introduction to experimental investigation of endometriosis and EAOC
43
DNA Extraction
Cancer and matched normal DNA were extracted from five micron glass slides using one of
two methods depending on slide content and composition. Needle microdissection was used
to collect histologically labeled endometriosis and cancer. DNA was extracted from micro-
dissected material held in an eppendorf using a microwave-based method as previously
described 210 . Briefly, retrieved tissue material was placed in an eppendorf containing 400μl
TrisT-EDTA buffer and heated in a 600W microwave for one minute in 15 second bursts.
Following centrifugation the upper paraffin layer was discarded and the supernatant
incubated for 48 hours with 4μl of proteinase K 20mg/ml (Sigma-Genosys) with continuous
gentle agitation. Proteinase K was inactivated by heating to 95ºC for ten minutes and the
supernatant aliquoted for DNA studies.
LOH Analysis
Highly polymorphic microsatellite markers spanning the full length of chromosomes 9 and 11
at approximately 20cM intervals (Wellcome Trust) were kindly provided by Oxford Group,
Dr. Stephen Kennedy. Detailed genetic fine mapping was performed using customised
microsatellite markers (Sigma) spaced approximately 10cM apart and in between the
previous Wellcome markers. The forward primers were 5' end-labeled with FAM. A 25-µl
PCR reaction volume containing 1xAB Gene Buffer (ABGene), Magnesium Chloride
(ABGene), 100 µM each of dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dTTP; 0.5 unit of DNA Taq
polymerase (AB Gene); sterile DNAse and RNAse free water (Sigma), and 2 pmol of reverse
primer, 2ul (approximately 100 ng) of genomic DNA. PCR cycling conditions were as
follows: (a) 5 min at 94°C; (b) 30 cycles of 30 s at 94°C, 30 s at the appropriate annealing
temperature (usually 55°C), and 30 s at 72°C; and a final step of 72°C for 10 min. The
Chapter 1.2. Introduction to experimental investigation of endometriosis and EAOC
44
reaction products were then diluted 1:15 with sterile water. One microlitre of the diluted PCR
product was added to 10ul of 95% formamide, and 0.02ul of LIZ dye and subsequently
denatured for 5 minutes at 95°C and snap frozen with ice. PCR products were run on ABI
377 gel electrophoresis analyser and fragment sizes were recorded using GeneScan software
analysis. LOH was scored based on the absence of alleles in tumour-derived DNA compared
to normal DNA or a loss of at least 70% in the relative size of alleles in the tumour-derived
DNA compared to normal tissue; examples of GeneScan images are shown in Figure 1.4
Figure 1.4. Gene
tic allelic products images observed following microsatellite
amplification of target DNA and analysis on ABI Prism analyser
Microsatellite marker mapping of LOH
regions
Normal
EAOC
cancer
Endometriosis
Chapter 1.2. Introduction to experimental investigation of endometriosis and EAOC
45
Immunohistochemistry and nuclear morphometry
Monoclonal antibodies were obtained for p53, CD10 (Santa Cruz), Progesterone receptor
(isoforms A and B) (AbCAM) and Glycodelin (AbCAM). Immunohistochemistry was
performed according to standardised protocols using the Dako Chem Mate antigen detection
kit. Briefly, 3 micron slides were deparaffinised through stepwise Xylene, ethanol, water and
methanol washes; endogenous peroxidase was subsequently blocked by 20 minutes
incubation with 0.5% hydrogen peroxide/methanol mixture. Antigen exposure was achieved
by pressure cooker boiling for 5 to 7 minutes with pH 6 citric acid buffer. Primary antibodies
were diluted to concentrations of 1 in 200 to 1 in 1000 in TBS Tris buffered saline (pH 7.6)
and 200 microlitres were applied to each slide. The Dako Chem Mate protocol (yellow and
red antibody washes) followed by DAB chromagen/substrate then copper sulphate solution
staining was performed. Brief dips in Haemotoxylin, acid-alcohol dip and Scott‘s Media
followed by tap water wash allowed final ascending alcohol/xylene and coverslip slide
creation.
Laser Capture microdissection
A PALM microlaser was used. EAOC paraffin 3micron thick cut slides were de-waxed and
suspended in aqueous buffer. Endometriotic epithelium was separated ‗purely‘ using laser
blot and line cutting according to the manufacturer‘s guidance (Figure 1.5). Particles were
catapaulted on to the inside lid surface of a single PALM 1cm3 opaque lid eppendorf.
QUIAGEN mini-DNA prep kit buffer was placed in the conical base of the eppendorf and the
lid closed after particle deposition and eppendorf was then inverted. DNA was extracted and
cleaned according to the QUIAGEN mini-columns and centrifuge protocol.
Chapter 1.2. Introduction to experimental investigation of endometriosis and EAOC
46
Figure 1.5. Importance of Laser capture microdissection of target disease (such as
endometriosis epithelium glandular lining) from surrounding tissue (such as
endometriosis stroma)
Heterogeneity in tissue sample
The importance of laser capture microdissection to
obtain “pure cells”
Affymetrix SNP 100K Microarray
Ovarian endometriosis and matched normal ovarian surface epithelium were needle micro-
dissected immediately at the time of surgical extraction from the patients with their
documented informed consent, and then promptly snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and held at -
77°C. DNA was extracted by crushing the tissue in PureGene extraction buffer and following
the PureGene centrifugation and incubation protocol. The quality and concentration of
extracted DNA was determined by spectrophotometry at A260/280. The Affymetrix
GeneChip® Mapping Assay, in conjunction with the GeneChip Human Mapping 100K Set,
is designed to detect > 100,000 Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms (SNPs) in samples of
genomic DNA. The Mapping 100K Set is comprised of two arrays (Mapping 50K Array Xba
Chapter 1.2. Introduction to experimental investigation of endometriosis and EAOC
47
240 and Mapping 50K Array Hind 240) and two assay kits (containing either Hind III, XbA 1
restriction enzymes). Each array and its corresponding assay kit are processed independently
from the second enzyme. The protocol starts with 250 ng of genomic DNA per array and will
generate SNP genotype calls for more than 50,000 SNPs for each array of a two array set.
The assay first digests the genomic DNA with the Xba I or Hind III restriction; an overview
of the remainder of the assay protocol is shown in Figure 1.6. The final PCR products
(amplicons) are fragmented, end-labelled, and hybridized to either the Xba 1 or Hind III
GeneChip array. Scanned images obtained from the GeneChip Mapping 50K Array Xba 240
and the GeneChip Mapping 50K Array Hind 240 are digitally combined and displayed by
GeneChip Operating Software (GCOS).
Statistical analysis
Statistical data were analysed with the use of SPSS version 13 (SPSS Inc, USA). Continuous
variables were analysed by T-test, Mann-Whitney U and ANOVA tests . Categorical
variables were analysed by Chi-square. Survival regression was analysed using either the
Kaplan-Meier or Cox proportional Hazards model, depending on the parameters employed. A
p-value less than 0.05 was considered statistically significant, although a Bonferonni
correction was considered (p value10) may have led to
increased risk of type 1 error.
Chapter 1.2. Introduction to experimental investigation of endometriosis and EAOC
48
Figure 1.6. Increased genetic resolution of Affymetrix Single Nucleotide Polymoprhism
DNA microarray compared to ‘traditional’ multiple microsatellite marker genome wide
mapping
Genome Wide Screening:
SNP Array vs. Microsatellite markers
Chapter 1.3 Investigation of epidemiological factors associated with EAOC and SOC
49
1.3 Investigation of epidemiological factors associated with EAOC and SOC
At total of 62 cases were identified from the histopathological database; their epidemiological
characteristics are shown in Table 1.7. Of these, paraffin tissue blocks were retrieved for 50
cases, and these were subjected to genetic investigation; the epidemiological characteristics
are shown in Table 1.8.
Ovarian cancer survival was statistically significantly associated with clear cell or
endometrioid subtype, cancer stage and the presence of synchronous endometrial and ovarian
cancer [regression model Chi-sq 14.1, p=0.003). Clear cell compared to endometrioid
subtype of cancer increases the odds of dying earlier by 2.2 (i.e. the probability of dying
earlier is 69%). An advanced cancer stage increases the odds of dying earlier by 1.6 (i.e. the
probability of dying earlier is 62%). Synchronous cancers compared to solitary ovarian
cancers decreases the odds of dying earlier by 0.13 (i.e. the probability of dying earlier is
12%). The presence or absence of endometriosis did not influence survival, as did other
factors as listed in Table 1.9. These observations are graphically depicted by the survival
curves (Figures 1.7, 1.8, 1.9).
Odds=Prob/1-Prob
Prob= Odds/1+Odds
Chapter 1.3 Investigation of epidemiological factors associated with EAOC and SOC
50
Table 1.7. Characteristics of endometriosis associated ovarian cancer (EAOC) and
sporadic ovarian cancer (SOC), matched for endometrioid and clear cell histologies,
used in epidemiological analysis (N=62)
EAOC N=34 SOC N=28 P value
Clear cell 18 9
Endometrioid 16 19
Age mean [range] 57.7 [32-79] 60.4 [32-84] n.s.
Cancer stage: 1
2
3
4
Mean
21
7
5
1
1.59
13
5
9
1
1.93
0.150
Sidedness: Left
Right
Bilateral
14
18
2
8
8
12
0.002
Endometriosis proximity to tumour:
Distant
Adjacent
Tumour arising from endometriosis
11 (32%)
12 (35%)
11 (32%)
Not relevant
Synchronous uterine & ovary cancer 5 0 0.034
Uterine hyperplasia 11 8 n.s
Leiomyoma 25 17 n.s
Adenomyosis 14 11 n.s
Tumour in lymph nodes 2 3 n.s
Tumour in omentum 4 6 n.s.
Ascites 12 10 n.s.
Chapter 1.3 Investigation of epidemiological factors associated with EAOC and SOC
51
Table 1.8. Characteristics of endometriosis associated ovarian cancer (EAOC) and
sporadic ovarian cancer (SOC), matched for endometrioid and clear cell histologies,
used in genetic analysis(N=50)
EAOC
Clear cell
EAOC
Endometrioid
SOC
Clear
cell
SOC
Endometrioid
Statistical
Testing
P value
Number of cases 15 12 7 16
Mean Age 57.2 59.9 61.6 59.2 0.865**
Age:lower to
upper quartile
51-65 56-66 45-72 51-67
Staging of
ovarian cancer
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Stage 4
9
3
3
0
8
3
0
1
3
0
3
1
9
3
3
1
0.486
Ascites 5 4 4 5 0.660
Synchronous
endometrial and
ovarian cancer
0 5
(cases
17,19,36,37,38)
0 1 0.222
Presence of
endometriosis
directly adjacent
to ovarian cancer
7/15
(cases 2, 3,
4,5,10,11,13)
5/12
(cases
17,18,19,24, 26)
N/A N/A
Surviving
>48 months
>36 months
>24 months
>12 months
<12 months
3
3
6
10
5
4
7
9
10
2
0
0
3
5
2
5
8
12
13
3
0.337
0.023
0.112
0.707
0.707
Chapter 1.3 Investigation of epidemiological factors associated with EAOC and SOC
52
Table 1.9. Multivariate survival regression analysis (N=62 combined cases of EAOC and
SOC)
Variables included in multivariable Cox
regression analysis
P-value
of
variable
Odds of dying earlier
Expressed as
Hazard Ratio
Clear cell vs. Endometrioid subtype 0.019 2.16 (95% CI 1.14 -
4.10)
Advancing cancer stage 0.016 1.56 (95% CI 1.09 -
2.24)
Synchronous cancer vs. ovarian cancer 0.012 0.13 (95% CI 0.03 -
0.64)
Endometriosis presence 0.80 not significant
Age 0.72 not significant
CA125 0.43 not significant
Tumour in Lymph nodes 0.65 not significant
Tumour in omentum 0.92 not significant
Ascites 0.70 not significant
Sidedness of tumour 0.56 not significant
Proximity of endometriosis to tumour **
Footnotes
Probability corresponds to HR/1+HR
Interpreting Hazard Ratio results: when all variables are combined in a survival regression analysis, only
histological subtype, cancer stage and presence of synchronous uterine and ovarian cancer statistically
significantly impact on cancer survival [ Chi-sq 14.1, p=0.003) :
Clear cell compared to endometrioid subtype of cancer increases the odds of dying earlier by 2.2:1 (i.e.
probability of dying earlier is 69%)
An advanced cancer stage increases the odds of dying earlier by 1.6:1 (i.e. probabilit y of dying earlier is 62%).
Synchronous cancers compared to solitary ovarian cancers increases the odds of dying earlier by 0.13:1 (i.e.
probability of dying earlier is 12%)
Chapter 1.3 Investigation of epidemiological factors associated with EAOC and SOC
53
Figure 1.7 Survival differences between subtypes of ovarian cancer
There is no statistically significant association between the four individual cancer subtypes
and survival. However, there is a statistically significant association for clear cell vs.
endometroid types of ovarian cancer (Hazard Ratio 2.16 (95% CI 1.14-4.10)), as depicted in
the figure i.e.
Clear cell compared to endometrioid subtype of cancer increases the odds of
dying earlier by 2.2:1 (i.e. probability of dying earlier is 69%).(Hazard analysis results are
depicted in Table 1.9).
100806040200
survival
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
Cum Survival
SOC endometrioid
SOC clear cell
EAOC endometrioid
EAOC clear cell
Survival Analysis according to cancer subtype
Chapter 1.3 Investigation of epidemiological factors associated with EAOC and SOC
54
Figure 1.8. Survival analysis according to stage of ovarian cancer.
There is a statistical significant association between ovarian cancer staging and cancer
survival (Hazard Ratio 1.56 (95% CI 1.09-2.24)) i.e. an advanced cancer stage increases the
odds of dying earlier by 1.6:1 (i.e. probability of dying earlier is 62%).(Hazard analysis
Results
are depicted in Table 1.9).
100806040200
survival
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
Cum Survival
stage 4
stage 3
stage 2
stage 1
Survival Analysis according to cancer stage
Chapter 1.3 Investigation of epidemiological factors associated with EAOC and SOC
55
Figure 1.9. Survival analysis according to presence of endometriosis
There is no statistical association between the presence of endometriosis and survival for all
cancers (Log Rank Mantel Cox p=0.80). (Hazard analysis results are depicted in Table 1.9).
100806040200
survival
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
Cum Survival
no endometriosis
endometriosis
Survival Analysis according to presence of absence of endometriosis
Chapter 1.4. Loss of heterozygosity (LOH) fine mapping of EAOC and SOC at chromosomes 9 and 11
56
1.4. Loss of heterozygosity (LOH) fine mapping of EAOC and SOC at
chromosomes 9 and 11 using multiple microsatellite genetic markers and
their prognostic significance.
Based on previous published research, chromosomes 9 and 11 were selected for LOH
mapping as chromosomes most likely to harbor tumour suppressor genes (TSG) for either
endometriosis or ovarian cancer201;211.
Preliminary microsatellite markers demonstrated LOH at chromosomes 9 and 11 for both
EAOC and SOC. Microsatellite markers that mapped to genetic loci no greater than 10cM
apart, were selected and used to create a fine map of LOH at chromosomes 9 (Table 1.10)
and chromosome 11 (Table 1.11). The background frequency of genome-wide LOH
observed was 30-40% for chromosome 9 (Figure 1.10) and 20-40% for chromosome
11(Figure 1.11). High frequency LOH was observed at 9q32 (65%), 9q34.3 (78%), 11q22.1
(57%), 11q24.1 (60%), and 11q25 (64%). There were no significant differences in the
patterns of LOH between EAOC and SOC (Figures 1.10 and 1.11).
Survival analysis showed LOH at 9q34.3 correlated to poorer survival , suggesting that this
region of high frequency LOH may harbor a candidate TSG (Figure 1.12). Conversely,
survival analysis showed LOH at 11q 23.3 correlated to improved survival, suggesting that
this region of high frequency LOH may harbor a candidate oncogene (Figure 1.12).
Chapter 1.4. Loss of heterozygosity (LOH) fine mapping of EAOC and SOC at chromosomes 9 and 11
57
Table 1.10. Allelic Loss at chromosome 9
Gene
tic
Mar
ker
DeC
ODE
CM
Cytoge
netic
EAOC
CLEAR CELL
EAOC
ENDOMETRIOI
D
SOC
CLEAR
CELL
SOC
ENDOMETRIOID
OVERA
LL
LOH
FREQU
ENCY
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
4
1
4
2
4
3
4
4
4
5
4
6
4
7
4
8
4
9
5
0
D9S1
71
45.57 9p21.3 U U U I U I U U I U U I I U I I I I I U I I █ U I █ █ I U █ U U █ I U █ I U I U █ U █ U U I U █ U I 32%
D9S2
73
66.75 9q21.1
1
U I I U U I I █ U U I I █ U I I I I I I I █ U U U U █ I I █ U I █ █ █ U █ U I I █ U I █ I I U I U I 32%
D9S9
33
78.26 9q21.3
1
U I I U I I I I U █ █ I I I U I █ U I █ U I U U U U █ I I █ I I █ █ U U I █ █ I █ I I I █ U U U I █ 37%
D9S2
83
94.85 9q22.2 U U U █ U U U U U U █ █ U I █ U I I U U U I U U U U █ U █ U U U U ▓ U I U █ U I █ U I I █ I I █ I U 50%
D9S1
816
101.8 9q22.3
2
U ▓ U U U ▓ I █ U U U U I U U U U U I I █ U U ▓ U U U I U I █ I I ▓ ▓ U U I I U █ █ U U U U U U U I 48%
D9S2
87
98.7 9q22.3
2
I I I U I U U U U U █ █ I █ U I U I I █ U ▓ U U U U U █ I █ █ I █ U U U U █ I I U ▓ I U U U U U █ U 48%
D9S1
690
104.0
8
9q31.1 I █ U U U U U U U U █ █ I █ █ I U I U █ U █ U U U U U U I █ █ I U █ U U U █ I I U █ I U U █ U █ █ █ 64%
D9S1
677
112.8
5
9q31.3 I █ I U U U █ █ ▓ U █ █ U █ I U U I I I U ▓ U U U U I █ U █ U U U █ █ U █ █ I U U U U U █ █ U █ U U 68%
D9S9
30
116.7
5
9q32 I █ U U I I U U U U █ █ I U I I I I I █ I U U U U U █ I U █ █ █ U █ █ U █ U I U █ I I I U I U U █ I 43%
D9S1
776
121.6
2
9q32 I U I U U I U U U █ █ █ I █ █ U ▓ █ U U U U █ █ I █ █ █ U █ █ I █ █ █ U I █ U I █ I I █ █ U █ █ █ █ 71%
D9S9
34
126 9q33.1 █ I I I I U I I I U I █ I I I I I █ I U I U U U I U █ I U █ █ U █ U █ U I █ I U █ I I █ U I U U █ U 35%
D9S1
685
132 9q33.2 █ U I U U I U U U I █ U U U U U U U U U █ U U ▓ I █ U █ U U U U █ █ █ I I █ I U U I I U I U U U U I 48%
D9S1
682
128.7
7
9q33.2 U I I U U U U U U U █ U █ I I I ▓ I U █ U U █ █ I █ █ █ █ █ █ █ █ █ █ I I █ U █ █ █ U █ U I I █ █ I 66%
D9S2
90
136.4 9q34.1
1
U U █ U U U I U U U I U I I U I U I U I U U U U U U U U U █ █ I █ █ █ U I █ I █ █ I I U █ U U I █ U 46%
D9S2
60
141 9q34.1
1
█ I I U I █ █ U U U █ U U I I U I I █ U U U U U U U █ U U U █ U U █ U U U U U U █ I U U U I U █ U U 53%
D9S1
830
145.6
5
9q34.1
3
I I I U I █ U U █ █ █ █ U I I I ▓ I █ █ I ▓ █ ▓ I █ U U █ U █ I █ U █ U U █ I I U I I U I I U █ █ I 51%
Chapter 1.4. Loss of heterozygosity (LOH) fine mapping of EAOC and SOC at chromosomes 9 and 11
58
D9S2
157
146.5
4
9q34.2 I █ █ U █ █ U █ █ U █ I U █ I I ▓ I I █ █ I U U U █ █ U U █ █ I █ █ █ U I █ I U U I I I I I U █ █ I 57%
D9S1
826
157.7
3
9q34.3 U █ I I █ U U I U U █ U I █ I I ▓ U U U U U U U U █ U I U U █ I U █ █ U U █ U I U I ▓ U U I U █ █ I 52%
D9S1
58
161.7
1
9q34.3 U █ U U I █ I U U U U █ U U U U █ █ ▓ U U ▓ U U I █ U U I U █ U U ▓ U U U █ I U █ U █ █ I U █ U █ █ 74%
D9S1
838
164 9q34.3 I I █ U I █ I █ U I I U I U I I █ U U U U ▓ █ U I █ U U U █ █ I U U U U I █ I I █ I U I I I U U U I 37%
Footnotes
█ indicates informative loci that showed LOH
▓ indicates MSI
I indicates informative loci, but no LOH
U indicates uninformative loci, therefore unable to determine absence or presenc e of LOH
Last column refers to overall frequency of LOH and MSI combined at informative loci.
Chapter 1.4. Loss of heterozygosity (LOH) fine mapping of EAOC and SOC at chromosomes 9 and 11
59
Table 1.11 Allelic loss at chromosome 11
Gen
etic
Mar
ker
De
CO
DE
cM
Cyto
genet
ic
EAOC
CLEAR CELL
EAOC
ENDOMETRIOID
SOC
CLEAR
CELL
SOC
ENDOMETRIOID
OVER
ALL
LOH
FREQ
UENC
Y
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
4
1
4
2
4
3
4
4
4
5
4
6
4
7
4
8
4
9
5
0
D11
S13
38
9.77 11p1
5.4
I █ I I I I U U I U █ I I U I U ▓ I I █ U █ █ U █ █ █ I █ U █ █ U U U U U █ I U I U I U I I █ █ U U 47%
D11
S90
2
25.6
9
11p1
5.1
I U U U █ I U U I U I U U I I U U I I U U U ▓ U U U █ I I U U █ █ U █ U U U I I U I U U █ I U U U I 32%
D11
S42
04
43.1
2
11p1
4.2
I █ I █ █ I U I █ U U U I I U █ I █ U █ U I U U U U I U U █ █ █ █ █ U U I I I I █ I I I █ I I I I I 40%
D11
S93
5
52.9
4
11p1
3
I U I █ █ U █ I █ U █ I █ I I I I U I U █ ▓ U U █ U █ U I █ U █ █ █ U I U I U U U U I U U U U U U U 52%
D11
S19
93
59.2
1
11p1
1.2
I █ U U I U █ I I █ I ▓ U I U I ▓ I █ █ ▓ U I I █ ▓ U I ▓ U █ U █ U █ I I I I I I I I █ I I █ U █ I 44%
D11
S41
91
64.9
6
11q1
2.1
I █ I U U I █ █ U I U I I U U I ▓ U I █ █ I ▓ U ▓ █ █ U I U █ I U I ▓ I █ I █ I █ I I I I I U U I I 41%
D11
S98
7
72.1
7
11q1
3.2
I U U I I U U U I U U I I I I I ▓ I I U I I U U █ █ U I I █ I U █ █ U I U I I I I U U █ U U U U U I 24%
D11
S97
1
76.7
6
11q1
3.4
U █ U U U I U U U U U I U U I U ▓ I U █ I U U U U █ U I I █ U U █ U U █ U I U I U U U █ U U U U I I 42%
D11
S93
7
83.7
3
11q1
4.1
I █ I I I I I I U I I I U I I █ ▓ I I █ U ▓ U U █ █ █ I I █ I U █ U U U I U I I I I I █ █ I U █ U I 34%
D11
S20
02
87.2
5
11q1
4.1
I █ I I U I I I █ U U U I I █ I ▓ I I █ I I U U I █ █ U I █ I █ █ I U U I █ I I I U I █ I U I ▓ I U 34%
D11
S91
9
98.3
1
11q2
1
U U I U I I U U ▓ U U U U I U U U U U U U U U U U █ █ I U █ U U █ U █ █ U █ I I I I I █ U █ █ U I I 48%
D11
S89
8
103.
59
11q2
2.1
I █ U I I I U I █ U █ U I █ I U █ I I █ █ █ █ ▓ █ █ █ U U █ I U █ U █ U █ █ I I I I █ ▓ █ U █ I █ I 59%
D11
S20
00
106 11q2
2.3
I █ I I U █ █ I ▓ U U U I I █ I █ I I U U █ U U I U █ █ I █ █ █ █ █ █ U I █ I █ I U I █ █ U U U I U 54%
Chapter 1.4. Loss of heterozygosity (LOH) fine mapping of EAOC and SOC at chromosomes 9 and 11
60
D11
S19
86
110 11q2
3.1
I █ I I █ █ ▓ I █ I █ █ I I I I █ █ I █ I █ I ▓ █ █ ▓ I I I █ U █ █ █ █ I █ I I I I I █ █ █ █ I I I 51%
D11
S31
79
112.
7
11q2
3.1
I █ I I U U U U U █ U U U I U U ▓ I U █ U █ █ █ I U █ I U U U U █ I U U U U I I U U U U U U U U U U 47%
D11
S90
8
116.
46
11q2
3.3
I U I U U U █ U ▓ U U I I I █ U █ U U █ ▓ █ ▓ U ▓ █ U U █ █ U █ █ █ █ I U U I █ U U U █ U █ U U █ I 71%
D11
S19
98
119.
99
11q2
3.3
I U I U I I U U I U I U U I I U █ ▓ U █ █ █ U U U █ U I U U █ U █ I █ U U █ U U I I I █ U █ █ U █ I 50%
D11
S40
89
124.
37
11q2
3.3
I █ I U U I █ U U U I I U I I I ▓ █ █ █ █ U I U █ █ █ I I █ I U █ █ █ █ U U U I I I U U █ U █ █ █ I 54%
D11
S44
64
130.
43
11q2
4.1
U █ U I U █ I I U U U █ █ I I U █ I I █ █ █ U U U ▓ █ I I U █ U U I █ I I █ I U U I I █ U █ █ U █ I 52%
D11
S93
3
131.
38
11q2
4.2
I U I U I U U U I U U U U I I I █ U U I U U U U U U █ U ▓ U I U U I █ U I █ I █ I U U █ █ █ U U U I 39%
D11
S41
50
132.
95
11q2
4.3
I █ U █ U I I I U U U U I I U U U U I I U I U U U U U U U █ I █ █ U U U I U I U I U U █ I I █ █ █ I 36%
D11
S20
18
142 11q2
4.3
U U U █ █ I I I I I U I I U I I U I █ I █ I █ I I I I I U █ U I I █ I I I U █ █ I I U █ I I █ U U I 29%
D11
S13
20
146.
94
11q2
5
I █ I U U I U U I U U I I I I U ▓ U █ U U █ U U U █ █ I I █ U U U █ I I U U I U I U I █ U U U █ █ I 41%
D11
S13
04
148.
52
11q2
5
U █ I U U I I U U U I U U I I █ ▓ I I U █ █ U U █ █ U I █ U I U U U I U U I U U I U █ █ U U U U █ █ 48%
D11
S96
9
151.
02
11q2
5
I █ U U I U U U U █ I U U █ I I U I I █ █ █ █ U U █ U I ▓ █ █ █ █ U I █ U I I I U █ U █ █ █ █ █ U U 63%
D11
S41
25
152.
45
11q2
5
I █ I U I U █ U U U U I █ █ I I U I I █ U ▓ U U U █ █ U █ █ █ U U █ █ U U U U I I I I █ █ I █ █ █ U 58%
D11
S96
8
152.
45
11q2
5
█ █ I █ I I I I U U U I I U I █ ▓ █ I █ █ ▓ U U U █ █ I I █ █ █ █ I █ I U U U I U U I U I U U U I U 48%
Footnotes
█ indicates informative loci that showed LOH
▓ indicates MSI
I indicates informative loci, but no LOH
U indicates uninformative loci, therefore unable to determine absence or presence of LOH
Last column refers to overall frequency of LOH and MSI combined at informative loci.
Chapter 1.4. Loss of heterozygosity (LOH) fine mapping of EAOC and SOC at chromosomes 9 and 11
61
Figure 1.10. Contribution to allelic loss at chromosome 9 by each cancer subtype
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
9p21.39q21.319q22.329q31.1 9q32 9q33.1 9q33.29q34.119q34.29q34.3
Cytogenetic loci
Percentage LOH
SOC Endometrioid
SOC Clear Cell
EAOC Endometrioid
EAOC Clear cell
High frequency
LOH regions
9q32
D9S1690
D9S1677
D9S930
D9S1776
9q34.3
D9S2157
D9S1826
D9S158
Figure 1.11. Contribution to allelic loss at chromosome 11 by each cancer subtype
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
Percentage LOH
Cytogenetic loci
SOC Endometrioid
SOC Clear Cell
EAOC Endometrioid
EAOC Clear cell
High Frequency
LOH regions
11q22
D11S919
D11S898
D11S2000
11q23.3
D11S3179
D11S908
D11S1998
D11S4089
11q25
D11S1304
D11S969
D11S4125
Chapter 1.4. Loss of heterozygosity (LOH) fine mapping of EAOC and SOC at chromosomes 9 and 11
62
Figure 1.12. Significant association of LOH at 9q34.3 and 11q 23.3 on survival of all
ovarian cancers according to Cox Proportional Hazards survival analysis
Cox survival analysis for LOH at 9q34.3
P=0.003
Cox survival analysis for LOH at 11q23.3
P=0.034
Chapter 1.4. Loss of heterozygosity (LOH) fine mapping of EAOC and SOC at chromosomes 9 and 11
63
Rationale for selecting Glycodelin and Progesterone Receptor as candidate
disease-modifying genes
A bioinformatic search was performed to examine the published data on genetic expression
and functional taxonomy of genes at these two genetic loci to select candidate disease-
modifying genes. Previous work had identified glycodelin (9q34) expression to be
significantly altered in endometriosis and it had also been implicated in tumourigenesis212-215.
Progesterone had been implicated in both endometriosis proliferation and anti-proliferation
and ovarian cancer11;211;216-218; mutations of the Progesterone receptor (PROGINS)(11q22)
had been associated with development of endometriosis219.
Chapter 1.5. Laser capture microdissection of endometriosis and selected LOH mapping
64
1.5. Laser Capture Microdissection (LCM) of endometriosis and selected
LOH mapping
Endometriosis adjacent to EAOC was extracted by LCM and its DNA subjected to LOH
mapping using the 4 microsatellite markers at chromosome 9 and 11. LOH was identified in
1/7 cases at 9q34 and 1/7 cases for LOH 11q23.3. Our results did not show strong evidence
that LOH events occurred in endometriosis. However, our research collaborators, who
utilised our Birmingham Women‘s EAOC/SOC samples we had donated, showed LOH to
occur more frequently when they microsatellite mapped their LCM endometriosis,
particularly when the endometriosis LOH corresponded to an adjacent ovarian cancer LOH
event (see Table 1.12).
Table. 1.12. Genome wide microsatellite analysis of endometriosis adjacent to ovarian
cancer (Prowse, Varma 2006) 220
Chapter 1.6. Immunohistochemical investigation using glycodelin and progesterone receptor
65
1.6 Immunohistochemical investigation of EAOC using Glycodelin (9q34.3)
and Progesterone receptor (11q22)
A summary collation of the immunohistochemical staining for 6 EAOC cases (3
endometrioid, 3 clear cell) is depicted in table 1.13 and images are depicted (Figure 1.13,
Figure 1.14, Figure 1.15). Glyocdelin staining was absent in the ovarian cancer and present
in the endometriosis distant to the ovarian cancer, but not so strongly expressed in
endometriosis adjacent to ovarian cancer; this is weak evidence that endometriosis adjacent
may be a differing molecular entity to distant endometriosis, and that glycodelin is possibly
involved in causing this difference. No significant differences were observed for PR-A or PR-
B staining.
Table 1.13. Summary of immunohistochemistry findings
Endometrioid EAOC
patient
Clear Cell EAOC
patient
Endometriosis distant
from ovarian cancer
Moderate Glycodelin
Strong PR-A,PR-B
Moderate glycodelin
Strong PR-A,PR-B
Endometriosis
adjacent to ovarian
cancer
Weak Glycodelin
Strong PR-A, PR-B
Weak Glycodelin
Strong PR-A,PR-B
Ovarian cancer Absent Glycodelin
Absent PR-A,
Patchy positive PR-B
Absent Glycodelin
Absent PR-A
PR-B
Footnotes
CD10 used as a positive control for identification of endometriosis221-see Figure 1.13
Chapter 1.6. Immunohistochemical investigation using glycodelin and progesterone receptor
66
Figure 1.13. Immunohistochemistry images of endometriosis and ovarian cancer using
Glycodelin and CD10
Glycodelin (9q34.3) and endometriosis distant from cancer
Glycodelin CD10
Glycodelin (9q34.3) and endometriosis adjacent to cancer
Glycodelin CD10
Chapter 1.6. Immunohistochemical investigation using glycodelin and progesterone receptor
67
Figure 1.13 continued. Immunohistochemistry images of endometriosis and ovarian
cancer using Glycodelin and CD10
Glycodelin (9q34.3) negative in cancer
Endometrioid Clear Cell
Figure 1.14. Immunohistochemistry images of endometriosis and ovarian cancer using
Progesterone receptor subtypes A and B (individually labeled)
Progesterone Receptor (11q22)
PR-B PR-A
Normal
endometrium
Endometriosis
Chapter 1.6. Immunohistochemical investigation using glycodelin and progesterone receptor
68
Figure 1.15. Immunohistochemistry: patchy positive staining of PR-B in endometrioid
cancer
PR-B patchy positive in endometrioid cancer
Figure 0.1 Immunohistochemistry of PR-B in endometrioid cancer
Chapter 1.7. Preliminary nuclear morphometric analysis of endometriosis
69
1.7. Preliminary nuclear morphometric analysis of endometriosis adjacent
to ovarian cancer
In the single case identified, there was increasing nuclear diameter and pleomorphism in the
direct continuum transition between endometriosis, atypical endometriosis and EAOC
(Figure 1.16).
Figure 1.16. Nuclear morphometric analysis of endometriosis, atypical endometriosis
and ovarian cancer that appear as one continuum on the histology slide
Endometriosis Transition state
(Atypical endometriosis)
Ovarian
endometrioid cancer
Chapter 1.8. SNP DNA microarray genotyping of ovarian endometriosis
70
1.8. Affymetrix SNP DNA microarray genotyping of ovarian endometriosis
DNA from 10 patients, 5 matched ovarian endometriosis and ovarian surface epithelium and
5 only ovarian endometriosis DNA, were subjected to SNP microarray analysis. Multiple,
extremely small genetic distance areas of LOH were observed in ovarian endometriosis when
compared to its matched ovarian surface epithelium control, without alteration of the DNA
copy number at that genetic locus. There was no genome-wide consistency of the
chromosome or chromosomal region affected by this ‗micro-LOH‘ (summarized in Table
1.14). However, regions on chromosome 11 (Figure 1.17), 15 (Figure 1.18), 21 (Figure
1.19), 6 and X (Figure 1.20) showed considerable LOH prominence. These regions of LOH
need to be validated by confirmatory microsatellite marker analysis.
Table 1.14. Summarising genome-wide LOH regions identified in ovarian endometriosis
through SNP Affymetrix microarray analysis
Chromosomal region where
LOH identified
Number of ovarian
endometriosis cases (N= 5)
Proximity to regions of LOH
identified in ovarian cancer
1q One case
2q One case
3q One case
6p One case
9q No cases 9q32
9q34.3
11q Two cases 11q23.3 YES
11q222 YES
11q25 NO
15p One case
21p Two cases
Xp Two cases
Xq One case
Chapter 1.8. SNP DNA microarray genotyping of ovarian endometriosis
71
Figure 1.17. Selected images of chromosomal abnormality (chrom 11) in ovarian
endometriosis (patient 3) compared to their matched normal ovarian surface epithelium
(patient 2)
Chrom 11 pat3
Chrom 11 pat2
Ovarian
endometriosis
LOH at 11q
Matched
normal ovary
Chapter 1.8. SNP DNA microarray genotyping of ovarian endometriosis
72
Figure 1.18. Selected images of chromosomal abnormality (chrom 15) in ovarian
endometriosis (patient 5) compared to their matched normal ovarian surface epithelium
(patient 3)
Chrom 15 pat5
Chrom 15 pat3
Ovarian
endometriosis
LOH at 15p
Matched
normal ovary
Chapter 1.8. SNP DNA microarray genotyping of ovarian endometriosis
73
Figure 1.19. Selected images of chromosomal abnormality (chrom 21) in ovarian
endometriosis (patient 6) compared to their matched normal ovarian surface epithelium
(patient 9)
Chrom 21 pat6
Chrom 21 pat9
Matched
normal ovary
Ovarian
endometriosis
LOH at 21p
Chapter 1.8. SNP DNA microarray genotyping of ovarian endometriosis
74
Figure 1.20. Selected images of chromosomal abnormality (chrom 6 and chrom 11 and
chrom X) in ovarian endometriosis for patient 2 and patent 3 and patient 6,
respectively.
Chrom 6 pat2
Chrom 11 pat3
Ovarian
endometriosis
LOH at 6p
Ovarian
endometriosis
LOH at 11q
Chapter 1.8. SNP DNA microarray genotyping of ovarian endometriosis
75
Figure 1.20 continued. Selected images of chromosomal abnormality (chrom 6 and
chrom 11 and chrom X) in ovarian endometriosis for patient 2 and patent 3 and patient
6, respectively.
Chrom X pat6
Ovarian
endometriosis
LOH at Xp, Xq
Chapter 2 Analytical observational studies
76
Chapter 2. ANALYTICAL OBSERVATIONAL STUDIES
Introduction
The use of cohort and case-control studies to benefit clinical practice.
Appraising the clinical value of cohort and case-control studies.
Results
Examination of methodology through five topics in gynaecology
Chapter Title
2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure using time interval to
sterilization failure: analysis of 131 cases
2.2 The effectiveness of a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (LNG-
IUS) in the treatment of endometrial hyperplasia – a long-term follow-up
study.
2.3 Hospital recovery following Thermachoice ablation is not dependent on
setting (outpatient or daycase) or rescue analgesia: unexpected result
2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice endometrial balloon ablation: long term,
prognostic and quality of life measures
2.5 Long term outcomes following hysteroscopic myomectomy for abnormal
uterine bleeding
Chapter 2 Analytical observational studies
77
Introduction
Cohort and case-control study methodologies are the main types of analytical observational
study. Randomised controlled clinical trials are considered a superior methodology in the
hierarchy of evidence, because they limit the potential for selection bias and minimise the
influence of confounding due to differences between the two comparison groups (Table 2A).
However, it is either impractical or unethical to perform RCTs to answer all clinical
scenarios. Furthermore, cohort studies may provide important preliminary evidence to
suggest whether a RCT is actually warranted or not. Both Cohort and RCT studies are able to
determine relative risk as both measure incidence. The differences between cohort and RCT
design are depicted in the table below. There are many famous longstanding cohort studies in
medicine (e.g. Framingham in Heart Study) and obstetrics (e.g. UK Confidential enquiry into
maternal and perinatal mortalities coordinated by CEMACH).
The aim of this chapter was to assess the effectiveness of menstrual treatments (Outpatient
Thermachoice endometrial balloon ablation and Hysteroscopic myomectomy) over a long
time period in a pragmatic clinical setting (rather than highly selected population). It was felt
that the best study design would be a prospective cohort analysis. The chapter discusses the
findings in applying the cohort study design to this situation, how reliable data interpretation
can be given the study design, and the practical beneficial clinical impact the study has
achieved. Furthermore, the cohort study design is applied to a rare outcome measure that
tends to occur after considerable time (failed female sterilisation). The cohort study design is
chosen to test a mathematical (Bayesian) hypothesis that time interval to sterilisation failure
is predictive of negligence rather than non-negligence. The publication of this work has
clarified the medico-legal probability of negligence in those cases where the failure
mechanism is unknown, and has therefore had profound medico-legal impact.
Chapter 2 Analytical observational studies
78
Furthermore, in our end of thesis conclusion (chapter 5), we suggest that the cohort design
may be under-utilised, and ways to address this. For example, provided the cohort design
adopts strict case ascertainment and selection criteria (i.e. minimises selection bias), is
sufficiently powered to identify and correct for known confounders in comparison groups,
and utilises sophisticated statistical techniques in the analysis, then the results of the cohort
analysis may be at least (if not more) as reliable as those obtained by a suitably powered
RCT. To achieve this, robust large scale all inclusive prospective cohort databases are
needed-akin to the electronic Patient Medical Records database envisaged for both USA and
UK.
Table 2A.Advantages and Disadvantages as displayed by Centre for Evidence-Based
Medicine (Oxford, UK; www.cebm.net )
Cohort Study Randomised Controlled Clinical Trial
Advantages:
ethically safe
subjects can be matched
can establish timing and directionality of events
eligibility criteria and outcome assessments can
be standardised
administratively easier and cheaper than RCT
Advantages
unbiased distribution of confounders
blinding more likely
randomisation facilitates statistical analysis.
Disadvantages:
controls may be difficult to identify
exposure may be linked to a hidden confounder
blinding is difficult
randomisation not present
for rare disease, large sample sizes or long
follow-up necessary
Disadvantages:
expensive: time and money
volunteer bias
ethically problematic at times
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
79
2.1. Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure using time interval
to sterilization failure: analysis of 131 cases
Background
Sterilization failure due to ‗tubal non-occlusion‘ or ‗wrong structure
sterilization‘ is considered negligent, whereas ‗spontaneous tubal recanalization‘ or ‗fistula
formation‘ is considered non-negligent. We examined whether interval to pregnancy failure
was predictive of a negligent rather non-negligent failure mechanism. We aim to test this
hypothesis in a selected population series of known mechanisms of sterilization failure and
their time interval to failure.
Methods
Analyses of 131 failed sterilizations pooled from UK (NHS Litigation
Authority, Medical Protection Society and our hospital), Australia and a qualitative
systematic review.
Results
We identified 88 negligent and 43 non-negligent sterilization failures. Filshie
and ring methods failed earlier than diathermy and Pomeroy methods. Sterilization failure
occurred significantly earlier in negligent than non-negligent failure mechanisms [median
failure intervals 7.0 versus 12.0 months; Hazard ratio (2.35 95% CI 1.31–4.21)]. Knowing
that sterilization failure occurred early, increased the probability that the failure mechanism
was likely to be negligent rather than non-negligent.
Conclusions
A short interval to failure is suggestive of a negligent failure mechanism.
There is less certainty in the predictive value of longer time intervals on the mechanism of
failure due to a paucity of cases. A national register of failed sterilizations that have been
systematically investigated is needed to improve our understanding of negligent and non-
negligent failure mechanisms.
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
80
Introduction
Female sterilization is one of the commonest procedures performed worldwide. In 1999
around 50,000 female sterilisations were performed in England in the NHS and charitable
sectors 1 . The procedure is performed on mainly healthy women at their request. Where
resources permit, the preference is to use a laparoscopic technique that occludes tubal patency
through tubal application of a mechanical device (e.g. Filshie, Hulka clip or Fallope ring) or
electrocautery. Tubal excision and separation and related techniques (e.g. Pomeroy
procedure) are preferred if sterilisation is performed at caesarean delivery. Conception that
occurs after sterilisation is termed failed sterilisation and can occur several years after the
procedure. Two large population-wide studies have reported the ten-year cumulative
probability of pregnancy of 18.5 per 1000 procedures (US CREST study) 2 and 8 per 1000
procedures (Canada) 3 (Table 2.1). Differences in sterilisation failure rates arise due to
variation in: the characteristics of the women undergoing sterilisation; operator experience;
operating centre; sterilisation method chosen, and the time interval to resuming sexual
activity post sterilisation and its frequency. However, neither of these studies reported on the
precise mechanism of sterilisation failure. In the UK, the RCOG 1 recommends laparoscopic
sterilisation by either Filshie clip or ring. The 10-year sterilisation failure rate for Filshie clip
has been reported by studies as 2-3 per 1000 procedures (Table 2.1).
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
81
Table 2.1. Filshie Clip sterilisation failure rates
Study Period
data are
collected
from
Sterilisations
Performed
Sterilisation
Method
Outcome Type of
study
Peterson2
US Collaborative
review of Sterilisation
(CREST)
1978-1986
10,685
Various methods.
Hulka spring clip
(1595)
Silicone Rubber
band (3329)
Overall 18.5 per 1000
over 10 years
Hulka 36.5 per 1000
Silicone rubber band
17.7 per 1000
Prospective
cohort
multicentre
Trussell 3 1980-1999 311,960 Mainly
Laparoscopic
Filshie clip
8 per 1000
[2496 failures]
Retrospective
multicentre
Kovacs 6 1994-1998 30,000
(estimate)
All Filshie 2.4 per 1000
[73 failures]a
Retrospective
multicentre
Filshie 7 1982-1992 First 202
responders
from a series
of 434
All Filshie 2.3 per 1000
[1 failure at 6 months]
Case series
Birdsall 8 1988-1989 1094 Mainly
Laparoscopic
Filshie clip
12 per 1000 at 12
months b
Case series
Sokal 9 1984-1990 2746 Filshie clips vs.
Rings
[2 in each group
became pregnant]
1.7 per 1000 for both
Ring and Filshie clip
groups at 12 months
RCT
Dominik 10 1984-1990 2126 Filshie clips vs.
Hulka clips
[11 pregnancies
occurred:
9 Hulka,
2 Filshie]
At 12 months
1.1 per 1000 for
Filshie Clip
6.9 per 1000 for
Hulka Clip group.
At 24 months, 9.7 per
1000 for Filshie
and
28.1 per 1000 for
Hulka
RCT
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
82
Footnotes to Table 2.1
a Kovacs: Of the 73 failures, 14 cases were due to operator error, 29 were properly applied
clips and 30 cases had unknown reason for failure.
b Birdsall: Registrars had a 1.3% failure rate, consultants 1.9% and when both a consultant
and registrar performed the procedure a failure rate was 0.7%. Eighty-six percent (6/7) of
failed sterilisations were due to operator error (wrong structure, initial non-occlusion).
The psychological and physical morbidity following failed sterilisation often leads to
litigation 4. Women who have undergone sterilisation performed negligently are entitled to
recover damages according to wrongful conception, negligence, and wrongful birth. Also,
women are entitled to recover general damages for pain and suffering during pregnancy and
delivery, and loss of earnings during pregnancy. A recent judgment in the Australian High
Court 5 led the Australian government to amend the Civil Liberty Act to restrict the amount
of damages that could be awarded in such situations.
Despite intense medico-legal activity, research into the prevention and causation of
sterilisation failure is lacking. The mechanism of failure should be identified through a
systematic assessment of fallopian tube histology, X-ray hysterosalpingography and direct
pelvic visual inspection. If the mechanism of failure is due to ‗tubal non-occlusion‘ or ‗wrong
structure sterilisation ‘, these are considered negligent mechanisms, whereas ‗spontaneous
tubal recanalisation‘ or ‗fistula formation‘ mechanisms of failure are considered non-
negligent. However, in the majority of failed sterilisation cases, even those in the advanced
stages of litigation, the mechanism of failure remains unknown as there is no uniform
requirement for such cases to undergo systematic enquiry or to be reported to any supervisory
national registry. The RCOG should consider this requirement at the time of the sterilisation
guideline review in 2006. 1
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
83
Thus, a common scenario in the legal setting is to cast judgment on the likelihood of
negligence or non-negligence in cases with unknown mechanisms of sterilisation failure. Our
qualitative systematic review 4 pooled 81 cases of sterilisation failure that had documented
both interval to pregnancy and mechanism of failure. We showed that a greater proportion of
early (within 12 months from operation) than late (after 12 months from operation)
sterilisation failures occurred by a negligent mechanism. We therefore propose that interval
to sterilisation failure may represent a surrogate marker of negligence and non-negligence.
Our aim was to:-
1. Determine if sterilisation failure occurred earlier in negligent than non-negligent groups.
2. Determine if time interval to sterilisation failure was predictive of negligence.
We aimed to test this hypothesis in a selected population series of known mechanisms of
sterilisation failure and their time interval to failure.
Methods
A written application was made to NHS Litigation Authority (NHSLA), Medical Defence
Union (MDU) and Medical Protection Society (MPS) requesting anonymised information on
failed sterilisation cases. The NHSLA provided 16 cases and the MPS provided 8 cases.
Similar anonymised failed sterilisation cases that had been subject to litigation proceedings
were retrieved from our hospital legal services department (n=12) and a series from an
Australian population (n=14) 11. These cases were pooled with those identified in our
previously published qualitative systematic review 4 (n=81). A total of 131 failed
sterilisation cases were identified that reported mechanism of sterilisation failure, interval to
pregnancy and method used for each case. We have only included cases where the cause of
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
84
sterilisation failure has been established either by direct pelvic visualization or histology of
the fallopian tubes or a combination of both. Most of our data series examines Filshie clip
sterilisation failures as our data set emanates from countries where Filshie clip predominates
as the preferred sterilisation method (i.e. UK and Australia). The derivation of this set is
shown in Table 2.2.
STATISTICAL ANALYSES
Statistical analysis was undertaken using SPSS version 13. Geometric means were derived by
exponentiating the means from the logarithm transformed interval to pregnancy data.
Categorical correlations were assessed by Chi-squared analysis. Time-to-event methods
(Kaplan-Meier and Cox regression) were used to investigate covariates impacting on time
interval to pregnancy. Graphs of log cumulative hazard for failure against time interval for
negligent and non-negligent cases were found to be parallel indicating that the proportional
hazards assumption was true validating the use of the Cox proportional Hazard regression
model. The probability that a randomly selected case was negligent given sterilisation failure
before a specified time interval was calculated using Bayes‘ Theorem.
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
85
Table 2.2. Databases used to acquire failed sterilisation records
Source of cases NHSLA MPS BWH Australia
n
Series
Qualitative
Systematic
review
Used in
Study
Dates of sterilisation
procedure
1995-
2004
1990-
2004
1987-
1996
1990-
2000
1966-
2005
Filshie 70 b 6 13 31 b 17 62+[2]
Diathermy
Ring
Hulka b
Pomeroy
0
1
0
0
4
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20
24
1
19
24
24
[2]
19
Total included in study a 16 8 12 14 81 131
Footnotes:-
NHSLA National Health Service Litigation Authority
MPS Medical Protection Society, UK
BWH Birmingham Women‘s Hospital
Australian series This was published in our qualitative systematic review 4.
a Only cases that included all three components (mechanism of failure, interval to
pregnancy and sterilisation method used) were included in the study‘s analysis.
b Individual separate analysis of 2 Hulka clip cases would be extremely limited,
therefore these were included with the Filshie clip category as both methods utilise similar
mechanical tubal occlusive devices.
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
86
Results
1. Overall interval to pregnancy The mean age for the group was 33.2 years ( SD 4.4; 95%
CI 31.9-34.4; age range 24-42 years). The arithmetic mean interval to pregnancy was 13.0
months (SD 14.2; 95% CI 10.6-15.5; range 1 to 102 months). The greatest proportion of
sterilisation failures occurred by 12 months (72.5%) in a markedly positively skewed
frequency distribution. The distribution was normalised by natural log transformation of the
interval to pregnancy times to give a geometric mean interval to pregnancy of 9.3 months
(SD 2.2 months; 95% CI 8.1-10.6). Unlike the arithmetic mean, the geometric mean is not
overly influenced by the large values in a skewed distribution, and so gives a better
representation of the average for the purposes of this study.
2. Negligent and non-negligent failure group compositions and intervals to pregnancy
Filshie and Ring sterilisation methods failed significantly earlier than diathermy and Pomeroy
Methods
(Log Rank p=0.037); the mean and range intervals to pregnancy are shown in Table
2.3. Non-occlusion and wrong structure mechanisms of failure occurred significantly earlier
than fistula and recanalisation methods (Log Rank p=0.001); the mean intervals for negligent
and non-negligent failure were 7.5 and 14.2 months respectively [Table 2.4]. There is a
significant association between sterilisation method used and negligent and non-negligent
mechanism of sterilisation failure (Chi-square, p= 0.001). The Filshie clip, most often failing
due to non-occlusion or wrong structure, is the predominant method in negligent failures
(71% of cases) [Tables 2.3, 2.4]. Whereas, Pomeroy, only failing by recanalisation and
fistula, is the predominant method in non-negligent failures (44% of cases) [Tables 2.3,2.4].
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
87
Table 2.3. Sterilisation method and time interval to pregnancy
Method
of sterilisation Filshie Diathermy Ring Pomeroy
or related
surgical
Method
Overall
all
Groups
P value
Number in group 64 24 24 19 131
Interval to pregnancy (months)
Geometric Mean
95% confidence interval
7.6
6.1-9.5
11.9
8.5-16.6
8.2
7.6-9.9
14.2
11.4-17.9
9.3
8.1-10.6
$ 0.037
Range of time intervals to pregnancy
(months) for each method
Negligent Non-occlusion
Wrong structure
Non-negligent Fistula
Recanalisation
2-38
1-102
14*
10*
3-10
9*
3-44
60*
4-5
7-20
6-10
6-13
No cases
No cases
10-48
4-18
Footnotes
$ Kaplan-Meier Log Rank (Mantel-Cox) test for interval to pregnancy difference
* Single case only, therefore no range
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
88
Table 2.4. Negligent and Non-negligent failure group compositions and intervals to
pregnancy
MECHANISM OF FAILURE NEGLIGENT NON-NEGLIGENT
P value
Number in group
mean interval to pregnancy and
95% CI
median interval to pregnancy and
95% CI
88
7.5 [6.4-8.8]
7.0 [6.1-8.0]
43
14.2 [11.8-17.2]
12.0 [10.6-13.5]
$ 0.001
Composition by method of
sterilisation
Number of cases / [%]
Filshie
Diathermy
Ring
Pomeroy
62 [71%]
13 [15%]
13[15%]
0 [0%]
Filshie
Diathermy
Ring
Pomeroy
2 [5%]
11 [26%]
11 [26%]
19 [44%]
*<0.001
Composition by mechanism of
failure
Mechanism
mean interval to pregnancy and
95% CI
Mechanism
mean interval to pregnancy and
95% CI
Non- occlusion
45 [51%]
6.4 [5.2-7.9]
Wrong structure
43 [49%]
8.9 [6.9-11.3]
Fistula
19[44%]
17.1 [12.1-24.1]
Recanalisation
24[56%]
12.4 [10.2-14.9]
$ 0.001
Footnotes
* Pearson Chi-Square for category composition difference
$ Kaplan-Meier Log Rank (Mantel-Cox) test for interval to pregnancy difference
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
89
3. Regression analysis of interval to failure
Given that the interval to sterilisation failure was associated with sterilisation method and
mechanism of failure, and that both of these latter variables may interact with each other, a
Cox regression analysis was performed. The regression showed that negligence compared to
non-negligence significantly increased the hazard potential for sterilisation failure, and that
negligence (p=0.004) was the only statistically significant covariate when adjusting for
sterilisation method (p=0.237). The unadjusted Hazard Ratio for negligence was 1.91 (95%
CI 1.31-2.77), and adjusted Hazard Ratio was 2.35 (95% CI 1.31-4.21). Therefore, interval
to pregnancy was predictive of a negligent compared to a non-negligent failure mechanism,
irrespective of the sterilisation method used. Specifically, the earlier the time interval to
failure the greater the likelihood of negligence than non-negligence. This is graphically
illustrated in Figure 2.1.
4. Probability of negligence for any case given the interval to pregnancy
We have assumed that sterilisation failure occurring before time t represents a test of
negligence. We have calculated the various test positive (failed before or at time t) and test
negative (failed after time t) likelihood ratios (LR) for negligence at various time intervals
using Bayes‘ Theorem (Table 2.5). This table shows statistically significantly increasing
Likelihood Ratios for negligence at successive earlier time interval increments. This is
consistent with a mathematical trend that negligence is more likely the earlier the sterilisation
failure occurs.
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
90
Table 2.5. Empirical probabilities and likelihood ratios at incremental time intervals.
Time interval
that
sterilisation
failure has
occurred
Negligent
(n=88)
Non-Negligent
(n=43)
Probability that
randomly
selected case is
negligent from
the study series
given failure with
time interval
Likelihood Ratio
of negligence
given failure
within time
interval
(LR test positive)
Not stated 88 43 0.67* -n/a-
0 6 40 4 0.91 4.89 (1.87-12.77)
0- 9 61 7 0.90 2.48 (1.51-4.10)
0 12 73 22 0.77 1.62 (1.19-2.20)
0 18 81 33 0.71 1.20 (1.01-1.43 )
0 24 83 34 0.71 1.19 (1.01-1.40)
0 48 86 42 0.67 1.15 (1.01-1.32)
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
91
Footnotes to Table 2.5
* The pretest probability of negligence from our case series is 0.67. This corresponds to the
probability of a randomly selected case of sterilisation failure being negligent when selected
from our case series. However, knowledge of the time interval to sterilisation failure either
increases or decreases the probability of the case being negligent as shown in the table.
Likelihood ratios (LR) are derived by dividing the cumulative probabilities of sterilisation
failure occurring at or before a certain time interval (t) according to Bayes‘ Theorem. For
example, if we consider a test as failure at or before t=10 months then the LR for test positive
is
P(Fail |Neg)
= 0.7386 =2.65
P(Fail |NonNeg) 0.2791
and, the LR for test negative is
P(NoFail<10m |Neg) = 1-0.7386 = 0.36
P(NoFail<10m |NonNeg) 1-0.2791
Thus, the probability that a
randomly selected case is negligent may be calculated by
knowing the time interval to failure, the Likelihood Ratios at that time interval (as displayed
in Table 2.5) and the Bayesian equation:
PRE TEST X LIKELIHOOD RATIO = POST TEST
ODDS FOR THAT TIME INTERVAL ODDS
Odds = Prob. Prob. = Odds
1-Prob. 1+ Odds
From our case series (88 negligent, 43 non-negligent), the pre-test probability of negligence
was 0.67 (88/88+43). However, our case series is highly selected. Therefore we suggest using
a pre-test probability of negligence of 0.5 (Odds=0.5/1-0.5= 1). This pre-test probability
would correspond to that used in legal proceedings in cases with unknown mechanism of
failure and therefore derivation of the post-test probability of negligence (using the Bayesian
equation or Fagan‘s nomogram) would be useful within this medicolegal context..
Let us suppose that a sterilisation failure occurred at 8 months and the pre-test probability of
negligence is 0.5. The post-test probability of negligence for a case that fails before or at 8
months is 0.73 (pre-test odds of 1 x LR 3.70=3.70 post test odds; probability is 3.70/1+3.70=
0.79). In contrast, the post-test probability of negligence if failure had occurred after 8
months is 0.32 (pre-test odds of 1 x LR 0.48=0.48 post test odds; probability is 0.48/1+0.48).
This suggests that failure at 8 months is likely to be negligent because the probability
distribution is greater in the negligent (0.73) than non-negligent (0.32) direction from a pre-
test probability of 0.5 (see Figure 2.1).
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
92
Figure 2.1. The probability of sterilisation failure for negligent and non-negligent cases
against time interval to failure (Cox Regression model)
Footnotes
The graph depicts the 1-minus survival function plot of the adjusted Cox regression model
function i.e. incorporates both sterilisation method and failure mechanism covariates. All
cases have ultimately failed, therefore for both negligent and non-negligent cases the
cumulatively probability is 1 at the maximum recorded time interval for each group.
The
hazard ratio corresponds to the odds that a case in the negligent group fails before a case in
the non-negligent group. Thus, there is a 70% probability (converting Hazard odds of 2.35 to
probability by 2.35/ (1+2.35)) that sterilisation failure will occur earlier in a negligent case
than a non-negligent case, irrespective of the sterilisation method used. Furthermore,
comparing median times (Table 2.3), negligence reduces the time interval to failure by
approximately 5 months (or 42%) compared to non-negligence.
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
93
Let us suppose that a sterilisation failure occurred at 18 months and the pre-test probability of
negligence is 0.5. The post-test probability of negligence for any case that fails before or at
18 months is 0.55 (pre-test odds 1 x LR 1.20=1.20 post test odds; probability is 1.20/1+1.20=
0.79). In contrast, the post-test probability of negligence if failure had occurred after 18
months is 0.25 (pre-test odds 1 x LR 0.34=0.34 post test odds; probability is 0.34/1+0.34).
This suggests that failure at 18 months is likely to be non-negligent because the probability
distribution is greater in the non-negligent (0.25) than negligent (0.55) direction from a pre-
test probability of 0.5 (see Figure 2.1).
Discussion
Analysis of our selected series of failed sterilisations has shown that a
short interval to failure, and a long interval to failure are suggestive of a negligent and non-
negligent failure mechanism, whilst intervals between the two extremes are less reliable
indicators of the mechanism of failure. Negligence compared to non-negligence reduces the
interval to failure by 5 months. A test of negligence may be applied to any case of
sterilisation failure having been provided the time interval to pregnancy and the pre-test
probability, as we have obtained likelihood ratios for the test at various time intervals. Such a
test may have important medico-legal ramifications in cases with unknown mechanism of
failure.
Our case series represents the world‘s largest number of failed female sterilisations with
concurrent knowledge of their mechanism of sterilisation failure and interval to pregnancy.
Until this study, issues involving mechanism of failure, had not been addressed by the two
largest studies of sterilisation failure 2;3 or the Cochrane review 12. We had predicted this
hypothesis in our earlier qualitative systematic review 4. Previous studies had showed
differences in time interval to failure for different sterilisation methods 2and patient age 3.
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
94
We agree there may be caveats when interpreting our results, particularly as our data series is
selective. Firstly, our data series is composed of cases from 1975 onwards. Advances in
training in laparoscopic procedures and laparoscopic video imaging may be under-
represented in our data series leading us to overestimate the proportion of negligence
(operator-fault) that may occur with earlier (1970-1990s) sterilisation failures. Secondly, our
study sample is not derived from a repository of systematically investigated and recorded
sterilisation failures. Thirdly, although NHSLA has systematically collected data on litigated
cases in England since 1995, there are many exclusion criteria allowing hospitals to locally
manage some failed sterilisation cases thereby limiting case ascertainment. We were unable
to examine the individual records from the NHSLA and MPS databases to verify the accuracy
of the failure mechanism reported. Consequently, we are uncertain whether there are
inconsistencies in the classification of failure mechanism used. Fourthly, we anticipate a
general under-reporting of non-negligent sterilisation failures in the published literature and
in the legal databases that we used for the study. Therefore, it is likely that our overall
estimate of the prevalence of negligence (i.e. pre-test probability of 0.67, 88/88+43) from our
case series is likely to exceed the upper limit of prevalence that would be obtained from the
true population of systematically acquired sterilisation failures.
Negligence litigation in the UK is based on the claimant producing the burden of proof
(prove negligent action has occurred) and the standard of proof is the civil standard (balance
of probabilities). The claimant has to show that the harm suffered (i.e. failed sterilisation) on
the balance of probabilities, is more likely than not to be caused by a negligent action than
non-negligent action. In this legal situation, an unknown mechanism of sterilisation failure
could be presumed to have a pre-test probability of negligence of 0.5 (legal equivalence). If a
case had failed at say 8 months, then applying our test of failure before or at 8 months (post
Chapter 2.1 Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure
95
test probability of 0.73) and failure after 8 months (post test probability of 0.32) indicates that
failure at 8 months is more likely to be negligent than non-negligent. Furthermore, for any
given interval to pregnancy, the post-test probabilities of negligence for failure before or after
a specified time interval could be derived using the Bayesian methodology discussed in this
manuscript. Although our test provides an overall probability of negligence >0.5 or <0.5 and
therefore satisfies the legal test of negligence or non-negligence, we would always endorse
that the actual negligent or non-negligent cause of sterilisation failure can only be established
after a systematic clinical, histopathological and X-ray examination process.
A national register of systematically collected and investigated failed sterilisations, as
recommended by the RCOG 1, would quantify the exact prevalence (pre-test probability) of
negligent and non-negligent failure mechanisms, and show how this proportion is distributed
amongst the various sterilisation methods, enabling its use in the legal situation described
above. Little is known on non-negligent failure mechanisms due to poor case ascertainment,
but such a registry may show that the probability of a non-negligent sterilisation failure
equated to the probability of a negligent sterilisation failure for a particular sterilisation
method, which would then make any legal claim for negligent sterilisation unlikely to
succeed. Furthermore, such a registry could identify areas of substandard care that could be
used as an impetus to improve medical training and design effective clinical risk prevention
strategies.
Chapter 2.2 Efficacy of Mirena in treating endometrial hyperplasia
96
2.2. The effectiveness of a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system
(LNG-IUS) in the treatment of endometrial hyperplasia – a long-term
follow-up study.
Objectives
Medical treatment of non-atypical endometrial hyperplasia with oral progestogens
has limited efficacy and poor compliance. A levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (LNG-IUS)
has been shown to successfully treat hyperplasia in small-sized studies. Our aim was to examine the
effectiveness of LNG-IUS in a larger study with long term follow up.
Methods
Prospective observational study of 105 women diagnosed with endometrial hyperplasia
and treated with LNG-IUS between 1999-2004 at a University Teaching hospital. Baseline
characteristics and outpatient endometrial Pipelle sampling was undertaken at 3 and 6 months post
LNG-IUS insertion and 6-monthly intervals thereafter in all cases. Outcome included histological data
derived from both Pipelle and uterine histologies at one and two years LNG-IUS therapy.
Results
LNG-IUS achieved endometrial regression in 90% (94/105) of cases by two years, with
a significant proportion (96%, 90/94) achieving this within one year. Regression occurred in 88/96
(92%) of non-atypical and 6/9 (67%) of atypical hyperplasias, and in all 22 cases of endometrial
hyperplasia associated with HRT. Regression rates did not differ between histological types of
hyperplasia. Twenty-three (22%) underwent hysterectomy of which 13 were indicated and 10 were
performed at patient request despite regressed endometrium. Two cases of cancer (one uterine and one
ovarian) were identified.
Conclusion
LNG-IUS is highly effective at treating endometrial hyperplasia. Beneficial effects
are observed by the majority within one year. Treatment can be reliably monitored through regular 6-
montly outpatient endometrial Pipelle surveillance. LNG-IUS treatment of non-atypical hyperplasias
is likely to reduce the number of hysterectomies performed in this subgroup.
Chapter 2.2 Efficacy of Mirena in treating endometrial hyperplasia
97
Introduction
Endometrial hyperplasia may be divided into three principal
histological categories listed in the order of ascending architectural and cytological
abnormality: simple, complex and atypical hyperplasia 13 . Cytological atypia is the most
important prognostic factor for progression to carcinoma 14. Around 1-3% of non-atypical
hyperplasias progress to endometrial carcinoma, over a mean duration of 10 years. In
contrast, 8-30% of atypical hyperplasias progress to carcinoma over a mean duration of 4
years 15. Pooling three observational studies 16-18 the rates of spontaneous regression after
expectant treatment for non-atypical (n=129) and atypical hyperplasia (n=28) are around 72%
and 54% respectively.
The objectives of treating women with endometrial hyperplasia are to reduce abnormal
bleeding symptoms and to prevent progression to endometrial cancer18-20. In view of an
increased oncogenic potential with atypical endometrial hyperplasia, hysterectomy is
generally recommended unless fertility issues or significant risk factors for surgery preclude
this. However, for non-atypical endometrial hyperplasia, there is debate as to whether
hysterectomy is ‗over-treatment‘ given the low risk of malignant transformation, high
probability of possible spontaneous resolution, low risk of coexistent uterine cancer and high
therapeutic responsiveness to oral progestogen therapy. Nonetheless, oral progestogens are
associated with poor compliance and systemic side effects that may limit overall efficacy
18;19;21. Levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (LNG-IUS) may be used to successfully
treat endometrial hyperplasia without incurring the disadvantages of oral progestogens. This
finding has been demonstrated in two recently published observational studies 22;23, together
with a systematic review 24 that included four limited sized studies25-28. Our objective was to
examine the effectiveness of LNG-IUS to treat endometrial hyperplasia in a larger
prospective observational study with a long-term follow-up period.
Chapter 2.2 Efficacy of Mirena in treating endometrial hyperplasia
98
Methods
All women participating in this study had presented to our hospital
(Birmingham Women‘s Hospital, England) for the investigation of abnormal uterine
bleeding. Their reasons for referral included: women aged 40 years and over with heavy
menstrual bleeding or intermenstrual bleeding aged unresponsive to medical therapies (such
as tranexamic acid, combined oral contraceptive or oral progestins), post-menopausal
bleeding and unscheduled bleeding whilst on hormone replacement therapy or tamoxifen.
Natural menopause was recognised to have occurred if there had been at least 12 consecutive
months of amenorrhoea, for which there was no other obvious pathological or physiological
cause. Clinical investigation involved transvaginal pelvic sonography, outpatient endometrial
Pipelle sampling (Laboratoire C.C.D, Paris, France) and outpatient hysteroscopy in all cases.
Intrauterine polyps that were identified at hysteroscopy were removed using outpatient local
anaesthetic Versapoint® (Gynecare, Ethicon Inc. USA) polyp resection or blind polypectomy
techniques.
Endometrial hyperplasia was subdivided into three categories: simple, complex and atypical.
For the purposes of this study, we grouped simple atypical and complex atypical hyperplasias
as one atypical hyperplasia group. The criteria for diagnosing endometrial hyperplasia and
endometrial regression of hyperplasia following LNG-IUS use was as we29 and others 13;30-32
have previously described. Typically, LNG-IUS resulted in atrophy of glands separated by
plump, polygonal, pseudodecidualised stromal cells. These were accompanied by varying
degrees of secretory glandular changes and Metaplasia of the lining epithelium. These
changes have been collectively and loosely termed as ―regression‖ of hyperplasia in this
article. This is not a defined histological entity except in the context of follow up of
endometrial hyperplasia. Similar morphology can be seen with both oral progestogens and
intrauterine progestogen (LNG-IUS) when used for other clinical indications.
Chapter 2.2 Efficacy of Mirena in treating endometrial hyperplasia
99
Our study included cases where hyperplasia was only present in the endometrial polyp but
not the background endometrium, a phenomenon also described by a previous study 33.All
histopathological diagnoses were undertaken by two experienced consultant histopathologists
(TR, RG) working independently; referral to the other pathologist for a second opinion was
made in cases where there was diagnostic doubt, and a mutual consensus was then achieved.
Throughout the study period (January 1999-January 2004) there were 114 women diagnosed
with non-atypical hyperplasia. All were offered oral progestogens, LNG-IUS insertion
(Mirena®, Schering Health Care, Burgess Hill, UK) or hysterectomy as part of our routine
practice; those opting for LNG-IUS (n=105) were included in our study cohort. Women
diagnosed with atypical endometrial hyperplasia were recommended to undergo
hysterectomy. Women who declined surgery or who were medically unfit to undergo surgery
were offered oral progestogens or LNG-IUS insertion; the latter LNG-IUS treated group
(n=9) were included our study cohort. Women diagnosed with non-atypical endometrial
hyperplasia whilst using hormone replacement therapy (HRT) were offered either withdrawal
of HRT and LNG-IUS, withdrawal of HRT and oral progestagens, or HRT (either estrogen
replacement therapy or continuous combined preparations) and LNG-IUS; those opting for
combinations involving LNG-IUS (n=22) were included in our study cohort.
Chapter 2.2 Efficacy of Mirena in treating endometrial hyperplasia
100
Baseline data and study design
Insertion of LNG-IUS took place between January 1999 and January 2004. For all women in
the study (n=105) anonymised baseline data was recorded on: histological subtype,
sociodemographic characteristics [with emphasis on risk factors for endometrial hyperplasia
such as parity, body mass index, diabetes, hypertension], use of exogenous hormones (e.g.
hormone replacement therapy, tamoxifen), and presenting with abnormal bleeding symptoms.
Study participants underwent regular outpatient clinic review and endometrial histological
surveillance by outpatient Pipelle sampling. Histological surveillance was performed at 3-
months and 6-months following LNG-IUS insertion, and continued thereafter at 6-monthly
intervals in all cases (n=105). We present the outcome for participants at 1 and 2 years post
LNG-IUS insertion, however, in clinical practice, we are continuing to prospectively record
outcome beyond this time, even in cases that show endometrial regression. LNG-IUS
treatment was abandoned and hysterectomy recommended if:-
1. There was no histological evidence of partial or complete regression of the hyperplasia by 12
months of LNG-IUS use.
2. There was histological evidence of endometrial cancer or progression of endometrial hyperplasia
to atypia.
3. There was reversion to the original endometrial histology showing hyperplasia following a period
of endometrial regression.
4. The primary outcome was the proportion of women with complete regression of the endometrial
hyperplasia according to both outpatient endometrial Pipelle and uterine histologies at
hysterectomy. Secondary outcomes included time to disease regression, the proportion of women
undergoing hysterectomy (histologically indicated or non-histologically indicated) and the
accuracy of outpatient Pipelle compared to uterine histology at hysterectomy.
Chapter 2.2 Efficacy of Mirena in treating endometrial hyperplasia
101
Statistical analysis
SPSS version 13 for Windows (Release 13.0, 1 Sep 2004, SPSS Inc.) was used. The
significance of different histological subtypes and other covariates on time interval to
regression was determined by Kaplan-Meier and Cox-regression survival analysis. A P value
less than 0.05 was considered statistically significant. Sensitivity, Specificity and Likelihood
Ratios were derived by constructing a 2 by 2 table and using standard techniques34.
Results
Baseline characteristics
There were 105 women with endometrial hyperplasia (simple 16, complex 80, atypical 9)
included in the 5-year study period. A summary of the baseline characteristics and presenting
symptoms are shown in Table 2.6. The mean age was 54.5 ± SD 10.1 years (range 37-88).
The study comprised of 37 premenopausal and 68 postmenopausal women. Most women
presented with postmenopausal bleeding (n=68). Endometrial polyps were visualised in
36/105 (34%) cases at hysteroscopy. Hyperplasia in the endometrial polyp, but not in the
Background
endometrium, occurred in 16% (17/105) of cases; all remaining cases had
endometrial hyperplasia identified within the endometrium.
Endometrial regression at 2 years post LNG-IUS insertion
Figure 2.2 summarises the outcome of the 105 hyperplasias that received LNG-IUS
according to pre-treatment and 2-year outpatient endometrial Pipelle histologies. In contrast,
Table 2.7 summarises the outcome of the study according to histological data derived from
both outpatient endometrial Pipelle and hysterectomy histologies at 1 and 2 years post LNG-
IUS insertion. The derivation for the data are explained in the footnotes to Figure 2.2 and
Table 2.7.
Chapter 2.2 Efficacy of Mirena in treating endometrial hyperplasia
102
Table 2.6. Baseline characteristics (n=105) of LNG-IUS treatment of endometrial
hyperplasia
Characteristic Size of parameter
Age (years) Mean 54.5 (St Dev 10.1, Range 37-88)
Weight (kg) Mean 86.0 (St Dev 28.0, Range 50-168
BMI kg/m2 Mean 32.0 (St Dev 8.8. Range 18-67)
Characteristic
Percentage of cases in study group (equals number of cases)
Parity a 21% (22) Parity 0
43% (45) Parity 1 or 2
23% (24) Parity 3 or higher
Mean 1.87; St Dev 1.34, Range 0-5
Menopausal status 35% (37) Premenopausal; 65% (68) Postmenopausal
Diabetes 18% (19)
Hypertension 30% (31)
Exogenous HRT
Exogenous
tamoxifen
21% (22)
1% (1)
Abnormal bleeding
symptoms on
presentation
27% (28) Premenopausal, abnormal uterine bleeding
9% (9) Premenopausal, unscheduled bleeding with HRT
51% (54) Postmenopausal bleeding
13% (14) Postmenopausal, unscheduled bleeding with HRT or tamoxifen
Footnotes
a Missing parity data in 14 cases
Chapter 2.2 Efficacy of Mirena in treating endometrial hyperplasia
103
Table 2.7. Outcome of the study according to histological data derived from outpatient
endometrial Pipelle and hysterectomy histologies
Endometrial
Hyperplasia
(number of
cases at study
commencement)
Total
number
of cases
regressing
with
LNG-IUS
a Mean time
for regression
(months) and
95%
Confidence
limits
Proportion
achieving
regression b by
12 months of
LNG-IUS
Proportion
achieving
regression b by
24 months of
LNG-IUS
Simple (n=16) 15 (94%) 6.2 (4.4-8.0) 15/16 15/16
Complex (n=80) 73 (92%) 9.4 (7.0-11.7) 69/80 73/80
Atypical (n=9) 6 (67%) 8.2 (5.2-11.3) 6/9 6/9
Overall group
(n=105)
94 (90%) 9.0 (7.0-11.1 ) c 90/105 c 94/105
2. 1 Outcome of study according to histology from Pipelle or hysterectomy
Footnotes
a There are no statistically significant differences in probabilities of regression
over time between simple, complex and atypical hyperplasias [Kaplan-Meier
Log Rank Mantel-Cox (p=0.20)).
b Data on histological regression is derived from combined use of outpatient
endometrial Pipelle and hysterectomy histologies.
c Two of the 94 cases that shown regression on Pipelle, were subsequently identified to
have atypical hyperplasia (one case, formerly simple hyperplasia) and ovarian cancer (one
case, formerly complex hyperplasia). The former case underwent hysterectomy at patient
request due to troublesome abnormal bleeding side effects with LNG-IUS despite Pipelle
regression. The latter case underwent hysterectomy as this was indicated through ongoing
sonographic surveillance for a postmenopausal cyst concurrent with the regressed Pipelle.
Both cases were identified within one year of LNG-IUS treatment.
Chapter 2.2 Efficacy of Mirena in treating endometrial hyperplasia
104
Figure 2.2. Outcome of study according to outpatient endometrial Pipelle histology at
pre-treatment and 2-years following LNG-IUS insertion
Footnotes
a Of the 10 hysterectomies at patient request from the stayed regressed group,
histologies from the uteri showed nine regressed uteri and one atypical endometrial
hyperplasia. This is further explained in Table 2.7, footnote c.
b Of the 7 reverted hyperplasias, all were non-atypical hyperplasias on Pipelle, all were
offered hysterectomy, five declined hysterectomy in favour of continuing with LNG-IUS. Of
the 2 indicated hysterectomies performed, histological analysis showed one had regressed and
one had complex hyperplasia.
c Of the 11 persisting hyperplasias, all were offered hysterectomy, one declined
hysterectomy in favour of continuing with LNG-IUS. Of the 10 indicated hysterectomies
performed, histological analysis showed two had regressed, one simple, four complex, two
atypical hyperplasias persisted and one case of Stage 1A endometrial cancer.
LNG-IUS (n=105)
(simple 16, complex 80, atypical 9)
Regressed (n=94)
(simple 15, complex 73, atypical 6)
Persisting hyperplasia (n=11)
(simple 1, complex 7, atypical 3)
Stayed regressed (n=87)
(simple 14, complex 69, atypical 4)
Reversion of hyperplasia (n=7)
(simple 1, complex 4, atypical 2)
Persisting hyperplasia (n=11)
(simple 1, complex 7, atypical 3)
aStayed regressed (n=87)
68 continue with Mirena
8 continue with Mirena and ERT
1 indicated hysterectomy [ovarian ca]
10 hysterectomy at patient request
bReversion of hyperplasia (n=7)
5 continue with Mirena
2 indicated hysterectomy
cPersisting hyperplasia (n=11)
1 continue with Mirena
10 indicated hysterectomy [of which,
one case endometrial ca.)
Chapter 2.2 Efficacy of Mirena in treating endometrial hyperplasia
105
Outpatient endometrial Pipelle regression was observed in 94/105 cases, and of these, 87/94
continued to maintain endometrial regression at 2 years follow up (Figure 2.2). Failed
treatment, indicated by persisting Pipelle hyperplasia or hyperplasia that regressed then
reverted to hyperplasia, occurred in 18/105 cases (Figure 2.2).
Overall, 90% (94/105) of the study participants achieved endometrial regression according to
combined outpatient Pipelle and hysterectomy histologies (Table 2.7). A significant
proportion (96%, 90/94) had achieved this by one year of LNG-IUS use.
Survival analysis methods (Kaplan-Meier, Cox proportional hazard) showed there was no
statistically significant difference between the types of hyperplasia in terms of the time
interval to regression (Table 2.7). The overall mean interval to regression was 9 months
(95% CI 7.0-11.1) for the overall group (Table 2.7). Furthermore, survival analysis showed
no statistically significant association of baseline covariates (age, parity, menopausal status,
BMI, diabetes, hypertension, exogenous estrogen or tamoxifen use) on the rate of regression.
Endometrial hyperplasia associated with Hormone Replacement Therapy (HRT)
Of the 22 cases of HRT associated endometrial hyperplasia and treated subsequently with
LNG-IUS, 2 stopped HRT, 17 continued with cyclical combined HRT and 3 opted for
estrogen only HRT. All were non-atypical hyperplasias (19 complex and 3 simple), and all,
apart from one case, showed endometrial regression with LNG-IUS therapy. The non-
regressed complex hyperplasia underwent hysterectomy and uterine histology subsequent
confirmed endometrial regression had in fact occurred. There was a single case of tamoxifen
associated complex hyperplasia which initially regressed with LNG-IUS then reverted back
to complex hyperplasia; uterine histology at hysterectomy confirmed complex hyperplasia.
Chapter 2.2 Efficacy of Mirena in treating endometrial hyperplasia
106
Two cases of cancer
Two cases of cancer were identified. One case was Stage 1B ovarian cancer, which had been
identified in a complex hyperplasia that had regressed at 3 months with LNG-IUS but had
been under ultrasonographic surveillance for a persistent postmenopausal ovarian cyst. The
other case was Stage 1A endometrial cancer, which had been identified in a case of complex
hyperplasia that had shown non-regression at 12 months with LNG-IUS and therefore
underwent indicated hysterectomy (Figure 2.2).
Hysterectomy and correlation with endometrial Pipelle
Hysterectomy occurred in 23/105 women, and a summary of the origin and indication for
hysterectomy is shown in Figure 2.2. Most hysterectomies (12/23) were performed for
persisting hyperplasia and reversion to hyperplasia following initial regression to normal
histology. However, 10/23 hysterectomies were performed in women with endometrial
regression on Pipelle histology. The reasons cited included: worsening or persistence of
abnormal bleeding symptoms (3), patient request (4), patient fear of progression to cancer (1),
uterine prolapse (1) and concurrent cervical intraepithelial neoplasia (1). In all these cases the
endometrium was extensively sampled, including the cornual aspects, and showed changes
secondary to the local progestogen therapy without any evidence of hyperplasia. Using
histology of the uterus at hysterectomy as the ―gold standard‖ and the preceding endometrial
Pipelle biopsy as a diagnostic test, then Pipelle had a sensitivity of 83% and specificity of
73% for identifying endometrial regression (Table 2.8).
Chapter 2.2 Efficacy of Mirena in treating endometrial hyperplasia
107
Table 2.8 Correlation between endometrial Pipelle histology and hysterectomy histology
(n=23 hysterectomies)
Uterine Histology at
Hysterectomy
Regressed
endometrium
Not regressed
endometrium
Endometrial
Pipelle
biopsy
Test positive: showing
regression
10 3
Test negative:
showing
non-regression
2 8
Sensitivity 83%
Specificity 73%
Likelihood ratio (95% confidence interval)
LR (positive test) 3.06 (1.23-8.74)
LR (negative test) 0.23 (0.06-0.70)
Discussion
LNG-IUS is highly effective at treating endometrial hyperplasia, irrespective of whether non-
atypical or atypical hyperplasia is being treated. Beneficial effects are observed by the
majority within one year of treatment. Treatment success can be reliably monitored through
regular 6-monthly outpatient endometrial Pipelle surveillance. Future widespread use of
LNG-IUS to treat non-atypical hyperplasias is likely to reduce the number of hysterectomies
performed for this condition, and thereby avoid exposing women to unwarranted surgical
risks.
This is the largest published series of the use of LNG-IUS to treat endometrial hyperplasia
24;26;28;35-38. Furthermore, we believe this is the first study to examine the use of LNG-IUS to
treat endometrial hyperplasia occurring in HRT users. The prospective design and strict data
collection proforma used in this study ensured uniform inclusion/exclusion criteria and
Chapter 2.2 Efficacy of Mirena in treating endometrial hyperplasia
108
reliable collection of all outcome measures. The study was designed as a pragmatic measure
of the effectiveness of LNG-IUS at one and two-years, therefore our results are applicable to
current clinical practice.
Our study could be criticised for not incorporating a control (expectant management) or
cohort (e.g. oral progestogens) comparison group. Furthermore, our study is under- powered
to detect genuine differences in subtypes of endometrial hyperplasia, as well as investigate
their significance along with other covariates (e.g. diabetes, hypertension, HRT) on the
likelihood of regression with LNG-IUS treatment.
It has been established that outpatient endometrial biopsy is accurate in diagnosing
endometrial hyperplasia 39. However, we accept there may be uncertainty in our estimations
of sensitivity and specificity of endometrial Pipelle in correlating to uterine histology. This is
because we only performed hysterectomy and obtained ‗gold standard‘ uterine histology in
around a quarter of study participants, and there may be differences in histological criteria
used by others and our own group. Nonetheless, by finding similar degrees of test accuracy as
previous authors 18;40-43we believe our results are at least consistent with the published
literature. Furthermore, we minimised the histopathological bias by utilising strict predefined
histological criteria and limiting the histological interpretation to two experienced
Histopathologists.
Chapter 2.2 Efficacy of Mirena in treating endometrial hyperplasia
109
Overall, our study‘s 90% (94/105) endometrial regression rate incorporates regression rates
of 92% (88/96) and 67 % (6/9) for non-atypical and atypical hyperplasias, respectively. A
higher regression rate of 95% (19/20) with regression rates of 100% (12/12) and 88%(7/8) for
non-atypical and atypical hyperplasias had been observed in a recently published long-term
study 44. This difference could be explained by the longer duration of follow up in the
published study 45. Nevertheless, our study‘s non-atypical regression rate is similar to the oral
progestogen treatment regression rate (93%, n=134) 46and exceeds the expectantly managed
regression rate of 72% (93/129) identified by pooling studies 16-18. This study‘s atypical
regression rate does not significantly differ from the expectant regression rate of 54% (15/28)
identified from the same pooled studies. Importantly, this study suggests a trend for
intrauterine progestogen therapy to regress non-atypical rather than atypical hyperplasia,
which is a finding that has also been suggested by other groups 46-51.
We would have expected LNG-IUS use in our study to have led to a greater reduction in
hysterectomy treatment for hyperplasia. However, for a variety of unexpected reasons (e.g.
personal choice, fear of progression) in addition to those due to failed medical treatment or
unwanted side-effects with LNG-IUS, women opted for hysterectomy. We were unable to
further explore how such patient preferences could impact on patient satisfaction, compliance
and cost-effectiveness of LNG-IUS compared to hysterectomy treatment alternatives.
Furthermore, as we were dealing with a pre-malignant condition, in an age group not
requiring to conserve the uterus for fertility, this would lead to an increased risk of favouring
a hysterectomy decision, irrespective of whether endometrial regression had been successful
or unsuccessful.
Chapter 2.2 Efficacy of Mirena in treating endometrial hyperplasia
110
Both cases of cancer identified in the study were Stage I tumours, and were readily identified
within one year of insertion of LNG-IUS. It could be argued that earlier hysterectomy,
instead of LNG-IUS medical treatment, would have prevented cancer development or
improved prognosis if cancer was identified earlier. In this context, our study suggests around
50 hysterectomies would be needed to prevent (NNT) one case of gynaecological cancer in
women with endometrial hyperplasia.
Oral progestagens and hysterectomy are widely accepted treatment options for endometrial
hyperplasia 18;19;52. Newer therapies under evaluation include endometrial ablation 53 and
aromatase inhibitors54. Nonetheless, we believe that the success of this study, utilising LNG-
IUS therapy, should provide an impetus for future robust randomised controlled trials to
evaluate the effectiveness of medical and surgical treatments in treating endometrial
hyperplasia. Successful validation of the treatment potential of LNG-IUS for endometrial
hyperplasia will undoubtedly reduce the number of women undergoing hysterectomies for
this condition and avoid exposing them to unwarranted surgical risks.
Chapter 2.3 Outpatient vs. Daycase Thermachoice
111
2. 3. Hospital recovery following Thermachoice ablation is not dependent
on setting (outpatient or daycase) or rescue analgesia: unexpected result
Background
Thermal balloon endometrial ablation (TBEA) is increasingly being performed
in the outpatient setting under local anaesthesia (LA) rather than in a daycase setting under
general anaesthesia (GA). Our aim was to compare the post operative rescue analgesia
requirements and duration of hospital say in women undergoing outpatient (LA) and daycase
(GA) TBEA.
Methods
Prospective observational study of consecutively recruited women who underwent
outpatient (LA) TBEA (n=51) and daycase (GA) TBEA (n=50) over the same time period.
Analgesia that was provided additional to the standard administered analgesic regimen was
considered rescue analgesia. The main outcome measures were requirement for rescue
analgesia and duration of hospital stay in both cohorts.
Result(s): LA compared to GA cohorts had shorter hospital stays (11 hours [95% CI 9-13]
vs. 17 hours [95% CI 14-20]) and lower analgesia requirements. However, multivariate
regression, correcting for all known confounders, showed that duration of stay was
independent of setting for ablation or amount of rescue analgesia.
Conclusion(s): Duration of hospital stay is not entirely dependent on whether outpatient or
daycase endometrial ablation is considered. This unexpected preliminary finding deserves to
be validated in future confirmatory trials that compare outpatient and daycase treatments. We
also discuss the confounding factors that should be considered when designing such trials.
Abbreviation(s): TBEA: Thermal Balloon Endometrial Ablation; LA: Local anaesthesia;
GA: General Anaesthesia; CI: Confidence Interval.
Chapter 2.3 Outpatient vs. Daycase Thermachoice
112
Introduction
Menorrhagia has a considerable impact on many women's lives 55.
Endometrial ablation is being increasingly used as a treatment option 56 and is endorsed by
National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence, NICE, UK 55. There is wide variation in
the preferred endometrial ablation device and whether treatment should be performed in the
outpatient local anaesthetic (LA) or daycase general anaesthesia (GA) setting 57-61.
Outpatient therapy has obvious advantages in terms of safety, convenience and short
discharge time for the woman, and may be preferred over GA for women with high risk
medical conditions62;63. We 64, along with other groups 65-68, have had considerable
experience and success in performing outpatient thermal balloon endometrial ablation
(TBEA). We perform local anaesthetic (LA) thermal balloon endometrial ablation in the
conscious patient without sedation at any time in the menstrual cycle and without prior
endometrial preparation.
There is considerable heterogeneity in postoperative pain and duration of hospital stay
reported for LA and GA endometrial ablations. This may be partly explained by differences
in peri-operative analgesic regimens adopted by such studies. Even if such confounding
influences are minimized, it remains unclear whether women experience higher levels and/or
prolonged duration of pain during and after LA TBEA compared to GA TBEA. This
information would be particularly important when counseling women on their choices
between LA and GA TBEA. Given the paucity of robust data to answer this concern64;69;70,
we conducted a prospective study to compare rescue analgesia requirement and duration of
hospital stay in LA and GA TBEA.
Chapter 2.3 Outpatient vs. Daycase Thermachoice
113
Materials and methods
Patient Population Pre-menopausal women with subjectively defined heavy menstrual
bleeding were referred by primary care (GP) and / or by secondary care physicians for
assessment in our menstrual disorders clinic. Our routine practice was to offer a first line trial
of medical treatments for at least 6 months if there was no clinical suspicion of underlying
pathology. The medical treatments included Levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine hormone
system (LNG-IUS; Mirena®, Schering Health Care), combined oral contraceptive,
progestogens (oral and long-acting), tranexamic acid and /or mefenamic acid.
All women underwent transvaginal pelvic sonography, hysteroscopy and outpatient
endometrial Pipelle biopsy (Laboratoire C.C.D, Paris, France) investigations. Any
significantly sized intrauterine polyps (greater than 2cm in size) were excised by either blind
polyp forcep avulsion or Versapoint [Gynecare, Ethicon Inc. USA) resection. Women were
excluded from the study if there were significantly sized uterine fibroids (fibroids greater
than 3cm size in any uterine location), enlarged uterine size (uterine cavity length greater
than 10cm), abnormally shaped uterine cavity (e.g. bicornuate uterus), endometrial
hyperplasia or cancer, or active pelvic infection.
Women with normal sized uteri (less than 10cm cavity size), no underlying structural uterine
pathology and unresponsive to medical therapy commenced by their GP or secondary care,
were offered thermal balloon endometrial ablation TBEA (either under LA or GA) and
hysterectomy as second-line treatments. Those women who opted for TBEA were given the
choice of undertaking the procedure under LA or GA.
Chapter 2.3 Outpatient vs. Daycase Thermachoice
114
Study design Recruitment for the study occurred in a prospective continuous manner
between June 2003 and June 2005. During this time period, two prospective consecutively
recruited cohorts were established: LA TBEA and GA TBEA i.e. both cohorts were
constructed and evaluated over the same time period in parallel.
Intervention Endometrial ablation was performed using a Thermachoice III (Gynecare®,
Menlo Park, California, USA) device according to the manufacturer‘s guidance.
Local Anaesthetic TBEA
This was performed in our ambulatory gynaecological clinic
according to our previously described protocol 64, which included:-
Pre-procedure analgesic regimen (one to two hours prior to TBEA):
All women received diclofenac 100mg rectally, oral co-dydramol 10/500 (two tablets) and
oral cyclizine 50 mg. Tramadol hydrochloride 100mg was used if non steroidal analgesia was
contra-indicated.
Local anaesthetic: The cervix was directly injected in a circumferential manner with three
2mL cartridges containing 3% prilocaine hydrochloride (30 mg/mL) and felypressin
0.03 unit/mL (citanest with octapressin®, Dentslply, UK) using a 27G dental syringe.
Dedicated patient nurse: A particular nurse was allocated to provide continuous supportive
care to the patient during the procedure. The nurse engaged the patient in conversation
(‗distraction‘ analgesia effect termed ―vocal local‖) and often held the patient‘s hand
throughout the procedure.
Post ablation day case bed stay: All women recovered in a day case bed and were allowed
home after a minimum stay of 2 hours. A strict protocol of post-procedure pain relief was
adhered to. A patient information leaflet was provided detailing expected symptoms and
analgesic advice post LA TBEA.
Chapter 2.3 Outpatient vs. Daycase Thermachoice
115
General Anaesthetic TBEA Women, fasted for at least 6 hours, were admitted to hospital
on the day of the procedure. In a minority of cases, women with high risk medical disorders
(e.g. diabetes) were admitted the day before the planned procedure. TBEA was carried out in
gynaecology theatres after induction of general anaesthesia. All women received diclofenac
100mg and 1g paracetamol rectally (or paracetamol alone if diclofenac was contraindicated)
just prior to performing TBEA. Infiltration of the cervix with a local anaesthetic was not done
in these women. The TBEA surgical procedure, post-procedure analgesia regimen and day
case bed stay for GA TBEA were identical to the LA TBEA procedure described above.
Outcome measures Initial baseline data recorded were: age, body mass index, menorrhagia
alone or combined with dysmenorrhoea, menstrual cycle phase, ultrasound and hysteroscopy
findings and uterine axis. In relationship to TBEA procedure, the following data were
recorded: mean intrauterine ablation pressure, successful completion of TBEA procedure,
procedure related complications (e.g. vasovagal episodes for LA TBEA) and duration of
hospital stay following the TBEA procedure. All women were asked to record the pain they
experienced immediately following LA TBEA on a graduated Visual Analogue Scale (VAS),
ranging from 0 (no pain) to 10 (worst imaginable pain), which had been validated in our
previous study 64.
Rescue analgesia
This refers to analgesia that was administered post TBEA that was
additional to the routinely supplied peri-operative analgesia regimen. Rescue analgesia was
administered at the request of the woman following nurse-led enquiry. The amount of rescue
analgesia was determined according to the woman‘s VAS score at the time of enquiry and
hierarchy of analgesia that was available on a standardised ‗as required‘ drug prescription
Chapter 2.3 Outpatient vs. Daycase Thermachoice
116
chart. To quantify the amount of rescue analgesia we utilised a numerical (morphine
equivalent dose) and an ordinal (mild, moderate, severe) scale was created according to the
following:
a) Morphine Equivalent Dose. This is the estimated bioequivalent dose of morphine sulphate
(in milligrams) that corresponds to the oral analgesic preparations (such as codeine
phosphate, dihydrocodeine) given according to an accepted validated conversion scale 71.
b) An ordinal ranking scale of none, mild, moderate, strong, very strong rescue analgesia.
This scale was created by the study authors, and recorded as mild (paracetamol <2g or
diclofenac <100mg only), moderate (paracetamol <2g and diclofenac <100mg or low
morphine equivalent dose 2g or diclofenac>100mg or high
morphine [>15mg] dose) or very strong (paracetamol> 2g and diclofenac>100mg and
morphine>15mg or high morphine [>30mg] dose) grading for strength of analgesia usage.
Post TBEA procedure (common to both LA and GA TBEA cohorts)
All women recovered in a daycase bed. Women were discharged home according to a Nurse-
led care plan that required patients to have tolerated oral diet, voided urine, and have
adequate pain control. All women were discharged with a patient information leaflet that
described expected postoperative symptoms and were given instructions to take regular
analgesics for the first 24 hours (diclofenac 50 mg three times daily and/or co-dydramol
10/500 two tablets four times daily). In addition, all women were contacted by telephone at
home the following day to check on their progress.
Chapter 2.3 Outpatient vs. Daycase Thermachoice
117
Statistical analysis:
Dichotomous data were presented as simple proportions. SPSS version 13 was used to
undertake univariate linear regression and multivariate regression analysis and to conduct
Chi-square and Mann-Whitney U test for comparing the difference between the two groups.
P < 0.05 was considered statistically significant.
Sample size & Power calculation
There was no pilot data of the expected mean and standard deviation values for the amount of
analgesia used or hospital stay. Hence, a sample size calculation was not performed a priori
to study commencement. However, if we assume that a clinically significant difference of the
mean between two groups is 0.5 Standard Deviations, then the sample size required for an
alpha of 0.05 and a power of 80% is 64 in each group. Hence, as our study recruited 101
subjects, it approaches the power required to detect this accepted clinically significant
difference.
Results
There were 51 and 50 women in LA and GA TBEA cohorts respectively.
Baseline characteristics are depicted in Table 2.9. The procedure was completed
successfully in all women in both cohorts. There was no serious morbidity in either cohort.
Individual requirements for different analgesics are shown in Table 2.10. The strength of
rescue analgesia was found to be statistically significantly lower in the LA compared to GA
cohort: 8/51 compared to 47/50 women required moderate to strong analgesia, respectively
(Table 2.10).
Chapter 2.3 Outpatient vs. Daycase Thermachoice
118
On univariate analysis, duration of hospital stay correlated to strength of rescue analgesia and
type of TBEA; significantly lower in LA (11 hours; 95% CI 9 - 13 hours) compared to GA
(17 hours; 95% CI 14 - 20 hours) cohorts (Tables 2.10, 2.11 and Figure 2.3). However,
multivariate regression, correcting for identifiable confounding influences (listed in footnotes
of Table 2.11), showed that duration of hospital stay was independent of strength of rescue
analgesia and type of TBEA (Table 2.11). In the LA cohort, there were no postoperative
complications in 44 (86%) women but 7 (14%) stayed overnight; 2 (4%) due to excessive
vomiting and 5 (10%) due to pain. In the GA cohort, there were no postoperative
complications in 36 (72%) patients but 19 (38%) stayed overnight; 2 (4%) due to excessive
vomiting, 4 (8%) due to pain, 3 (6%) due to urinary retention, 4 (8%) due to dizziness and 6
(12%) due to medical reasons unrelated to the ablation procedure (such as hypotension,
hypertension, transient oxygen requirement).
Chapter 2.3 Outpatient vs. Daycase Thermachoice
119
Table 2.9. Baseline and procedural characteristics of LA vs GA TBEA
LA TBEA
N=51
GA TBEA
N=50
Overall
N=101
Mean age years (Range)
44.1 (30-54)
42.6 (29-55)
43.4 (29-55)
Mean BMI (Range) 30.3 (19-55) 27.7 (14-45) 28.9 (14-55)
Presenting complaint
Menorrhagia
Menorrhagia & dysmenorrhoea
46
5
40
10
86
15
Phase of cycle
Menstrual
Proliferative
Mid-cycle
Secretory
9
12
5
25
1
19
14
16
10
31
19
41
Uterine Scan findings
Normal
Polyp or fibroid
43
8
41
9
84
17
Uterine axis
Anteverted
Retroverted
Axial
36
7
8
37
13
0
73
20
8
Hysteroscopic Uterine findings
Normal
Polyp or fibroid
44
7
47
3
91
10
Intrauterine Ablation pressures (mmHg)
(95% CI intervals)
170
(164-175)
171
(168-174)
170
(168-173)
Chapter 2.3 Outpatient vs. Daycase Thermachoice
120
Table 2.10. Outcomes of LA vs. GA TBEA
LA-TBEA
N=51
GA-TBEA
N=50
Overall
N=101
Difference
between LA
and GA
P value
Mean duration of stay (hours)
(95% CI intervals)
11
(9-13)
17
(14-20)
14
(12-16)
0.001
Strength of analgesia
None
Mild
Moderate
Strong
Very strong
1
42
7
1
0
0
3
7
33
7
1
45
14
34
7
0.001
Paracetamol Used (mean dose, mg)
Not used
25 (617)
26
42 (1760)
8
67 (1206)
34
0.001
Diclofenac Used (mean dose, mg)
Not used
0
51
44 (101)
6
44 (52)
57
0.001
Morphine Mean Equiv.Dose (mg)
(95% CI intervals)
13.8
(11.5-16.1)
14.2
(11.0-17.3)
14.0
(12.0-15.9)
0.940
Footnotes
Statistical tests include Chi-square and Mann-Whitney U test.
Chapter 2.3 Outpatient vs. Daycase Thermachoice
121
none m ild m oderate strong very strong
Strength of rescue analgesia
-500
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
Duration of hospital stay (minutes)
Table 2.11. Regression analysis
Duration of Hospital Stay $
LA vs. GA Thermachoice
Univariate ^
Multivariate*
0.001
0.786
Strength of Rescue analgesia
Univariate ^
Multivariate*
0.001
0.303
Footnotes
$ Univariate Linear Regression modelling
* Multivariate Regression corrected for the presence of fixed categorical factors [LA or GA; presenting
complaint; uterine axis; scan findings; hysteroscopic findings; menstrual phase] and covariates [strength of
rescue analgesia; intrauterine ablation pressure; uterine length; age; BMI].
^ All statistical models were statistically significant (P<0.001) apart from final multivariate regression model.
Figure 2.3. Correlation of duration of stay with strength of analgesia for combined LA
and GA TBEA cohort
Statistically significant correlation (Pearson P=0.001; Kendall P=0.001)
Footnotes Central box dot shows Mean. Error Bars show 95% Confidence Interval of Mean.
Chapter 2.3 Outpatient vs. Daycase Thermachoice
122
Discussion
This preliminary study suggests that duration of hospital stay is independent of setting
(outpatient or daycase) of endometrial ablation or amount of rescue analgesia administered.
Even though on direct observation it appears that there may be shorter post-recovery times
and lower rescue analgesia with outpatient compared to daycase ablation. This information
may be useful for preoperative counselling, but its unexpected result deserves to be validated
in future confirmatory trials.
To date, there is a dearth of evidence comparing outpatient LA and GA daycase
hysteroscopic based treatments, including endometrial ablation 55;57-61. We believe our study
is the largest sized comparison of LA and GA endometrial ablation, and exceeds the size of
the recently published RCT comparison of outpatient and daycase Thermachoice 65.
Introduction
of study bias was minimized by the prospective continuously recruited cohort
study design and adopting standardized regimens for perioperative analgesia and post-
operative care. The study was conducted in a pragmatic manner and therefore our findings
are applicable to current practice.
However, we accept there may be limitations that may make our conclusions less reliable.
We did not utilise any specific method of reliably identifying women‘s individual pain
thresholds (e.g. able to either tolerate outpatient endometrial Pipelle or outpatient
hysteroscopy procedure) prior to ablation and so are uncertain to the prevalence of women
with low-to-high pain thresholds in our two cohorts. Women who opted for LA TBEA may
have an inherently higher pain threshold, received more detailed pre-procedure counselling,
and be more motivated to successfully complete and recover from this procedure, than
Chapter 2.3 Outpatient vs. Daycase Thermachoice
123
women who opted for GA TBEA. Likewise, higher analgesia in the GA cohort may relate to
the higher prevalence of reported dysmenorrhoea and retroverted uterus (possibly indicating
more significant pathology such as endometriosis) compared to the LA cohort. Alternatively,
it is conceivable that the local anaesthetic itself induces highly effective peri-operative
analgesia and its effects are sustained over several hours. We attempted to correct for this
confounding using multivariate regression. However, overall, our study is non-randomised
and likely to be underpowered; the use of regression methodology in such circumstances may
have led to spurious interpretation. It would have been useful to record patient satisfaction
with pre-procedure counselling, as well as their original preferences for TBEA setting (even
if they ultimately had a different TBEA setting) prior to the procedure and explore how these
factors could impact on both short (post procedure analgesia and recovery time) and long-
term outcomes (e.g. surgical re-intervention rates).
We achieved successful completion of outpatient TBEA in all our cases [100%, 51/51],
which exceeds that reported by the recently published RCT [87%, 34/39] 65. Our mean
outpatient recovery time of 11 hours (which includes 7/51 overnight admissions) is
considerably greater than the trial‘s 1 hour 40 minutes 65. We believe these differences arise
due to fundamentally differing patient selection criteria and protocols for perioperative
analgesia and nurse-led discharge.
At first glance, and in agreement with a recent RCT 65, we showed that LA may result in a
lower analgesia requirement and shorter recovery time period, indicating from both a cost-
effective and patient‘s perspective that TBEA should be preferentially performed in the
outpatient LA rather than currently favoured daycase GA setting. However, our
―multivariate‖ regression, which corrected for all potential confounders and was not
Chapter 2.3 Outpatient vs. Daycase Thermachoice
124
undertaken by the previous trial 65, showed that there was no statistically significant
association between setting (outpatient LA or daycase GA) or amount of rescue analgesia
upon duration of hospital stay. This contradicts the earlier stated hypotheses that there may be
inherent differences between LA and GA groups in relation to women‘s pain thresholds or of
a ―superior‖ analgesic effect induced through use of LA compared to GA technique. In order
to define the optimum role for outpatient ablation, we recommend further RCTs directly
comparing outpatient against daycase treatments. It is important that these trials are
sufficiently powered, and are able to correct for the confounding influences we have
discussed earlier.
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
125
2.4. Outpatient Thermachoice endometrial balloon ablation: long-term,
prognostic and quality of life measures
STUDY OBJECTIVE: To compare short and long term treatment outcomes of outpatient local
anaesthetic thermal balloon endometrial ablation (LA-TBEA) and identify any prognostic factors.
DESIGN: Prospective observational study
DESIGN CLASSIFICATION: II-2
SETTING: U.K. teaching hospital.
PATIENTS: 102 menorrhagic women undergoing LA-TBEA between 2001-2005.
INTERVENTIONS: Thermachoice I (n=51) and Thermachoice III (n=51) TBEA performed under
local anaesthesia without conscious sedation.
MEASUREMENTS: Treatment completion, pain and analgesia, duration of stay (from admission to
discharge), duration of follow up, need for secondary treatment (repeat ablation, hysterectomy or
LNG-IUS), menstrual symptoms and amenorrhoea, patient satisfaction, and quality of life.
Results
TBEA was completed in 97.1% of women. Mean duration of stay was 8.0 hours (95% CI
6.6-9.3). Mean follow up was 29 months (95% CI 26-32). Secondary treatment occurred in 19/102
(19%) and was more likely in Thermachoice I (15/51, 29%) than Thermachoice III (4/51, 8%).
Overall, 50% of surgical re-interventions occurred by 19 months. There were high rates of
amenorrhoea (29%) and treatment satisfaction (76%). Higher mean intrauterine ablation pressure was
associated with increased treatment satisfaction.
Conclusion
Endometrial ablation can be successfully performed in the outpatient setting with
better success rates achieved with Thermachoice III. Higher ablation pressures improve long term
outcomes.
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
126
Introduction
There has been considerable expansion in the establishment of Outpatient ‗One Stop‘ ‗See
and Treat‘ ambulatory clinics in the management of women with abnormal uterine bleeding
72. Endometrial ablation is being increasingly used as a treatment option 56 and is endorsed
by National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence, NICE 55. Outpatient therapy has
obvious advantages to the patient in terms of safety, convenience and short discharge time
after treatment. The health provider gains by avoidance of costs associated with in patient
admission and general anaesthesia. There is wide variation in the preferred endometrial
ablation device 73;74 and whether treatment should be performed in the outpatient (using local
anaesthetic and/or sedation) or daycase general anaesthesia setting 69;75.
We 64, along with other groups 65-68, have had considerable experience and success in
performing outpatient thermal balloon endometrial ablation (TBEA). We perform local
anaesthetic thermal balloon endometrial ablation (LA-TBEA) in the conscious patient
without sedation at any time in the menstrual cycle and without prior endometrial
preparation.
In relation to TBEA, there are particular prognostic factors associated with favourable
outcome following ablation; these include: anteverted compared to retroverted uterus, older
age, shorter uterine length, lower (<10ml) intrauterine balloon volumes and higher
intrauterine pressures 68;76-79. Our aim was to compare the short and long term (minimum 12
months follow-up) treatment outcomes for outpatient LA-TBEA using Thermachoice I and
Thermachoice III devices and identify any prognostic factors that may influence treatment
outcome.
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
127
Materials and methods
Study population Recruitment for the study occurred prospectively, in a continuous
manner, between February 2001 and August 2005. During this time period, we upgraded our
Thermachoice device: at study commencement we used Thermachoice I (Gynecare®, Menlo
Park, California, USA) and this was replaced with Thermachoice III (Gynecare®, Menlo
Park, California, USA) from August 2003 onwards. Thermachoice III contained an impeller
fan that provided a more even temperature gradient within the balloon and on its surface.
Accepting that there may be differences in the treatment outcomes between the different
devices, we have compared outcomes between Thermachoice I and III, as well as reported
overall combined outcomes.
Pre-menopausal women with subjectively defined heavy menstrual bleeding were referred by
primary care (GP) and / or by secondary care physicians for assessment in our menstrual
disorders clinic. In the clinic, all patients are assessed on the need for treatment based on the
impact of heavy menstrual bleeding (HMB) on the patient‘s quality of life, reported
menstrual symptoms, presence of gynaecological pathology (all women routinely had pelvic
ultrasound), fertility requirements, and proven anaemia. Our routine practice was to offer a
first line trial of medical treatments for at least 6 months if there was no clinical suspicion of
underlying pathology. The medical treatments included Levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine
hormone system (LNG-IUS; Mirena®, Schering Health Care), combined oral contraceptive,
progestogens (oral and long-acting), tranexamic acid and / or mefenamic acid. This method
of practice has been endorsed by the National Institute of Clinical Excellence (NICE)
guideline on HMB 55.All women were investigated by transvaginal pelvic sonography,
outpatient endometrial Pipelle (Laboratoire C.C.D, Paris, France) and outpatient
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
128
hysteroscopy. Women with normal sized uteri (less than 10cm cavity size), no underlying
structural uterine pathology and unresponsive to medical therapy commenced by their GP or
secondary care, were offered endometrial ablation (either under general anaesthetic or local
anaesthetic), or hysterectomy as second-line treatments. Those women who opted for LA-
TBEA were invited to participate and included in this study. This population included women
with regular and irregular menstrual cycles who expressed a desire for further treatment. No
specific screening test (e.g. able or unable to tolerate endometrial Pipelle® biopsy without
local anaesthesia) was undertaken prior to LA-TBEA in order to minimise potential bias in
patient selection and maintain the pragmatic nature of the study.
Intervention LA-TBEA was undertaken in our ambulatory gynaecological clinic according
to our previously described treatment protocol 64. Essential elements of the protocol include:-
Timing of TBEA: Ablation was performed at any time during the menstrual cycle and without
any prior endometrial preparation.
Pre-medication: All women received diclofenac 100mg rectally, oral co-dydramol 10/500
(two tablets) and oral cyclizine 50 mg. Tramadol hydrochloride 100mg was used if non
steroidal analgesia was contra-indicated.
Conscious patient: no intravenous cannulation was present. There was no use of
sedation.
Local anaesthetic: The cervix was directly injected in a circumferential manner with
three 2mL cartridges containing 3% prilocaine hydrochloride (30 mg/mL) and felypressin
0.03 unit/mL (
citanest with octapressin®, Dentslply, UK) using a 27G dental syringe.
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
129
Dedicated patient nurse: A particular nurse was allocated to provide continuous
supportive care to the patient during the procedure. The nurse engaged the patient in
conversation (‗distraction‘ analgesia effect termed ―vocal local‖) and often held the patient‘s
hand throughout the procedure.
Pre-ablation hysteroscopy: All women underwent an outpatient hysteroscopy check
prior to LA-TBEA. An endometrial biopsy had usually been carried out prior to the
scheduled TBEA. A zero degree microhysteroscope with a 2.5-mm rigid outer sheath (Karl
Storz, Tuttlingen, Germany) was used. Between 10-100mL of Normal Saline via a nurse
controlled syringe was used as intrauterine distension medium. Any significantly sized
intrauterine polyps (greater than 2cm in size) were excised by either blind polyp forcep
avulsion or Versapoint [Gynecare, Ethicon Inc., Somerville, NJ, USA]) resection prior to LA-
TBEA (Table 2.12). Women were excluded from the study if there were significantly sized
uterine fibroids (fibroids greater than 3cm size), enlarged uterine size (uterine cavity length
greater than 10cm), abnormally shaped uterine cavity (e.g. bicornuate uterus), endometrial
hyperplasia or cancer, or active pelvic infection.
Type of Thermachoice device: Thermachoice I (February 2001-July 2003) and
Thermachoice III (August 2003-August 2005) devices were used.
Intrauterine ablation pressure: The manufacturer recommends this is maintained
between 160mmHg and 180mmHg. However at the discretion of the operator, the upper
limit of pressure was controlled in manner so that it did not exceed 195mmHg. This was
consistently applied in both Thermachoice I and III groups (Table 2.13).
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
130
Table 2.12. Baseline demographic data for outpatient TBEA
Thermachoice
I (N=51)
Thermachoice
III (N=51)
Thermachoice
I and III
N=102
P-value
(Thermachoice
I vs. III)*
Mean Age (95% CI; St Dev) 43.4 (41.9-44.8;4.7) 44.1 (42.4-45.7;5.6) 43.7 (42.6-44.8;5.2) 0.118
Mean BMI (95% CI; St Dev) 28.8 (26.5-31.1;7.4) 30.3 (28.0-32.6;7.8) 29.6 (28.0-31.2;7.6) 0.318
Indication for Ablation
Menorrhagia alone 43 46 89 0.373
Menorrhagia & severe dysmenorrhoea 8 5 13
Cycle phase^ 0.167
Proliferative 18 11 29
Mid-cycle 11 15 26
Secretory 17 25 42
Uterine axis^ 0.539
Anteverted 20 36 56
Axial 2 8 10
Retroverted 5 7 12
Ultrasound scan findings 0.029
Normal 34 45 79
Polyp 5 1 6
Fibroid $ 12 5 17
Hysteroscopy findings
Normal 44 44 88 0.020
Polyp 0 5 5
Fibroid $ 7 2 9
Median uterine size cm
And (Range)
8.0
(7-10)
8.0
(7-13)
8.0
(7-13)
0.964
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
131
Footnotes
* Statistical tests include Chi-square, Mann-Whitney U
^ Data not reported in all cases, calculation based on cases that were reported
$ Fibroid corresponds to identification of any submucous, intramural or subserosal fibroids
by either ultrasound or hysteroscopy that are less than 3cm in size
The comparisons in BOLD are those that are statistically significant with a P value <0.05 .
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
132
Table 2.13. Peri-procedure outcomes of outpatient TBEA
Footnotes
* Statistical tests include Chi-square, Chi-Square trend, Mann-Whitney U
^ Data not reported in all cases, calculation based on cases that were reported
$ Excluding 13/102 cases that stayed overnight, the mean duration of hospital stay (minutes) with 95%
Confidence limits are: 294 [257-330], 364 [326-402] and 329 [303-357; standard deviation 120] for
Thermachoice I, III and overall combined I and III respectively.
The comparisons in BOLD are those that are statistically significant with a P value <0.05 .
Thermachoice
I
Thermachoice
III
Thermachoice
I+III
P-value
(Thermachoice
I vs. III)*
Mean Volume of fluid in mL
(95% CI; SD)
24.1
(16.5-31.8;13.3)
19.2
(15.8-22.7 ; 11.6)
20.4
(17.3-23.5 ; 12.1)
0.07
Average Intrauterine pressure
(95% CI ; SD )
157
(147-166 ; 16)
169
(164-176 ; 19)
167
(162-172; 19)
0.004
Mean hospital stay minutes (hours)$
(95% CI; SD in minutes)
(95% CI; SD in hours)
433 (7.2h)
(318-547; 382)
(5.3-9.1; 6.4)
522 (8.7h)
(405-639; 398)
(6.8-10.7; 6.6)
478 (8.0h)
(397-559; 391)
(6.6-9.3; 6.5)
0.277
Mean Visual Analogue Pain
(95% CI; SD)
5.6
(4.7-6.6; 1.6)
5.9
(5.1-6.8; 2.9)
5.8
(5.2-6.5; 2.7)
0.541
Rescue Analgesia ^
Paracetamol (frequency) 32 25 57 0.412
Diclofenac (frequency) 3 0 3 0.074
Mean Morphine Equivalent Dose (mg)$$
(95% CI; SD)
4.8
(3.0-6.5; 6.2)
13.0
(10.7-15.3; 8.0)
8.9
(7.3-10.5; 8.3)
0.001
Overall strength of analgesia $
No rescue analgesia
Mild
Moderate
Strong
12
30
4
5
3
25
6
17
15
55
10
22
0.005
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
133
Post ablation day case bed stay: All women recovered in a day case bed and were allowed
home after a minimum stay of 2 hours. A strict protocol of post-procedure pain relief was
adhered to: supplementary analgesia (termed Rescue Analgesia) was provided according to
the patient‘s pain relief scores and patient request from a standardised ‗as required‘ written
drug prescription. A patient information leaflet was provided detailing expected symptoms
and analgesic advice post LA-TBEA. All women were contacted by telephone at home the
following day to check on their progress.
Strength of rescue analgesia. To quantify the amount of rescue analgesia utilised a numerical
(morphine equivalent dose) and ordinal (mild, moderate, severe) scale was created according
to the following methods:
a) Morphine Equivalent Dose. This is the estimated bioequivalent dose of morphine
sulphate (in milligrams) that corresponds to the oral analgesic preparations (such as codeine
phosphate, dihydrocodeine) given according to an accepted validated conversion scale 71.
b) An ordinal ranking of mild, moderate, severe rescue analgesia. This scale was created
by the study authors, and recorded as mild (paracetamol or diclofenac only), moderate
(paracetamol and diclofenac or low morphine equivalent dose) or strong (paracetamol
/diclofenac / morphine, or high morphine [>15mg] dose) grading for strength of analgesia
usage.
Outcome measures Initial baseline data recorded were: age, body mass index, menorrhagia
alone or combined with dysmenorrhoea, menstrual cycle phase, ultrasound and hysteroscopy
findings, uterine axis and uterine size. Procedure-related data recorded were: types of
Thermachoice device, total fluid volume used, mean intrauterine ablation pressure,
completion of TBEA procedure and any complications (e.g. vasovagal episodes).
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
134
All women were asked to record the pain they experienced immediately following LA-TBEA
on a graduated Visual Analogue Scale, ranging from 0 (no pain) to 10 (worst imaginable
pain), which had been validated in our previous study 64. Amount and type of patient-initiated
post procedure analgesia and duration of hospital stay (from initial admission to hospital and
actual discharge) were also recorded.
A postal questionnaire was sent to all women post LA-TBEA to determine the effectiveness
of therapy between July-September 2006. Questionnaire response was maximised by re-
contacting women (by phone and letter) with non-returned forms in accordance with accepted
practice 80. Patient completed data recorded were: menstrual improvement (amenorrhoea,
lighter periods), menstrual worsening or no change; satisfaction with treatment result or
dissatisfaction; need for secondary treatment and type (e.g. LNG-IUS, repeat TBEA or
hysterectomy); usage of HRT; Menorrhagia-specific and generic quality of life measures.
Both menorrhagia disease-specific (Shaw) 81 and generic (EuroQol-5D) 82 Quality of Life
tools were utilised to improve the sensitivity and accuracy in determining this outcome; both
these tools had been validated in previous related studies 83;84. The clinical case records of
women undergoing hysterectomy secondary treatment were accessed to determine uterine
histology. Similarly, the case records for women with missing questionnaires were accessed
to determine if any secondary treatment had been necessary.
Statistical analysis All statistical analysis was performed using SPSS 13.0 statistical
software (release 1 Sept 2004, ©SPSS Inc., USA). Categorical data was analysed by Chi-
square and Chi-square trend testing. Continuous data was analysed by Mann-Whitney U test.
A P-value less than 0.05 was considered statistically significant. Multivariate regression
(binary logistic, ordinal and linear) was used to explore the significance of various baseline
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
135
and procedure related factors (i.e. prognostic factors or independent variables) on key
outcome measures (duration of hospital stay, satisfaction, amenorrhoea and quality of life i.e.
dependent variables). We accept the risk of increased overall Type I error (the probability of
incorrectly rejecting a null hypothesis) when performing multiple hypothesis tests in
multivariate regression. The Bonferroni method lowers the observed significance level
because of multiple testing and provides a method to achieve an overall study error rate of
0.05 using a corrected p-value derived by 1- (1-α)1/n, where α=0.05 and n=number of
hypothesis tests. However, given this was an exploratory statistical analysis, rather than a
formal confirmatory study, then correcting for multiple testing procedures is not always
considered necessary 85;86. We have therefore reported both uncorrected and Bonferroni
corrected P-values to enable readers to interpret the true significance of any p<0.05 result in
line with other factors (e.g. consistency of finding, biological plausibility and clinical
relevance) 85;86.
Ethics A formal application to a Research Ethics Committee was made and they
recommended that ethics approval was not required as the study was classified as service
evaluation according to established Central Office for Research Ethics Committees (COREC)
guidelines. The study was conducted in accordance with basic ethical principles and
complying with the Data Protection Act 2000 (e.g. informed consent, maintaining patient
confidentiality, anonymizing patient held data, secure electronic storage of data).
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
136
Results
Baseline and peri-procedure outcomes There were no significant differences in the
baseline characteristics between Thermachoice I (n=51) and Thermachoice III (n=51) cohorts
apart from differences in ultrasound and hysteroscopic findings (Table 2.12). Of 105
consecutively recruited women that underwent planned LA-TBEA, the procedure was
successfully completed in 102 (97%). Of the 3 failures, two were technical failures (one
equipment breakdown, one severe cervical stenosis), and due to abandonment of the LA-
TBEA at 3 minutes due to severe patient discomfort. These 3 failures all occurred in the first
10 cases of Thermachoice I cohort and may therefore be related to a learning curve effect of
the operator and nursing team (i.e. develop better patient reassurance and analgesic regimes).
Other complications included: 1 case of severe vasovagal syncope (not requiring atropine), 1
case of endometritis, 3 cases of severe vomiting, and 9 cases of severe pain requiring
overnight admission. Fully completed questionnaires were returned by 88/102 participants
(86%), and partially completed in a further 7 participants (95/102; 93%).
All peri-procedure outcomes are depicted in Table 2.13. The overall (n=102) mean duration
of hospital stay following Thermachoice I and III was 8.0 hours (95% CI 6.6 to 9.3 hours;
Standard Deviation 6.5 hours) [Table 2.13]. However, this mean has been skewed due to the
inclusion of a small proportion of women (n=13/102; 12.8%) who required overnight
admission. Exclusion of this subgroup (6/51 Thermachoice I, 7/51 Thermachoice III) leads to
an overall mean duration of stay of 5.5 hours (95% CI 5.1 to 6.0 hours; Standard Deviation
2.0 hours) [Table 2.13]. Thus, outpatient LA-TBEA was successfully completed as an
ambulatory day case (under 6 hours hospital stay) procedure in the vast majority.
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
137
The amount of morphine rescue analgesia used directly correlated to the post ablation VAS
score and duration of hospital stay (Figure 2.4). Univariate analysis showed that
Thermachoice III was associated with greater use of rescue analgesia, but was also performed
at higher mean intrauterine pressure than Thermachoice I (Table 2.13).
Long term outcomes: Table 2.14 shows the long term outcomes in Thermachoice I
and III procedures (performed between February 2001-July 2003, follow up range 26-54
months and August 2003-August 2005, follow up range 12-29 months respectively). Overall,
despite the majority of women reporting improvement in their menstrual symptoms
(amenorrhoea 29%, lighter periods 55%; total 84%), not all of these were satisfied (overall
satisfaction rate 78%). Further treatment (repeat TBEA, hysterectomy or LNG-IUS) was
required in 19/102 cases (19%). Of the 14 hysterectomies performed as secondary treatment
around two-thirds had adenomyosis or fibroids on uterine histopathology. Satisfied
compared to dissatisfied women reported higher levels of quality of life and menstrual
improvement (Table 2.15). Overall, 50% of surgical re-interventions (n=16, 14
hysterectomies, 2 repeat ablations) occurred by 19 months (Range 10-46 )(Figure 2.5).
Kaplan-Meier survival analysis suggested a statistically significant trend to earlier surgical
re-intervention with Thermachoice III than Thermachoice I (Log Rank Mantel-Cox
p=0.024). However, Cox regression showed that this was a non-significant (p=0.056) trend
when corrected for identified confounders (duration of follow up; intrauterine pressures;
morphine equivalent dose) (Figure 2.5).
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
138
Figure 2.4. Correlation of morphine usage to post ablation VAS Score and duration of
hospital stay
1086420
VAS pain immediate post TBEA
50
40
30
20
10
0
morphine usage
R Sq Cubic =0.258
Footnote: Morphine rescue analgesia directly correlates to VAS score immediately post TBEA
(Pearson p=0.001, Kendall‘s tau p=0.006).
150010005000
Duration of post procedure hospital stay (mins)
50
40
30
20
10
0
morphine usage
R Sq Cubic =0.245
Footnote: Morphine rescue analgesia directly correlates to duration of hospital stay post TBEA
(Pearson p=0.001, Kendall‘s tau p=0.001), and this relationship remains statistically significant after
multivariate analysis (see Figure 2.5).
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
139
Table 2.14. Long-term outcomes of outpatient TBEA
Thermachoice
I
Thermachoice
III
Thermachoice
I+III
P-value
(Thermachoice
I vs. III)*
Mean follow up time (months)
(95% CI ; SD)
41
(38-43; 8)
18
(16-19; 5)
29
(26-32; 13)
0.001
Further treatment (Repeat ablation,
Hysterectomy or LNG-IUS)
No
Yes
36 (70.6%)
15 (29.4%)
47 (92.2%)
4 (7.8%)
83 (81%)
19 (19%)
0.005
All Types of further treatment
No further treatment
LNG-IUS
Drugs (including HRT)
Repeat Endometrial Ablation
Hysterectomy ($$ histology)
30
3
6
1
11
44
0
3
1
3
74 (73%)
3
9
2
14 (14%)
0.024
Periods at review ^
Amenorrhoea
Lighter
No change or worse
11 (23%)
23 (49%)
13 (28%)
16 (35%)
28 (61%)
2 (4%)
27 (29%)
51 (55%)
15 (16%)
0.009
Dysmenorrhoea at review ^
Pain free or Less
No change
Worsening
27
6
14
37
5
4
64
11
18
0.027
Satisfaction
Satisfied
Dissatisfied
35(69%)
16 (31%)
43 (84%)
8 (16%)
78 (76%)
24 (24%)
0.062
Mean EuroQoL VAS score (95% CI; SD) 76 (69-84; 19) 80 (73-87; 19) 78 (73-83; 19) 0.420
Mean EuroQoL Index (95% CI; SD) 0.81(0.74-0.88;
0.19)
0.87
(0.80-0.96; 0.21)
0.84
(0.79-0.90; 0.20)
0.022
Mean Shaw QOL (95% CI; SD) 83 (73-92; 25) 87 (78-96; 24) 84 (78-91; 25) 0.504
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
140
Footnotes
* Statistical tests include Chi-square, Chi-Square trend, Mann-Whitney U
^ Data not reported in all cases, calculation based on cases that were reported
$$ Histology of the 14 hysterectomies reported adenomyosis, fibroids and normal uterus in 4,
5 and 5 cases respectively
The comparisons in BOLD are those that are statistically significant with a P value <0.05 .
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
141
Table 2.15. Patient satisfaction and its relationship to quality of life and other treatment
outcomes following endometrial ablation
Outcomes Satisfied
N=78
Dissatisfied
N=24
P Value
Statistical significance $
No further treatment
Further treatment
LNG-IUS
Drugs (including HRT)
Repeat Endometrial Ablation
Hysterectomy
69
9
0
9
0
0
5
19
3
0
2
14
0.001
Periods now
Amenorrhoea
Lighter
No change or worsening
25
43
1
2
8
14
0.001
Quality of life
Mean EuroQOL VAS score
(95% CI ; SD)
80.5
(75.8-85.2, 16.8)
63.1
(35.5-84.5, 26.5)
0.077
Mean EuroQoL Index
(95% CI ; SD)
0.89
(0.86-0.92, 0.13)
0.50
(0.22-0.79, 0.31)
0.001
Mean Shaw QOL
(95% CI ; SD)
87.0
(80.6-93.3, 22.6)
68.3
(37.6-99.0, 33.2)
0.009
Footnotes
* Statistical tests include Chi-square, Mann-Whitney U
The comparisons in BOLD are those that are statistically significant with a P value <0.05.
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
142
Figure 2.5. Survival analysis for likelihood of surgical re-intervention post TBEA
Mean (95% CI; SD) Median (Range) P value
comparison
All surgical re-
interventions (n=16)
21.6 (15.8-27.5; 11.0) 19.0 (10-46)
Not applicable
Hysterectomy(n=14)
vs.
Repeat ablation (n=2)
20.8 (14.5-27.1)
vs.
27.5
18.5 (10-46)
vs.
27.5 (18-37)
*0.721
Thermachoice I (n= 12)
vs.
Thermachoice III (n=4)
24.3 (17.9-30.8)
vs.
13.5 (10.5-16.5)
23.0 (18.0-28.0)
vs.
12.0 (10.0 vs. 14.0)
*0.024
** 0.056
* Log Rank (Mantel-Cox)
** Cox Regression analysis (corrected for duration of follow up; intrauterine pressures;
morphine equivalent dose)
Time (months) from original endometrial
ablation
40.0030.0020.0010.000.00
Cumulative probabilty of
surgical re-intervention
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
Thermachoice III
Thermachoice I
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
143
Regression analysis for prognostic factors
Univariate analysis showed that Thermachoice III compared to Thermachoice I was more
likely to be associated with primary treatment success, menstrual improvement,
dysmenorrhoea improvement and improved generic Quality of Life (EuroQol-5D index)
(Table 2.14). However, multivariate regression analysis (Table 2.16; corrected for all
baseline and peri-procedure characteristics that utilized a P value less than 0.05 as indicative
of statistical significance) showed:-
Morphine dosage in rescue analgesia, but not the overall strength of analgesia
(combining non-steroidal, Paracetamol and opiates) was independently associated
with a longer duration of hospital stay.
Thermachoice III compared to Thermachoice I increased the likelihood for
amenorrhoea, but was not associated with increased hospital stay, satisfaction or
quality of life.
Regardless of the type of Thermachoice device, higher mean intrauterine ablation
pressures and/or higher morphine rescue analgesia correlated to better long term
patient satisfaction.
Neither uterine axis, age nor uterine length was associated with any of the outcomes.
As previously stated in our methods section, there is an increased risk of identifying a falsely
positive statistical finding due to multiple testing. For the analysis shown in Table 2.16 the
Bonferroni corrected p value for a significant factor is 0.001. This meant that only type of
Thermachoice would be considered statistically significant (p=0.001) amongst all factors
tested if using Bonferroni correction.
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
144
Table 2.16. Prognostic outcomes for endometrial ablation (using multivariate regression
analysis)
Indicator variable Multivariate statistical P values
of indicator variable in predicting outcome
Duration of
Hospital
Stay$
Amenorrhoea~ Satisfaction* EuroQoL
Index $
Age 0.604 0.571 0.078 0.675
BMI 0.825 0.322 0.778 0.489
Indication (prior dysmenorrhoea) 0.925 0.526 0.315 0.487
Cycle phase 0.958 0.982 0.522 0.274
Uterine axis 0.614 0.234 0.146 0.942
Ultrasound findings 0.754 0.267 0.169 0.331
Hysteroscopy findings 0.479 0.742 0.593 0.864
Uterine size 0.155 0.342 0.918 0.415
Intrauterine pressure 0.956 0.350 0.014 0.070
Volume of fluid 0.402 0.425 0.682 0.621
Post procedure pain VAS 0.792 0.335 0.369 0.064
Strength of analgesia 0.820 0.791 0.486 0.205
Morphine dose 0.042 0.595 0.030 0.394
Type of Thermachoice 0.591 0.001 0.697 0.387
Is model statistically significant No Yes Yes No
Footnotes
* Binary Logistic Regression; $ Univariate Linear Regression ; ~ Ordinal Logistic Regression
The Bonferroni method lowers the observed significance level because of multiple testing and
provides a method to achieve an overall study error rate of 0.05 using a corrected p-value derived by
1- (1-α)1/n, where α=0.05 and n=number of hypothesis tests. For the entire table (14 by 4 tests, giving
n=56 and α=0.05) the Bonferroni corrected p value that is 0.001.This means that only type of
Thermachoice is statistically significant (p=0.001) if using Bonferroni corrected interpretation.
The comparisons in BOLD are those that are statistically significant with a P value <0.05.
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
145
Discussion
Local anaesthetic TBEA can be carried out as an outpatient daycase procedure and is an
effective treatment option. The vast majority (76%) were satisfied with their treatment at a
mean 2½ years follow up. Upgrading to Thermachoice III, compared to Thermachoice I was
associated with improved rates of amenorrhoea, although overall, both devices achieved
similar rates of patient satisfaction and quality of life. We found higher intrauterine ablation
pressures to be associated with improved long term treatment satisfaction. Overall, 50% of
surgical re-interventions occurred by around 1½ years.
This study is an important advancement to the published knowledge in outpatient TBEA 64-
68;87. This study‘s principal attribute is that it is of pragmatic design and reflects actual
clinical management of menorrhagia. We believe this study to be the largest published cohort
of outpatient TBEA under local anaesthetic without sedation. Apart from two other studies of
4-6 year follow up 67;88, this study represents the longest follow up of outpatient TBEAs
(mean of 30 months, range of 12 to 54 months). Importantly, this study is the first to utilize
both menorrhagia-specific 81 and generic 82 quality of life tools which has been advocated as
the preferred way to measure these outcomes 83;84. Furthermore, our study‘s long term
outcomes are derived from a high response rate (86%) which improves the accuracy of our
data collection.
We agree there may be caveats when interpreting the results from our prospective study,
which may lessen the reliability of our conclusions. Our study population may be
heterogeneous, as we did not use objective criteria to define heavy menstrual bleeding or
stratify according to differing bleeding patterns. Because of temporal differences between
Thermachoice I and III cohorts, this has inevitably led to differences in follow up between
Thermachoice I (mean 41 months) and III cohorts (mean 18 months) at our time of
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
146
questionnaire enquiry. This precluded the reliability of any survival regression analytical
techniques, although by opting to use regression analysis we have attempted to correct for
confounding influences. Intrauterine polyp or fibroid removal may have exerted an
independent curative effect, although their combined proportions were similar in both
Thermachoice I and III cohorts and thus any distinguishing influence minimized. Our study
did not collect baseline quality of life data, and therefore we were unable to quantify a change
in quality of life following LA-TBEA at specified time intervals. Finally, our study is likely
to be under-powered (Type II error). Based on unpaired student‘s T-test and a minimal
difference of interest between means of 0.3 Standard Deviations, we estimate a sample of size
of 178 for each group would be required to show any significant difference in quality of life
outcomes.
The mean duration of stay in our study was around 5.5 hours, which is significantly longer
than an analogous outpatient Thermachoice LA-TBEA study that reported a mean total time
spent in hospital of 1 hour 40 minutes 65. This discrepancy may be partly explained by
differences in pre- and post-operative analgesia and nursing-led or physician-led discharge
practices. However, duration of stay is likely to be even more multifactorial than this (see
Table 2.16), and any attempt to explain such differences would be frank conjecture. We feel
that a mean duration of stay shown by our study represents a realistic recovery period before
discharge.
For some outcome measures, the extent of incomplete questionnaire responses or prolonged
time interval from original treatment may have had a greater effect in over-estimating or
under-estimating their frequency. This may be particularly pertinent to our reported rates of
amenorrhoea; if we assume those with missing responses were not truly amenorrhoeic then
the rates of amenorrhoea for Thermachoice I and III would be 23% and 31% instead of the
reported 23% and 35%. However, our rates of amenorrhoea are consistent to those reported
Chapter 2.4 Outpatient Thermachoice long term outcomes
147
by other studies 66-68;88. Nonetheless, we accept there may be a tendency to under-report
satisfaction and amenorrhoea rates in Thermachoice I because assessment at longer follow up
may have enabled women to have regeneration of the endometrial lining and symptomatic
recurrence. Several studies have explored prognostic factors on TBEA success 68;76-79. Unlike
previous studies, we have shown no adverse prognostic effects due to a retroverted uterus,
large uterine size or young age 68;76-79. However, it is notable that our association of increased
intrauterine pressure and improved outcome has been consistently identified in other studies
76-79. Furthermore, this study showed associations for amenorrhoea (influenced by type of
Thermachoice), satisfaction (influenced by intrauterine pressure, rescue morphine usage
and/or post procedure VAS) and Quality of Life (influenced by intrauterine pressure)
outcomes. This would reinforce the logical notion that the higher the intrauterine ablation
pressure, and/or the more painful the TBEA procedure is, perhaps by inducing a greater depth
uterine ablation, the more likely it is to achieve a successful long term outcome.
This study reports on the safety and effectiveness of outpatient LA-TBEA which is clinically
relevant to improve patient selection and preoperative counselling. Furthermore, there is
continued expansion in this area, as evidenced by a growing body of literature which includes
a randomised trial comparing outpatient and general anaesthetic TBEA 65. In order to
determine the optimum role for outpatient endometrial ablation in treating women with heavy
periods, further trials are needed to determine the clinical and cost-effectiveness of second
generation ablation techniques (e.g. microwave, TBEA and radiofrequency ablation devices)
against each other, against general anaesthetic and local anaesthetic settings, and against
appropriate treatment alternatives (e.g. LNG-IUS).
Chapter 2.5. Hysteroscopic myomectomy: long term outcomes
148
2.5. Long term outcomes following hysteroscopic myomectomy for
abnormal uterine bleeding
Objective
To evaluate the long term effectiveness of hysteroscopic submucous myomectomy for
women with abnormal uterine bleeding and explore any prognostic factors associated with treatment
success.
DESIGN: Prospective observational study.
SETTING: University teaching hospital in U.K.
PATIENT(S): 92 women symptomatic of abnormal uterine bleeding with submucous myomas.
INTERVENTION(S): Hysteroscopic myomectomy performed as outpatient local anaesthetic (38%)
or daycase general anaesthesia (62%) using VersapointTM .
MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: Need for secondary surgical or medical re-intervention,
menstrual improvement and patient satisfaction over a minimum 12 month period. Other outcome
measures include: successful completion of primary resection, type of secondary treatment and any
prognostic factors.
RESULT(S): Mean follow up was 2.6 years (95% CI 2.3-2.9). Complete fibroid excision and
removal was achieved in 66%. Secondary surgical re-intervention was required in 27 (29%) of which
11 (12%) were repeat hysteroscopic myomectomy and 10 (11%) were hysterectomy procedures.
Multiple uterine fibroids and adenomyosis were identified in 80% of hysterectomies. Overall,
improved menstrual symptoms and patient satisfaction were reported by 91% and 86% at follow up.
Size of the submucous fibroid or presence of any intramural or subserosal fibroids were not related to
treatment success.
CONCLUSION(S): Women with abnormal uterine bleeding diagnosed with submucous myomas
may be successfully treated by removing the submucous myoma component, irrespective of co-
existent intramural or subserosal fibroids. This effect is sustained over the long term.
Chapter 2.5. Hysteroscopic myomectomy: long term outcomes
149
Introduction
Uterine fibroids are present in 25-40% of women presenting with abnormal uterine bleeding
89. Although a direct cause-effect relationship has not been completely established, there is
sufficient observational data to suggest that shrinkage or removal of any identified uterine
fibroids is beneficial in alleviating menstrual bleeding abnormalities in most symptomatic
women.
Hysteroscopic myomectomy is considered the first-line conservative surgical therapy for the
management of symptomatic submucous fibroids89-93. Data, from mainly observational
studies, has suggested beneficial effects in treating both menstrual abnormalities and
infertility with this procedure. The few studies that have reported on long term outcomes for
fibroid-related menstrual abnormalities, indicate that hysteroscopic myomectomy is
associated with a 10-35% risk of surgical re-intervention, including repeat myomectomy,
open myomectomy or hysterectomy90;92;93. However, such a high re-intervention rate may
alter the cost effectiveness of hysteroscopic myomectomy compared to other uterus-
conserving treatment options and hysterectomy.
Presently, there is insufficient evidence on reliable selection criteria and long term outcomes
for women with symptomatic fibroids who opt for hysteroscopic myomectomy. This
knowledge would be particularly important for preoperative counselling and appropriate
patient selection. We therefore wished to evaluate long term efficacy of this treatment, and
identify whether there were any adverse (e.g. co-existence of intramural or subserosal
fibroids) or favourable (e.g. submucous myoma less than 5cm size, completeness of lesion
excision) peri-operative prognostic factors.
Chapter 2.5. Hysteroscopic myomectomy: long term outcomes
150
Materials and methods
Patient Population Women symptomatic of abnormal uterine bleeding (i.e. mainly with
heavy menstrual bleeding [HMB]) were referred by primary care (GPs) or secondary care to
our ―One Stop‖ ―See and Treat‖ menstrual disorders clinic. All women underwent
transvaginal pelvic sonography, outpatient hysteroscopy and endometrial Pipelle biopsy
(Laboratoire C.C.D, Paris, France) investigations. Women who were considered suitable for
hysteroscopic myomectomy were included in this study. Women were excluded from the
study if an abnormally shaped uterine cavity (e.g. bicornuate uterus), endometrial
hyperplasia, cancer or active pelvic infection were present.
Study design Prospective patients presenting between June 2003 and November 2006 were
included in this study.
Intervention All hysteroscopic myomectomies were performed using Versapoint [Gynecare,
Ethicon Inc. USA] according to the manufacturer‘s recommended guidance and as previously
reported by our group 94;95. We defined a submucous intracavity fibroid at hysteroscopy as
having characteristic appearances (sessile or pedunculated, superficial large blood vessels)
and non-mobility with intrauterine fluid or gentle hysteroscopic tapping of the lesion. In all
cases, our preoperative suspicion of intracavity fibroid was confirmed on histological analysis
of the excised lesion. All women were offered to have the intervention under local
anaesthetic (LA) outpatient setting or general anaesthetic (GA) daycase setting. Factors that
influenced the final decision included: patient preference, how she tolerated outpatient
hysteroscopy, intrauterine location and size of intracavity fibroids. Preoperative preparation
with a 3 month course of GnRHa prior to myomectomy was deemed necessary in women
with intracavity fibroids greater than 5cm in size. A patient information leaflet was provided
Chapter 2.5. Hysteroscopic myomectomy: long term outcomes
151
detailing the procedure, expected symptoms and analgesic advice post hysteroscopic
myomectomy.
LA hysteroscopic myomectomy This was performed on a ―See and Treat‖ basis with no
fasting prior to the procedure. Other elements of the treatment included:-
Local anaesthetic: The cervix was directly injected in a circumferential manner with
three 2mL cartridges containing 3% prilocaine hydrochloride (30 mg/mL) and felypressin
0.03 unit/mL (Dentsply, UK) using a 27G dental syringe.
Dedicated patient nurse: A particular nurse was allocated to provide continuous
supportive care to the patient during the procedure. The nurse engaged the patient in
conversation (‗distraction‘ analgesia effect termed ―vocal local‖) and often held the patient‘s
hand throughout the procedure.
Post procedure analgesic regimen: All women received diclofenac 100mg rectally
and oral co-dydramol 10/500 (two tablets). All women were recovered in a dedicated patient
waiting area and allowed home after a minimum 30 minute stay. A strict protocol of post-
procedure pain relief was adhered to.
GA hysteroscopic myomectomy: Women, fasted for at least 6 hours, were admitted to
hospital on the day of the procedure. In a minority of cases, women with high risk medical
disorders (e.g. diabetes) were admitted the day before the planned procedure. Hysteroscopic
myomectomy was carried out in gynaecology theatres after induction of general anaesthesia.
All women received diclofenac 100mg and 1g paracetamol rectally (or paracetamol alone if
diclofenac was contraindicated) just prior to the procedure. Infiltration of the cervix with a
local anaesthetic was not done in these women. The hysteroscopic myomectomy surgical
Chapter 2.5. Hysteroscopic myomectomy: long term outcomes
152
procedure, post-procedure analgesia regimen and day case bed stay for GA was identical to
the LA hysteroscopic myomectomy procedure described above.
Complete excision, partial excision and devascularisation at hysteroscopic myomectomy
In all cases, a standardised technique was adopted in order to completely excise and remove
the fibroid. The submucous fibroid was resected at the junction between the fibroid and
uterine wall using a shearing technique. To facilitate this it was occasionally necessary to
bisect, trisect or quadrisect the fibroid lesion to access this fibroid-uterine wall interface.
Complete excision was achievable in most pedunculated (Type 0) and in those superficially
myometrially invading (type 1) intracavity fibroids. Occasionally, where the hysteroscopic
view became obscured following commencement of the procedure, one of two modified
procedures was performed:
Partial excision and removal of the fibroid was performed. The percentage of the fibroid
removed relative to entire intracavity lesion was clinically estimated and recorded.
Devascularisation of the intracavity without its excision. This entailed multiple scoring of
the fibroid lesion (e.g. trisecting the lesion in a ―hot cross bun‖ technique) at or near its
vascular attachment base. The percentage of the fibroid devascularised relative to the
entire intracavity lesion was clinically estimated and recorded.
Outcome measures Initial baseline data recorded were: age, body mass index, parity,
menstrual bleeding abnormality, ultrasound and hysteroscopy findings, and use of pre-
procedure GnRHa. The size of the intracavity uterine fibroid selected for myomectomy was
determined using ultrasound (objective) data in most cases. Where ultrasound had failed to
identify the intracavity fibroid prior to myomectomy the practitioner recorded their clinical
Chapter 2.5. Hysteroscopic myomectomy: long term outcomes
153
estimate of intracavity fibroid size. In relationship to the hysteroscopic myomectomy
procedure, the following data were recorded: LA or GA setting, completeness of excision,
operation length, procedure related complications (e.g. vasovagal episodes) and duration of
hospital stay.
A postal questionnaire was sent to all women post procedure between June-November 2007,
ensuring there was a minimum 12 month follow up period. Questionnaire response was
maximised by re-contacting women (by phone and letter) with non-returned forms. Patient
completed data recorded were: need for and nature of any secondary treatment, improvement
in their menstrual bleeding pattern and dysmenorrhoea (ordinal Likert scales), and patient
satisfaction at that time (ordinal Likert scale). Secondary treatments were categorised
according to medical (LNG-IUS, oral progestins, combined oral contraceptive, tranexamic
acid) and surgical (repeat hysteroscopic myomectomy, open myomectomy, endometrial
ablation, hysterectomy) interventions. Primary treatment success was defined as the absence
of any type of medical or surgical secondary treatment following the primary treatment of
hysteroscopic myomectomy. The case records and histology results of all study participants
were reviewed and recorded.
Statistical analysis: Dichotomous data were presented as simple proportions. SPSS version
13 was used to undertake multivariate regression analysis and to conduct Chi-square tests. P
< 0.05 was considered statistically significant.
Chapter 2.5. Hysteroscopic myomectomy: long term outcomes
154
Results
Ninety-two women participated in the study and their baseline characteristics are depicted in
Table 2.17. The characteristics associated with hysteroscopic myomectomy procedure are
depicted in Table 2.18. Of the 35 (38%) women undergoing LA procedure, none were
admitted for overnight stay. Of the 57 (62%) women undergoing GA procedure, 20 (35%)
were admitted for overnight stay.
In relation to menstrual symptom improvement and patient satisfaction outcomes, only 2
women (2%) failed to return their questionnaire, representing a 98% follow-up. Examination
of the clinical case notes and contacting their GPs confirmed that neither of these two women
had undergone secondary treatment following hysteroscopic myomectomy. The mean follow
up was 2.6 years (95% CI 2.3-2.9; Range 1-7.3 years; St Dev 1.5). Overall, greater than, or
equal to, 12 months, 24 months and 36 months outcome data were available for 90 (98%), 52
(57% ) and 31 (34%) women.
The menstrual and secondary treatment outcomes are depicted in Table 2.19. Surgical re-
intervention was necessary in 27 (29%) women, and this involved hysterectomy in 10 cases
and their characteristics are depicted in Table 2.20. Seven hysterectomies (70%) were
performed by 12 months of the primary hysteroscopic myomectomy, and of these, 2
hysterectomies were performed for unexpectedly identified gynaecological pathology (one
case complex hyperplasia, one case leiomyosarcoma). Adenomyosis and multiple fibroids
were the commonest histological findings at hysterectomy (8/10 cases). Multivariate analysis
of the need for secondary treatment identified no statistically significant prognostic factor
(Table 2.21).
Chapter 2.5. Hysteroscopic myomectomy: long term outcomes
155
Table 2.17. Baseline characteristics for 92 women undergoing hysteroscopic
myomectomy
Patient characteristics N=92
Frequency (Percentage)
Age
20-30 years
30-40 years
40-50 years
>50 years
4 (4)
33 (36)
42 (46)
13 (14)
BMI Mean 28.0 (95% CI 26.4-29.7)
Range 20-52; St Dev 6.9
Menopausal status at presentation
Pre-menopausal
Post-menopausal
84 (91)
8 (9)
Menstrual Bleeding abnormality
Heavy Menstrual Bleeding (HMB)
Unscheduled bleeding on HRT
84 (91)
8 (9)
Scan findings
Submucous
Submucous & Intramural
Submucous & Intramural & Subserosal
41 (45)
47 (51)
4 (5)
Chapter 2.5. Hysteroscopic myomectomy: long term outcomes
156
Table 2.18. Characteristics associated with hysteroscopic myomectomy procedure
Procedure setting
LA Local anaesthetic outpatient
GA General anaesthetic daycase
35 (38)
57 (62)
Preop GnRHa
Yes
No
20 (22)
72 (78)
Length of operation*
60 minutes
77 (84)
14 (16)
1 (1)
Size of uterine fibroid (u/s and by clinical estimation)
5cm
22 (24)
53 (58)
17 (19)
Primary treatment performed
Complete excision and removal
>50% excision and removal
>50% devascularised and left in situ
Complete excision and removal and endometrial ablation
Complete excision and removal and insertion of Mirena
48 (52)
13 (14)
18 (20)
11 (12)
2 (2)
Complications
None
Bleeding requiring balloon tamponade
Cervical trauma
83 (90)
8 (9)
1 (1)
Length of hospital stay
Daycase
Overnight
72 (78)
20 (22)
Chapter 2.5. Hysteroscopic myomectomy: long term outcomes
157
Table 2.19 Outcomes after hysteroscopic myomectomy
Footnotes for Table 2.19 * Missing questionnaire responses for menstrual (2) and
dysmenorrhoea (2) characteristics and patient satisfaction (2). Case notes and GPs were
contacted and no secondary treatments were undertaken in the 2 non-returned questionnaire
responses.
Outcome measure Entire cohort,
including 10 women
who had
hysterectomy (n=92)
Excluding 10
women who had
hysterectomy
(n=82)
Menstrual bleeding characteristics at enquiry
Amenorrhoea
Brown discharge
Much lighter
Marginally lighter
No change
Heavier
Unknown
Overall menstrual symptoms improved
28 (30)
3 (3)
40 (43)
13 (14)
4 (4)
2 (2)
2 (2)
84 (91)
18 (22)
3 (4)
40 (49)
13 (16)
4 (5)
2 (3)
2 (2)
74 (90)
Dysmenorrhoea characteristics at enquiry
None
Less
No change
Worse
Unknown
Overall dysmenorrhoea symptoms improved
50 (54)
26 (28)
11 (12)
3 (3)
2 (2)
76 (83)
40 (49)
26 (31)
11 (13)
3 (4)
2 (2)
66 (81)
Degree of satisfaction at enquiry
Very satisfied
Satisfied
Dissatisfied
Very Dissatisfied
Unknown
Overall satisfied
55 (60)
24 (26)
6 (7)
5 (5)
2 (2)
79 (86)
54 (66)
20 (24)
4 (5)
2 (2)
2 (2)
74 (90)
Secondary treatment
Myomectomy (open)
Thermal Balloon Endometrial Ablation
LNG-IUS (Mirena)
Hysterectomy
Repeat hysteroscopic myomectomy
Repeat hysteroscopic myomectomy and ablation
Repeat hysteroscopic myomectomy and Mirena
Oral progestins
No secondary treatment
Secondary treatment (all types) required
No surgical re-intervention
Overall repeat surgical treatment required
4 (4)
2 (2)
7 (8)
10 (11)
8 (9)
1(1)
2 (2)
2 (2)
56/92 (61)
36/92 (39)
65/92 (71)
27/92 (29)
Chapter 2.5. Hysteroscopic myomectomy: long term outcomes
158
Table 2.20 Women (n=10) undergoing hysterectomy following hysteroscopic
myomectomy
Characteristic Value
Number of hysterectomies 10
Average time to Hysterectomy Mean 14.4 months (95% CI 4.5-24.3)
Median 9.5 months; Range 1-41 months; St Dev 13.9
Time from procedure and cumulative
rate of hysterectomy
By 6 months: 4/10 cases [one for leiomyosarcoma]
By 12 months: 7/10 cases [one for complex hyperplasia]
By 24 months: 8/10 cases
By 48 months: 10/10 cases
Very satisfied
Satisfied
Dissatisfied
Very dissatisfied
Overall satisfied
Overall dissatisfied
1
4
2
3
5 (50%)
5 (50%)
Histology
Adenomyosis and fibroids (multiple)
Fibroids (multiple)
Leiomyosarcoma
Complex Hyperplasia
6
2
1 (identified on resection histology and reason for TAH)
1 (identified at resection histology and reason for TAH)
Chapter 2.5. Hysteroscopic myomectomy: long term outcomes
159
Table 2.21. Multivariate analysis of prognostic factors
Need for secondary treatment
(all types)
Need for secondary
surgical re-intervention
Prognostic factor
and its
significance
(p-value)
Menstrual pattern
Primary treatment
Scan findings
Size of fibroid
[p=0.90]
[p=0.10]
[p=0.61]
[p=0.35]
Menstrual pattern
Primary treatment
Scan findings
Size of fibroid
[p=0.09]
[p=0.12]
[p=0.66]
[p=0.84]
Footnotes
1. Multivariate regression corrected for the following confounding factors, including: age,
BMI, parity, menopausal status, type of menstrual bleeding abnormality, scan findings,
preoperative GnRHa, size of uterine fibroid, type of primary myomectomy treatment.
2. Binary logisitic regression models for secondary treatment and secondary surgical re-
intervention were statistically significant (p<0.001)
Chapter 2.5. Hysteroscopic myomectomy: long term outcomes
160
Discussion
Women with abnormal uterine bleeding diagnosed with submucous myomas may be
successfully treated by removing the submucous myoma component, irrespective of co-
existent intramural or subserosal fibroids or size of fibroid that has been resected. The
beneficial effects of hysteroscopic myomectomy persist long term (mean follow up around
2½ years), and with the secondary surgical re-intervention rate of 29% this suggests that the
removal of the submucous component can avoid hysterectomy in 70% of cases. The majority
of women who underwent hysterectomy as secondary treatment were identified to have
adenomyosis and multiple uterine fibroids.
To date, studies published on hysteroscopic myomectomy have utilised various technical
approaches, been mainly performed under GA in daycase settings, have mixed retrospective
and prospective observational designs, and have minimal data on long term follow up,
particularly patient satisfaction and surgical re-intervention rates94;96-104. Our study adds to
this published literature by exclusively utilising a modern Versapoint bipolar system; has
been successfully undertaken in both outpatient and daycase setting; has a prospective design;
has long term follow up incorporating patient satisfaction; has evaluated peri-operative
features that may have prognostic value; and expands on our previously published work94.
Our surgical re-intervention rate of 29% (over mean 2½ years) was lower than that reported
by a previous study of 35% (over mean 5 years)101. This study has been pragmatic in design,
ensuring our results are applicable to actual clinical practice.
Chapter 2.5. Hysteroscopic myomectomy: long term outcomes
161
However, we accept our study may have limitations that may make our conclusions less
reliable. Our study sample size, although at 92 with a low dropout rate (2%), may be
underpowered to identify all peri-operative prognostic factors. Because our follow up
intervals varied between patients, there may be a tendency to overestimate or underestimate
the beneficial effects of hysteroscopic myomectomy at the extremes of follow up. The
variation in follow up outcome data also precluded our use of survival analysis techniques to
asses both efficacy and durability of the hysteroscopic procedure.
Given the 29% risk of surgical re-intervention following submucous myomectomy, there is a
need to identify significant peri-operative prognostic factors that could be usefully employed
during preoperative counselling. Even though our study did not identify any specific
prognostic factor previous studies have identified enlarged uterine size, three or more
intracavity myomas, fibroid size>3cm and increased depth of myometrial penetration to be
adverse prognostic factors 100;101 . In fact, our study reinforces the widely held opinion that it
is only the presence of the submucous fibroid itself that appears to be responsible for the
heavy menstrual bleeding 92;93. Furthermore, our study showed that adenomyosis was
frequently identified in those women who required hysterectomy as secondary treatment.
There is insufficient evidence on the ultrasonographic criteria predictive of adenomyosis and
whether adenomyosis should be routinely screened for in women with menstrual
disorders105;106. Future studies are needed to identify the clinical efficacy and optimal patient
selection criteria for submucous myomectomy, and whether preoperative imaging suspicion
of adenomyosis may be usefully employed in the treatment decision making process.
Chapter 3 Systematic reviews
162
Chapter 3. SYSTEMATIC REVIEWS AND SYSTEMATIC LITERATURE
APPRAISAL
Systematic reviews performed for two clinical queries:
Do screening-preventative interventions in asymptomatic pregnancies reduce the risk
of preterm delivery.
Is Levonorgestrel-releasing hormone system (LNG-IUS) effective therapy for a
variety of non-contraceptive indications .
Publications arising from the chapter
Chapter Manuscript title Reference
3.1 Do screening-preventative interventions in asymptomatic
pregnancies reduce the risk of preterm delivery--a critical appraisal
of the literature.
Antibiotic treatment of bacterial vaginosis in pregnancy: Multiple
meta-analyses and dilemmas in interpretation
1
2
3.2 Non-contraceptive uses of levonorgestrel releasing hormone system
(LNG-IUS)- a systematic enquiry and overview
3
Chapter 3 Systematic reviews
163
Introduction
Background
Systematic reviews are considered to provide the definitive evidence-based answer as to
whether a particular intervention or test is clinically effective and to quantify the strength of
this effect. The term ―systematic review‖ is widely considered to be synonymous to the
highest level of evidence-based medicine available for that cited topic. The key strength of
the research methodology is its ability to produce a more reliable measure of effectiveness
through mathematically pooling outcomes of clinical trials rather than using an outcome
ascertained from an individual trial. The methodology is further underpinned through a
rigorous systematic search, with strict quality control of studies that are eligible to be
included or excluded in the final meta-analysis stage.
The methodology conforms to established standards which are, by convention, explicity
stated prior to the systematic review being accepted by peer-reviewed publications or the
Cochrane collaboration4;5. Hence, systematic reviews, analyzing the same clinical question,
ought to be consistent and reproducible. Importantly, inherent to the transparency of the
Methods
and trial selection process, systematic reviews are relatively easily updated as newer
trials are published; the process of periodic update is mandatory for all Cochrane reviews and
ensures the review evidence is continually up-to-date and reliable. Despite a multitude of
published systematic reviews, mostly presented through the Cochrane collaboration, there
remains several unanswered clinical questions within our specialty of obstetrics and
gynaecology.
Chapter 3 Systematic reviews
164
Aims
Undertake a systematic review, incorporating the elements of : systematic literature search ;
appraisal of studies for rejection or inclusion and meta-analyses. This will be performed in
accordance to standardized methodology as set out by the Cochrane collaboration and
others4;5.
For each therapeutic intervention, appraise the quality of supporting evidence and assign a
grade to the strength of recommendation that can be derived according to the evidence by
using established evidence appraisal tools (Royal College of Obstetricians and
Gynaecologists guideline development criteria (Table 3i and GRADE evaluation of
evidence Table 3ii) 6;7. These appraisal tools will be discussed at greater length in Chapter
4 (Clinical Guideline Development).
The specific clinical queries that will be used as examples of the systematic review research
methodology process are:
1. Do screening-preventative interventions in asymptomatic pregnancies reduce the risk
of preterm delivery.
2. Is Levonorgestrel-releasing hormone system (LNG-IUS) effective therapy for a
variety of non-contraceptive indications .
Chapter 3 Systematic reviews
165
Table 3i. Classification of evidence used by RCOG Guideline development (originate
from US Agency for Health Care Research and Quality)
Classification of Evidence Levels
Ia Evidence obtained from meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials.
Ib Evidence obtained from at least one randomised controlled trial.
IIa Evidence obtained from at least one well-designed controlled study without
randomisation.
IIb Evidence obtained from at least one other type of well-designed quasi-experimental
study.
III Evidence obtained from well-designed non-experimental descriptive studies, such as
comparative studies, correlation studies and case studies.
IV Evidence obtained from expert committee reports or opinions and/or clinical
experience of respected authorities.
Grades of Recommendations
Requires at least one randomised controlled trial as part of a body of literature of
overall good quality and consistency addressing the specific recommendation.
(Evidence levels Ia, Ib)
Requires the availability of well controlled clinical studies but no randomised
clinical trials on the topic of recommendations. (Evidence levels IIa, IIb, III)
Requires evidence obtained from expert committee reports or opinions and/or
clinical experiences of respected authorities. Indicates an absence of directly
applicable clinical studies of good quality. (Evidence level IV)
Good Practice Point
Recommended best practice based on the clinical experience of the guideline
development group
Chapter 3 Systematic reviews
166
Table 3ii. GRADE approach (http://www.gradeworkinggroup.org/index.htm)
The Grading of Recommendations Assessment, Development and Evaluation (GRADE)
GRADE: Quality of evidence
The GRADE system classifies the quality of evidence in one of four levels:
High quality— Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of
effect
Moderate quality— Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in
the estimate of effect and may change the estimate
Low quality— Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in
the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate
Very low quality— Any estimate of effect is very uncertain
Evidence based on randomised controlled trials begins as high quality evidence, but our
confidence in the evidence may be decreased for several reasons, including:
Study limitations
Inconsistency of results
Indirectness of evidence
Imprecision
Reporting bias.
Although observational studies (for example, cohort and case-control studies) start with a "low
quality" rating, grading upwards may be warranted if the magnitude of the treatment effect is
very large, if there is evidence of a dose-response relation or if all plausible biases would
decrease the magnitude of an apparent treatment effect.
GRADE: Strength of recommendation
The GRADE system offers two grades of recommendations: "strong" and "weak" depending
on whether effects of intervention clearly outweigh the undesirable effects, or clearly do not. If
trade-offs are less certain—either because of low quality evidence or because evidence
suggests that desirable and undesirable effects are closely balanced—weak recommendations
become mandatory.
Factors that affect the strength of a recommendation
Factor Examples of strong
recommendations
Examples of weak
recommendations
Quality of
evidence
Many high quality randomised
trials have shown the benefit of
inhaled steroids in asthma
Only case series have examined the
utility of pleurodesis in
pneumothorax
Uncertainty about
the balance
Aspirin in myocardial infarction
reduces mortality with minimal
Warfarin in low risk patients with
atrial fibrillation results in small
Chapter 3 Systematic reviews
167
between desirable
and undesirable
effects
toxicity, inconvenience, and cost stroke reduction but increased
bleeding risk and substantial
inconvenience
Uncertainty or
variability in
values and
preferences
Young patients with lymphoma
will invariably place a higher
value on the life prolonging effects
of chemotherapy than on treatment
toxicity
Older patients with lymphoma may
not place a higher value on the life
prolonging effects of chemotherapy
than on treatment toxicity
Uncertainty about
whether the
intervention
represents a wise
use of resources
The low cost of aspirin as
prophylaxis against stroke in
patients with transient ischemic
attacks
The high cost of clopidogrel and of
combination dipyridamole and
aspirin as prophylaxis against stroke
in patients with transient ischaemic
attacks
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
168
3.1. Do screening-preventative interventions in asymptomatic pregnancies
reduce the risk of preterm delivery: a systematic review and meta-analysis
Background
Recent research has suggested that women who experience preterm delivery (PTD)
may be identified earlier in pregnancy and before onset of symptoms. Interventions commenced at
this earlier asymptomatic stage may offer an opportunity to prevent PTD or lengthen gestation
sufficiently to reduce adverse perinatal outcome.
Objectives
To examine the evidence that supports or refutes interventions that prevent PTD. To
examine whether interventions are effective in all women or only women at high risk of PTD. To
generate clinical recommendations for each intervention according to evidence appraisal tools 6;7.
Methods
A systematic search, meta-analysis and evidence-based appraisal of the identified literature.
Results
There is evidence that introducing screening-preventative strategies for asymptomatic
pregnancies may reduce the rate of PTD. Evidence for screening and selective treatment exists for :
asymptomatic bacteriuria in all women; bacterial vaginosis in low-risk population groups; elective
cervical cerclage in high-risk pregnancies; indicated cervical cerclage in women with short cervical
length on ultrasound; prophylactic progesterone supplementation in high-risk pregnancies; Smoking
cessation in all women. However, for most other strategies, such as increased antenatal attendance, or
routine administration of prophylactic micronutrients, the evidence is inconsistent and conflicting.
Conclusion
The review suggests an antenatal management plan designed to prevent PTD based on
current practice and the evidence identified. Data on neonatal outcomes apart from PTD (such as
serious neonatal morbidity and mortality) were lacking in most studies. It was therefore not possible
to establish whether preventing PTD or prolonging gestation would correlate to improved perinatal
outcome. This lessened the potential clinical usefulness of any proposed preventative strategy.
Furthermore, no studies were found that evaluated the effectiveness of combining screening-
preventative strategies.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
169
Introduction
Preterm delivery (PTD) is defined in the UK as delivery after 24 completed weeks‘ gestation
and before the onset of 37 weeks‘ gestation. In the United States, the lower limit of PTD is
20 weeks, which is used for all US Perinatal statistics. PTD affects 6%-15% of deliveries and
represents a major worldwide health concern 8. PTD has multifactorial aetiology. The causes
and subgroups associated with PTD include : spontaneous preterm labour (PTL), 31-50%;
multiple pregnancy, 12-28%; preterm premature rupture of membranes (PPROM), 6%-40%;
medically indicated (e.g. hypertensive disorders of pregnancy, intrauterine growth restriction,
antepartum haemorrhage and chorioamnionitis), 20%-25%; miscellaneous (cervical
incompetence, uterine malformation), 10% 9. Some clinicians believe that cervical
insufficiency and PPROM/chorioamnionitis have moreover similar origins and have
combined such subgroups when reporting studies of PTD. PTD accounts for 50%-70% of all
neonatal morbidity and mortality. Importantly, the earlier the gestation at delivery, the
greater the risk of adverse perinatal outcome (Table 3.1) 10. Consequently, there is a need to
prevent PTD and any proposed strategy should ideally aim to target PTDs that occur before
34 weeks gestation, as this group contributes most to perinatal morbidity and mortality.
Table 3.1. Gestation-specific perinatal mortality
Gestational age (weeks’) Survival (%)
22-24 5-40
25-27 55-75
28-30 80-85
31-33 95-100
34-36 100
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
170
In trying to reduce rates of PTD, the emphasis has been on applying screening-preventative
interventions to women symptomatic of PTL or PPROM. However, these have had limited
efficacy 11. Recent research has suggested that women who experience PTD, PTL and
PPROM may be identified earlier in pregnancy and before onset of symptoms12;13. It has thus
been suggested that prophylactic and therapeutic interventions commenced at an earlier
asymptomatic stage of pregnancy, either as specific measures or general measures, may offer
an opportunity to prevent PTD or lengthen gestation sufficiently to reduce adverse perinatal
outcome. We have therefore conducted a systematic search and critical appraisal of the
literature to identify the evidence that supports or refutes this approach to reducing the rate of
PTD and related perinatal morbidity and mortality. In particular, this review considers health
approaches that address all risk factors that affect the entire population of pregnant women,
as well as those screening-preventative strategies directed only at high-risk asymptomatic
women. The review concludes with a suggested an antenatal management plan designed to
prevent PTD based on current practice and the evidence presented in this article.
Methods
An electronic search of MEDLINE (1966- October 2005), EMBASE (1980-
October 2005), and the Cochrane library (2005) was conducted using combinations of
principle MeSH terms and text words: ―preterm labour‖, ―preterm birth‖, ―preterm labor‖,
―labor, premature‖, ―infant mortality‖, ―infant premature‖, ―infant, premature, diseases‖,
―cerclage, cervix‖, ―cervical incompetence‖, ―vaginosis, bacterial‖, ―fibronectins‖,
―glucocorticoids‖ and ―tocolysis‖. The reference lists of all known primary, review and
clinical evidence-based guidelines were also examined to identify cited articles not captured
by electronic searches. Articles cited frequently were used in the Science Citation Index to
identify additional citations. A meta-analysis was conducted to examine whether differences
in outcome occur when the intervention is applied to high or low risk of PTD study
populations.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
171
DEFINITIONS
Several studies, albeit based on varying population groups and competing risks, have
consistently shown that women with a previous history of PTD, PPROM, medically indicated
PTD, delivery of a small-for-gestational-age infant, second trimester pregnancy loss,
congenital uterine anomalies, or suspected cervical incompetence are at increased risk of
subsequent PTD 14-17. A selection of these and other risk factors for PTD, with supporting
odds ratios is depicted in Table 3.2. Associations for a particular risk factor are supported
with a single reference citation of a high quality study.
Unless indicated by the presence of another risk factor, ‗high-risk‘ groups are defined as
those asymptomatic pregnancies who are deemed to be at increased risk of PTD because of
experiencing previous PTD. The pregnancy is asymptomatic if symptoms of PPROM, PTL
are absent and there are no overt manifestations of obstetric complications (e.g. multiple
pregnancy, hypertension, antepartum haemorrhage). The review is structured by considering
screening-preventative interventions that may be commenced following routine antenatal care
or antenatal care combined with specialist investigations, and then elaborate on the evidence
for the value of strategies in specific high-risk groups as well as population wide health
strategies.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
172
Table 3.2. Risk factors associated with increased risk of preterm delivery.
RISK FACTOR Preterm delivery
under study
Odds Ratio Reference
Routine Screening
Women aged <18 years at delivery
compared to 18-34 years
<32 weeks‘ 1.41 (1.02-1.90) 18
Second birth in women aged 15-19 years
compared to 20-29 years
24-32 weeks‘ 2.5 (1.5-4.3) 19
Previous singleton PTD 35 weeks‘
<35 weeks‘ 5.6 (4.5-7.0) 20
Body mass index<20 90th centile) maternal serum
alpha- fetoprotein (AFP)
<35 weeks‘ 3.9 (1.7-8.7) 22
Singletons following in vitro fertilisation <37 weeks‘ 2.0 (1.7-2.2) 23
Genital bleeding below 24 weeks‘ <37 weeks‘ 2.5 (1.6-3.8) 15
Placenta praevia 24-27 weeks‘ 2.90 (2.46-3.42) 24
Loop electrosurgical excision of cervix
(matched for smoking status)
<37 weeks‘ 2.53 (1.42-4.49) 25
Urinary tract infection <37 weeks‘ 4.4 (1.47-13.34) 21
Short inter-pregnancy interval
(<6 months)
24-32 weeks‘ 4.1 (3.2 -5.3) 26
Ethnicity- Black Afro-Caribbean
Asian
vs. White Europeans (UK Study)
7 drinks/week) <32 weeks‘ 3.26 (0.8-13.24) 28
Smoking 27-32 weeks‘ 1.7 (1.3-2.2) 29
Specialist Screening
Bacterial vaginosis< 16 weeks‘ <37 weeks‘ 7.6 (1.8-31.7) 30
Positive cervico-vaginal fetal fibronectin <35 weeks‘ 6.6 (1.7-25.5) 22
Cervical length ≤25mm <35 weeks‘ 3.9 (1.7-9.2) 22
Bilateral uterine artery notching 75th centile)
<35 weeks‘ 3.1 (1.4-6.9) 22
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
173
Evidence for the value of screening-preventative interventions on routine
antenatal population screening
The components of routine antenatal care will vary according to country and local resources.
We have used UK‘s NICE guideline as a model for recommended routine antenatal care
practice 32.
1. Early pregnancy booking and ultrasound dating (10-13 weeks) This provides an
opportunity to accurately date the pregnancy, identify multiple pregnancies, and categorise
the pregnancy risk based on obstetric history and routine investigations. There is no direct
evidence that this care would decrease PTD.
2. Psychosocial, work and lifestyle factors There is epidemiological evidence that
shows that PTD is associated with low maternal weight, poor weight gain during pregnancy,
and low birth weight 33 (Table 3.2). Two meta-analyses 34;35 have shown there is insufficient
evidence of a beneficial reduction in PTD following increased psychosocial support and
home visits, preterm delivery education, bed rest, hydration, reducing excess manual labour
and psychological stress, and ensuring that BMI is greater than 20 before conception.
Similar results were found for interventions undertaken in both high-risk and low-risk
pregnancies 34;35.
3. Smoking and drugs avoidanceThe association between smoking or illicit drugs
(such as heroin or cocaine) and adverse perinatal outcomes is well established. A Cochrane
meta-analysis of 16 trials showed a reduction in low birthweight (RR 0.81, 95% CI 0.70 to
0.94), a reduction in PTD (RR 0.84, 95% CI 0.72 to 0.98), and an increase in mean
birthweight of 33 g (95% CI 11 g to 55 g) with smoking cessation programs36. Three non-
randomised comparative studies have shown improved neonatal outcomes (but not neonatal
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
174
mortality) with antenatal drug avoidance programmes 37-39, with two of these studies
suggesting a modest reduction in PTD38;39.
4. Screening and treatment of anaemiaThere is epidemiological evidence to support
an association between low maternal hemoglobin concentration and low birth weight, as well
as between low maternal haemoglobin concentration and PTD40;41. However, a meta-
analysis 42, and two recent RCTs 43;44 have shown that supplementation of anaemic or non-
anaemic pregnant women with iron, folic acid, or both, does not appear to increase either
birth weight or the duration of gestation.
5. Screening and treatment of asymptomatic bacteriuria A meta-analysis has shown
that antibiotic treatment in pregnant women with asymptomatic bacteriuria found on
antenatal screening is effective in reducing the risk of pyelonephritis (OR 0.24; 95% CI 0.19 -
0.32), and PTD or low birthweight (OR 0.60; 95% CI 0.45-0.80)45, and is thus advocated as
part of routine antenatal care 32 .
6. Elective prophylactic cervical cerclage for cervical incompetence A history that
comprises any combination of: second trimester miscarriage, painless and progressive
dilatation of the cervix, bulging membranes through the cervix prior to onset of labour, or
previous cervical surgery (e.g. cone biopsy), may suggest cervical incompetence and an
increased risk of PTD in the current pregnancy. This information would normally be
identified through routine antenatal screening. Presently, overall evidence suggests that
elective cervical cerclage (defined in Table 3.3) compared to no cerclage or bed rest is likely
to reduce the risk of PTD in women considered to be 'at very high-risk' of a second trimester
miscarriage due to a cervical factor 46-48‖. There is no consensus on defining this ―very high-
risk‖ group, but subgroup analyses suggest this mainly comprises of women with three or
more prior preterm births or second trimester losses.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
175
Table 3.3. Defining elective and indicated types of cervical cerclage
Elective
cerclage
Cerclage is performed before clinical or ultrasonographic evidence of
cervical dilatation, using McDonald or Shirodkar techniques. Usually
performed at 12-16w and based on reproductive history, or other criteria
suggestive of cervical incompetence. Also termed as primary cerclage.
Indicated
(emergency)
cerclage
Cerclage is performed following clinical or ultrasonographic evidence of
cervical dilatation, funneling or shortening. Also uses McDonald or
Shirodkar techniques. Theoretically may be performed at any preterm
gestation below 32 weeks’, but most often undertaken at midtrimester (18-22
weeks’) period. Also termed as secondary cerclage (if scan evidence of
cervical dilatation) or tertiary cerclage (if clinical evidence of cervical
dilatation)
Of the three meta-analyses that have clearly distinguished between emergency and elective
cervical cerclage, one 47 has shown no statistically significant reduction in rates of PTD,
whereas the other two meta-analyses 46;48have showed elective cervical cerclage to be
effective at preventing PTD . Heterogeneity in defining the risk of PTD due to a ―cervical
factor‖ has contributed to differences in the findings of the meta-analyses.
The largest cervical cerclage trial 49 showed that elective cervical cerclage performed
between 12-16 weeks gestation, in women at risk of cervical incompetence based on clinical
history, reduced the risk of PTD (<34 weeks‘) but did not reduce perinatal mortality. It
found that 24 women (95% CI 10-61) would need to undergo elective cervical cerclage to
prevent one additional PTD before 34 weeks‘. Importantly, a quasi-randomisation method
was adopted, which allowed clinicians to allocate cerclage or no cerclage according to the
perceived risk of cervical incompetence and only when the clinician felt unsure if such
cerclage would be beneficial or non-beneficial.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
176
Evidence for screening-preventative interventions based on routine antenatal
care plus specialist investigations
1. Microbiological screening and treatment of the genital tract
Bacterial vaginosis (BV) and trichomonas vaginalis (TV): Bacterial vaginosis (BV)
is found in 9%-23% of pregnant women. The presence of BV or trichomonas vaginalis (TV)
in asymptomatic women in the second trimester is associated with PTD independent of other
known risk factors50-52. Importantly, the earlier in gestation BV is detected, the greater is the
risk of an adverse outcome. For example, BV at 26-32 weeks‘ is associated with PTD odds
ratio (OR) of 1.4 to 2 whereas BV at 7-16 weeks‘ carries an OR of 5 to 7.5 52.
There is evidence that screening and treating BV in unselected low-risk population groups,
rather than a heterogeneous combination of high-risk population groups, is effective at
reducing the rate of PTD. When considering the combined screening of both low and high-
risk populations, six meta-analyses 53-58have shown that screening and treating asymptomatic
BV, using either oral metronidazole (majority of trials) or vaginal/oral clindamycin, does not
reduce the risk of PTD. However, our recently published meta-analysis (Figure 3.1) 58 has
shown that screening and treating BV from a low-risk population does result in a statistically
significant reduction in PTD (nine trials, RR 0.73; 95% CI 0.55-0.98).
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
177
Figure 3.1 Meta-analyses for treatment of bacterial vaginosis and reduction in preterm
delivery
Screening and treatment of bacterial vaginosis in all population groups (both high and low
risk) and reduction in preterm delivery
Screening and treatment of bacterial vaginosis in high-risk population and reduction in
preterm delivery
Screening and treatment of bacterial vaginosis in low risk population and reduction in
preterm delivery
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
178
In addition to pregnancy risk stratification, other factors contribute to heterogeneity of the
trials and methods used by the meta-analyses of screening and treating BV in pregnancy.
These factors have been highlighted by two recent commentaries58;59 and include: antibiotic
types, dosaging and gestation-specific efficacies; criteria for diagnosing BV; and unexplained
high therapeutic responses observed from both placebo 60 and the screening process itself
without any antibiotics being administered 61. A randomized trial showed that screening and
treating with metronidazole asymptomatic pregnant women for TV at 16 to 23 weeks‘ did not
reduce PTD, and rather worryingly increased the risk of PTD (RR 1.8; 95% CI 1.2 to 2.7;
P=0.004) 62. This is the only trial included in the corresponding Cochrane systematic
review63.
Chlamydia trachomatis: Chlamydia trachomatis is estimated to infect 2%-37% of
pregnant women. Data from the NIH Preterm Prediction Study showed that women with
Chlamydia trachomatis infection at 24 weeks‘' gestation were twice as likely as uninfected
women for PTD <37 weeks‘ (OR 2.2; 95% CI 1.03-4.78) and 3 times as likely to have PTD
<35 weeks‘' gestation (OR, 3.2; 95% CI 1.08-9.57)64. Only one trial 65 has examined
screening and treatment for Chlamydia to prevent PTD, and this showed no statistically
significant reduction. Information from on-going national opportunistic chlaymdia screening
programmes may provide further evidence in this area.
Ureaplasma: Ureaplasma genital tract infection is associated with PTD and PPROM.
A Cochrane ‗meta-analysis‘ including only one trial, concluded there was insufficient
evidence to show whether screening and treating women with ureaplasma in the vagina
would prevent PTD66.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
179
Group B streptococcus (GBS): Around 20% of pregnant women have Group B
streptococcus (GBS) urogenital colonization. This is associated with an increased risk of
urinary tract infection, PTL, PPROM, and infectious perinatal transmission67. Only one trial
was identified, and this showed no reduction in PTD when pregnant women were routinely
screened and treated (using erythromycin) for GBS in the third trimester 68. Based on this
trial, and other observational studies, both the RCOG and CDC have stated that routine
screening and antenatal treatment of women with GBS does not reduce the risk of PTD 67;69.
However, screening of high-risk pregnancy groups is recommended by the UK 67, and is
universally undertaken during the third trimester in United States69 and Canada70. This
facilitates the policy of prophylactic antibiotic treatment to carriers of GBS in labour, which
has been shown to reduce the incidence of GBS-related neonatal morbidity and mortality
67;69.
2. Screening for cervical length by ultrasound or clinically and subsequent
indicated cervical cerclage There is considerable evidence to show that in the absence of
uterine contractions transvaginal sonographic measurement of cervical length is an effective
way of identifying pregnancies at high-risk of PTD, and has greater predictive value than
other ultrasonographic measurements of the cervix such as dilatation of the internal os or
funneling of the internal os 71-78. A systematic review showed for asymptomatic women at or
below 20 weeks gestation, a cervical length of 25 mm or less had a test positive likelihood
ratio of 6.29 (95% CI, 3.29-12.02) and negative test likelihood ratio of 0.79 (95% CI, 0.65-
0.95) for predicting spontaneous PTD before 34 weeks gestation 76.
Cervical cerclage may be performed electively (prophylactic procedure discussed earlier) or
as an indicated (emergency) procedure (defined in Table 3.3) following clinical or
ultrasonographic evidence of cervical dilatation, funneling or shortening.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
180
Cerclage vs. no cerclage for short cervical length by ultrasound A meta-analysis has
showed no statistically significant effect of midtrimester indicated cerclage compared to no
cerclage on the rates of PTD (four studies) or neonatal mortality (three studies) in women
with shortened cervical length on transvaginal ultrasound scanning 79. However, a meta-
analysis of four trials using individual patient-level data has shown that indicated
midtrimester cervical cerclage prevents PTD before 35 weeks in women with singleton
pregnancies and a short cervical length (RR 0.74, 95% CI 0.57-0.96), and this risk reduction
is greater in singleton gestations with prior PTD or prior second-trimester loss 80. This meta-
analysis included two recently published trials 81;82 that had individually shown no beneficial
effect of cerclage, as well as the CIPRACT trial 83which was the only trial to show any
beneficial effect of cerclage on preventing PTD.
Emergency cerclage in women with cervical incompetence on physical
examination
In women with cervical incompetence on physical examination, with
membranes at or beyond a dilated external cervical os, a small RCT (n=23) showed that a
combination of emergency cerclage, bed rest, antibiotics and indomethacin was more
effective at reducing PTD <34 weeks than bed rest with antibiotics alone 84.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
181
3. Elective first trimester cerclage vs. cervical ultrasound surveillance and
indicated emergency cerclage Four retrospective comparative studies 85-88 have shown no
difference in obstetric outcomes with either strategy, whereas a recent prospective study
showed better outcome with cervical surveillance and indicated cerclage 89. Reliable
interpretation of these studies, as well as comparison with the trials of cerclage (elective and
indicated) discussed earlier, is markedly hampered due to variation in the definition and
magnitude of the risk in the population under study. Ultrasonographic cervical length,
combined with previous obstetric and reproductive history, has been successfully
incorporated into a risk scoring system for predicting PTD 90. However, there is no evidence
from any robust studies that indicates whether such a pregnancy risk stratification strategy
followed by indicated cervical cerclage in those at most risk would reduce the rate of PTD.
The accumulated evidence therefore suggests that a combination of assessment of risk
factors, obstetric history and serial follow-up of cervical length is more likely to identify the
group of women who would benefit most from cervical cerclage.
4. Positive fetal fibronectin testing followed by antibiotic treatment Fetal fibronectin
(fFN) is a basement membrane protein produced by fetal membranes which functions as an
adhesive factor of the placenta and membranes to the decidua. It is normally present in
cervical secretions until 16-20 weeks gestation. Before testing for the presence of
cervicovaginal fFN the following criteria must be met: intact amniotic membranes; minimal
cervical dilatation (<3cm); sampling between 22 and 34 weeks gestation. A meta-analysis of
cervicovaginal fFN testing in asymptomatic pregnancies to predict PTD before 34 weeks
showed a test positive likelihood ratio of 4.01, and a test negative likelihood ratio of 0.78 91.
Similar results were found by another meta-analysis92, where for the prediction of outcomes
of delivery <37 and <34 weeks‘' gestation, a positive fFN had overall sensitivity rates of 52%
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
182
and 53%, and overall specificity rates of 85% and 89%, respectively. For the outcomes of
delivery within 7, 14, and 21 days, the sensitivities were 71%, 67%, 59% and specificities
were 89%, 89% and 92% respectively.
A positive midtrimester fFN test has been associated with an increased risk of subsequently
diagnosed maternal and fetal infection. A primary analysis of the trial conducted by MFMU
showed that metronidazole plus erythromycin treatment of asymptomatic women with a
positive midtrimester fFN (screened between 21 and 26 weeks‘) did not reduce the risk of
PTD as hypothesized, but caused a non-statistically significant increase in PTD <37 weeks
and <32 weeks‘93. Furthermore, a subgroup analysis in women with previous PTD showed a
statistically significant increased risk of PTD when the treated group was compared to
placebo (46.7% versus 23.9%, P =0.039). Whereas, a secondary analysis of the MFMU
study showed that women with both BV or TV and a positive fFN, who were treated with
metronidazole, had a non-significant reduction in spontaneous PTD from 14.6% to 8.3% 94.
If the detection of fFN does not alter the natural history of PTD through earlier antibiotic
treatment, could there still be a beneficial role for fFN testing in the asymptomatic ‗low‘ or
‗high‘ risk woman? A positive fFN may have clinical benefit by lowering the threshold for
admission, or in utero transfer, or administering antenatal corticosteroids. Conversely, a
negative fFN may have clinical value in avoiding unnecessary, costly and potentially harmful
interventions. However, clinical trials examining improvements in perinatal outcomes
following such risk assessment with fFN were not identified in the literature.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
183
Evidence for the value of screening-preventative strategies in specific high risk
groups
Multiple Pregnancies Overall, there is a paucity of RCTs that have evaluated screening-
preventative interventions in women with multiple pregnancies. A retrospective study
showed no difference in perinatal outcomes between multiple weekly prophylactic
administration and single course antenatal corticosteroids in women with twin pregnancies 95.
Prophylactic corticosteroids have no proven benefit in twin or higher order multiple
pregnancies, and may in fact be associated with increased harm such as decreased birthweight
and increased risk of infection 96. A short cervical length (less than or equal to 25mm), with
or without funneling, at midtrimester screening is predictive for PTD in twin pregnancy,
albeit at lower sensitivity than when the same test is applied to singleton pregnancies97-100. A
meta-analysis of trials using individual patient data 80showed a significant increase in PTD
(RR 2.15, 95% CI 1.15-4.01) at less than 35 weeks when indicated cervical cerclage was
performed in twin gestations with short cervical length. However, a non-randomized
prospective trial showed that indicated midtrimester cerclage in multiple pregnancies does
not alter the risks of PTD, PPROM or low birth weight101. One retrospective study showed
that prophylactic elective cerclage in triplet and higher order multiple pregnancies had no
beneficial effect on obstetric or perinatal outcome102, although this was contradicted by
another retrospective study103.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
184
Antiphospholipid syndrome (APLS Antiphospholipid syndrome (APLS) in pregnancy is
characterized by the presence of autoantibodies (anticardiolipin and/or lupus anticoagulant) in
association with recurrent fetal loss, maternal thrombocytopenia and other pregnancy
complications. Systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), APLS, and thrombophilias have been
associated with similar pregnancy complications of early and late fetal loss, abruption, pre-
eclampsia and intrauterine growth restriction in three meta-analyses 104-106. Evidence from
observational studies of rates of PTD in women with SLE, APLS, or thrombophilias is
conflicting, and the analysis is complicated by complex co-morbidities of maternal disease
(hypertension, renal impairment), fetal compromise (growth restriction), spontaneous PTL,
PPROM and medically-indicated PTD. A retrospective study suggested that actively treated
SLE (requiring prednisone or other immunosuppresants), or the presence of anticardiolipin
antibodies, are predictive of a higher risk of PTD than inactive disease107; implying a
potential beneficial role in suppressing active SLE disease in pregnancy to reduce the risk of
PTD.
Systematic reviews of therapeutic trials for treating APLS in pregnancy conclude that there is
currently only weak evidence for a role of low dose aspirin and low-molecular-weight
heparin in preventing adverse outcomes 108;109, despite this being the recommended treatment.
However, recent preliminary pilot studies suggests the beneficial effect of such prophylaxis
has been underestimated, and further research in this area is currently being actively pursued
105;110;111. Current consensus is that thrombophilia screening is recommended for women
with the following previous complications: fetal loss including three or more first trimester
loss, two or more second trimester loss, or any stillbirth; early, severe or recurrent
preeclampsia and severe intrauterine growth restriction 112.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
185
Pre-eclampsia and uterine artery Doppler There is evidence that women with a previous
history of pre-eclampsia-related PTD have a greater risk of pre-eclampsia-related PTD in a
subsequent pregnancy as compared with women with a previous PTD113;114. A systematic
review showed that low dose aspirin (150mg) reduces the risk of perinatal death, pre-
eclampsia and PTD in women with a history of previous pre-eclampsia, and should therefore
be strongly advocated 115. The reduction of recurrent pre-eclampsia and perinatal death was
greater in women with previous severe early-onset (second trimester) pre-eclampsia. There is
evidence showing an association between impaired midtrimester uterine artery Doppler
velocimetry and/or uterine artery notching and subsequent pre-eclampsia116. However, there
are no data from any individual trial or meta-analysis demonstrating any direct reduction in
PTD following low dose aspirin administration in women with impaired with impaired
uterine artery Doppler characteristics that have been identified by either selective or
unselective population Doppler screening117-121.
Gestational Diabetes and Impaired Glucose Tolerance Overall, both gestational diabetes
(GDM) and impaired glucose tolerance (IGT) affect 3%- 6% of pregnancies, and are
associated with PTD, PTL, PPROM, and numerous other pregnancy complications. Once
identified, women are usually intensively managed with increased obstetric surveillance,
dietary regulation, insulin therapy and instructed to maintain tight glycaemic control.
However, evidence to support this intensive treatment is lacking. Cochrane meta-analyses
have concluded there is insufficient evidence to determine any beneficial or non-beneficial
effect of dietary therapy, tight glycaemic control, or other treatments for GDM and IGT, upon
pregnancy outcomes122-124. A non-randomised comparative study has suggested that
universal glucose tolerance screening performed at the first antenatal visit compared to later
screening (24-28 weeks‘) resulted in a reduced risk of PTD and polyhydramnios 125.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
186
Evidence for the value of population-wide preventative strategies in high and low
risk groups
Increased antenatal care and attendance There is conflicting opinion whether increased
antenatal attendance reduces rates of PTD, and robust RCTs in this area are lacking.
Nonetheless, lack of antenatal care has been associated with increased rates of PTD in the
presence, as well as absence, of high-risk conditions 126. In an attempt to reduce PTD, many
health organizations such as Canada 127 and France128 have adopted a population wide health
strategy that integrates disease prevention, health promotion, improvements in socioeconomic
standards and increased attendance to antenatal care. Observational studies examining
variations of this approach have shown modest reduction in rates of PTD when applied to the
general pregnant population 128;129. However, two meta-analyses 130;131 have shown that
increased antenatal attendance without specific specialist investigations (such as fetal
biophysical or microbiological surveillance) does not reduce the risk of PTD, low birth
weight or perinatal mortality in low-risk women.
Prophylactic micronutrients e.g. fish oil, magnesium, vitamins
An overview of trials and systematic reviews concluded that there was insufficient evidence
to show that antenatal prophylactic micronutrient supplementation reduced the risk of PTD in
either low or high-risk pregnancy groups42. Small studies have shown limited reductions in
PTD when using fish oil, omega-3 fatty acids, calcium, zinc, magnesium, or multivitamin
combinations132-139, although vitamin C supplementation might even increase the risk of PTD
140. These interventions need to be further explored in larger RCTs along with other important
perinatal outcomes such as growth restriction and pre-eclampsia.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
187
Prophylactic tocolytics Three meta-analyses evaluating prophylactic or maintenance oral
tocolytics (mainly beta-mimetics) in high-risk pregnancies (women with threatened PTL or
previous PTD) have not shown any reduction in PTD, PTL, perinatal morbidity or perinatal
mortality141-143. Importantly, newer tocolytics such as nifedipine and atosiban have not
undergone evaluation in this manner144. A recent trial showed no beneficial effect on PTD,
and a potential harmful effect on fetal renal function and the ductus arteriosus, when
rofecoxib (a COX-2-specific prostaglandin inhibitor) was administered prophylactically to
women at high-risk of PTD between 16-32 weeks gestation 145.
Prophylactic corticosteroids Meta-analysis has shown maternal antenatal administration of
a single course of corticosteroids is associated with a significant reduction in perinatal
mortality (OR 0.60, 95% CI 0.48 to 0.75), respiratory distress syndrome (OR 0.53, 95% CI
0.44 to 0.63) and intraventricular haemorrhage in preterm infants 146. Consequently, a single
course of antenatal corticosteroids is recommended in women symptomatic of PTL or
PPROM or threatening to deliver preterm because of an obstetric disorder 147. No beneficial
effect has been reported following corticosteroids given before 28 weeks‘ or if infants are
delivered more than seven days after initiation of treatment. However, there are no
prospective trials on the prophylactic use of corticosteroids (single or multiple courses) in
high-risk asymptomatic pregnancies (e.g. growth restricted fetuses, pre-eclampsia, multiple
pregnancies, previous recurrent PTD) not at imminent risk of PTD. Their use in these
circumstances remains controversial and unproven 147-150. In particular, many of these women
may remain at risk of PTD seven days after the first course, which creates the clinical
dilemma of whether to administer a repeat course of antenatal corticosteroids. Repeated
courses of antenatal corticosteroids may have a lower rate of neonatal lung disease according
to one meta-analysis 148. However, an extensive review performed by the NIH 151 reported
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
188
that there was insufficient evidence to conclusively show any marked adverse or beneficial
change with repeated courses of corticosteroids for important neonatal outcomes like small-
for-gestational-age at birth, perinatal death, periventricular haemorrhage, periventricular
leucomalacia, infectious morbidity, and neonatal lung disease. Absence of beneficial effect
of repeated weekly vs. single course antenatal corticosteroids in women at risk of PTD was
shown in a recently published trial 152. Notably, a subgroup analysis of the trial in women
with PPROM153 showed that there was no difference in neonatal morbidity but an increased
risk of chorioamnionitis in women who received weekly courses of corticosteroids.
Prophylactic antibiotics A meta-analysis has shown that prophylactic antibiotics given
during the second and third trimester of pregnancy in unselected pregnancies reduces the risk
of PPROM (OR 0.32, 95% CI 0.14-0.73) 154. There was a risk reduction in PTD in pregnant
women with previous PTD associated with bacterial vaginosis (BV) but there was no risk
reduction of PTD in pregnant women with previous PTD unrelated to BV. This observation
complements our meta-analysis 58discussed earlier, that showed screening and treating BV in
unselected low-risk populations was beneficial in reducing PTD.
Prophylactic progesterone Two recently published meta-analyses have shown a beneficial
role for prophylactic progesterone supplementation in the prevention of PTD 155;156. Despite
differences in the pregnancy risk status of the population included, and the number of
included trials [seven trials 155 and ten trials 156] both meta-analyses have reported similar
rates of risk reduction of PTD: OR 0.58, 95% CI 0.48-0.70 155 and OR 0.45, 95% CI 0.25-
0.80 156 . Based on increasing research in this area, a supportive but cautionary statement was
released by the ACOG 157 in 2004, which recommended that prophylactic progesterone to be
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
189
used only in women with a history of previous PTD. Two recently published RCTs are
included in the meta-analysis. One RCT 158. (n=142) showed that daily administration of
prophylactic vaginal progesterone (100mg) compared to placebo between 24 and 34 weeks‘
in high-risk pregnancies (women with previous PTD) reduced the frequency of uterine
contractions and the rate of PTD (OR 0.40, 95% CI 0.17-0.94). The other RCT (n=463) 159
showed that women with a history of previous PTD, who received weekly injections of 17
alpha-hydroxyprogesterone caproate (17P) from recruitment (16-20weeks‘) to 36 weeks‘
gestation, had a reduced risk of PTD before 37 weeks‘ (OR 0.66, 95% CI 0.54 to 0.81),
necrotizing enterocolitis, intraventricular hemorrhage, and need for supplemental oxygen. A
secondary analysis of this study showed the risk reduction in PTD is greatest in the subgroup
of women whose previous PTD was before 34 weeks 160. Further research on the correct
progesterone formulation, mechanism of action, efficacy, and risk-benefit profile is needed
before prophylactic progesterone may become an accepted clinical intervention in high-risk
asymptomatic pregnancies.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
190
Antenatal management plan and role of specialist antenatal prematurity clinics
Specialist antenatal clinics for women with multiple pregnancy, diabetes, epilepsy, and
haematological disorders are widespread and well established. Likewise, women at high-risk
of prematurity may also benefit from such specialised antenatal care with individualised risk
assessment and application of general and specific screening-preventative measures to
prevent PTD or reduce adverse perinatal outcome. These clinics are common in many
university teaching hospitals161, although rigorous evaluation of their exact beneficial role in
reducing PTD is pending. The exact antenatal design, resources needed, and timing of
screening interventions remain a controversial issue and have little supporting evidence.
Nevertheless, we suggest an antenatal management plan (Table 3.4) that may prevent PTD
based on established practice and evidence presented in this review that may be considered a
basis for further modification and research.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
191
Table 3.4. Suggested antenatal strategy to prevent preterm delivery
ANTENATAL
VISIT AND
PURPOSE
Infection
(Screen and
treat
BV, UTI)
Cervico-
vaginal
fFN
Ultrasound
Abdominal
and
Transvaginal
Other interventions to be
considered
Pre-pregnancy
Counselling on recurrence
risk and any modifiable
predisposing factors
Yes
No No Cessation smoking and illicit drugs
Improve BMI>25
Thrombophilia screen if history
suggests
Optimise control of diabetes, high BP
Change anticoagulation or
antihypertensive drugs
8 weeks’
Routine booking bloods
Yes No Dating
pregnancy
Thrombophilia screen and commence
aspirin & LMWH if positive.
Low dose aspirin if previous pre-
eclampsia (consider use if previous
stillbirth, abruption, severe IUGR)
Prophylactic progesterone
General preterm birth education,
support, and risk factor avoidance.
Screen and treat BV, UTIs
Low threshold for GTT testing
12, 16, 20, 24, 28 weeks’
Nuchal Translucency(12w)
and/or Triple Test or msAFP
(15-18w)
No No Serial Cervical
assessments in
women at high
risk of PTD
Emergency or elective (12-16w)
cervical cerclage based on ultrasound
findings and/or reproductive history
Emergency cervical cerclage is not
indicated if above 32 weeks‘
Low threshold for GTT testing
22 weeks’ Yes No Detailed fetal
survey
Uterine artery
Doppler
Low dose aspirin if suspect pre-
eclampsia or IUGR due to uterine
artery notching and/or previous
history
Screen and treat BV and UTIs
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
192
FootNote: Bacterial vaginosis, BV; BMI, body mass index; BP, blood pressure; fFN, fetal
fibronectin; GBS, Group B streptococcus; GTT, glucose tolerance test; LMWH, IUGR,
intrauterine growth restriction; low-molecular weight heparin; msAFP, maternal serum alpha-
fetoprotein; NICU, neonatal intensive care unit; PPROM, preterm premature rupture of
membranes; PTL, preterm labour; UA, uterine artery; UTI, urinary tract infection.
24, 28, 32, 36 weeks’
GTT at 28 weeks‘
No Only if
symptomati
c
Fetal growth
and umbilical
artery Doppler
Prophylactic corticosteroids,
antibiotics if symptomatic of PTL or
PPROM.
In utero transfer to unit with NICU if
symptomatic with positive fFN
Labour
Spontaneous or induced
Yes Helps
confirm
Likelihood
of
PTL,
PPROM
Asses fetal well-
being, and
presentation
Prophylactic corticosteroids,
antibiotics (especially GBS
prophylaxis).
Tocolytics if in utero transfer to unit
with NICU is needed.
Post-partum
6 week antenatal check
No No No Review antenatal events and delivery
Identify modifiable factors for future
prevention of PTD
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
193
Discussion
There is evidence that introducing screening-preventative strategies for asymptomatic
pregnancies may reduce the rate of PTD. Evidence for screening and selective treatment
exists for: asymptomatic bacteriuria (meta-analysis: OR 0.60; 95% CI 0.45-0.80); bacterial
vaginosis in low-risk population groups (meta-analysis: RR 0.73; 95% CI 0.55-0.98, figure
3.1); elective cervical cerclage in high-risk pregnancies; indicated cervical cerclage in women
with short cervical length on ultrasound (meta-analysis: RR 0.74, 95% CI 0.57-0.96);
prophylactic progesterone supplementation in high-risk pregnancies (meta-analysis: OR 0.45,
95% CI 0.25-0.80). A summary of the quality of evidence and grading of recommendation
for these interventions are depicted in Table 3.5.
However, for most other strategies, such as increased antenatal attendance, or routine
administration of prophylactic micronutrients, the evidence is inconsistent and conflicting.
Information on neonatal outcomes apart from PTD (such as serious neonatal morbidity and
mortality) was found to be lacking in most studies. It was therefore not possible to establish
whether preventing PTD or prolonging gestation would correlate to improved perinatal
outcome, and so lessened the potential clinical usefulness of any proposed preventative
strategy. No studies were found that evaluated the effectiveness of combining screening-
preventative strategies.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
194
Table 3.5 Summary of screening and preventative strategies that may reduce the risk of
preterm delivery
Strategy for preventing preterm
delivery
RCOG
Level of
Evidence
GRADE
Quality
of
Evidence
GRADE
Strength of
Recommendation
Asymptomatic bacteriuria in all women
Ia High Strong
Bacterial vaginosis in low-risk population
groups
Ia, Ib Moderate Weak
Elective cervical cerclage in high-risk
pregnancies
Ib, IIa,
IIb
Moderate Strong
Indicated cervical cerclage in women with
short cervical length on ultrasound
Ib, IIa,
IIb
Moderate Strong
Prophylactic progesterone
supplementation in high-risk pregnancies
Ia, Ib High Strong
Smoking cessation in all women IIb, III Very
Low
Weak
Reviews discussing screening-preventative interventions for preventing PTD often consider
both symptomatic (symptoms of PTL or PPROM) and asymptomatic pregnancies. We have
focused solely on asymptomatic pregnancies and adopted a rigorous systematic review
methodology to provide the best possible analysis of the data available. The review is
weakened by over-reliance on conclusions drawn from meta-analyses and underpowered
RCTs. We have identified considerable heterogeneity in the studies and methodologies
adopted by the meta-analyses, in particular, the groups of women considered to be ‗high‘ and
low‘ risk of PTD, the magnitude of their risk of PTD, and gestation-specific timing of the
intervention differs considerably for each trial and meta-analysis (e.g differences in types of
antibiotic, dosage, method of administration, and gestation when given). This heterogeneity
would propagate any potential omission, de-emphasis or misinterpretation of the results of
RCTs.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
195
The poor clinical efficacy of the proposed screening-preventative strategies is not
unexpected. Firstly, current routine antenatal screening is relatively ineffective at identifying
the majority of pregnancies at risk for PTD, even if combined with specialist investigations.
Secondly, most of the preventative interventions discussed appear to have, at best, only mild
efficacy at preventing PTD. Importantly, adverse effects of increasing the risk of PTD were
noted for some of the interventions. Examples include antibiotic treatment for women
screened to be positive for fFN or trichomonas vaginalis, and inherent surgical risks
associated with cervical cerclage.
Further trials are needed to identify the optimum gestation and subgroups that may benefit
most from such screening and therapeutic interventions. Currently on-going meta-analyses
of individual patient data 162;163 may provided further evidence for the roles of elective and
indicated cerclage on preventing PTD, and aspirin on the prevention of pre-eclampsia related
consequences.
It was surprising to show a reduction in PTD following screening and treating BV in the low-
risk (RR 0.73; 95% CI 0.55-0.98) (Figure 3.1) but not the high-risk group, as one would
normally expect an opposite relationship and treatment to exert greater risk reduction in the
higher risk group. The differences in antibiotic sensitivity between high and low risk groups
may suggest differing causal contributions of the infectious process to PTD. The evidence,
along with prior knowledge of differing predisposing factors and prognosis between these
risk groups 52;164, supports the hypothesis that PTD in high and low risk pregnant women
are different entities and not linear extremes of the same syndrome; a view shared by
others 8, and deserving of further confirmatory research.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
196
This review has provided a structured approach to addressing the complex issue of preventing
PTD. By elaborating on the use of both specific and general measures this review should
appeal to all health care professionals (General Practitioners, Health Visitors, Midwives,
Obstetricians) involved in the care of pregnant women, as well as colleagues involved in
delivering public health care strategies. We have proposed an antenatal care strategy that
adopts a gestation-specific approach to assessing risk and intervening as needed (Table 3.4)
that may be commenced at initial antenatal booking. However, the efficacy and cost-
effectiveness of these approaches (Tables 3.4 & Table 3.5) needs to be rigorously evaluated
before routine clinical implementation. Differences in the prevalence of infection and other
obstetric and reproductive factors means that any proposed preterm prevention strategy
should be individualised to the population and health care setting. Specialist antenatal clinics
for women deemed at high-risk of PTD may provide an opportunity to carry out this research
and perform this clinical role.
The recent NICE UK antenatal care guideline 32 has stated pregnant women should not be
offered routine screening for BV, Chlamydia, group B streptococcus, cervical
ultrasonography, or cervical fFN 32. Our review has presented preliminary evidence that
some of these strategies may actually be beneficial, and as such, adds to the current debate in
this important clinical area.
Chapter 3.1: Prevention of preterm delivery
197
Discussion
on bacterial vaginosis meta-analyses
Meta-analyses are liable to numerous biases despite quality control measures, and their
Results
may not necessarily be trusted 165;166. Concerning screening and treating BV in
pregnancy, five meta-analyses [Cochrane 53, 13 trials; Riggs 54, 11 trials; Leitich 55, 10 trials;
Guise 56, 7 trials, and Okun 57, 11 trials] have been published in the last four years. All have
showed no reduction in PTD. The authors of all five meta-analyses have reported significant
clinical, methodological and statistical heterogeneity of the included studies, and have
utilised different fixed or random effects pooling. Only two meta-analyses 53;57 undertook a
comprehensive investigation of the reasons for heterogeneity or attempted strategies to
counter this effect. Nevertheless, without undertaking this process, the summary estimate
produced by each meta-analysis may not be valid. Our ―repeat‖ meta-analysis , which
considered the classification of population risk and therefore addressed the issue of
heterogeneity to some extent, showed an unexpected beneficial effect of screening in women
that were at low-risk rather than high risk of PTD .
In summary, we wish to emphasise why it is important to consider the individual primary
study as well as the methodology criteria adopted by meta-analyses, particularly when
included trials are underpowered, few in number, and exhibit marked heterogeneity. These
factors may contribute to why meta-analyses to date have reported evidence of lack of
effectiveness, but in fact may be subject to the bias of varying study methodologies, mixing
high and low risk pregnancies groups, and a confounding effect introduced by the screening
process itself that is difficult to distinguish from antibiotic treatment of bacterial vaginosis.
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
198
3.2. Non-contraceptive uses of levonorgestrel releasing hormone system
(LNG-IUS)- a systematic enquiry and overview
Abstract
Levonorgestrel releasing intrauterine systems (LNG-IUS) were originally developed as a
Method
of contraception in the mid 1970‘s. The only LNG-IUS approved for general public
use is the Mirena® LNG-IUS, which releases 20mcg of levonorgestrel per day directly in to
the uterine cavity. However, new lower dose (10mcg and 14mcg per day) and smaller sized
LNG-IUS (MLS, FibroPlant-LNG) are currently under clinical development and
investigation. Research into the non-contraceptive uses of LNG-IUS is rapidly expanding.
In the UK, LNG-IUS is licensed for use in menorrhagia and to provide endometrial
protection to perimenopausal and postmenopausal women on estrogen replacement therapy.
There is limited evidence to suggest that LNG-IUS may also be beneficial in women with
endometriosis, adenomyosis, fibroids, endometrial hyperplasia and early stage endometrial
cancer (where the patient is deemed unfit for primary surgical therapy). This systematic
enquiry and overview evaluates the quality of evidence relating to the non-contraceptive
therapeutic uses of LNG-IUS in gynaecology.
Additional point relating to date listed in tables: For all studies listed in tables, we have
reported the sample sizes originally recruited by the studies. Where the study drop out rate
exceeds 10% we have stated this rate to provide the reader with an impression of the number
of subjects actually evaluated by the study where this drop out rate is exceeded.
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
199
Introduction
The only levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (LNG-IUS) approved for general
public use is the Mirena® (Schering AG), which is a T-shaped plastic intrauterine device
(IUD) that releases levonorgestrel (20mcg per day) directly into the uterine cavity. The mean
systemic levels of levonorgestrel with this LNG-IUS (425pg/mL at 1 month, 330 pg/mL at 6
months, mean age of subjects was 31 years (range 18-42) 1 are less than those achieved with
therapeutic oral or parenteral doses of progestogens (hence minimizing systemic side effects)
and exceeds the critical value of 200 pg/mL below which ovulation occurs 2. Mirena was
first launched in Finland in 1990 and has been marketed in the UK since 1995 as a
contraceptive device. Two new lower levonorgestrel dose and smaller sized LNG-IUS
devices are currently under clinical development and investigation: FibroPlant™-LNG
(frameless device, Contrel Research, Belgium) and MLS system, releasing 14mcg and 10mcg
levonorgestrel per day respectively3;4.
Mirena® LNG-IUS is currently licensed in the UK as a 5-year contraceptive agent (license
awarded 1995), treatment for idiopathic menorrhagia (license awarded 2001), and to provide
uterine protection during estrogen replacement therapy in peri- and postmenopausal women
(license awarded 2005). The latter two applications for Mirena® LNG-IUS are not licensed
in USA or Canada. The fertility control provided by LNG-IUS is comparable with that of
female sterilisation, and is completely reversible 5. There are many other non-contraceptive
beneficial effects of LNG-IUS that have important public health implications. These have
been summarized by several reviews 6-9 and policy statements 10, and incorporated within one
systematic review examining all types of intrauterine device 11. However, there has since
been a considerable expansion of publications in this area, many of which have contrasting
methodological quality and results. This article expands on past reviews by incorporating
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
200
these recent advances and performs an up-to-date systematic review focused entirely on
LNG-IUS. Furthermore, this review evaluates the quality of supporting evidence, and where
available, presents information relating to adverse effects, cost-effectiveness, and health
related quality of life (HRQL) issues.
Materials and methods
All observational and experimental studies examining the use of
LNG-IUS in Gynaecology were retrieved from MEDLINE (1996-2005), EMBASE (1996-
2005 week 08), Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials, Cochrane Database of
Systematic Reviews, Database of Abstracts of Reviews of Effects (DARE), The National
Research Register NRR (http://www.update-software.com/National/), Medical Research
Council's Clinical Trials Register, and details on reviews in progress collected by the NHS
Centre for Reviews and Dissemination were searched. Schering HealthCare (UK) were also
contacted for further information on licensing and any unpublished controlled clinical trials.
The following search terms and word variants were used: ‗exp Intrauterine Devices,
Medicated/‘, ‗levonorgestrel releasing‘, ‗levonorgestrel-releasing‘,‗LNG-IUS‘, ‗LN-IUS‘,
‗LN-IUD‘, ‗LNG-IUD‘, ‗mirena.tw.‘ ‗Levonorgestrel adj5 (intrauterine or device or coil or
system). tw, ‗progest$ adj5 (intrauterine or device or coil or system).tw‘, ‗intra-uterine
progestogen‘ combined with ―AND‖ to ‗gyne$‘, ‗therapy‘ ‗endometriosis‘,
‗endometrio$.mp‘, ‗genital neoplasms, female‘, ‗dysmenorrhoea‘, ‗pelvic pain‘, ‗estrogen
replacement therapy‘, ‗hormone replacement therapy‘, or ‗genital diseases, female‘. The
search was completed in March 2005. Obtained data were qualitatively and quantitatively
analysed. If trials are deemed suitable (similar population groups, trial methodology and
outcome measures) meta-analysis will be performed.
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
201
Results
A summary of the studies identified describing the non-contraceptive therapeutic use of
LNG-IUS according to the therapeutic indication is shown in Table 3.6. The associated level
of evidence and strength of recommendation for each indication is also indicated according to
accepted criteria 12.
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
202
Table 3.6. Summary of studies that assess LNG-IUS use in various non-contraceptive
therapeutic indications as primary study outcome measures
Therapeutic use of LNG-
IUS
RCTs Cohort
Studies
Prospective
or
Retrospective
Observational
Studies
Case
Report
or small
case
series
**Level
of
evidence
***
Strength
of
recomme
ndation
More than
50 women
in
LNG-IUS
arm
of trial
Less than
50 women
in
LNG-IUS
arm
of trial
Menorrhagia 1 9 2 5 0 I, II, III A
Fibroids/Fibroid related
menorrhagia
1# 2# 1 6 1 II, III B
Endometriosis 0 2 0 3 0 I, III C
Adenomyosis 1 0 0 1 1 I, III, III C
Uterine protection with
estrogen replacement
therapy in per- and
postmenopausal women
3 4 3 7 0 I, II, III A
Uterine protection with
tamoxifen in
postmenopausal women
1 0 0 1 0 I, III A
Endometrial hyperplasia 0 0 1 3 2 II, III C
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
203
Footnotes to Table 3.6
# Trial(s) exist, but therapeutic outcome was not assessed as a priori primary outcome
measure in the RCT comparison
**Classification of Evidence Levels
Ia Evidence obtained from meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials.
Ib Evidence obtained from at least one randomised controlled trial.
IIa Evidence obtained from at least one well-designed controlled study without
randomisation.
IIb Evidence obtained from at least one other type of well-designed quasi-experimental study.
III Evidence obtained from well-designed non-experimental descriptive studies, such as
comparative studies, correlation studies and case studies.
IV Evidence obtained from expert committee reports or opinions and/or clinical experience of
respected authorities.
***Strength of Recommendation
A Directly based on category I evidence
B Directly based on category II evidence or extrapolated recommendation from category
I evidence
C Directly based on category III evidence, or extrapolated recommendation from
category I or II evidence
GPP Directly based on category IV evidence, or extrapolated recommendation from
category I, II or III evidence
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
204
Menorrhagia
Early RCTs and cohort studies evaluating the contraceptive efficacy of LNG-IUS against Cu-
IUCD showed women who received LNG-IUS reported less dysmenorrhoea and menstrual
blood loss (MBL)35;36. This provided a basis to examine whether LNG-IUS would also
decrease menstrual blood loss in women with idiopathic menorrhagia (dysfunctional uterine
bleeding DUB) and compare its efficacy against established medical and surgical treatments
for menorrhagia. In total, approximately 670 women with menorrhagia have used LNG-IUS
as part of a comparative or non-comparative study (Table 3.7) evaluating the efficacy of
LNG-IUS in treating menorrhagia. Women using the frameless FibroPlant-LNG™ or
Femilstrade LNG-IUS (20mcg/24hr) devices for contraception 33;37 or treatment of
menorrhagia 30-33 also reported decreased MBL, however study sample sizes were limited
(n=76 menorrhagia cases) and the devices remain under clinical development.
Two incomplete trials were identified in the search, SMART (Satisfaction with Mirena and
Ablation: a Randomised Trial) 38 and TALIS (Thermo-Ablation versus the Levonorgestrel
Intrauterine System)39. Furthermore, our unit is about to commence the ECLIPSE trial
(Effectiveness and Cost-effectiveness of Levonorgestrel containing Intrauterine system in
Primary care against Standard treatment, ISRCTN 86566246) in the UK.
Overall, for all listed studies, LNG-IUS use in women with menorrhagia reduces menstrual
blood loss by 79% to 97%. No RCTs have compared LNG-IUS with placebo or no treatment
in women with menorrhagia. Importantly, studies have used various outcome measures,
which precludes pooled meta-analysis. These include: indirect (pictorial blood loss
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
205
assessment chart, PBAC) or direct (alkaline haematin method) measures of menstrual blood
loss (MBL); patient willingness to continue with treatment; or patient preference to abandon
LNG-IUS treatment in favour of hysterectomy or endometrial resection. There are
insufficient participants to show long term therapeutic effect with LNG-IUS, as most studies
did not extend beyond one year follow up. The total number of participants continuing with
LNG-IUS by 3-year 19;34 and 5-year follow up14 was 96 cases. Of the ten trials depicted in
Table 3.7, seven 13;16-18;20;23;24 have been incorporated in two Cochrane reviews 40;41 and one
systematic review 42. Three recent RCTs 15;21;22 and two quality cohort studies 25;26 not
included in the prior published meta-analyses have been listed in Table 3.7. The high patient
satisfaction (72-94%) and overall continuation rates (65- 88%) obtained in these RCTs are
consistent with those identified in observational studies of LNG-IUS use for treating
menorrhagia 29;43;44. Interpreting the evidence from Table 3.7, LNG-IUS system is at least
comparable or more effective than oral progestogens. Similar rates of patient satisfaction and
quality of life are reported when comparing LNG-IUS against transcervical endometrial
resection or balloon ablation. However, surgical methods are significantly more effective in
reducing menstrual bleeding or inducing amenorrhoea within one year follow up. However,
one trial with longer follow up of three years 19 showed no significant difference between the
LNG-IUS and TCRE in the reduction of menstrual blood loss.
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
206
Table 3.7. LNG-IUS studies assessing therapeutic effect in women with menorrhagia
Author Year
of
Publication
Study
Type
Sample
Size of women
with
menorrhagia
Comparison Outcomes (within one year
follow up unless stated
otherwise)
Hurskainen 13;14 2001, 2004 RCT 236 119 LNG-IUS vs.
117 hysterectomy
For the LNG-IUS
group: at one year
81/119 and at five
year 57/119
continued to have
LNG-IUS in situ
5 year follow up
Of the LNG-IUS group by one
year 68% continued with LNG-
IUS and 20% had TAH.
Both treatments had comparable
improvements in HRQL
Soysal 15 2002 RCT 72 36 LNG-IUS
vs.
36 thermal balloon
ablation
14% drop out from
LNG-IUS
Greater reductions in PBAC with
ablation than LNG-IUS.
Comparable improvements in
haemoglobin
Ablation group perceived greater
improved HRQL than LNG-IUS
Crosignani 16 1997 RCT 70 35 LNG-IUS vs.
35 TCRE
14% drop out from
LNG-IUS
Marginally greater reductions in
PBAC with TCRE
Comparable satisfaction rates
Kittelsen 17 1998 RCT 60 30 LNG-IUS vs.
30 TCRE
12% drop out rate
Comparable reductions in PBAC
Comparable satisfaction rates
Istre 18
Rauramo 19
2001,2004 RCT 59 30 LNG-IUS vs.
29 TCRE
31% drop out rate
3 year follow up
Greater reductions in PBAC with
TCRE than LNG-IUS (90% cure
vs. 67% cure) at one year , but
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
207
comparable reductions of MBL
noted at 3 years.
Increased haemoglobin and
ferritin with both treatments
Lahteenmaki 20 1998 RCT 56 28 LNG-IUS vs.
28 medical
treatment whilst
awaiting
hysterectomy
25% drop out from
LNG-IUS
At 6m, 64% LNG-IUS cancelled
TAH whilst 14% cancelled TAH
in medical treatment group
Reid 21 2005 RCT 51 25 LNG-IUS vs 26
mefenamic acid
16% drop out from
LNG-IUS
Greater reductions in MBL,
PBAC and total menstrual fluid
loss with LNG-IUS (90% vs
23%) at 6 months.
Barrington 22 2003 RCT 50 25 LNG-IUS vs. 23
balloon ablation
12% drop out rate
Comparable reductions in PBAC
Irvine
23
1998 RCT 44 22 LNG-IUS vs. 22
oral norethisterone
No drop out rate
Comparable reductions in MBL
(>90%). Greater satisfaction with
LNG-IUS
Milson 24 1991 RCT 35 20 LNG-IUS vs.
15 transexamic acid
20% drop out from
LNG-IUS
Greater reduction in MBL with
LNG-IUS (>90%)
Romer 25 2000 Prospective
cohort
30 LNG-IUS vs. roller
ball endometrial
ablation
Comparable reductions in MBL
and rates of amenorrhoea
Henshaw 26 2002 Retrospecti
ve cohort
62 LNG-IUS vs.
microwave
endometrial
mean 14 month follow up
Comparable reductions in MBL
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
208
ablation
and dysmenorrhoea
Comparable patient satisfaction
rates
Mansour 27 1998 Prospective 52 No comparison
LNG-IUS
91% of women had improved
dysmenorrhoea and menorrhagia
83% continued with treatment
beyond one year
Barrington 28 1997 Prospective 50 LNG-IUS
No comparison.
Women were
awaiting TCRE or
hysterectomy
Reduced PBAC in 82%
8% amenorrhoea
No change in haemoglobin or
ferritin
Decreased premenstrual
symptoms in 56%
Reduced dysmenorrhoea in 80%
Monteiro 29 2002 Prospective 44 LNG-IUS
No comparison
Decreased MBL and increased
haemoglobin
80% continuation rate at one year
Wildemeersch 30
31;32
2004 Prospective 12 in 2004,
32 in 2001
No comparison.
FibroPlant-LNG
Decreased PBAC (median MBL
decreased by 90%)
Decreased dysmenorrhoea
Wildemeersch 33 2005 Prospective 60 women:
28 normal
periods,
32 menorrhagia
No comparison
Femilstrade LNG-
IUS 20mcg/24 hr
Similar reductions in MBL (96-
99%) for both groups
33% developed amenorrhoea (10
women in each group)
Xiao 34 2003 Prospective 34 LNG-IUS
No comparison
3 year follow up
Decreased MBL at one year
(84%) and three (85%) years.
33% amenorrhoea at 6 months.
Increased Hemoglobin and serum
ferritin.
Footnotes FibroPlant-LNG is a frameless low-dose (releasing 14mcg levonorgestrel/day) frameless
LNG-IUS; HRQL, Health related quality of life assessments; LNG-IUS releasing 20mcg levonorgestrel /day;
MBL menstrual blood loss; PBAC pictorial blood loss assessment chart; TCRE transcervical endometrial
resection
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
209
Meta-analyses and RCTs have shown that a significant proportion of women with
menorrhagia initially treated with either conservative surgery 45 or LNG-IUS 42 are likely to
require hysterectomy as a definitive treatment. However, an RCT (n=236) with five year
follow up has shown hysterectomy does not improve overall health related quality of life
significantly more than LNG-IUS and it can cause serious complications 14. Furthermore,
the same trial showed that LNG-IUS was more cost-effective than hysterectomy at one-year
13 (US $ 1530 vs. US $ 4222) and five-years 14 follow up (US $ 2817 vs. US $ 4660 per
participant). This estimate includes the direct (e.g. operative, costs) and indirect costs (e.g.
sick leave days) associated with the 42% of the women assigned to the LNG-IUS group who
eventually underwent hysterectomy. Menorrhagia may arise from inherited bleeding
disorders (e.g. von Willebrand's Disease). A prospective study (n=16) has shown reduction
in menstrual blood loss, improvement in quality of life in women with menorrhagia due to an
inherited bleeding disorder when treated with LNG-IUS 46.
Uterine fibroids and fibroid related menorrhagia
One cohort study, five prospective
observational studies, and one case report have directly assessed the use of LNG-IUS in
treating fibroids and fibroid related menorrhagia or dysmenorrhoea. Three RCTs, undertaken
for other indications, have described decreased incidence of fibroids following LNG-IUS
insertion 35;54;55. All these studies are depicted in Table 3.8. Apart from one study35, study
duration and follow up did not exceed one year. Inclusion criteria were clearly stated in two
studies: women with fibroid uterus below 12 weeks gestational size on pelvic examination or
380ml uterine volume on pelvic ultrasound 47;48.
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
210
Table 3.8. LNG-IUS studies directly or indirectly assessing therapeutic effect on fibroids
or fibroid related menorrhagia
Author Year
of
Publication
Study
Type
Sample
Size
Comparison Outcomes (within one year
follow up unless stated
otherwise)
DIRECT STUDIES
Soysal 47 2005
Prospective
and
retrospective
cohort
64 32 LNG-IUS vs.
32 thermal
balloon ablation
(historical
matched group)
Comparable effective reductions
in PBAC (around 90%)
Comparable increases in
haemoglobin
Fibroid size change not assessed
Grigorieva 48 2003 Prospective
and
retrospective
67 No comparison
Effective reductions in PBAC.
Improved ferritin and
haemoglobin
40% amenorrhoea at 12 months
Decrease in fibroid size (33%)
Mercorio 49 2003 Prospective 19 No comparison Reduced PBAC, but 14/19 still
had persistent menorrhagia
Wildemeersch 50 2002 Prospective 14 No comparison
FibroPlant-LNG
Reduction in MBL in 13/14
No reduction in fibroid size
Starczewski 51 2000 Prospective 12 No comparison Reduction in MBL 11/12 cases.
Amenorrhoea 50% cases
Improved Haemoglobin
No change in fibroid size
Singer 52 1994 Prospective 5 No comparison Reduction in MBL
Reduction in fibroid size
Follow up to 18 months
Fong 53 1999 Case report 1 No comparison Reduction in MBL and fibroid
size
INDIRECT STUDIES
Gardner 54 2000 RCT 122 64 LNG-IUS and
tamoxifen against
58 tamoxifen
13% reduction in fibroids from
baseline in LNG-IUS group
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
211
27% drop out rate
from LNG-IUS
group
Inki 55 2002 Prospective
study
(examine
one arm of
RCT)
38 117 had LNG-
IUS for
menorrhagia, of
this 38/119 (32%)
had uterine
fibroids
No ultrasonographic change in
uterine fibroids, but decreased
endometrial thickness.
Increased risk of ovarian cysts
compared to hysterectomy
Sivin 35 1994
RCT 2226
recruited,
1125 had
LNG-IUS,
1121 had Cu-
IUCD.
Baseline
fibroid
incidence:
unclear.
Identified 15
fibroids at
end of study
LNG-IUS vs. Cu-
IUCD (TCu
380Ag)
Parous women
aged 18-38, all
desiring
contraception.
7 year study
follow up (3416
women years in
LNG-IUS and
3975 women
years in Cu-
IUCD)
11.4% drop out
rate from LNG-
IUS
7 year follow up
LNG-IUS compared to Cu-
IUCD has decreased incidence
of dysmenorrhoea, vaginitis,
fibroids, but higher rates of
amenorrhoea, follicular ovarian
cysts, acne, mastalgia, weight
gain, and headache.
LNG-IUS: 50% amenorrhoea or
oligoamenorrhoea by end of
study, compared to 9% with Cu-
IUCD
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
212
All studies directly assessing LNG-IUS in women with fibroids reported decreased menstrual
blood loss (84-90%) and similar increases in haemoglobin of 2-3 g/dl 47;48;51. However, there
was inconsistency on whether LNG-IUS is associated with decreased fibroid size 48;52;53 or no
change in fibroid size 50;51;55. Fibroid size following LNG-IUS was not assessed in one
cohort study 47. Regarding the indirect studies, one large RCT suggested there may be
decreased incidence of uterine fibroids with LNG-IUS compared to Cu-IUCD 35. A similar
observation of 13% decreased incidence of fibroids was observed in a RCT comparing LNG-
IUS and tamoxifen against tamoxifen alone 54.
Endometriosis
Two RCTs and three prospective observational studies were identified. All studies had
limited sample sizes (range 11 to 39 participants in LNG-IUS arm of study), and their
features are shown in Table 3.9. Population groups differed considerably between studies
and included women with early stage and late stage endometriosis, rectovaginal
endometriosis, immediately surgically treated endometriosis, prior history of endometriosis
diagnosis, chronic pelvic pain and/or dysmenorrhoea. This heterogeneity of population,
combined with small sample size, limits the strength and validity of the findings. Two studies
from the same group 57;60 report approximately 40% absolute risk reduction in
dysmenorrhoea by one year with LNG-IUS use. This is consistent with a three year
prospective study59 and a one year RCT 56 that reported similar magnitude reductions in
dysmenorrhoea and chronic pelvic pain . A prospective study reported decreasing severity of
endometriosis on AFS staging following LNG-IUS insertion 58.
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
213
Table 3.9. LNG-IUS studies assessing therapeutic effect in women with endometriosis
Author Year
of
Publication
Study
Type
Sample
Size
Comparison Outcomes (within one year
follow up unless stated
otherwise)
*Petta 56
*electronic
publication
ahead of written
publication
2005 RCT 82 with
endometriosis,
dysmenorrhoea and
chronic pelvic pain
39 LNG-IUS
vs 43 GnRH
analogue
6 months follow up
Comparable reductions in
pelvic pain and improved
quality of life measures.
Greater amenorrhoea with
GnRH than LNG-IUS (98% vs
70%)
Vercellini 57 2003 RCT 40 parous women ,
not desiring fertility,
with endometriosis
associated
dysmenorrhoea and
receiving
conservative surgical
treatment of
endometriosis
20 Post
operative
LNG-IUS
and
endometriotic
surgery vs.
20
endometriotic
surgery alone
10% drop out
from LNG-
IUS group
Decreased recurrence of
dysmenorrhoea in LNG-IUS
vs. surgery alone group (10%
vs. 45%, p=0.03)
28% or 50% LNG-IUS users
had amenorrhoea or
oligoamenorrhoea
Comparable levels of patient
satisfaction (75% and 50%)
Lockhat 58;59 2004,2005 Prospective 34 with symptomatic
mild-moderate
endometriosis
No
comparison
(1 yr and 3yr
follow up)
Decreased dysmenorrhoea
and/or non-cyclical pelvic pain
and AFS staging of
endometriosis.
68% continuation rate at one
year
56% continuation rate at 3
years.
Vercellini 60 1999 Prospective
18
Parous women who
had history of
previous
endometriotic
surgery and had
recurrent
dysmenorrhoea
No
comparison
Amenorrhoea in 24%
Oligoamenorrhoea in 47%
Decreased dysmenorrhoea by
45%
Decreased menstrual blood
loss by 76%
75% Satisfaction rates
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
214
Fedele 61 2001 Prospective 11 symptomatic
women with
rectovaginal
endometriosis
No
comparison
Decreased pelvic pain,
dyspareunia, dysmenorrhoea
related to endometriosis
Decreased size of
endometriosis lesions
(ultrasound)
Adenomyosis
One non-blinded RCT (n=95), one prospective observational study and one case report were
identified. The features of the studies are listed in Table 3.10. All studies showed a
reduction in adenomyosis related dysmenorrhoea and menorrhagia, and this effect was
statistically significant in the RCT 62 that compared LNG-IUS against expectant treatment in
women following TCRE for adenomyosis. However, dysmenorrhoea and menorrhagia
observed in the trial may not necessarily be due to adenomyosis.
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
215
Table 3.10. LNG-IUS studies assessing therapeutic effect in women with adenomyosis
Author Year
of
Publication
Study
Type
Sample
Size
Comparison Outcomes within one year
follow up
Maia 62 2003
RCT
Non-blinded
95 women post TCRE
for adenomyosis
53 LNG-IUS
vs. 42
expectant
No drop out
reported.
19% of expectant group
needed second treatment for
uterine bleeding and pain
compared to none in LNG-IUS
Significantly lower rate of
dysmenorrhoea in LNG-IUS
(10%) than expectant (80%)
group
Significantly higher rate of
amenorrhoea in LNG-IUS
group (100% vs. 9%) at one
year
Fedele 63 1997 Prospective 25 with adenomyosis
related menorrhagia
No
comparison
For all cases, reduction in
PBAC, dysmenorrhoea.
Improved haemoglobin and
ferritin
Fong 64 1999 Case report 1 enlarged
adenomyosis uterus
No
comparison
Reduction in uterine size,
dysmenorrhoea, MBL
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
216
Endometrial protection during oestrogen replacement therapy or tamoxifen in peri-
menopausal women
Seven RCTs, three cohort studies, and seven observational studies have described the use of
LNG-IUS to protect the endometrium from endometrial hyperplasia or malignant
transformation during exogenous estrogen replacement therapy (ERT) in peri- and
postmenopausal women. One RCT 54 and one observational study (n=6)65 have examined the
endometrial protective effect of LNG-IUS during tamoxifen therapy in postmenopausal
women. The characteristics of these studies are summarised in Table 3.11. The tamoxifen
RCT 54 showed that 91% women had endometrial suppression (histological decidual or
atrophic response) in the LNG-IUS and tamoxifen group (n=47) compared to 75% in the
tamoxifen only group (n=52) 54.
RCTs differed in population subgroups (peri-menopausal and post-menopausal women),
Methods
of ERT administration (such as implant, oral, transdermal gel, vaginal ring)
comparisons (cyclic oral estrogen/progestogen HRT, continuous combined
estrogen/progestogen HRT, vaginal progestogen, subdermal progestogen, low dose LNG-IUS
[10mcg or 14mcg systems] vs. higher does LNG-IUS [20mcg]) and methods of assessing
endometrial suppression outcome (clinical, histological, ultrasonographic, MRI). A meta-
analysis of discrete groups of studies may be less informative than individually listing the
study design and outcomes, and was therefore not performed.
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
217
Table 3.11. LNG-IUS studies assessing use to provide uterine protection during oestrogen
replacement or tamoxifen therapy
Author Year
of
Publicati
on
Study
Type
Sample
Size
Comparison
group
Outcomes
(within one
year of
follow up
unless stated
otherwise)
TAMOXIFEN
STUDIES
Gardner 54 2000
RCT Initial
recruitment of
122
Postmenopau
sal breast
cancer
women
64 LNG-IUS and
tamoxifen group vs. 58
tamoxifen group only
27% drop out rate
from LNG-IUS arm
All LNG-IUS
had
endometrial
suppression
(histological
decidual
response)
Decreased
endometrial
polyps and
submucous
fibroids in
LNG-IUS
group
Turnbull 65 1998 Prospectiv
e
6
postmenopau
sal breast
cancer
women with
irregular
thickened
endometrium
on tamoxifen
therapy
No comparison.
Inserted LNG-IUS
No change in
endometrial
thickness
with TV
ultrasound
A reduction
in sub-
endometrial
cysts and
endometrial
volume with
MRI by 6
months
ESTROGEN
REPLACEME
NT STUDIES
Boon 66 2003 RCT 200
perimenopaus
al women
100 LNG-IUS and 100
oral estradiol vs.
cyclic/combined oral
estrogen and
progestogen HRT
(Trisequens)
2 year follow
up
endometrial
suppression
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
218
18% drop out rate from
LNG-IUS group
(atrophic or
inactive)
greater with
LNG-IUS
than oral
HRT:
100% vs 6%
LNG-IUS:
initial erratic
bleeding,
62%
amenorrhoeic
by 2 years.
Cyclic HRT:
normal
regular
monthly
bleeds in 70-
80%
Wolter-Sven. 67 1997 RCT 112
Perimenopaus
al women
symptomatic
of menopause
51 LNG-IUS 10
mcg/24hr plus estrogen
(oral/transdermal) vs.
45 LNG-IUS
5cmg/24hr plus
estrogen
(oral/transdermal)
11% drop out rate
95/96 cases
had
histological
endometrial
suppression
Amenorrhoea
in most cases
(62% for
5mcg and
61% for
10mcg
groups)
Satisfactory
relief of
menopausal
vasomotor
symptoms
Raudaskoski 68 2002 RCT 163
postmenopau
sal women
Oral estrogen
Different progestogen
formulations of HRT
combining oral
estradiol with
High or low dose
Endometrial
suppression
(histologicall
y) and
amenorrhoea
in >98% of
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
219
with:
54
10mcg/24hr
LNG-IUS
(MLS) or
56
20mcg/24hr
LNG-IUS
or
53 oral
progestogen.
LNG-IUS or cyclical
oral progestogen
7% drop out from
combined LNG-IUS
10mcg and 20mcg
groups
LNG-IUS
cases.
Proliferative
endometrium
and regular
withdrawal
bleeds with
oral
progestogen
Raudaskoski 69 1995 RCT 40
postmenopau
sal
20 LNG-IUS plus
transdermal estrogen vs
20. continuous oral
estrogen and
progestogen
12% drop out from
LNG-IUS group
Comparable
endometrial
suppression
(histological
and
ultrasound)
Comparable
improvement
of
menopausal
symptoms
Andersson 70 1992 RCT 40
perimenopaus
al
20 LNG-IUS and oral
estrogen vs.
20 Cyclic HRT (oral
estrogen 3 weeks, oral
progestogen 1 week)
83%of LNG-
IUS became
amenorrhoeic
, but cyclic
HRT had
regular
withdrawal
bleeds.
Both groups
had
endometrial
suppression
Suhonen 71 1995 RCT 36
postmenopau
sal
16 LNG-IUS and one
subdermal estrogen
implant vs
20 LNG-IUS and three
subdermal estrogen
Endometrial
suppression
in all cases
72% had
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
220
implants
No drop out reported
amenorrhoea
or spotting by
three months
Suhonen 72 1995 RCT 19
postmenopau
sal
10 oral estrogen and
LNG-IUS vs. 9 oral
estrogen and subdermal
levonorgestrel-
releasing implant
No drop out reported
Comparable
endometrial
suppression
Suvanto-Luuk.
73-75
1997,
1998,
1999
Prospectiv
e cohort
60
postmenopau
sal women
20 received
LNG-IUS
21 oral
progesterone
19 vaginal
progesterone
All received
transdermal estrogen
gel
25% drop out rate of
LNG-IUS group at 5
years
5 year
follow up for
20 cases in
LNG-IUS
group
At one year
varying
degrees of
amenorrhoea:
80%, LNG-
IUS; 67%,
oral
progesterone;
53% in the
vaginal
progesterone.
At five years
80%
amenorrhoea
in LNG-IUS
Endometrial
suppression
(histological,
ultrasound) in
all LNG-IUS
cases
Antoniou 76 1997 Prospectiv
e cohort
56
postmenopau
sal women
28 women with LNG-
IUS plus daily
transdermal estrogen
Comparable
endometrial
suppression
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
221
with
urogenital
symptoms
vs. 28 women with
estradiol-releasing
vaginal ring plus
vaginal progesterone
(ultrasound)
Kalogirou 77 1996 Prospectiv
e cohort
56
postmenopau
sal
LNG-IUS and
transdermal estrogen
vs.
Estrogen releasing
vaginal ring and oral
progestogen
Comparable
endometrial
suppression
(ultrasound
and
histological)
Sturdee 3 2004 Prospectiv
e
294
postmenopau
sal
No comparison
LNG-IUS 10mcg/24hr
(MLS device) and
transdermal estrogen
Interim 1
year results
from 3 yr
study
67%
amenorrheic
at one year.
9/294
discontinued
because of
bleeding.
Wildemeersch
78
2003 Prospectiv
e
83
perimenopaus
al and 58
postmenopau
sal
* Mixed
group of
women-
contraception
needs,
menorrhagia,
vasomotor
symptoms,
fibroids
No comparison
Used FibroPlant-LNG
with transdermal
estrogen gel
Up to 3 year
follow up
All effective
endometrial
suppression
(ultrasound)
64%
amenorrhoea
in
perimenopau
sal group and
100% in
postmenopau
sal group
5 cases of
fibroid
related
menorrhagia
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
222
improved
Hampton 79 2005 Prospectiv
e
82
perimenopaus
al
No comparison
Use LNG-IUS with
oral estrogen
5 year follow
up
96-98% non-
proliferative
endometrium
55%
amenorrhoea
at one year
93%
amenorrhoea
by fifth year
80 per 100
women
continuation
rate at 5 years
Varila 80 2001 Prospectiv
e
40
postmenopau
sal
No comparison
Used LNG-IUS with
oral or transdermal
estrogen
5 year follow
up
39 completed
12 mths
29 completed
5 years
All cases had
endometrial
suppression
(histological
and
ultrasound)
51%
amenorrhoea
or only
spotting at 5
years
Wildemeersch 81 2000 Prospectiv
e
22
perimenopaus
al, 8
postmenopau
19 cases had FibroPlant
LNG 14mcg/24hr and
11 cases had
Up to 2½
years follow
up
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
223
sal 10mcg/24hr doses
All with transdermal
estrogen gel
All effective
endometrial
suppression
(ultrasound)
77%
amenorrhoea
in
perimenopau
sal group and
100% in
postmenopau
sal group
Suhonen 82 1997 Prospecti
ve
29 peri- and
postmenopau
sal women
No comparison
LNG-IUS and
transdermal/subdermal/
oral estrogen
3 year follow
up
All cases had
endometrial
suppression
(ultrasound,
histology)
79%
amenorrhoea
at 3 years
Wildemeersch 83
2004 Prospectiv
e
24
postmenopau
sal women
No comparison
Used FibroPlant-LNG
with oral estradiol or
estrogen patches
3 year follow
up
All effective
endometrial
suppression
(histologicall
y and
ultrasound)
and clinical
amenorrhoea
Footnotes
FibroPlant-LNG is a frameless low-dose LNG-IUS (releasing 14mcg levonorgestrel/day)
MLS is a low dose smaller sized LNG-IUS (releasing 10mcg levonorgestrel/day)
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
224
Endometrial suppression and symptomatic improvement of menopausal symptoms (e.g. hot
flushes) was achieved in all studies examining LNG-IUS use in women receiving ERT.
From the study outcomes, amenorrhoea appeared to be more common in postmenopausal
women receiving LNG-IUS (studies ranging from 61% to 100% of subjects) than peri-
menopausal women (studies ranging from 38% to 83% of subjects), although this was not
formally statistically tested due to study heterogeneity. Seven studies have reported follow
up beyond one year 66;75;78-83, three reported up to a maximum of five-years 75;79;80, and one
study published its interim one year results from a proposed three year study duration 3.
There was no statistically significant difference between LNG-IUS 10mcg and LNG-IUS
5mcg in one RCT (n=108)67. Participants in three separate publications 78,81,83 are likely to be
from the same study cohort.
Endometrial hyperplasia
No RCTs were identified. Characteristics of the one cohort, three prospective observational
studies, and two case reports/case series are shown in Table 3.12. Most studies examined
women with non-aypical endometrial hyperplasia, but three studies have included women
with atypical hyperplasia 86;87;89. Hyperplasia of all types was regressed in all cases treated
with LNG-IUS.
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
225
Table 3.12. LNG-IUS studies assessing therapeutic effect in women with endometrial
hyperplasia
Author Year of
Publication
Study
Type
Sample Size Comparison Outcomes within one year
follow up
Vereide84 2003 Retrospecti
ve cohort
57 endometrial
hyperplasia
LNG-IUS vs. oral
progestogen
Greater regression with
LNG-IUS that with oral
progestogens (100% vs.
55%) at 3 months
Scarselli 85 1988 Prospective 31 (4 atypical
types)
No comparison Endometrial regression in
all cases
Perino 86 1987 Prospective 14 (1 case
atypical type)
No comparison Endometrial regression in
29/31 cases at 16 months
follow up
Wildemeersch
87
2003 Prospective 12 (non-atypical
and atypical
types)
No comparison Endometrial regression in
all cases by three years
Rose 88 2001 Case report 1 No comparison Endometrial regression
Bahamondes 89 2003 Case report 1 No comparison Endometrial regression
Endometrial cancer
The preferred primary treatment for early stage endometrial cancer is surgical hysterectomy,
with systemic progestins used palliatively or as adjuvant treatments for higher stage cancers.
A literature review of limited sized case series and cohort studies (n=81 cases, 27 articles) has
shown safe and effective treatment (overall 76% cure) with systemic progestin therapy in
women with well differentiated stage 1 endometrial cancer 90. This evidence, although
limited in quality, establishes a plausible role for LNG-IUS in early stage disease, particularly
in those women medically unfit for surgical therapy. One case report describes successful
reversion of the cancer on endometrial biopsy when using a combination of oral progestogens
and LNG-IUS in such an indication 91. However, another case series (2 patients) showed no
regression of the endometrial cancer when treated with LNG-IUS alone in patients awaiting
definitive surgical treatment 89. A comparative study performed in 14 women with early
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
226
stage endometrial cancer considered high risk for surgery showed successful reversion of
cancer on endometrial biopsy in 75% of cases at 12 months 92. However, a case series has
identified two cases of endometrial carcinoma that were diagnosed following insertion of
LNG-IUS 93. Clearly, further cases, controlled trials, and longer follow up are required in
order to obtain more valid conclusions.
Dysmenorrhoea and pain Only one observational study has formally examined the
therapeutic use of LNG-IUS in women with primary and secondary dysmenorrhoea 32. The
study is of poor quality (limited sample size, n=18, and non-comparative) which makes
interpretation of the observed beneficial response difficult. However, reductions in
dysmenorrhoea have been reported in numerous LNG-IUS trials 26;35;94-97 and observational
studies 28;98;99, albeit not being an a priori primary outcome measure in the vast majority.
An RCT (n=236) that compared LNG-IUS with hysterectomy for women with menorrhagia
evaluated pain as an outcome using a RAND-36 health survey 13;14. The trial showed greater
improvement in pain by the hysterectomy group than LNG-IUS at one year. However, by five
years, both LNG-IUS and hysterectomy groups had achieved almost identical reductions in
pain. Most studies have failed to distinguish dysmenorrhoea from co-existent pelvic pain
disorders (e.g. endometriosis, chronic pelvic pain, chronic pelvic inflammatory disease) in
their subgroup analyses. This may cause confounding. However, the fact the association is
reproducible in so many studies suggests the effect is real even though the magnitude cannot
be accurately ascertained.
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
227
LNG-IUS and effect on pelvic inflammatory disease
No RCTs have examined whether the incidence of pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) is
modified following introduction of LNG-IUS as a primary outcome measure. One RCT 100
and reviews of the early LNG-IUS trials 101;102 has suggested a lowering of PID rates when
using LNG-IUS compared to Cu-IUCD. Whereas, two early RCTs 35;103, a recent 5-year
study 104, and a systematic review 105 of all the contraceptive trials have shown comparable
rates of PID during the use of the LNG-IUS or a copper IUD.
Other non-contraceptive therapeutic indications Large multicentre studies have not
detected differences in cervical cytology or breast cancer incidence between copper IUD and
LNG-IUS users, and non-users 35;101;102. Long-term epidemiological studies are needed to
confirm this finding, and whether these may represent alternative therapeutic indications.
Adverse effects Irrespective of study design and indication all studies have reported
adverse side effects following insertion of LNG-IUS, although a direct causal relationship to
LNG-IUS cannot always be confirmed. Around 15-20% of LNG-IUS users experience at
least one or more unwanted side effects5;106;107. The most frequent (around 10-15% of users)
is unscheduled erratic menstrual bleeding, which usually occurs during the first 3-4 months
following LNG-IUS insertion but tends to subside thereafter. Erratic irregular menstrual
bleeding is cited by women as the most common reason for discontinuing LNG-IUS
treatment. During LNG-IUS use, 17.5% of women had a cyst at 6 months (diameter over
3cm) and 21.5% at 12 months 55. The vast majority of these were asymptomatic and
functional, and exhibited a high rate (94%) of spontaneous resolution by six months55. Other
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
228
less common side effects include mastalgia, migraine, acne, weight gain, oedema, labile
mood, abdominal pain, pelvic pain, nausea and coil-related (infection, perforation,
spontaneous expulsion) complications 35;101;102. Nevertheless, the continuation and patient
satisfaction rates in women using LNG-IUS for contraception remains over 75% 98;108-111.
Studies conflict on whether the induction of amenorrhoea is considered a desired effect 98 or
an unwanted side effect 5;35 that may lead to LNG-IUS discontinuation. This determination is
based on the individual‘s clinical symptomology pre-LNG-IUS insertion. Amenorrhoea
occurs following LNG-IUS insertion in 20-60% of normally menstruating women using the
device for contraception, between 50-75% in women with menorrhagia, and 61%-100% in
postmenopausal women using the device to protect the uterus during estrogen replacement
therapy9;35;42;75;82;97;107;108;112.
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
229
Discussion
Our systematic review has shown strong evidence that LNG-IUS is effective in treating
women with idiopathic menorrhagia and in providing uterine protection for women receiving
estrogen replacement therapy or tamoxifen. There is preliminary evidence that shows LNG-
IUS may be therapeutic in women with fibroids, endometriosis, adenomyosis, endometrial
hyperplasia, early stage endometrial cancer and dysmenorrhoea, and may reduce the risk of
pelvic inflammatory disease. The grading of evidence is depicted in Table 3.6. The
incidence of adverse effects, in particular initial period of erratic menstrual bleeding, is
unaffected by the indication for the use of LNG-IUS. The incidence of amenorrhoea
following LNG-IUS insertion appears to be influenced by age and independent of underlying
gynaecological pathology: the incidence is greater as the woman approaches her menopause.
This review has been original in systematically collecting and presenting the data relating to
LNG-IUS use in HRT, tamoxifen, endometrial hyperplasia, endometrial cancer,
endometriosis and adenomyosis. The systematic search strategy employed was
comprehensive and methodological analysis followed standardized criteria. This review has
updated and expanded on studies listed in the Cochrane database 40;41;113 and a previous
related systematic review 11. Our findings complement the recently published Cochrane
protocol on post-operative LNG-IUS in endometriotic surgery 113, and supplements the
evidence reported in a Cochrane review of pre- and post-operative medical therapy for
endometriotic surgery which had excluded LNG-IUS usage 114. Our review has included
recent developments such as data from lower dose LNG-IUS devices currently under
development (e.g. FibroPlant™-LNG) and health related quality of life assessments for
women using LNG-IUS14.
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
230
We observed a general paucity of RCTs, varying study methodologies and outcome
measures, which made the interpretation of study data difficult and prevented us from
performing a meta-analysis. We had intended to perform a systematic review of LNG-IUS,
and instead this review is a narrative assimilation of the available literature. Furthermore, our
systematic search strategy may have missed relevant studies. However, by maintaining a
sensitive keyword search, contacting the manufacturer Schering for unpublished studies, and
checking registered clinical trials databases, we believe this loss has been minimized. Apart
from menorrhagia and HRT therapeutic indications, the published literature mainly consists
of limited sample-sized (below 50 participants in LNG-IUS arm of study) non-controlled
observational studies with less than one year follow up, which although showing consistent
trends, are likely to be subject to information and selection biases. Consequently, no firm
Conclusions
can be inferred from these studies (evidence grading C). However, these studies
may provide a basis to estimate minimum numbers needed to be recruited to demonstrate
clinically significant results in future therapeutic trials using LNG-IUS.
There is strong evidence demonstrating the efficacy, cost-effectiveness, and safety of LNG-
IUS in menorrhagia. This evidence has been translated to clinical practice through recent
licensing (2001) of LNG-IUS for women with menorrhagia. A similar abundance of RCTs,
cohort and observational evidence, demonstrating efficacy and endometrial safety, exists for
the use of LNG-IUS in providing endometrial protection during estrogen replacement
therapy. Research in to this modality of HRT has been abundant since its inception in the
late 1980s115;116. However, unlike menorrhagia, the license for HRT use has not been
forthcoming in many countries, and was only awarded in 2005 by the UK.
The Women‘s Health Initiative and Million Women Study, showed HRT use increased the
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
231
risk of stroke, pulmonary embolism, and breast cancer, but decreased risk of hip fracture,
with no effect on coronary heart disease incidence 117-120. Incidence of breast cancer was
significantly increased for users of hormone replacement therapy containing estrogen only
(1.30 [1.21-1.40]), estrogen-progestogen (2.00 [1.88-2.12]), and Tibolone (1.45 [1.25-1.68]),
but the magnitude of the associated risk was substantially greater for estrogen-progestogen
than for other types of HRT. The reluctance to use LNG-IUS may be based on concerns that
stable systemic levels of levonorgestrel (330-350 pg/mL)1 may be sufficient through its
progestogenic effect to promote tumourigenesis in the breast (particularly if given with
exogenous estrogen) or blunt the anti-tumour effect of tamoxifen on the breast. Similarly, it is
plausible to extrapolate the endometrial suppression data observed in the perimenopausal
hormone replacement therapy, tamoxifen and endometrial hyperplasia studies, and
hypothesize that the risk of endometrial cancer may be reduced in long-term users of LNG-
IUS. However, we found no data relating LNG-IUS use to an increased or decreased risk of
breast or endometrial cancer risk. However, absence of publications showing association does
not necessarily indicate a lack of association between LNG-IUS and cancer. We believe this
to be an important safety issue that remains to be addressed, either through long-term follow
up and re-analysis of published studies or further prospective trials.
Despite promising findings, further trials are needed to establish efficacy, safety, cost-
effectiveness, and quality of life measures before recommending LNG-IUS in most of the
non-contraceptive indications discussed. Studies need to identify which population groups
benefit most from LNG-IUS use, and this is made difficult due to the varying spectrum of
disease, co-existence of multiple gynaecological pathology, and whether LNG-IUS is being
tested as a first line or second line treatment following failed medical or surgical intervention.
For example, subgroup analysis of trial data has shown that the magnitude of baseline
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
232
menstrual blood loss was negatively predictive of successful treatment with LNG-IUS121. The
authors and manufacturers of the newer lower-dose and smaller sized LNG-IUS devices
assert they are easier to insert, have less adverse side effects and greater patient acceptability
3;67;67;68;83 than conventional 20mcg/24hr LNG-IUS. However, there is little supporting
evidence for this assertion, and these devices need to be rigorously evaluated in robust head-
to-head comparisons with conventional LNG-IUS to validate this viewpoint.
There is a paucity of data on patient preference and decision analysis strategies in the use of
LNG-IUS 8. This research should accompany future trials, particularly given the number of
competing similar efficacy therapeutic medical and surgical interventions. A recent
questionnaire study highlighted how patient‘s choice of treatment is influenced by several
factors. These may include the likelihood of whether the treatment will be completely
successful, prolonged hospital stay and convalescence, and preservation of future fertility.
The majority of women scheduled for an endometrial ablation or LNG-IUS for menorrhagia
were inclined to take a risk of 50% likelihood of treatment failure to avoid a hysterectomy 122.
LNG-IUS can no longer just be considered suitable for women with menorrhagia who wish
reversible contraception. The fact that so many conditions in Gynaecology are likely to be
amenable to LNG-IUS underlies the importance of progestogens in the normal and
pathological female genital tract. This review‘s findings complement the current resurgence
of basic science research interest in this area and clinical trials evaluating potential
therapeutic use of selective progesterone receptor modulators in the conditions discussed in
this review123. This review has provided a foundation to undertake robust research trials in
this area that could potentially show greater therapeutic benefit and lesser patient harm when
using LNG-IUS compared to currently available medical and surgical therapies.
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
233
Chapter 4: CLINICAL GUIDELINE DEVELOPMENT
Contents
Introduction
Aims of clinical guidelines and their value in clinical practice
Methodology Development and appraisal of clinical guideline methodology:
as illustrated through case studies.
Results
Clinical guidelines for four topics (Table 4.1)-
Conclusion
Considerations that may improve guideline development process
Table 4.1 Guideline publications arising from chapter 4:
Chapter Manuscript title Reference
4.1 Varma, R, Gupta, J.K., Smith, G.C. Birth after previous caesarean section. Royal
College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists Clinical Green top guideline No.45.
February 2007. http://www.rcog.org.uk/index.asp?PageID=1913
Varma R, Smith GC. Management of women with previous caesarean section. In
Press. In: Warren R, Arulkumaran S, editors. Best Practice in Labour and
Delivery. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.; 2008.
1
2
4.2 Varma R, Gupta JK. Ectopic Pregnancy.
http://clinicalevidence.bmj.com/ceweb/conditions/pac/1406/1406_background.jsp
. BMJ Clinical Evidence . 2006.
3
4.3 Varma R, Gupta JK. Laparoscopic entry techniques: clinical guideline, national
survey, and medicolegal ramifications. Surg Endosc 2008; 22(12):2686-2697.
4
4.4 Varma R, Gupta JK. Failed sterilisation: evidence-based review and medico-legal
ramifications. BJOG 2004; 111(12):1322-1332.
Varma R, Gupta JK. Minimizing the risk of sterilization faliure: An evidence
based approach. In: Complications in Gynecological Surgery. Editor:
O'Donovan P. Spinger-Verlag, London 2008. Chapter 12; pages 106-126
5
6
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
234
Introduction
Clinical guidelines are designed to be educational aids that will promote Good Clinical
Practice. Guideline development and practice has become widespread in modern healthcare.
In the UK, both national bodies (National Institute of Clinical Excellence, Scottish
Intercollegiate Guideline Network) and specialty based professional organisations (Royal
College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists) have active programmes of clinical guideline
development and publication. There are many clinical topics that lend themselves to
guideline development, although topics that have the greatest ‗clinical impact‘ are prioritised
by guideline development bodies (Table 4i). The impetus for the continued proliferation of
guidelines is the drive to ensure best clinical practice is achieved for both the patient (such as
desired clinical outcomes, reduction of clinical risk) and health care provider (optimum use of
healthcare resources and consideration of costs). Furthermore, although not tested, there are
likely to be medico-legal ramifications in cases where clinical harm has occurred and the
clinician has not followed established clinical guidelines (either national or at local Trust
level) or has not clearly justified their rationale for adopting alternative clinical decision
making. There are established methodologies utilised in the production of clinical guidelines;
four essential criteria have been defined by the Appraisal of Guidelines for Research and
Evaluation in Europe (AGREE) guidelines 7 and include:
1. Systematic review of the literature
2. Graded recommendations with explicit links to the evidence
3. Input of a multidisciplinary working group
4. Quality control; for example, input by an independent advisory board or by
independent peer review.
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
235
Table 4i. Assessment criteria for selecting topics for clinical guideline development:
high clinical impact topics
Assessment criteria
Areas where there are high rates of mortality, morbidity or disability.
Areas where improved standards of care would reduce rates of mortality, morbidity or
disability.
Areas where there is uncertainty, as evidenced by a wide variation in clinical practice and
service delivery.
Areas where new high-quality clinical evidence has been published.
Areas where there are resource implications: either high cost and low turnover or low cost
and high turnover.
Areas where there are implications across the primary–secondary care interface.
Areas where there is a frequent chance of litigation
However, not all clinical guidelines incorporate all of these criteria. Furthermore, concerns
have been raised on the ‗practical‘ value of clinical guidelines to real life clinical practice.
Guidelines place considerable weight on the evidence originating from randomised controlled
trials. Nevertheless, in practice, there is considerable patient heterogeneity, the clinical
environment is less well controlled, patient compliance is less reliable and resources are more
restricted. than the trial setting. Consequently, the anticipated benefits of the guideline may
not be fully realised in an everyday setting. There has been no robust research that has
demonstrated clear superiority of clinical guideline direct practice over conventional practice.
Aims of chapter
To undertake systematic reviews and develop clinical guidelines in topics in obstetrics
and gynaecology that are assessed to be of high clinical importance and impact (see earlier
definition). Case examples selected are: Vaginal Birth after caesarean, Ectopic Pregnancy,
Laparoscopic entry (Table 4.1).
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
236
To explore the value of utilising differing methodological approaches to clinical
guideline development (RCOG, SIGN, GRADE approaches) (Tables 4ii, 4iii, 4iv). 7-9
To identify if there are any potential improvements to the guideline development
process based on appraisal of the guideline methodology. Evidence to justify improvements
to be acquired through 1) the methodological and practical problems encountered during the
case examples and 2) any published evidence.
Table 4ii. Classification of evidence used by RCOG Guideline development (originate
from US Agency for Health Care Research and Quality) 7
Classification of Evidence Levels
Ia Evidence obtained from meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials.
Ib Evidence obtained from at least one randomised controlled trial.
IIa Evidence obtained from at least one well-designed controlled study without
randomisation.
IIb Evidence obtained from at least one other type of well-designed quasi-experimental study.
III Evidence obtained from well-designed non-experimental descriptive studies, such as
comparative studies, correlation studies and case studies.
IV Evidence obtained from expert committee reports or opinions and/or clinical experience of
respected authorities
Grades of Recommendations
Requires at least one randomised controlled trial as part of a body of literature of
overall good quality and consistency addressing the specific recommendation.
(Evidence levels Ia, Ib)
Requires the availability of well controlled clinical studies but no randomised
clinical trials on the topic of recommendations. (Evidence levels IIa, IIb, III)
Requires evidence obtained from expert committee reports or opinions and/or
clinical experiences of respected authorities. Indicates an absence of directly
applicable clinical studies of good quality. (Evidence level IV)
Good Practice Point
Recommended best practice based on the clinical experience of the guideline
development group
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
237
Table 4iii. Classification of evidence used by Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines
Network (SIGN) Grading System 9
Levels of evidence
1++ High quality meta analyses, systematic reviews of RCTs, or RCTs with a very low risk of
bias
1+ Well conducted meta analyses, systematic reviews of RCTs, or RCTs with a low risk of
bias
1 - Meta analyses, systematic reviews of RCTs, or RCTs with a high risk of bias
2++ High quality systematic reviews of case-control or cohort studies
High quality case-control or cohort studies with a very low risk of confounding, bias, or
chance and a high probability that the relationship is causal
2+ Well conducted case control or cohort studies with a low risk of confounding, bias, or
chance and a moderate probability that the relationship is causal
2 - Case control or cohort studies with a high risk of confounding, bias, or chance and a
significant risk that the relationship is not causal
3 Non-analytic studies, e.g. case reports, case series
4 Expert opinion
Grades of recommendation
A At least one meta analysis, systematic review, or RCT rated as 1++, and directly applicable to
the target population; or
A systematic review of RCTs or a body of evidence consisting principally of studies rated as
1+, directly applicable to the target population, and demonstrating consistency of results
B A body of evidence including studies rated as 2++, directly applicable to the target population,
and demonstrating overall consistency of results; or
Extrapolated evidence from studies rated as 1++ or 1+
C A body of evidence including studies rated as 2+, directly applicable to the target population
and demonstrating overall consistency of results; or extrapolated evidence from studies 2++
D Evidence level 3 or 4; or Extrapolated evidence from studies 2+
GPP Good practice points: Recommended best practice based on the clinical experience of the
guideline development group
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
238
Table 4.iv. GRADE approach 8 (http://www.gradeworkinggroup.org/index.htm)
The Grading of Recommendations Assessment, Development and Evaluation (GRADE)
GRADE: Quality of evidence
The GRADE system classifies the quality of evidence in one of four levels:
High quality— Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of effect
Moderate quality— Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the
estimate of effect and may change the estimate
Low quality— Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in the
estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate
Very low quality— Any estimate of effect is very uncertain
Evidence based on randomised controlled trials begins as high quality evidence, but our confidence in
the evidence may be decreased for several reasons, including:
Study limitations
Inconsistency of results
Indirectness of evidence
Imprecision
Reporting bias.
Although observational studies (for example, cohort and case-control studies) start with a "low
quality" rating, grading upwards may be warranted if the magnitude of the treatment effect is very
large, if there is evidence of a dose-response relation or if all plausible biases would decrease the
magnitude of an apparent treatment effect.
GRADE: Strength of recommendation
The GRADE system offers two grades of recommendations: "strong" and "weak" depending on
whether effects of intervention clearly outweigh the undesirable effects, or clearly do not. If trade-offs
are less certain—either because of low quality evidence or because evidence suggests that desirable
and undesirable effects are closely balanced—weak recommendations become mandatory.
Factors that affect the strength of a recommendation
Factor Examples of strong
recommendations
Examples of weak
recommendations
Quality of evidence Many high quality randomised
trials have shown the benefit of
inhaled steroids in asthma
Only case series have examined the
utility of pleurodesis in pneumothorax
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
239
Uncertainty about the
balance between
desirable and
undesirable effects
Aspirin in myocardial infarction
reduces mortality with minimal
toxicity, inconvenience, and cost
Warfarin in low risk patients with
atrial fibrillation results in small
stroke reduction but increased
bleeding risk and substantial
inconvenience
Uncertainty or
variability in values and
preferences
Young patients with lymphoma
will invariably place a higher
value on the life prolonging effects
of chemotherapy than on treatment
toxicity
Older patients with lymphoma may
not place a higher value on the life
prolonging effects of chemotherapy
than on treatment toxicity
Uncertainty about
whether the
intervention represents
a wise use of resources
The low cost of aspirin as
prophylaxis against stroke in
patients with transient ischemic
attacks
The high cost of clopidogrel and of
combination dipyridamole and aspirin
as prophylaxis against stroke in
patients with transient ischaemic
attacks
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
240
Tables 4v
Summary of evidence for each clinical guideline according to RCOG and
GRADE guideline development tools 7; 8;9
All tables exclude recommendations that have been generated from Level IV Evidence (absence of
directly applicable clinical studies of good quality; evidence generated from committee reports or
expert opinion).
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean RCOG
Level of
Evidence
GRADE
Quality of
Evidence
GRADE Strength of
Recommendation
Women with a single previous caesarean section and
uncomplicated pregnancy may be offered VBAC
IIb, III Moderate Weak
Women with previous uterine rupture, classical
caesarean, two previous caesarean sections, should not
be offered VBAC
III Very Low Weak
The probability of successful planned VBAC is around
75%
IIb Moderate Strong
The probability of uterine scar rupture during planned
VBAC labour is around 0.5%
IIb Moderate Strong
Planned VBAC may increase the risk of uterine
endometritis and requirement for blood transfusion
IIb Low Weak
Planned VBAC is associated with a 10 per 10,000 risk of
antepartum stillbirth beyond 39 weeks and a 4 per
10,000 risk of delivery related perinatal death
IIb, III Moderate Weak
Planned VBAC carries an 8 per 10,000 risk of the infant
developing hypoxic ischaemic encephalopathy (HIE)
IIb Low Weak
Planned VBAC reduces the risk of neonatal respiratory
after birth: rates are 2 to 3% with planned VBAC and 3
to 4% with ERCS.
IIb, III Low Weak
The risk of subsequent placenta praevia and accreta is
linearly associated with the number of previous
caesarean deliveries
IIb, III Moderate Strong
In women with previous caesarean delivery, there is a 2
to 3-fold increased risk of uterine rupture and around
1.5-fold increased risk of caesarean section in induced
and/or augmented labours compared to spontaneous
labours
IIb, III Very Low Weak
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
241
Chapter 4.2 Ectopic pregnancy RCOG
Level of
Evidence
GRADE
Quality of
Evidence
GRADE
Strength of
Recommendation
Salpingectomy in women not desiring future
fertility is beneficial compared to
salpingotomy or methotrexate in achieving
primary treatment success
IIa, IIb Moderate Strong
Prophylactic methotrexate (systemic)
following salpingotomy compared to
salpingotomy alone is beneficial in reducing
the risk of persistent trophoblast
Ib, IIa Moderate Strong
In women desiring future fertility, systemic
methotrexate (single or multiple dose) and
salpingotomy achieve similar primary
treatment success and subsequent fertility
outcomes
Ia, Ib, IIa Moderate Strong
In women desiring future fertility, there is
marginally improved subsequent fertility rate
by performing salpingotomy compared to
salpingectomy
III Very Low Weak
Single dose methotrexate may result in higher
rates of treatment failure in women with
ectopic pregnancies compared with multiple
dose regimens.
Ia, Ib, IIb Low Weak
In selected cases, expectant management has
similar primary treatment success and future
fertility outcomes to salpingectomy or
salpingotomy
III Very Low Weak
Methotrexate plus mifepristone is no more
effective at increasing treatment success rates
compared with methotrexate alone but it
seems this combination may be more effective
in increasing treatment success rates in women
with high levels of progesterone.
Ib Moderate Weak
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
242
Chapter 4.3 Safe Laparoscopic Entry RCOG
Level of
Evidence
GRADE
Quality of
Evidence
GRADE Strength
of
Recommendation
In high risk women (previous abdominal surgery; obesity,
extremely thin or known abdominal adhesions), an
alternative to close umbilical entry (e.g. Palmer‘s point or
open (Hasson) technique) may reduce the risk of
laparoscopic entry related injury
IIb,III Very Low Weak
The Veress needle should be inserted at the deep umbilical
pit, at 90º to the skin, with or without stabilising or
elevating the umbilical sheath/fascia or anterior abdominal
wall.
IIb, III Low Weak
A safety check of correct Veress placement is most reliably
achieved by using a Veress Intra-Abdominal Pressure (IAP)
of less than 10mmHg.
IIa Moderate Weak
A safety check of intra-abdominal pressure of at least
25mmHg should preceded vertical insertion of the primary
trocar
IIa, IIb Moderate Weak
Secondary trocars should be inserted under direct
visualisation
III Moderate Strong
Chapter 4.4 Preventing sterilisation failure RCOG
Level of
Evidence
GRADE
Quality of
Evidence
GRADE Strength
of
Recommendation
Pre-sterilisation pregnancy testing and ensuring the woman
has taken adequate contraceptive precautions prior to the
procedure
III Very low Strong
Sterilisation performed at the time of abortion or immediate
post-partum period is associated with increased risk of
failure and regret compared to interval sterilisation
III Very low Weak
Sterilisation performed by laparoscopy is equivalent to
mini-laparotomy in terms of primary treatment success but
is superior in terms of patient recovery and shorter
operative time
IIb, III Low Weak
Laparoscopic tubal occlusion using mechanical devices
have the lowest risk of sterilisation failure.
Ib, IIa Low Weak
A second operating surgeon that counter checks the
sterilisation procedure has been correctly performed may
reduce the risk of sterilisation failure
IIb Very Low Weak
Sterilisation failure occurred significantly earlier in
negligent than non-negligent failure mechanisms
IIb Low Weak
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
243
4.1. Birth after previous caesarean section
Aim To provide evidence- based information to inform the care of women
undergoing either planned vaginal birth after previous caesarean section (VBAC) or elective
repeat caesarean section (ERCS).
Introduction
and background There is widespread public and professional concern
about the increasing proportion of births by caesarean section 10. Increasing rates of primary
caesarean section have led to an increased proportion of the obstetric population who have a
history of prior caesarean delivery. Pregnant women with a previous section may be offered
either planned VBAC or ERCS. The proportion of women who decline VBAC is, in turn, a
significant determinant of overall rates of caesarean delivery 11-14 . New evidence is emerging
to indicate that VBAC is not as safe as originally thought 15;16. These factors, along with
medico-legal fears, have led to a recent decline in clinicians offering, and women accepting,
planned VBAC in the UK and North America 11-14 . This guideline presents the best available
evidence to facilitate antenatal counselling in women with prior caesarean delivery and
intrapartum management of women undergoing planned VBAC. Prior to this guideline, the
NICE/RCOG Caesarean Section guideline (April 2004) provided the only UK generated
guidance on the management of childbirth after caesarean 17. Our guideline supports the
recommendations made in the NICE/RCOG Caesarean Section guideline but addresses
VBAC in more detail.
Identification and assessment of evidence Electronic searches were performed in
MEDLINE (Ovid version 1996-October 2006), EMBASE (Ovid version 1996-October 2006)
using relevant medical subject headings and text words. Evidence based reviews and
guidance from ACOG 18;19, SOGC 20 , ARHQ USA 21, New Zealand Guidelines Group 22 and
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
244
The Cochrane Library (2006) 23 were identified and used in the development of this
guideline. The definitions of the types of evidence used in this guideline originate from the
US Agency for Health Care Research and Quality (Table 4.ii)7. Where possible,
recommendations are based on and explicitly linked to the evidence that supports them. Areas
lacking evidence are highlighted and annotated as ‗Good Practice Points‘. The definition of
the terms used in this guideline is shown in Tables 4.2 and 4.3.
Limitations
of data used in guideline Presently, there are no published randomised
controlled trials (RCTs) comparing planned VBAC against planned ERCS. Evidence for
these interventions is obtained mainly from retrospective non-randomised studies 1 making
their conclusions less reliable. However, a study by the National Institute of Child Health and
Human Development (NICHD) Maternal–Fetal Medicine Units Network15 has overcome
some of the shortcomings of previous studies by combining a large sample size, a prospective
cohort design and utilisation of standardised definitions for assessing outcomes. Where
possible, data on various risks and benefits of VBAC and ERCS reported in this chapter
originate from this study. Further robust data on maternal and infant health outcomes will
become available following completion of the BAC trial (Birth After Caesarean) 24.
Options for Delivery: VBAC or ERCS Pregnant women with a history of previous
caesarean section may be offered either planned VBAC (vaginal birth after caesarean) or
ERCS (elective repeat caesarean section) for their delivery. Such women would have
consultant-led antenatal care and typically would follow an antenatal strategy that is depicted
in Figure 4.1.
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
245
Table 4.2. Definition of obstetric terms
Planned VBAC
Planned VBAC (vaginal birth after caesarean) refers to
any woman who has experienced a prior caesarean birth
who plans to deliver vaginally rather than by elective
repeat caesarean section (ERCS).
Successful and unsuccessful
planned VBAC
A vaginal delivery (spontaneous or assisted) in a woman
undergoing planned VBAC indicates a successful VBAC.
Delivery by emergency caesarean section during the
labour indicates an unsuccessful VBAC.
Uterine rupture
Disruption of the uterine muscle extending to and
involving the uterine serosa or disruption of the uterine
muscle with extension to the bladder or broad ligament.
Uterine dehiscence Disruption of the uterine muscle with intact uterine serosa
Table 4.3. Definition of perinatal terms
Term perinatal mortality
Combined number of stillbirths (antepartum and
intrapartum) and neonatal deaths (death of a live born
infant from birth to age 28 days) per 10,000 live births and
stillbirths at or beyond 37 weeks gestation. Term perinatal
mortality rates exclude deaths due to fetal malformation
unless otherwise stated.
Term delivery-related perinatal
death
Combined number of intrapartum stillbirths and neonatal
deaths per 10,000 live births and stillbirths at or beyond
37 weeks gestation. Delivery-related perinatal mortality
rates exclude antepartum stillbirths and deaths due to fetal
malformation unless otherwise stated.
Neonatal respiratory morbidity
Combined rate of transient tachypnoea of the newborn
(TTN) and respiratory distress syndrome (RDS).
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
246
Figure 4.1 Plan of care for singleton uncomplicated pregnancy with previous LSCS
Booking Fetal
anomaly scan
39w: ERCS
36w: assess and
decide mode of
delivery
41w and no onset of
labour: assess and
decide mode of delivery
(consider chance of
VBAC success, priority
attached to vaginal
birth and antepartum
stillbirth risk)
Placental
localisation
40w20w 12w -16w
Provide patient
information
leaflet on VBAC
and ERCS
options
Re-assessment
of low lying
placenta
32w 36w
41w
36w to 41w: await
onset of VBAC labour
41w to 42w:
ERCS or Induction
42w
Determining the mode of delivery For some women, the decision to attempt VBAC may
be very clear on the basis of their first antenatal visit. In such cases, it may be acceptable,
following thorough counselling, to have their next review in the consultant clinic post-dates,
to discuss elective delivery in the event that they do not go into labour spontaneously. For all
other women, it has been suggested that the final decision on mode of delivery should be
established at a 36 week gestation antenatal visit. However, it would be prudent to at least
document an initial preference by the woman at her hospital booking visit (12-16 weeks)
together with provision of a patient information leaflet detailing VBAC and ERCS options.
This approach would provide her with the opportunity to consider her options and help guide
decision making should she go into labour prior to her 36 week review (Figure 4.1
).
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
247
Suitability for planned VBAC:
Women with a prior history of one uncomplicated lower segment transverse caesarean
section, in an otherwise uncomplicated pregnancy at term, with no contraindication for
vaginal delivery should be able to discuss her options for planned VBAC, and should
also be offered information about the alternative of a repeat caesarean section (ERCS).
There is limited evidence on whether maternal or neonatal outcomes are significantly
influenced by the number of prior caesarean deliveries or type of prior uterine scar 15;25-29.
Nonetheless, due to higher absolute risks of uterine rupture or unknown risks, planned VBAC
is contraindicated in women with:-
Previous uterine rupture- risk of recurrent rupture is unknown 27;30.
Previous high vertical classical caesarean section (200-900 per 10,000 risk of uterine
rupture)- where the uterine incision has involved the whole length of the uterine corpus 27;30.
More than two previous caesarean deliveries (reliable estimate of risks of rupture unknown)
Evidence Levels IIIb, III and IV
However, it is recognised that in certain extreme circumstances (e.g. miscarriage, intrauterine
fetal death), for some women in the above groups, the vaginal route (although risky) may not
necessarily be contraindicated. A number of other variants are associated with an increased
risk of uterine rupture. These include: women with a prior inverted T or J incision (190 per
10,000 rupture risk) 15 and women with prior low vertical incision (200 per 10,000 rupture
risk) 15. Evidence Level IIa
There is insufficient and conflicting information on whether the risk of uterine rupture is
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
248
increased in women with previous myomectomy or prior complex uterine surgery31-33.
Evidence Level III
Therefore, women with a previous uterine incision other than an uncomplicated low
transverse caesarean section incision who wish to consider vaginal birth should be assessed
by a consultant with full access to the details of the previous surgery. Evidence Level IV
Women with a prior history of two uncomplicated low transverse caesarean sections, in
an otherwise uncomplicated pregnancy at term, with no contraindication for vaginal
delivery who have been carefully counselled and selected, may be considered suitable
for planned VBAC. This should be a Consultant-led decision.
A multivariable analysis of the NICHD study, showed that there was no significant difference
in the rates of uterine rupture in VBAC with two or more previous caesarean sections (9/975,
92 per 10,000) compared to women with a single previous caesarean section (115/16,915, 68
per 10,000) 34. However, the rates of hysterectomy (60 per 10,000 vs. 20 per 10,000) and
transfusion (3.2% vs.1.6%) were increased in the former group 34. These findings concur with
other observational studies, which overall, have shown similar rates of VBAC success with
two previous caesarean deliveries (VBAC success rates of 62%-75%) and single prior
caesarean delivery 26;35-37 . Therefore, provided the woman has been adequately counselled
regarding these increased risks and a comprehensive individualised risk analysis of the
indication for - and the nature of - the previous caesarean sections has been undertaken, then
planned VBAC may be allowed in women with two previous low transverse caesarean
deliveries. This counselling process should be Consultant-led.
Evidence Levels IIa,IIb and III
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
249
Antenatal counselling:
The antenatal counselling of women with a prior caesarean delivery should be
documented in the notes. There should be provision of a patient information leaflet with
the consultation.
All women who have experienced a prior caesarean birth should be counselled about the
maternal and perinatal risks and benefits of planned VBAC and ERCS when deciding the
mode of delivery. The trade off between risks and benefits for VBAC and ERCS is highly
individualised. Women differ in the magnitude of risks they are willing to expose either
themselves or their unborn child to during delivery 38. For example, women who wish to
minimize the risk of rare, but severe adverse outcome for their child may prefer ERCS in
preference to VBAC. Conversely, there are many reasons why a woman might prefer to
attempt vaginal birth and these may lead them to accept a small degree of risk to both
themselves and their infant during labour and to choose VBAC in preference to ERCS.
Evidence Level IV
The risks and benefits should be discussed in the context of the woman's individual
circumstances, including her personal motivation and preferences to achieve vaginal birth or
ERCS, her attitudes towards the risk of rare but serious adverse outcomes, her plans for
future pregnancies and her chance of a successful VBAC (principally whether she has
previously had a vaginal birth - see below). In addition, where possible, there should be
review of the operative notes of the previous caesarean to identify the indication, type of
uterine incision and any peri-operative complications. Decision making should be a shared
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
250
process between the woman and her obstetrician. Items that should be discussed and
documented during the consultation are listed in Tables 4.4 and 4.5, and are expanded on
below. Decision aids and specific patient information literature may facilitate this process 39.
Evidence Levels II and IV
A final decision for mode of delivery should be agreed between the woman and her
obstetrician before the expected/planned delivery date (ideally by 36 weeks gestation).
However, as up to 10% of women scheduled for ERCS go into labour before the 39th week, it
is good practice to have a plan for the event of labour starting prior to the scheduled date15.
Evidence Level IIa
Table 4.4. Items to be discussed when determining mode of delivery
Items
Special considerations
1 Her understanding of the maternal and
perinatal risks and benefits of VBAC
compared to ERCS
Particularly her attitude towards the risk of rare
but serious adverse outcomes.
2 Any contraindications to VBAC
Any complicating obstetric factors e.g. placenta
praevia, fetal malpresentation, obstructing
cervical fibroid, maternal medical disorders.
Assessment of previous caesarean delivery and
any peri-operative complications. A classical scar
or more than two previous lower segment
incisions or previous uterine rupture would be
absolute contraindications to VBAC.
3 The likelihood of a successful VBAC
Particularly if she has had a previous vaginal
birth or successful VBAC
4 Her plans for future pregnancies
5 Her personal preference and motivation
to achieve vaginal birth or ERCS
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
251
Table 4.5 Risks and Benefits of opting for VBAC or ERCS
^Planned VBAC ERCS at 39 weeks
Mother
Benefits
72%-76% chance of successful VBAC
If successful, shorter hospital stay and
convalescence
Increases likelihood that future
pregnancies may be delivered vaginally
Able to plan to known delivery date
**Lower risk of blood transfusion (1%) and
endometritis (1.8%)
*Essentially zero risk of uterine scar rupture
No risk of vaginal tears and no worsening of
pelvic floor support and continence mechanisms
Able to be surgically sterilised at the same time
Mother
Risks
*Around 50 per 10,000 (0.5%) risk of
uterine scar rupture-if occurs associated
with maternal morbidity and fetal
morbidity/mortality
24-28% chance of emergency caesarean
10-15% chance of instrumental delivery
and/or perineal tear requiring suturing
**Higher risk of blood transfusion (1.7%)
and endometritis (2.9%)
0.1%-2% risk of serious surgical complications
such as injury to bladder
Longer stay and convalescence
Future pregnancies would require caesarean
delivery
Increased risk of surgical complications with
each subsequent caesarean delivery due to
adhesions, placental praevia/accreta
Infant
Benefits
1% risk of transient respiratory morbidity
Avoids the 10 per 10,000 prospective risk of
antepartum stillbirth as delivery is undertaken at
commencement of 39th week
1 per 10,000 (0.01%) risk of delivery-related
perinatal death or hypoxic ischaemic
encephalopathy (HIE) at delivery
Infant
Risks
10 per 10,000 (0.1%) prospective risk of
antepartum stillbirth beyond 39 weeks
whilst awaiting spontaneous labour
4 per 10,000 (0.04%) risk of delivery-
related perinatal death
$8 per 10,000 (0.08%) risk of hypoxic
ischaemic encephalopathy (HIE) during
labour
1-3% risk of transient respiratory morbidity
[6% risk if delivery performed at 38 instead of 39
weeks]
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
252
Footnotes Table 4.5
^ The estimates of risk for adverse maternal or fetal events in VBAC are based on women
receiving continuous electronic monitoring during their labour. The relative and absolute
risks of such events in the absence of continuous electronic fetal monitoring are unknown.
*Uterine rupture in an unscarred uterus is extremely rare at 0.5 to 2 per 10,000 deliveries, and
this risk is mainly confined to multiparous women in labour 60.
**In the NICHD study there was no statistically significant difference between planned
VBAC and ERCS groups in relation to hysterectomy (23 per 10,000 vs. 30 per 10,000),
thromboembolic disease (4 per 10,000 vs. 6 per 10,000) or maternal death (17/100,000 vs.
44/100,000)15
$Approximately half of the increased risk of HIE in planned VBAC arises due to the
additional risk of HIE caused by uterine rupture (4.6 per 10,000)15
Women considering their options for birth after a single previous caesarean should be
counselled that overall, the chances of successful planned VBAC are 72%-76%
Individual studies report success rates of 72%-76% 15;16;40 for planned VBAC after a single
previous caesarean, which concurs with pooled rates derived by systematic and summative
reviews [Table 4.5] 41-43. Evidence Levels IIa and IIb
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
253
A number of factors are associated with successful VBAC. Previous vaginal delivery,
particularly previous VBAC, is the single best predictor for successful VBAC and is
associated with an approximately 87%-90% planned VBAC success rate 29;44;45. Risk factors
for unsuccessful VBAC are induced labour, no previous vaginal delivery, body mass index
greater than 30 46-48 and previous caesarean for dystocia 29. When all these factors are present,
successful VBAC is achieved in only 40% of cases 29. There are numerous other factors
associated with a decreased likelihood of planned VBAC success 29;44;49-52: VBAC at or after
41 weeks gestation; birth weight >4000g; no epidural anaesthesia; previous preterm
caesarean delivery; cervical dilatation at admission less than 4cm; less than 2 years from
previous caesarean delivery; advanced maternal age, non-Caucasian ethnicity, short stature
and a male infant. Where relevant to the woman‘s circumstances, this information should be
shared during the antenatal counselling process to enable the woman to make the best
informed choice. Evidence Levels IIa, IIb and III
There is limited and conflicting evidence on whether the cervical dilatation achieved at the
primary caesarean for dystocia impacts on the subsequent VBAC success rate53;54.
Unfortunately, the NICHD study was unable to address this concern as data relating to the
labour of the primary caesarean were not collected during the study29
Evidence Levels IIb and III
Several pre-admission and admission based multivariate models have been developed to
predict the likelihood of VBAC success 44;53;55-58 or uterine rupture 59 in planned VBAC.
However, their usefulness in assisting women to make the decision about whether VBAC or
ERCS is the best choice in their personal situation remains to be determined.
Evidence Level IIb
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
254
Women considering their options for birth after a previous caesarean should be
counselled that planned VBAC carries a risk of uterine rupture of 22 to 74 per 10,000.
There is virtually no risk of uterine rupture in women undergoing ERCS.
Uterine rupture in an unscarred uterus is extremely rare at 0.5 to 2 per 10,000 deliveries, and
this risk is mainly confined to multiparous women in labour 60. The NICHD study reported
the overall risk for symptomatic uterine rupture at term was 74 per 10,000 planned VBACs
15. There was zero risk in women undergoing ERCS 15. Studies with differing methodological
designs and definitions of scar rupture report similar estimates for risk of uterine rupture per
10,000 planned VBACs: systematic and non-systematic reviews of 39 43, 43 61 and 62 41 ;
retrospective studies of 22 62 , 33 63 , 35 64 and 65 40 per 10,000. For counselling purposes a
mean uterine rupture risk of 50 per 10,000 may be utilised (as depicted in Table 4.5).
Although a rare outcome, uterine rupture is associated with significant maternal and perinatal
morbidity and perinatal mortality (see below).
Evidence Levels IIa and IIb
There is limited evidence from a case control study that women who experienced both
intrapartum and postpartum fever in their prior caesarean delivery were at increased risk of
uterine rupture in their subsequent planned VBAC labour (OR 4.02; 95% CI 1.04-15.5)65 .
There is conflicting evidence on whether single-layer compared with double-layer uterine
closure may increase the risk of uterine rupture in subsequent planned VBAC 17;66.
Evidence levels IIb and
III
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
255
Women considering their options for birth after a previous caesarean should be
counselled that planned VBAC compared to ERCS carries around 1% additional risk
of either blood transfusion or endometritis.
Women undergoing planned VBAC compared to ERCS are at greater risk of blood
transfusion requirement (170 per 10,000 vs. 100 per 10,000) and endometritis (289 per
10,000 vs. 180 per 10,000) )[Table 4.5] 15. There was no statistically significant difference
between planned VBAC and ERCS groups in relation to hysterectomy (23 per 10,000 vs. 30
per 10,000), thromboembolic disease (4 per 10,000 vs. 6 per 10,000) or maternal death
(17/100,000 vs. 44/100,000)15. The vast majority of cases of maternal death in women with
prior caesarean section arise due to medical disorders (such as thromboembolism, amniotic
fluid embolism, pre-eclampsia and surgical complications). Evidence Level IIa
Maternal death due to uterine rupture in planned VBAC occurs in less than 1 in 100,000
cases in the developed world, and this estimate is based on information from case reports
40;67. Evidence Level III
The increased risk of morbidity overall among women attempting VBAC is due to higher
rates among women who attempt VBAC and are unsuccessful. The NICHD study 15 showed
that unsuccessful planned VBAC compared to successful VBAC is associated with an
increased risk of uterine rupture (231 per 10,000 vs. 11 per 10,000), uterine dehiscence (210
per 10,000 vs. 14.5 per 10,000), hysterectomy (46 per 10,000 vs. 14.5 per 10,000),
transfusion (319 per 10,000 vs. 116 per 10,000) and endometritis (767 per 10,000 vs. 116 per
10,000). Similar trends were identified in a retrospective study from a Canadian dataset 40.
Evidence Level IIa
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
256
Women considering planned VBAC should be counselled that this decision carries a 2 to
3 per 10,000 additional risk of delivery-related perinatal death compared to ERCS, but
that the absolute risk of such delivery-related perinatal loss is comparable to the risk for
women having their first birth.
In the NICHD study 15, perinatal mortality at term was significantly greater among women
having a planned VBAC than ERCS. Overall perinatal mortalities for planned VBAC vs.
ERCS respectively were 32 per 10,000 vs. 13 per 10,000 (RR 2.40, 95% CI 1.43 to 4.01) and
perinatal mortalities after excluding fetal malformation were 24 per 10,000 vs. 9.3 per 10,000
(RR 2.52, 95% CI 1.37-4.62). The increased risk of perinatal mortality is largely attributable
to the statistically significantly increased risk of antepartum stillbirth beyond 37 weeks in
planned VBAC compared to ERCS (19.6 per 10,000 vs. 8.0 per 10,000; RR 2.45, 95% CI
1.27-4.72) in infants without fetal malformation. Approximately 43% of such stillbirths in
planned VBAC were at or after 39 weeks gestation (approximately 9 per 10,000 women
delivering at or after 39 weeks), and may have been prevented by ERCS at 39 weeks. A
similar estimate was identified from analysis of a Scottish data set which showed that the
absolute risk of antepartum stillbirth at or after 39 weeks among women with one prior
caesarean section was 10.6 per 10,000 68.
Evidence Level IIa
In the NICHD study, rates of delivery-related perinatal death were 4 per 10,000 for planned
VBAC and 1.4 per 10,000 for ERCS 15. A report of data for the whole of Scotland
demonstrated higher overall rates of delivery-related perinatal death associated with
attempted VBAC of 12.9 per 10,000 whereas the risk of death associated with ERCS was
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
257
comparable to the US study at 1.1 per 10,000 16. The reason for the higher rate of delivery-
related deaths among women attempting VBAC in Scotland may reflect the fact that these
were population-based data whereas the US data were exclusively from tertiary centres.
Consistent with this interpretation, a further study of data from Scotland demonstrated a
lower risk of perinatal death due to uterine rupture in larger centres 64. Evidence Level IIa
Accepting the limitations of using these observational data, a reasonable summary is that
planned VBAC is associated with a 10 per 10,000 risk of antepartum stillbirth beyond
39 weeks and a 4 per 10,000 risk of delivery related perinatal death (if conducted in a
large centre) [Table 4.5]. It is likely that these risks can be reduced by ERCS at the start of
the 39th week, but direct evidence to support this is lacking. It may be helpful to emphasise to
women that the absolute risks of delivery-related perinatal death associated with VBAC are
comparable to the risks for nulliparous women 16;69. Evidence Level IIa
Women considering their options for birth after a previous caesarean should be
counselled that planned VBAC carries an 8 per 10,000 risk of the infant developing
hypoxic ischaemic encephalopathy (HIE). The effect on the long term outcome of the
infant upon experiencing HIE is unknown.
The incidence of intrapartum hypoxic ischaemic encephalopathy (HIE) at term is
significantly greater in planned VBAC (7.8 per 10,000) compared to ERCS (zero rate)[Table
4.5] 15. Approximately half of the increased risk in planned VBAC arises due to the
additional risk of HIE caused by uterine rupture (4.6 per 10,000)15. The definition used and
distribution of severity of HIE is not stated in the NICHD study 15. Severe neonatal metabolic
acidosis (pH<7.00) occurred in 33% of term uterine ruptures 15. There is no information
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
258
comparing long term outcome, such as cerebral palsy, associated with VBAC and ERCS.
Given that cerebral palsy following term birth is very rare (approximately 10 per 10,000) and
only 10% of cases are thought to be related to intrapartum events 70, appropriate analysis of
this question would require a scale involving hundreds of thousands of women. No adequate
study has currently been reported. Evidence Level IIa
Women considering their options for birth after a previous caesarean should be
counselled that attempting VBAC reduces the risk that their baby will have respiratory
problems after birth: rates are 2 to 3% with planned VBAC and 3 to 4% with ERCS.
Three observational studies, pooling data from around 90,000 deliveries, have shown an
increased risk of neonatal respiratory morbidity (defined earlier) among term infants
delivered by elective caesarean (3.5%-3.7%) compared to vaginal delivery (0.5%-1.4%) 71-73.
The NICHD study 15 (n=30,352 deliveries) reported a similar trend in women with prior
caesarean section, where the incidence of TTN in ERCS vs. planned VBAC was 3.6% vs.
2.6% (RR 1.40, 95% CI 1.23-1.59; NNT -98)[Table 4.5]. These rates concur with rates of
TTN derived from a smaller data set that examined women with prior caesarean section (2
studies, n=4,478 deliveries) of 2.4%-6% vs. 1.3%-3% 73;74 for ERCS vs. planned VBAC
respectively. The NICHD study did not report rates of RDS, however the smaller data set
reported RDS as 0.4%-0.6% vs. 0%-0.05% for ERCS vs. planned VBAC respectively 73;74.
Evidence Level IIa
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
259
Women considering ERCS should be counselled that delaying delivery by one week
from 38 to 39 weeks reduces the risk of respiratory morbidity, but this delay may be
associated with a 5 per 10,000 risk of antepartum stillbirth.
Evidence from observational studies 71-73 and a recently published trial 75 has shown a
beneficial effect on reducing respiratory morbidity by delaying elective caesarean section to
at least 39 weeks. The trial reported respiratory morbidity was 11.4%, 6.2% and 1.5% at 37,
38 and 39 weeks gestation respectively 75. Thus, delaying delivery by one week from 38 to 39
weeks enables around a 5 per 100 reduction in the incidence of respiratory morbidity, but this
delay may be associated with a 5 per 10,000 increase in the risk of antepartum stillbirth 68;69 .
Evidence Levels Ib and IIa
Furthermore, the trial 75 demonstrated an approximate 50% reduction in respiratory morbidity
(for both TTN and RDS components) by administering prophylactic Betamethasone to
women having elective caesarean deliveries beyond 37 weeks (steroid vs. control; 2.4% vs.
5.1%; RR 0.46, 95% CI 0.23-0.93), and this treatment effect was still apparent at 39 weeks
(steroid vs. control; 0.6% vs. 1.5%). However, it has been suggested that even a single course
of antenatal steroids may have long term consequences for the baby 76 and therefore it may be
safer to delay ERCS until 39 weeks rather than give steroids and deliver at 38 weeks. The
routine use of prophylactic Betamethasone in ERCS is beyond the scope of this guideline.
Evidence Level Ib
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
260
Women considering their options for birth after a previous caesarean should be
counselled that the risk of anaesthetic complications is extremely low, irrespective of
whether they opt for planned VBAC or ERCS.
Anaesthetic procedure-related complications are extremely rare 77. Of the women undergoing
caesarean section (emergency and elective) in the NICHD study (n=37,142), 93% received a
regional anaesthetic and only 3% of regional procedures failed. There was one maternal death
(2.7 per 100,000) attributed to an anaesthetic problem (failed intubation) 78.
Evidence Level IIa
Women considering their options for birth after a previous caesarean should be
counselled that ERCS may increase the risk of serious complications in future
pregnancies.
Evidence Levels IIa, IIb & III
When considering mode of delivery, women should be advised about the effect of their
decision on future pregnancies. The following risks significantly increase with increasing
number of previous caesarean deliveries:
Placenta praevia. Overall placenta praevia occurs in 0.5% of deliveries. However,
praevia is present in 0.38%, 0.63% and 0.72% after single vaginal delivery, single
caesarean, and two consecutive caesareans, respectively 79.
Placenta accreta. Overall placenta accreta between 0.25-2 per 1000 deliveries80.
However, accreta is present in 0.24%, 0.31%, 0.57%, 2.13%, 2.33% and 6.74% of women
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
261
undergoing their first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth or more caesarean deliveries,
respectively 81. The risk that placenta accreta coexists with placenta praevia is 3%, 11%,
40%, 61%, and 67% for first, second, third, fourth, and fifth or more repeat caesarean
deliveries, diagnosed to have placenta praevia 81.
Placental abruption. Overall placenta abruption occurs in 1% of deliveries. However,
abruption is present in 0.74%, 0.95% and 1.06% after single vaginal delivery, single
caesarean, and two consecutive caesareans, respectively 79.
Injury to bladder, bowel or ureter. A retrospective study of approximately 3000
women from Saudi Arabia showed a linear increase in the risk of bladder injury (0.3%,
0.8%, 2.4%), with a history of two, three and five caesarean sections, respectively 82.
Ileus
Need for postoperative ventilation
Intensive care unit admission
Hysterectomy-required in 0.65%, 0.42%, 0.90%, 2.41%, 3.49% and 8.99% of women
undergoing their first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth or more caesarean deliveries.
Blood transfusion (requiring 4 or more units)
Duration of operative time and hospital stay.
Given the high absolute risks of serious complications, caesarean delivery of women with
high numbers of previous caesarean sections requires the immediate availability of senior
surgical staff.
Evidence levels IIb and III
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
262
Placenta praevia and accreta: preoperative investigations
It is widespread practice in the UK, and endorsed by a RCOG guideline83, that women
identified to have low lying placentas at the routine mid-pregnancy fetal anomaly scan should
be re-scanned in the third trimester. Provided the woman is asymptomatic (not bled), it is
suggested that re-scan be conducted at 32 or 36 weeks gestation depending on whether the
mid-pregnancy scan suggested major or minor praevia, respectively (30). However, given the
strong association between placenta praevia, placenta accreta and prior caesarean birth, and
the importance of their pre-operative identification, then re-scan and placental localisation
assessment should commence at 32 weeks (and repeated at 36 weeks) for women with prior
caesarean delivery. Furthermore, those women identified to have praevia (especially anterior
placenta praevia) should undergo further antenatal imaging (such as power amplitude
ultrasonic angiography, MRI or colour flow Doppler) to help clarify the risk of accreta 83;84.
Identification of placenta accreta prior to delivery enables instigation of specific management
strategies to minimise adverse outcome at delivery. These include: consultant anaesthetist and
obstetrician conducting the delivery; access to crossed matched blood; colleagues from other
specialties/subspecialties to be on standby to attend as needed; discussing the risk of
haemorrhage, transfusion and hysterectomy with the women as part of the consent procedure.
In addition, advance planning and consideration could be given to: prophylactic or
therapeutic uterine artery embolisation; internal iliac artery ligation at the same time as initial
surgery; methotrexate treatment following delivery, and expectant management (placenta left
in place at the end of the caesarean section)83;84.
Evidence Level III and IV
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
263
Planned VBAC in special circumstances
Women who are preterm and considering their options for birth after a previous
caesarean should be counselled that planned preterm VBAC has similar success rates to
planned term VBAC but with a lower risk of uterine rupture.
A retrospective cohort study showed women who were preterm (24-36 weeks gestation) and
undergoing planned VBAC had higher success rates when compared with term patients
undergoing planned VBAC (82% vs. 74%) and non-significantly lower risks of uterine
rupture 85. The prospective NICHD study showed planned VBAC success rates for preterm
and term pregnancies were similar (72.8% vs. 73.3%), however, the rates of uterine rupture
(34 per 10,000 vs. 74 per 10,000, respectively) and dehiscence (26 per 10,000 vs. 67 per
10,000, respectively) were significantly lower in preterm compared with term VBAC 86.
Thromboembolic disease, coagulopathy and transfusion were more common in women
undergoing preterm than term VBAC, although overall combined absolute risks were less
than 3% in the preterm VBAC group. Perinatal outcomes were similar with preterm VBAC
and preterm ERCS 86. Therefore, following appropriate counselling and in a carefully
selected population, planned VBAC may be offered as an option to women undergoing
preterm delivery with a history of prior caesarean delivery. Evidence Levels IIa and IIb
A cautious approach should be adopted when considering planned VBAC in women
with twin gestation, fetal macrosomia and short inter-delivery interval as there is
uncertainty in the safety and efficacy of planned VBAC in such situations.
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
264
Study sample sizes are underpowered to provide reliable evidence suitable for any clinical
practice recommendation in relation to twin gestation, fetal macrosomia and short inter-
delivery interval.
Twin Gestation: The NICHD study 87 (n=186 twins), US retrospective study 88
(n=535 twins) and a review 27 (7 studies, n=233 twins) have reported similar successful rates
of VBAC in twin pregnancies to that in singleton pregnancies (65%-84%). However, a
population based study reported a lower VBAC success rate (45%) but a comparable risk of
uterine rupture (90 per 10,000) 89 Evidence Levels IIa, IIb and III
Fetal Macrosomia: A review 27 of four retrospective studies, and the NICHD study
29, has reported a significantly decreased likelihood of successful trial of VBAC for
pregnancies with infants weighing 4000g or more (55-67%) compared to smaller infants (75-
83%). The risk of uterine rupture was reported in one of the retrospective studies to be only
increased in those who did not have previous vaginal delivery (relative risk, 2.3; P <.001)90 .
A subgroup analysis of the NICHD study showed that women with previous caesarean
delivery for dystocia, greater birth weight in the subsequent planned VBAC labour relative to
the first birth weight decreased the likelihood of VBAC success 91. However, in reality, birth
weight cannot be accurately predicted by antenatal ultrasound which limits the clinical
usefulness of discussing these observations when counselling women for planned VBAC and
ERCS. Evidence Levels IIa, IIb and III
Short inter-delivery interval: Three observational studies of limited size 92-94
have shown a two-to-three fold increased risk of uterine scar rupture for women with a short
inter-delivery interval (below 12-24 months) from their previous caesarean section. In the
NICHD study, women undergoing planned VBAC whose previous caesarean delivery was
within 2 years of their labour had an increased risk of caesarean delivery compared to women
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
265
whose labour was more than 2 years from their previous caesarean (32% vs. 25%
respectively)29 . Although this information is useful antenatally, it should also be shared with
women postnatally to enable them to plan their preferred spacing intervals for subsequent
pregnancies. Evidence Levels IIa and III
Intrapartum support and intervention during planned VBAC
Planned VBAC should be conducted in a suitably staffed and equipped delivery suite,
with continuous intrapartum care and monitoring, and available resources for
immediate caesarean section and neonatal resuscitation.
Obstetric, midwifery, anaesthetic, operating theatre, neonatal and haematological support
should be continuously available throughout planned VBAC and ERCS. Evidence Level IV
A retrospective study of Canadian data showed that the relative risk of uterine rupture when
comparing planned VBAC with ERCS increased two fold in low-volume obstetric units
(500 births per year) units, even though lower
volume units had lower-risk obstetric population 40. A retrospective study of Scottish data
showed that planned VBAC in low-volume hospitals (<3000 births/year) was not associated
with an increased risk of uterine rupture overall but was associated with an increased risk of
uterine rupture that led to perinatal death 64. It is likely that the availability of resources for
immediate delivery and neonatal resuscitation may reduce the risk of infant morbidity and
mortality due to uterine rupture. Evidence Level IIa
Epidural anaesthesia is not contraindicated in planned VBAC.
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
266
In the NICHD study, planned VBAC success rates were higher among women receiving
epidural analgesia than those not receiving epidural analgesia (73.4% vs. 50.4%) 29. The
authors suggested that this difference may relate to the disproportionate use of spinal
anaesthesia in short planned VBAC labours or opting for non-epidural analgesia in cases with
non-reassuring fetal well being. Evidence Level IIa
A smaller observational study showed comparable rates of unsuccessful VBAC and operative
delivery in those women receiving epidural analgesia compared to those not receiving
epidural, even when correcting for oxytocin usage 95. Evidence Level III
Furthermore, concerns that epidural analgesia might mask the signs and symptoms associated
with uterine rupture were based on a single case report 96, and VBAC is not a
contraindication for epidural analgesia 77. A retrospective comparative study showed that
within the planned VBAC group, infants of mothers who received epidural analgesia were
more likely to be subjected to diagnostic tests and therapeutic interventions (including sepsis
evaluation and antibiotic treatment) compared to infants from a matched no-epidural
analgesia group 97. Evidence Levels III and IV
Monitoring in Labour
Women should be advised to have continuous electronic fetal monitoring following
onset of uterine contractions for the duration of planned VBAC.
An abnormal CTG is the most consistent finding in uterine rupture and is present in 55%-
87% of these events [Table 4.6] 61. Evidence Level IIb
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
267
Table 4.6 Clinical features associated with uterine scar rupture
Abnormal CTG
Severe abdominal pain, especially if persisting between contractions
Acute onset scar tenderness
Abnormal vaginal bleeding or haematuria
Cessation of previously efficient uterine activity
Maternal tachycardia, hypotension or shock
Loss of station of the presenting part
Footnotes Table 4.6. An abnormal CTG is the most consistent finding in uterine scar rupture
and is present in 55%-87% of these events61.
Moreover, continuous CTG is generally used among women during planned VBAC and thus
the estimates of risk of both lethal and non-lethal perinatal asphyxia associated with VBAC
are in this context. The relative and absolute risks of severe adverse events in the absence of
continuous electronic fetal monitoring are unknown. Evidence Level IV
Continuous intrapartum care is necessary to enable prompt identification and
management of uterine scar rupture.
Early diagnosis of uterine scar rupture followed by expeditious laparotomy and resuscitation
is essential to reduce associated morbidity and mortality in mother and infant. There is no
single pathognomic clinical feature that is indicative of uterine rupture but the presence of
any of the factors listed in Table 4.6 occurring in the peripartum period should raise the
concern of the possibility of this event 30. The diagnosis is ultimately confirmed at emergency
caesarean section or postpartum laparotomy. Evidence Levels III and IV
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
268
There is insufficient evidence to support the use of intrauterine pressure catheters in the
early detection of uterine scar rupture
Observational studies, with varying methodology and case mix, have shown intrauterine
pressure catheters may not always be reliable and are unlikely to add significant additional
ability to predict uterine rupture over clinical and CTG surveillance 98-100. Furthermore,
intrauterine catheter insertion may be associated with risk 101. However, some clinicians may
prefer to use intrauterine pressure catheters in special circumstances (e.g. in obese women to
limit the risk of uterine hyper-stimulation) - this should be a Consultant-led decision.
Evidence Level III
Induction and Augmentation
Particular caution should be applied to women requiring induction or augmentation
with prior caesarean delivery.
Women should be informed of the 2 to 3-fold increased risk of uterine rupture and
around 1.5-fold increased risk of caesarean section in induced and/or augmented
labours compared to spontaneous labours.
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
269
The risks of induction and/or augmentation should be weighed against the advantages
of a successful VBAC, avoiding the risks that may occur whilst awaiting spontaneous
labour and avoiding the short and long-term risks of repeat caesarean delivery.
There should be careful serial cervical assessments, preferably by the same person, for
both augmented and non-augmented labours, to ensure there is adequate cervicometric
progress thereby allowing the planned VBAC to continue.
The decision to induce, the method chosen, the decision to augment with oxytocin, the
time intervals for serial vaginal examination, and the selected parameters of progress
that would necessitate discontinuing VBAC labour, should be Consultant-led decisions.
The risk of adverse maternal and perinatal outcomes are lower among women in spontaneous
VBAC labour not requiring induction or augmentation (Table 4.7). Although augmentation
and induction are not contraindicated in women with prior caesarean delivery, there remains
considerable disagreement amongst clinicians on their use. Systematic reviews 102-105
examining induction and augmentation of labour for women with previous caesarean birth
have found no RCTs comparing induction/augmentation in planned VBAC against ERCS. In
the NICHD study, the risks of uterine rupture per 10,000 planned VBACs were 102, 87 and
36 per 10,000 for induced, augmented and spontaneous labour groups, respectively (Table
4.7) 15. This compares to an overall risk of uterine rupture of 2 per 10,000 in women with
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
270
unscarred uteri, and this risk includes the combined risks of women undergoing induction,
augmentation and spontaneous labour 60. In the NICHD study, the increased risk of uterine
rupture after labour induction was found only in women with no prior vaginal delivery106. In
the NICHD study the rates of caesarean section in women undergoing planned VBAC were
33%, 26% and 19% for induced, augmented and spontaneous labour groups respectively
(Table 4.7) 29. Evidence Level IIa
Prostaglandin vs. Non-Prostaglandin induction methods
Two studies have expanded on the differences in adverse outcomes between PG and non-PG
based induction regimens 15;64. In the NICHD study, PG induction compared to non-PG
induction incurred a non-significantly higher rupture risk of uterine (140 per 10,000 vs. 89
per 10,000; p=0.22) 15. In an analysis of nationally collected data from Scotland, PG
induction compared to non-PG induction was associated with a statistically significantly
higher uterine rupture risk (87 per 10,000 vs. 29 per 10,000) and a higher risk of perinatal
death due to uterine rupture (11.2 per 10,000 vs. 4.5 per 10,000) 64. This compares to 6 per
10,000 risk of perinatal death in women with an unscarred uterus induced by prostaglandin
identified by a Cochrane review 107. Evidence Level IIa
Given these risks, and the absence of direct robust evidence, it is important not to exceed the
safe recommended limit for prostaglandin priming in women with prior caesarean delivery
102. Moreover, due consideration could be given to restricting the dosaging and adopting a
lower threshold of total prostaglandin dose exposure. Importantly, the decision to induce and
the method chosen (e.g. prostaglandin or non-prostaglandin methods such as intracervical
Foley catheter) should be Consultant-led. Evidence Level IV
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
271
Table 4.7. Risks of planned VBAC labours from NICHD study (N=17,898 planned
VBACs) 15;29
Induced Augmented Spontaneous Overall All Planned
VBAC s
Uterine
rupture
Overall
102 per 10,000
(1.0%)
87 per 10,000
0.9%
36 per 10,000
0.4%
69 per 10,000
0.7%
PG method
140 per 10,000
1.4%
Non-PG method
89 per 10,000
0.9%
Caesarean
section 33% 26% 19% 27%
Table 4.8. Management of augmentation in established VBAC labour
Clinical management issues
1 The decision for augmentation should follow careful obstetric assessment, maternal
counselling and be Consultant-led.
2 Oxytocin augmentation should be titrated such that it should not exceed the
maximum rate of contractions of 4 in 10 minutes. Particular caution is necessary
when using high oxytocin augmentation doses as there is a ―"dose response" for
maximum oxytocin amount and uterine rupture.
3 Careful serial cervical assessments, preferably by the same person, are necessary to
show adequate cervicometric progress, thereby allowing augmentation to continue.
These intervals should not exceed 4 hours.
4 If there was less than 2 cm progress after 4 hours of oxytocin then caesarean
section should be considered. A more conservative threshold of inadequate
progress after 2 hours of augmentation may also justify consideration for caesarean
section depending on the woman‘s individual circumstances.
5 If there was 2 cm or more progress, augmentation could be continued and vaginal
examinations performed 4-hourly.
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
272
Post dates induction
The RCOG Induction of labour guideline suggests induction for post dates be offered from
41weeks as this reduces perinatal mortality without an increase in caesarean section rates.
There are no adequate data which directly address this issue among women with a previous
caesarean section. However, there are some specific issues about women with a previous
caesarean delivery which may influence the decision making process. First, these women are
at increased risk of antepartum stillbirth 68;108. Hence, the reduction in risk of perinatal death
associated with post-dates elective delivery may be even greater among women with a
previous caesarean. However, it is also possible that the effect of routine post-dates induction
on the risk of emergency caesarean section may be different among women with a previous
caesarean delivery. These women have a higher background risk of emergency intrapartum
caesarean section and the risk of a failed VBAC is increased both post-dates and with
induction of labour. These issues lead some women to decide to attempt VBAC if they labour
spontaneously prior to 41 weeks but to have a planned caesarean section if their pregnancy
proceeds post-dates. The choice about the method of elective delivery post-dates will also be
informed by other factors determining the likelihood of a successful VBAC (favourable
cervix and previous vaginal birth) and by the priority attached to achieving vaginal birth
(such as plans for many future pregnancies).
There is no direct evidence to recommend what is acceptable or unacceptable cervicometric
progress in women being augmented with a previous caesarean section 109-113. Amongst
women with unscarred uteri, the NICE Intrapartum guideline defines delay in the established
first stage of labour as cervical dilatation of less than 2 cm in 4 hours 114. For women with
intact membranes, an amniotomy would then be recommended and repeat vaginal
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
273
examination performed 2 hours later: if progress was still less than 1cm then diagnosis of
delay would be confirmed. If there was less than 2 cm progress after 4 hours of oxytocin,
further obstetric review would be required to consider caesarean section. If there was 2 cm or
more progress, augmentation could be continued and vaginal examinations performed 4-
hourly.
If, in the presence of adequate (strength and frequency) uterine contractions, there is a
slowing down of a previously normally progressing labour, augmentation may increase the
risk of uterine rupture. A small sized retrospective study suggested that early recognition and
intervention for labour dystocia (specifically, not exceeding two hours of static cervicometric
progress) may have prevented a proportion of uterine ruptures among women attempting
VBAC113. Awareness of the increased risk of uterine rupture in scarred uteri, particularly if
there is labour dystocia, implies that a more conservative threshold to the upper time limit
(such as 2 hours instead of 4 hours) of oxytocin augmentation without progress may be
justified. Furthermore, a retrospective multicentre study showed a "dose response" for
maximum oxytocin amount and uterine rupture, with a uterine rupture rate of 2.07% at the
highest dosages 115. Therefore, particular caution is necessary when using high oxytocin
augmentation doses. A summary of the key management issues relating to augmented VBAC
is shown in Table 4.8.
Evidence Level III
The key management issues relating to augmented VBAC labour are listed in Table 4.8, and
although not based on robust evidence, are considered to be helpful in minimising additional
harmful risks that are consequent to augmentation. When counselling women for induction
(prostaglandin or non-prostaglandin methods) and/or augmentation clear information should
be provided on all potential risks and benefits of such a decision and how this may impact on
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
274
her long term health. For example, women who are contemplating many future pregnancies
may be prepared to accept the short-term additional risks associated with induction and/or
augmentation in view of the reduced risk of serious complications in future pregnancies if
they have a successful VBAC.
Evidence Level IV
Auditable standards
Standards for audit of practice should include the following:
Use of continuous electronic fetal monitoring during VBAC labour.
Standards for audit of documentation could include the following:
Documented discussion of risks and benefits of VBAC and ERCS
Documentation of Consultant involvement in:
Deciding to induce or augment labour
Establishing a plan for induction or augmentation (e.g. preferred vaginal examination
interval, expected minimal cervicometric progress, and the criteria needed to discontinue
labour and proceed to emergency caesarean section).
Future research
1. Development, validation and pragmatic clinical evaluation of a scoring system to identify
women at high or low risk of unsuccessful VBAC that is antenatally and/or intrapartum
based.
2. The clinical effectiveness of differing induction and augmentation regimens, perhaps
individualised according to clinical features rather than standardised strategies.
3. Identify if there are differences in long-term maternal and infant outcomes between
planned VBAC and ERCS e.g. subfertility, depression, pelvic floor dysfunction,
incontinence, psychosexual problems, respiratory illness, and neurodevelopmental
disorders (…this list is not exhaustive).
Chapter 4.1 Birth after previous caesarean section
275
4. Investigate the aetiology and prevention (e.g. specific antenatal monitoring strategies) of
the increased risk of stillbirth in women with previous caesarean delivery, in the presence
or absence of other previous complications (e.g. pre-eclampsia, preterm delivery, small
for gestational age) 68;116.
5. Research in to factors that may explain the regional and unit-based variation in uptake of
VBAC, and which factors impact most on women accepting or declining VBAC (e.g.
patient information leaflet, previous childbirth experiences, desired family size,
understanding the risk analysis during counselling, how to reduce any decisional conflict,
variation in case mix)117-127.
6. Assess maternal satisfaction 128-130, quality of life measures and health-state utilities in
women following VBAC and ERCS to undertake robust economic modelling
assessments.
Pending relevant trials
BAC Birth After Caesarean - Planned vaginal birth or planned caesarean section for
women at term with a single previous caesarean birth. ISRCTN 53974531, Prof C
Crowther, University of Adelaide, Australia24.
The Twin Birth Study- a multicentre RCT comparing planned caesarean section with
planned vaginal birth for twins at 32-38 weeks gestation, ISRCTN 74420086, Dr J
Barrett, Toronto, Canada
DiAMOND-Decision Aids for Mode Of Next Delivery, ISRCTN 84367722, Dr A
Montgomery, Bristol, UK
CAESAR-Caesarean Section Surgical Techniques, ISRCTN 11849611, Dr P
Brocklehurst, National Perinatal Epidemiology Unit, Oxford, UK
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
276
4. 2. What treatments improve outcomes in women with unruptured tubal
ectopic pregnancy?
SUMMARY OF TREATMENT OPTIONS (see also Tables 4v)
Beneficial Salpingectomy in women not desiring future fertility
Likely to be beneficial Prophylactic methotrexate (systemic) following salpingotomy
Systemic methotrexate (single or multiple dose)
Unknown effectiveness
Expectant management of a subgroup of unruptured ectopic
pregnancies
Salpingotomy compared to salpingectomy in the presence of a
healthy contralateral tube for those women desiring future fertility
Salpingotomy in women with contralateral tubal disease who
desire future fertility
Unlikely to be
beneficial
Systemic methotrexate combined with mifepristone versus
systemic methotrexate alone
KEY POINTS Approximately one in a hundred pregnancies are ectopic, with the
conceptus usually implanting in the fallopian tube. Some ectopic pregnancies can resolve
spontaneously, but others continue to grow and lead to rupture of the tube.
Risks are higher in women with damage to the fallopian tubes due to pelvic infections,
surgery, or previous ectopic pregnancy or abortion, and in smokers. The intrauterine
contraceptive device does not increase the absolute risk, but a pregnancy that does occur with
IUD use is more likely to be ectopic than intrauterine.
Expectant management of unruptured ectopic pregnancies may lead to similar subsequent
intrauterine pregnancy rates compared with surgery, but few studies have been done.
Ongoing surveillance is required as part of expectant management, but tubal rupture can
occur despite falling beta hCG levels.
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
277
Methotrexate , as single or multiple dose regimens, seems to be as likely as salpingotomy to
remove trophoblast material and leave a patent fallopian tube in women with non-invasive,
small ectopic pregnancies with no tubal rupture or bleeding, no sign of fetal cardiac activity
and low beta human chorionic gonadotrophin (hCG) levels. About 15–40% of ectopic
pregnancies may be suitable for such non-surgical management.
Systemic or intratubal methotrexate may also reduce persistent trophoblast after
salpingotomy.Adding mifepristone to systemic methotrexate seems unlikely to increase
treatment success compared with methotrexate alone, other than in women with higher
progesterone levels.
DEFINITION Ectopic pregnancy is defined as a conceptus implanting outside the uterine
endometrium. The most common implantation site is within the fallopian tube (95.5%),
followed by ovarian (3.2%) and abdominal (1.3%) sites. The sites of tubal implantation in
descending order of frequency are ampulla (73.3%), isthmus (12.5%), fimbrial (11.6%), and
interstitial (2.6%).131 Population: In this systematic review, we will consider
haemodynamically stable women with unruptured tubal ectopic pregnancy, diagnosed by
non-invasive or invasive techniques. All terms used in this chapter are defined and listed in
Table 4.9
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
278
Table 4.9 Glossary of terms used in ectopic pregnancy guideline
βhCG is the pregnancy hormone beta-human chorionic gonadotrophin.
Contralateral tube denotes the opposite tube to that affected by the ectopic pregnancy.
Compare with homolateral or ipsilateral tube.
Discriminatory zone denotes a serum hCG level at which it is assumed that all intrauterine
pregnancies will be visualised by transvaginal ultrasound. This may vary according to
sonographic expertise but is often between 1000 and 1500 IU/L.
Expectant management is where ectopic pregnancy treatment involves a watch and wait
policy in conjunction with close clinical, ultrasonographic, and serum hCG surveillance.
Fecundity rate ratio (FRR) The fecundity rate represents the probability of spontaneous
intrauterine pregnancy (IUP) per time unit elapsed derived from analysing the cumulative
probability of pregnancy over the study duration. Only women trying to conceive are
included in the calculation, and women who have conceived using additional treatments (e.g.
IVF) are excluded up and till the start of their additional treatment. The fecundity rate ratio
(FRR) is the ratio of fecundity between the test treatment (e.g. salpingotomy) against the
Reference
treatment (e.g. salpingectomy). A significant treatment difference between
salpingotomy compared to salpingectomy is indicated if 1 is not included in the 95% CI for
the FRR of salpingotomy compared to salpingectomy. Thus a FRR of 1.9 for intrauterine
pregnancy indicates that the probability of intrauterine pregnancy is 90% higher with
salpingotomy than salpingectomy.
Fertility outcome reports the rates of subsequent intrauterine pregnancy, repeat ectopic
pregnancy, and live birth rate. Such pregnancies may either be spontaneous or achieved
through assisted reproductive technology, and this should be stated clearly in the fertility
outcome. Furthermore, fertility outcome rates differ according to the ectopic pregnancy
associated reproductive and pathological characteristics, and treatment method chosen. The
denominator will differ in those women who desire future fertility and who are trying to
conceive compared to those women taking contraceptive measures.
Homolateral or ipsilateral tube denotes the tube that is affected by the ectopic pregnancy.
Compare with contralateral tube.
Persistent trophoblast is defined as suboptimal falling, increasing, or plateauing serum
hCG concentrations following initial ectopic pregnancy treatment for which additional
treatment (surgical or medical) is needed. This rarely occurs following salpingectomy, but
may arise following salpingotomy, methotrexate, or expectant management.
Pregnancy of unknown location is defined as absence of pregnancy localisation (either
intrauterine or extrauterine) by transvaginal sonography when serum hCG levels are below
the discriminatory zone (1000–1500 IU/L). If there is an absence of pregnancy localisation
with the serum βhCG above the discriminatory zone then this, along with other clinical,
ultrasonographic, and serum βhCG features increases the likelihood of ectopic pregnancy.
Primary treatment success is defined as progressive decline of serum hCG to undetectable
levels following initial treatment without reintervention (surgical or medical) for persistent
trophoblast or supervening clinical sequelae (e.g. tubal rupture or worsening clinical
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
279
symptoms).
Salpingotomy is where the ectopic conceptus is removed from the affected tube through a
linear incision of the tube overlying the ectopic. This incision is not surgically closed and is
allowed to heal through secondary intention. This surgical treatment conserves the affected
tube.
Treatment failure denotes the sum of the reintervention rates for persistent trophoblast and
supervening clinical sequelae (e.g. tubal rupture or worsening clinical symptoms).
Tubal excision or salpingectomy is defined as the surgical removal of the tube affected by
the ectopic pregnancy.
Tubal preservation is a treatment approach designed to preserve the tube affected by the
ectopic. This involves expectant, medical (e.g. systemic methotrexate) or salpingotomy
treatment approaches.
Tubal patency examines the homolateral tube for the passage of dye at hysterosalpingogram,
or at second look laparoscopy, or the passage of contrast media at transvaginal ultrasound.
Only those cases that have been managed by tubal preservation, rather than salpingectomy,
are eligible for tubal patency testing.
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
280
INCIDENCE/PREVALENCE Around 10,000 ectopic pregnancies are
diagnosed annually in the UK. The incidence of ectopic pregnancy in the UK (11.0 per 1000
pregnancies) is similar to other countries like Norway (14.9 per 1000) and Australia (16.2 per
1000).132-134 Since 1994, the overall rate of ectopic pregnancy and mortality rate (0.4 per
1000 ectopic pregnancies) has been static in the UK. 134 Until recently, most epidemiological
studies have failed to distinguish between ectopic pregnancies occurring in women who did
not use contraception (reproductive failure) and women who used contraception
(contraceptive failure). 135;136 A French population study undertaken from 1992 to 2002
found that, over the duration of the study, the rate of reproductive failure ectopic pregnancies
increased by 17%, whilst the rate of contraceptive failure ectopic pregnancies decreased by
29%.136 Increasing rates of Chlamydia infection, smoking, and assisted reproductive
technology usage may have contributed to the disproportionate increase in reproductive
failure ectopic pregnancy rate over contraceptive failure ectopic pregnancy rate. Widespread
use of dedicated early pregnancy assessment units and non-invasive diagnostic algorithms are
likely to have contributed to increasing rates of ectopic pregnancy diagnosis.137;138
AETIOLOGY/RISK FACTORS The aetiology of ectopic pregnancy is unclear.
Ectopic pregnancy arising from reproductive failure or contraceptive failure should be
considered separate entities with differing aetiology, risk factors and reproductive outcomes.
135;136;139The main risk factors for reproductive failure are a history of pelvic inflammatory
disease, previous ectopic pregnancy, pelvic and tubal surgery, infertility, smoking, and
assisted conception. 135;140The main risk factor for contraceptive failure ectopic is intrauterine
contraceptive device (IUD) failure. IUDs do not increase the absolute risk of ectopic
pregnancy, but a pregnancy occurring with IUD is more likely to be ectopic than intrauterine.
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
281
Other risk factors for ectopic include prior spontaneous abortion, prior induced abortion,
endometriosis, uterotubal anomalies, and prior in utero exposure to diethylstilbestrol.
However, less than half of the ectopic pregnancies diagnosed are associated with risk factors.
141
PROGNOSIS OF ECTOPIC PREGNANCIES As the pregnancy advances, tubal
pregnancies may either diminish in size and spontaneously resolve, or increase in size and
eventually lead to tubal rupture with consequent maternal morbidity and mortality. There are
no reliable clinical, sonographic or biological markers (e.g. serum hCG or serum
progesterone) that can predict rupture of tubal ectopic pregnancy.142;143 Maternal mortality
following ectopic pregnancy is an uncommon short-term outcome in developed countries.
The recent UK Confidential Enquiry into Maternal Deaths cited ectopic pregnancy as a cause
of 11 maternal deaths (0.4 per 1000 ectopic pregnancies). 134 Short-term maternal morbidity
relates to pain, transfusion requirement and operative complications.
Primary treatment success and long-term fertility outcomes depend on the clinical
characteristics of the ectopic pregnancy (e.g. whether the ectopic occurred in a woman using
contraception or not, tubal rupture or not, contralateral tubal disease) and the type of surgical
or medical treatment chosen. A ten-year follow up of ectopic pregnancies showed the rate of
repeat ectopic pregnancy was much higher in women who had a IUD at the time of the index
ectopic pregnancy compared to women whose ectopic was not associated with IUD use. In
contrast, the rate of intrauterine pregnancy was 1.7-fold higher (Fecundity Rate Ratio 1.7,
95% CI 1.3-2.3) in women who had a IUD at the time of the index EP compared to women
whose index ectopic was not associated with IUD use.139Short and long-term consequences
on health-related quality of life and psychological issues (e.g. bereavement) are also
important, but are rarely quantified.
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
282
PREGNANCIES OF UNKNOWN LOCATION Pregnancy of unknown location is
defined as the absence of pregnancy localisation (either intrauterine or extrauterine) by
transvaginal sonography when serum hCG levels are below the discriminatory zone (1000–
1500IU/L). An observational study of pregnancies of unknown location has shown 55%
spontaneously resolve, 34% are subsequently diagnosed as viable, and 11% are subsequently
diagnosed as ectopic pregnancies. 144
AIMS OF INTERVENTION
Short-term: primary treatment success; to reduce maternal morbidity and mortality related to
ectopic pregnancy (tubal rupture and haemorrhage) and/or treatment method used (e.g.
surgical complications, medical drug toxicity).
Long-term (all women): to reduce risk of recurrent ectopic pregnancy.
Long-term (for subgroup of women desiring future fertility): to maximise chance of
future intrauterine pregnancy and live birth rate from unassisted spontaneous conception, or
following use of assisted reproductive technology techniques (e.g. in vitro fertilisation).
OUTCOMES
Primary outcomes: primary treatment success (eradication of the ectopic pregnancy without
the need for secondary treatment arising from persisting trophoblast and/or tubal rupture
and/or worsening clinical symptoms and signs); persistent trophoblast.
Secondary outcomes: future fertility-spontaneous intrauterine pregnancy, live birth rate, and
repeat ectopic pregnancy in women desiring future fertility (this should ideally be expressed
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
283
as fecundity rate ratios over specific time intervals corrected for known confounders [e.g.
history of infertility and contraception usage at time of index ectopic pregnancy]).
Other outcome measures: tubal rupture; ipsilateral tubal patency following tubal preserving
treatment (salpingotomy, methotrexate, or expectant management); maternal morbidity and
mortality (prior to ectopic treatment [natural history of ectopic pregnancy] and following
treatment alternatives); harms of treatment alternatives; complications of surgery [injury,
infection, thromboembolism]; drug toxicity; health-related quality of life assessments.
Methods
Clinical Evidence search and appraisal June 2006. Given that there are limitations in
performing RCTs comparing medical and surgical ectopic pregnancy treatments, and limited
trial numbers, the search was extended to incorporate large sample sized quality cohort
studies (either prospective or retrospective, with control or comparison treatment groups).
Where appropriate, evidence from quality observational studies is utilised, when RCT
evidence is lacking. The following databases were used to identify studies for this chapter:
Medline 1966 to June 2006; Embase 1980 to June 2006; and The Cochrane Library 2006,
issue 2. Additional searches were carried out using the
following websites: NHS Centre for Reviews and Dissemination (CRD), Database of
Abstracts of Reviews of Effects (DARE), Health Technology Assessment (HTA), Turning
Research into Practice (TRIP), and National Institute of Health and Clinical Excellence
(NICE) guidance. Abstracts of the studies retrieved were assessed independently by two
information specialists using predetermined criteria to identify relevant studies. Design
criteria included: study types — published systematic reviews, meta-analysis, RCTs,
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
284
controlled clinical trials, cohort studies with a control or comparison group, or case-control
studies in any language; open or blinded studies acceptable; studies had to contain 20 or more
individuals. There was no maximum loss to follow up or minimum length of follow up.
Fecundity rate ratios have been calculated by the Clinical Evidence author, except where
indicated. A GRADE (Grading of Recommendations Assessment, Development and
Evaluation) 8 approach and evaluation of the quality of evidence for interventions is included
in this review (see Introduction to Chapter 4 ; Table 4.iv; Table 4v
).
TREATMENT OPTION: SALPINGECTOMY
Treatment failure (persistent trophoblast)
Compared with salpingotomy: salpingectomy may be more effective at reducing initial
treatment failure rates compared with salpingotomy. (moderate quality evidence)
Compared with methotrexate: Salpingectomy may be more effective at reducing initial
treatment failure rates compared with methotrexate . (moderate quality evidence)
Subsequent pregnancy rates
Compared with salpingotomy: we don't know whether salpingectomy may result in lower
rates of subsequent intrauterine pregnancies or recurrent ectopic pregnancy rates compared
with salpingotomy. (very low quality evidence)
Compared with expectant management: Salpingectomy may be no more effective at
increasing subsequent pregnancy rates in women with ectopic pregnancies compared with
expectant management. (very low quality evidence)
SALPINGECTOMY BENEFITS
Salpingectomy versus salpingotomy: We found no systematic review or RCTs. We found
one non-systematic review and four cohort studies (and related single follow up publication)
that compared salpingectomy versus salpingotomy (see Table 4.10). 139;145-149
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
285
Table. 4.10. Comparison of fertility outcomes of salpingotomy versus salpingectomy
Study Sample size
(sum of salpingectomy and
salpingotomy cases unless
otherwise stated)
Salpingotomy compared with salpingectomy as
the reference
treatment
Crude spontaneous
intrauterine
pregnancy (IUP) rates
and/or
Fecundity Rate
Ratios* (FRR)
(95% CI)
Crude repeat ectopic
pregnancy (REP) rates
and/or
Fecundity Rate Ratios*
(FRR)
(95% CI)
Non-systematic
review 149
1774 women (in 9 cohort studies)
undergoing salpingotomy or
salpingectomy for ectopic
pregnancy and desiring future
fertility
176 women (in 18 cohort studies)
with cTD after salpingotomy
(corresponding results for
salpingectomy not reported)
280/528 (53%) with
salpingotomy v
614/1246 (49%) with
salpingectomy
Crude FRRs $
1.08 (0.97 to 1.19)
Salpingotomy in
women with cTD then
IUP is 96/176 (55%)
78/528 (15%) v 123/1246
(10%)
Crude FRRs $
1.50 (1.15 to 1.95)
Salpingotomy in women
with cTD then REP is
36/176 (21%)
Prospective
cohort 148
86 women undergoing
laparoscopic surgery for ectopic
pregnancy and were attempting
conception.
cTD present in 33/60
salpingotomy and 15/26
salpingectomy cases
36/60 (60%) with
salpingotomy v 14/26
with salpingectomy
(53.9%)
FRR 1.11 (0.77 to
1.76)*
Irrespective of the type
of surgery performed if
cTD then crude FRR
0.53 (0.36 to 0.75)
(based on 20/50, 40%
pregnant with cTD vs.
27/34, 79.4% not
pregnant with cTD)
11/60 (18.3%) v 2/26
(7.7%)
FRR 2.38 (0.67 to 9.30)
Retrospective
cohort 147
135 women undergoing
laparoscopy or laparotomy for
62% v 38% at 18
months (numbers not
28% v 23% at 3 years
(numbers not reported)
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
286
ectopic pregnancy.
cTD present in 15/56
salpingotomy and 38/79
salpingectomy cases
reported)
FRR 1.9 (0.91 to 3.8)
If cTD, FRR 0.80 (0.13
to 4.9)
If bilateral tubal
pathology, FRR 1.4
(0.13 to 16)
Irrespective of the type
of surgery performed:
If cTD then FRR 0.48
(0.18 to 1.2)
FRR 2.4 (0.57 to 11)
Irrespective of the type of
surgery performed:
If cTD, FRR 0.79 (0.18 to
3.4)
Retrospective
cohort 145
276 women undergoing
salpingotomy or salpingectomy
(by laparoscopy or laparotomy)
for their first ectopic pregnancy.
cTD present in 30/208
salpingotomy and 17/68
salpingectomy cases
89% v 66% at 7 years
(numbers not reported);
P<0.05
FRR 1.58 (1.06 to
2.38)*
Irrespective of the type
of surgery performed:
If cTD, FRR 0.46 (0.26
to 0.82)
If previous fertility
surgery,
FRR 0.74 (0.34 to 1.60)
17% v 16% at 2 years
(numbers not reported;
reported as not significant)
FRR 1.28 (0.57 to 2.87)*
Irrespective of the type of
surgery performed:
If cTD, FRR 2.25 (1.11 to
4.531)
If previous fertility
surgery,
FRR 2.51 (1.002 to 6.31)
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
287
Cohort 139;146
476 women with tubal ectopic
pregnancy who were not using
contraception at conception.
Salpingotomy (262, cTD in
236/262 cases); Salpingectomy
(178, cTD in 159/178 cases);
Methotrexate (36, cTD in 8/36
cases)
Salpingotomy vs.
Salpingectomy vs.
Methotrexate
73% vs. 57% vs. 80%.
Irrespective of the type
of surgery performed:
If cTD, FRR 0.53 (0.33
to 0.83)
Women with infertility
factors:
Salpingotomy vs.
Salpingectomy FRR
1.67 (1 to 2.78)
Methotrexate vs.
Salpingectomy FRR 2.5
(1.95 to 8.33)
Women with no
infertility factors:
Salpingotomy vs.
salpingectomy FRR
1.18 (0.63 to 2.22)
Methotrexate vs.
Salpingectomy FRR
2.12 (0.49 to 9.78)
Salpingotomy vs.
Salpingectomy vs.
Methotrexate
25% vs. 27% vs. 41% (no
significant difference
between groups, p=0.55)
Salpingotomy vs.
Salpingectomy FRR 0.93
(0.76 to 3.5)
Methotrexate vs.
Salpingectomy FRR 1.51
(0.25 to 7.08)
139
1595 women with ectopic
pregnancy.
Salpingotomy (798);
Salpingectomy (654);
Methotrexate (143)
Numbers of cases with cTD for
each treatment is unstated
Salpingotomy vs.
Salpingectomy
FRR 1.25 (1 to 1.67)
Methotrexate vs.
Salpingectomy
FRR 1.25 (0.7 to 2.33)
Irrespective of the type
of surgery performed:
If cTD, FRR 0.83 (0.67
to 1.0)
Salpingotomy vs.
Salpingectomy
FRR 1.25 (0.67 to 2)
Methotrexate vs.
Salpingectomy
FRR 2.25 (0.6 to 7.4)
Irrespective of the type of
surgery performed:
If cTD, FRR 1 (0.5 to 2.0)
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
288
Footnotes
cTD contralateral tubal disease. This may be absent or occluded or distorted by pathology
(hydrosalpinges, adhesions)
Asterisked FRRs – calculated by author
*Fecundity Rate Ratio-See glossary.
FRR are stated for salpingotomy compared to salpingectomy as the reference unless
otherwise stated. FRRs are also stated for the presence relative to absence of confounding
factors (e.g. cTD or infertility) disregarding the type of surgery (either salpingotomy or
salpingectomy) that was performed. Where studies have calculated FRR using salpingotomy
as the reference standard the reciprocal of this FRR has been quoted as this provides the FRR
of salpingotomy compared to salpingectomy as the reference standard.
Crude FRRs$ We report an FRR based on the results reported in the meta-analysis. However,
due to study heterogeneity and non-adoption of survival analysis techniques by included
studies within the meta-analysis, a pooled FRR as we have reported is likely to be crude and
subject to bias.
Primary treatment success: Salpingectomy compared to salpingotomy has higher primary
treatment success and a lower risk of persistent trophoblast. Primary treatment success rate of
salpingectomy is almost 100%, with the risk of persistent trophoblast less than 1%. 146;149
Primary treatment success rate of salpingotomy ranges from 72%-98% 150;151, with a 3-20%
risk of persistent trophoblast.145;146;149;152;153
Subsequent pregnancy rates in salpingectomy versus salpingotomy (see Table 4.10):
Subsequent spontaneous intrauterine pregnancy rates following salpingotomy (range 53%-
89%) did not significantly differ from those following salpingectomy (range 38-66%) apart
from one cohort study 145 that showed an improved fecundity with salpingotomy [89% vs.
66%, FRR 1.58 (1.06-2.38)]. A similar trend of no difference between salpingotomy (range
10%-28%) and salpingectomy (range 8%-23%) was observed for rates of repeat ectopic
pregnancy.
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
289
Contralateral tubal disease and infertility factors (see Table 4.10): In the presence of
contralateral tubal disease (hydrosalpinx, peritubal adhesions or absent tube) or infertility
factors (e.g. previous ectopic, previous tubal surgery, previous pelvic inflammatory disease,
infertility factors) there is a trend to decreased subsequent intrauterine pregnancy and
increased risk of ectopic pregnancy irrespective of whether salpingotomy or salpingectomy is
performed. 145-148;154-156. In the presence of such factors, salpingotomy provides a greater
probability of subsequent intrauterine pregnancy than salpingectomy; however this does not
achieve statistical significance.
Salpingectomy versus methotrexate: We found no RCTs or observational studies of
sufficient quality.
Salpingectomy versus methotrexate (systemic): One cohort study, and its follow up
publication, compared three interventions: salpingotomy, salpingectomy, and methotrexate.
139;146 It found that the rate of treatment failure with salpingectomy was similar to
salpingotomy, but less than methotrexate. The study showed no significant difference
between salpingectomy and salpingotomy in rates of subsequent intrauterine pregnancy or
subsequent ectopic pregnancy.
Salpingectomy versus expectant management: see benefits of expectant management.
SALPINGECTOMY HARMS
Salpingectomy versus salpingotomy: The non-systematic review and cohort studies listed in
(see Table 4.10) did not report on harms.
Salpingectomy versus methotrexate: We found no RCTs or observational studies of
sufficient quality.
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
290
Salpingectomy versus salpingotomy or methotrexate management (systemic): We found
no RCTs or observational studies of sufficient quality. The cohort study gave no information
on adverse effects. 139;146 One cost-effectiveness meta-analysis found rates of 0–22% (mean
10%) for minor complications (e.g. drug side effects), and 0–11% (mean 7%) for serious
complications (e.g. ruptured ectopic, or other symptoms of persistent trophoblast) in women
who had methotrexate. 151 It also found intraoperative complications of 0–8% (mean 2%) and
postoperative complications of 0–15% (mean 9%) for laparoscopy (either salpingectomy or
salpingotomy).
COMMENTS ON SALPINGECTOMY EVIDENCE: All comparisons included here
have been based on retrospective or prospective observational cohort designs in women with
unruptured tubal ectopic pregnancies (see Table 4.10). Few studies have considered the
impact of infertility factors (known infertility, contralateral tubal disease) on treatment choice
(conservative salpingotomy or radical salpingectomy) and future fertility outcome.
Differences in such prognostic factors may not be adequately clarified when comparing
salpingotomy with salpingectomy, even when adopting multivariate analysis techniques.
However, further information may be provided by an RCT comparing salpingotomy with
salpingectomy that is currently recruiting. This is the ESEP (European Surgery in Ectopic
Pregnancy) study, which represents an international multi-centre Dutch–Swedish–British
collaboration. Importantly, any potential benefits of improved intrauterine pregnancy rate
with salpingotomy compared with salpingectomy appear to be small, and possibly restricted
to subgroups with contralateral tubal disease. This effect and its magnitude should be verified
by RCTs comparing salpingotomy with salpingectomy.
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
291
TREATMENT OPTION: PROPHYLACTIC METHOTREXATE AFTER
SALPINGOTOMY
Treatment failure (persistent trophoblast)
Compared with no salpingotomy alone: A single prophylactic dose of methotrexate after
salpingotomy is more effective at reducing persistent trophoblast compared with
salpingotomy alone. (moderate quality evidence)
BENEFITS PROPHYLACTIC METHOTREXATE AFTER SALPINGOTOMY
Salpingotomy plus single systemic dose methotrexate versus salpingotomy alone: One
RCT found that adding a single prophylactic dose of systemic methotrexate (1 mg/kg im)
after salpingotomy (by laparoscopy or laparotomy) significantly reduced the incidence of
persistent trophoblast compared with salpingotomy alone (1/54 [2%] v 9/62 [15%]; RR 0.13,
95% CI 0.02 to 0.74; NNT 8, 95% CI 4 to 33). 153
HARMS AND COMMENTS ON PROPHYLACTIC METHOTREXATE AFTER
SALPINGOTOMY. See under methotrexate section.
TREATMENT OPTION: SYSTEMIC METHOTREXATE
Treatment failure
Single dose methotrexate compared with multiple dose regimens: Single dose methotrexate
may result in higher rates of treatment failure in women with ectopic pregnancies compared
with multiple dose regimens. (low quality evidence)
Compared with salpingectomy: Methotrexate may be less effective at reducing initial
treatment failure rates compared with salpingectomy. (moderate quality evidence)
Single dose methotrexate compared with salpingotomy: Single dose methotrexate is no
different at increasing primary treatment success rates in women with small unruptured tubal
pregnancies compared with salpingotomy by laparoscopy. (moderate quality evidence)
Multiple dose methotrexate compared with salpingotomy: Multiple dose methotrexate is no
different at increasing primary treatment success rates in women with confirmed unruptured
tubal pregnancy compared with salpingotomy by laparoscopy. (moderate quality evidence)
Subsequent pregnancy rates
Single or multiple dose methotrexate compared with salpingotomy: Single dose methotrexate
is no different at increasing tubal patency, subsequent intrauterine or ectopic pregancy rates
in women with small unruptured tubal pregnancies compared with salpingotomy.
(moderate quality evidence)
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
292
SYSTEMIC METHOTREXATE BENEFITS
Systemic single dose versus multiple dose methotrexate regimens: We found one
systematic review (3 RCTs, 23 observational studies, 1327 women with ectopic
pregnancy)157, one RCT (108 women)158 and one cohort study (643 women). 159 The
systematic review found that single dose methotrexate had significantly higher primary
treatment failure than multiple dose methotrexate (absolute numbers not reported; OR 1.71,
95% CI 1.04 to 2.82). The review also found a significant difference for the studies
considered high quality (high quality according to the authors‘ own rating system; absolute
numbers not reported; OR 1.96, 95% CI 1.07 to 3.60) and for studies that controlled
confounding factors (βhCG and fetal cardiac activity: OR 4.74, 95% CI 1.77 to 12.62)
Systemic methotrexate (single or multiple dose) versus salpingotomy: We found one
systematic review (search date 2004, 4 RCTs, 307 women; see Table 4.11).150 The review (3
RCTs, 207 haemodynamically stable women with a small unruptured tubal pregnancy) found
that single dose methotrexate was significantly less effective than salpingotomy (by
laparoscopy) in primary treatment success (elimination of tubal pregnancy), but found no
significant difference in tubal patency, subsequent intrauterine pregnancy, and repeat ectopic
pregnancy rates. The systematic review also found no significant difference between multiple
dose methotrexate (1 RCT, 100 haemodynamically stable women with a laparoscopically
confirmed unruptured tubal pregnancy) compared with salpingotomy (by laparoscopy) in
primary treatment success or tubal patency (see Table 4.11). One RCT identified by the
review found that physical functioning (measured as part of SF-36, 0 = worst, 1 = best) was
significantly better with single dose methotrexate compared with salpingotomy at 4 and 10
days (4 days: 73 with methotrexate v 43 with salpingotomy, P = 0.001; 10 days: 93 v 70; P =
0.006). 160 Another RCT identified by the review found that a variety of scores of quality of
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
293
life were significantly lower with multiple dose methotrexate compared with salpingotomy at
2 weeks (Medical Outcomes Study, 0 = worst, 100 = best; role function: 29 v 51; social
function: 45 v 68; health perceptions: 52 v 63; P < 0.05 for all comparisons). 161
Methotrexate (systemic) versus salpingectomy or salpingotomy: See Table 4.11
Systemic methotrexate versus expectant management: We found no RCTs.
Table 4.11. RCTs and meta-analyses of surgical and surgical versus medical treatments
in the management of ectopic pregnancy. 150
Type of comparison No
Of
RCTs
Sample
size
Trial
/ including longer
follow up of trial in
separate publication
Meta-analysis of trials
as reported by Cochrane review 150
Primary
treatment
success
Relative risk
(95% CI)
Tubal
patency
in those
desiring
future
fertility
Relative risk
(95% CI)
Subsequent
intrauterine
pregnancy
rate
Relative risk
(95% CI)
Repeat
ectopic
pregnancy
rate
Relative risk
(95% CI)
Laparoscopic
salpingotomy vs.
laparotomy
salpingotomy194;200-
202.
3 105
63
60
Lundorff 1991/1992
Murphy 1992
Vermesh 1989
91/104 (88%)
v 121.124
(98%)
(RR 0.90,
95% CI 0.83
to 0.97; NNT
10, 95% CI 6
to 27)
78% v 87%
(0.89, 0.74 to
1.1)
61% v 53%
(1.20, 0.88 to
1.15)
6% v 15%
(0.43, 0.15 to
1.2)
Systemic MTX
multiple dose i.m.
vs. laparoscopic
salpingotomy203;204
1
100 Hajenius 1997/
Dias Pereira 1999
82% v 72%
(1.15, 0.93 to
1.4)
55% v 59%
(0.93, 0.64 to
1.4)
36% v 43%
(0.89, 0.42 to
1.9)
9% v 10%
(0.77, 0.17 to
3.4)
Systemic MTX
single-dose i.m vs.
laparoscopic
salpingotomy.160;205-
207
3 71
74
62
Fernandez 1998
Saraj 1998
Sowter 2001/
Sowter 2001
71% v 88%
(0.83, 0.71 to
0.97)
60% v 57%
(1.1, 0.74 to
1.5)
37% v 47%
(0.99, 0.55 to
1.8)
0% v 17%
(0.27, 0.02 to
4.5)
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
294
SYSTEMIC METHOTREXATE HARMS
Systemic single dose versus multiple dose methotrexate regimens: One systematic review
found significantly lower rates of adverse effects (including nausea, vomiting, alopecia) in
women who had single dose compared with multiple dose methotrexate (31% v 41%
[absolute numbers not reported]; OR 0.44, 95% CI 0.31 to 0.63). However, it found no
significant difference between regimens when it adjusted for serum βhCG (OR 0.79, 95% CI
0.21 to 3.01). 157 It also found no significant difference between regimens for abdominal pain
or hospital admission (abdominal pain: 22% v 26%; OR 0.80, 95% CI 0.53 to 1.19; hospital
admission: 12% v 11%; OR 1.11, 95% CI 0.83 to 1.47).
Systemic methotrexate (single or multiple dose) versus salpingotomy:
The systematic review gave no information on adverse effects. 150 The first RCT found that
women who received single dose methotrexate had significantly longer vaginal bleeding than
did those who underwent salpingotomy (7.5 days v 3 days; P < 0.001). 160 The second RCT
found that pain was greater with multiple dose methotrexate over 16 weeks compared with
salpingotomy (results presented graphically; significance assessment not reported). 161
Salpingotomy plus single systemic dose methotrexate versus salpingotomy alone: The
RCT reported that there were no ―clinically significant‖ adverse effects in people who had
methotrexate. It also reported that there was no significant difference in laboratory values
(white blood cell count, haemoglobin, haematocrit, serum creatinine, and transaminase)
between groups at 7 days after surgery (reported at non-significant; P value not reported). 153
Systemic methotrexate versus expectant management: We found no RCTs or
observational studies of sufficient quality.
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
295
COMMENTS ON SYSTEMIC METHOTREXATE EVIDENCE: The primary treatment
success rate of systemic methotrexate (single or multiple dose regimens) in treating ectopic
pregnancies has been reported by meta-analyses as 87% (range 75%-90%) 151, 84%162and
89%. 157 The risk of persistent trophoblast is 18% (range 6%-31%). 150 Despite the term
single dose methotrexate regimen, repeat doses are permitted every 7 days if there is
inadequate hCG fall and a meta-analysis has shown two or more doses are required in 13.5%
women undergoing single dose regimens. 157A retrospective study (n=93) has shown two-
year subsequent cumulative intrauterine pregnancy rates of 67% and repeat ectopic
pregnancy rates of 24%163, which correlates to fertility outcomes obtained by RCTs included
in the meta-analysis
(see Table 4.11). 150
Clinical guide: Multiple dose systemic methotrexate involves a regime of once daily
methotrexate 1mg/kg i.m on alternate days (days 1, 3, 5, 7), and leucovorin 0.1mg/kg i.m.on
alternate days (days 2, 4, 6, 8). The regimen is continued unless βhCG falls by more than
15% in 48 hours or until four doses of methotrexate are given. A repeat course can be given if
βhCG is not less than 40% of its initial value by day 14.Single dose systemic methotrexate
regime involves a single dose of methotrexate i.m. (50mg/m2). The dose is repeated if βhCG
has not fallen by at least 15% between day 4 and day 7 of treatment. Up to four doses can be
given if βhCG does not decline by 15% every week. Prospective studies suggest around 25-
40% of non-invasively diagnosed ectopic pregnancies are suitable for non-surgical (expectant
or methotrexate) management 160;164-166.The criteria necessary for methotrexate treatment
have been agreed by the RCOG and includes: non-invasive diagnosis of ectopic pregnancy;
haemodynamically stability with no signs of tubal rupture; ectopic mass is less than 3.5cm in
diameter and there is no fetal cardiac activity; hCG does not exceed 3000 IU/L; no medical
contraindications to methotrexate usage; woman consents to frequent outpatient follow up. 167
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
296
Observational (prospective and retrospective) studies have shown higher primary treatment
success of methotrexate with ectopics that have: low pre-treatment βhCG (preferably < 1000
IU/l); 160;168-174absent fetal cardiac activity 170;175 or absent yolk sac identified by sonography;
176;177;no prior history of treated ectopic; 175no pelvic pain; 172;no previous history of
infertility.163 Therefore, treatment outcomes of methotrexate should be compared against the
other tubal conserving methods (salpingotomy and expectant management).
Adverse effects: The frequency of methotrexate complications is similar to that associated
with laparoscopy.151 However, the nature of the complications differs, with serious
complications of laparoscopy having greater morbidity and mortality than those related to
methotrexate. Women who experienced side effects were more likely to have successful
treatment regardless of single or multiple dose methotrexate regimen.157 Drug adverse effects,
although prevalent, are usually self-limiting and relatively minor and include: nausea,
vomiting, gastritis, diarrhoea, abdominal pain, oral mucositis, pneumonitis, bone marrow
suppression and abnormal liver function. Case reports have described other rare but serious
complications: life-threatening neutropenia and fever,178anaphylaxis, 179 haematosalpinx and
pelvic haematocoele, 180and death due to multi-organ failure.181 A meta-analysis of single
dose methotrexate showed side-effects in 24% (95% CI 9% to 47%) and 10% (95% CI 7% to
14%) had a ruptured ectopic pregnancy. 162
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
297
TREATMENT OPTION: EXPECTANT MANAGEMENT
Subsequent pregnancy rates
Compared with surgery: Expectant management may lead to similar subsequent pregnancy
rates in women with nonviable embryos (non-invasive with declining hCG levels) compared
with salpingectomy or salpingotomy. (very low quality evidence)
Note: We found no clinically important results about expectant management compared with
methotrexate in women with ectopic pregnancies.
EXPECTANT MANAGEMENT BENEFITS
We found no systematic review or RCTs.
Expectant management versus salpingectomy or salpingotomy:
One retrospective cohort study (180 women with ectopic pregnancy) found similar rates of
expectant management and salpingectomy or salpingotomy in subsequent intrauterine
conception rate (19/37 [51%] with expectant management v 31/49 [63%] with surgery). 182
The study did not report on success of treatment or report separate data by type of surgery.
We found one small prospective observational study that compared expectant (16 women)
versus systemic methotrexate (26 women) versus salpingotomy/salpingectomy (46 women);
interpretation of outcomes was biased by case selection. 183 The study also only reported
treatment success for women who had methotrexate.
Expectant management versus methotrexate: We found no RCTs or observational studies
of sufficient quality.
Expectant management in studies with no control group: We found one non-systematic
review (15 prospective cohort studies, 482 women with ectopic pregnancy who were
described as ―stable‖ or ―well‖) which found a mean rate of 67% (range 47–82%) for
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
298
successful management of ectopic pregnancy by expectant management. 184 The review also
reported that rates of tubal patency were 57/74 (77%), subsequent intrauterine pregnancy
42/62 (68%), and repeat ectopic pregnancy 6/47 (13%). One prospective cohort study (107
women who were clinically stable with non-viable pregnancies and no signs of
haematoperitoneum) found that 75/107 (70%) of ectopic pregnancies resolved spontaneously.
166 Another prospective cohort study (30 women who wanted to become pregnant again)
found tubal patency in 28/30 (93%) of women, subsequent intrauterine pregnancy in 21/24
(88%), and repeat ectopic pregnancy in 1/24 (4%).185
EXPECTANT MANAGEMENT HARMS
Expectant management versus salpingectomy or salpingotomy: The retrospective cohort
study did not report on harms. 182
Expectant management versus methotrexate: We found no RCTs or observational studies
of sufficient quality.
Expectant management in studies with no control group: The meta-analysis reported that
2.5% of women had a tubal rupture in one of the cohort studies. 184 The two cohort studies
did not report on harms. 166;185
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
299
COMMENTS ON EXPECTANT MANAGEMENT EVIDENCE: Expectant management
was confined to a selected subgroup of unruptured ectopic pregnancies. We found no RCTs
that compared expectant management with laparoscopic surgery or systemic methotrexate.
Data for expectant management are derived from retrospective studies with different
inclusion criteria (e.g. ectopic size, serum βhCG, presence of fetal cardiac activity) that
contribute to methodological bias and preclude effective statistical comparison. There is
limited evidence that expectant management has similar primary treatment success and future
fertility outcomes to surgically treated ectopic pregnancy.
Clinical guide on expectant management Cases considered suitable for expectant
management should conform to strict criteria: non-invasive diagnosis of ectopic pregnancy,
unruptured ectopic, woman is haemodynamically stable, less than 100 mL of fluid in Pouch
of Douglas, initial βhCG is below 1000 IU/L (when the success rate increases to 80% 184 ),
consecutive serial serum hCG levels show spontaneous decline, no worsening of symptoms
(especially abdominal pain, vaginal bleeding) during this interval, and woman understands
the need for ongoing surveillance. 167These factors have been verified as favourable
prognostic signs in observational studies. 184Prospective and retrospective observational
studies have shown that low serum progesterone (< 20 nmol/L) and increased rate of βhCG
decline to be important predictor of successful expectant management in pregnancies of
unknown location. 144;186-189 . There is no quantifiable harm in expectant management as
intervention is absent. However, harm would arise should primary treatment fail or tubal
rupture ensues. Expectant management necessitates regular surveillance until normalisation
of clinical, ultrasound, and hCG variables. The risks of tubal rupture and persistent
trophoblast remain despite adequately declining serum hCG concentrations. Tubal rupture
has been reported with serum hCG levels below 50 IU/L.190;191
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
300
TREATMENT OPTION: SALPINGOTOMY
Treatment failure (persistent trophoblast)
Salpingotomy by laparoscopy compared with salpingotomy by laparotomy: Salpingotomy by
laparoscopy is less effective at increasing primary treatment success rates compared with
salpingotomy by laparotomy. (high quality evidence)
Compared with salpingectomy: Salpingotomy may be less effective at reducing initial
treatment failure rates compared with salpingectomy (moderate quality evidence)
Compared with single or multiple dose methotrexate Salpingotomy is no different at
increasing primary treatment success rates compared with single or multiple dose
methotrexate (moderate quality evidence)
Subsequent pregnancy rates
Salpingotomy by laparoscopy compared with salpingotomy by laparotomy: Salpingotomy by
laparoscopy is as effective at increasing tubal patencies, subsequent intrauterine pregnancy
rates, and decreasing subsequent ectopic pregnancies compared with salpingotomy by
laparotomy. (high quality evidence)
Compared with salpingectomy: We don't know whether salpingotomy may result in lower
rates of subsequent intrauterine pregnancies or recurrent ectopic pregnancies compared with
salpingectomy. (very low quality evidence)
Compared with expectant management: Salpingotomy may be no more effective at increasing
subsequent pregnancy rates in women with ectopic pregnancies compared with expectant
management. (very low quality evidence)
Compared with single or multiple dose methotrexate: Salpingotomy by laparoscopy is no
different at increasing tubal patency, subsequent intrauterine or ectopic pregancy rates in
women with small unruptured tubal pregnancies compared with single dose methotrexate.
(high quality evidence)
SALPINGOTOMY BENEFITS
Salpingotomy (via laparoscopy) versus salpingotomy (via laparotomy):
We found one systematic review (search date 2004, 3 RCTs, 228 women haemodynamically
stable women with a small unruptured tubal pregnancy) that compared laparoscopic
salpingotomy with laparotomy salpingotomy (see Table 4.11). 150 It found that significantly
fewer women have primary treatment success with salpingotomy by laparoscopy compared
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
301
with salpingotomy by laparotomy (see Table 4.11) due to a higher rate of persistent
trophoblast (RR 3.6, 95% CI 0.63 to 21), but found no difference in tubal patency (see Table
4.11). In those women desiring future fertility (145/228 [64%]), there was no significant
difference between salpingotomy by laparoscopy and salpingotomy by laparotomy in
intrauterine pregnancy rate and rate of repeat ectopic pregnancies (see Table 4.11).
Salpingotomy versus salpingectomy: See benefits of salpingectomy.
Salpingotomy versus expectant management: See benefits of expectant management.
SALPINGOTOMY HARMS
Salpingotomy (by laparoscopy) versus salpingotomy (by laparotomy): The systematic
review gave no information on adverse effects.150
Salpingotomy versus salpingectomy: See harms of salpingectomy.
Salpingotomy versus expectant management: We found no RCTs or observational studies
of sufficient quality.
COMMENTS ON SALPINGOTOMY EVIDENCE:
The surgeon‘s preference and operative experience, as well as patient related factors (e.g.
obesity, previous abdominal surgery, known pelvic adhesions, haemodynamic instability)
dictates whether laparoscopy or laparotomy is preferred. These confounding factors may lead
to an overestimation of laparotomy related complications in high operative risk groups.192 See
also comment on salpingectomy.
Laparoscopy or laparotomy surgical treatment of ectopic pregnancy Evaluation of these
trials showed that laparoscopy compared with laparotomy treatment of ectopic pregnancy
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
302
incurs less blood loss and analgesic requirement, and has a shorter duration of operation time,
hospital stay, and convalescence time.150 A reduced prevalence of pelvic adhesions has been
suggested as a mechanism for the potential higher future fertility rate observed with
laparoscopy compared to laparotomy. 193;194 A multicentre observational study reported major
surgical complication rates of 2.7/1000 for diagnostic laparoscopic procedures, and 17.9/1000
for operative laparoscopy.195 The major complications arise following laparoscopic bowel
(0.4-0.7/1000 cases) and major vessel (0.2/1000 cases) injury.196 Apart from possible
differences in primary treatment success and future fertility, there are no additional maternal
harms between laparoscopic salpingotomy and laparoscopic salpingectomy.
TREATMENT OPTION: METHOTREXATE (SYSTEMIC) PLUS MIFEPRISTONE
Treatment failure
Compared with methotrexate alone: Methotrexate plus mifepristone is no more effective at
increasing treatment success rates compared with methotrexate alone but it seems this
combination may be more effective in increasing treatment success rates in women with high
levels of progesterone. (moderate quality evidence)
METHOTREXATE (SYSTEMIC) PLUS MIFEPRISTONE BENEFITS
Systemic methotrexate plus mifepristone versus systemic methotrexate alone:
One RCT found no significant difference between methotrexate plus mifepristone and
methotrexate in the number of women who had initial treatment success (22/25 [88.0%] v
18/25 [72.0%]; OR 2.85, 95% CI 0.54 to 19.17). 197 However, the median time to resolution
of the ectopic pregnancy was quicker with the combined treatment (14 days v 21 days;
significance assessment not reported). A second RCT also found no significant difference
between methotrexate plus mifepristone and methotrexate in the number of women who had
initial treatment success (90/113 [79.7%] v 72/97 [74.0%]; RR 1.07, 95% CI 0.92 to 1.25). 198
Chapter 4.2.Ectopic Pregnancy
303
For women with higher levels of progesterone (greater than or equal to 10nmol/L), it found
that treatment success was significantly more successful with the combined treatment than
with methotrexate alone (15/18 [83.3%] v 5/13 [38.5%]; RR 2.16, 95% CI 1.06 to 4.44). One
prospective cohort study found that there were less treatment failures with methotrexate plus
mifepristone compared with methotrexate alone (1/30 [3.3%] with methotrexate plus
mifepristone v 11/42 [26.2%] with methotrexate). 199
METHOTREXATE (SYSTEMIC) PLUS MIFEPRISTONE HARMS
Systemic methotrexate plus mifepristone versus systemic methotrexate alone:
The first RCT found that two women in each group reported mild nausea. 197 The second
RCT found the same rate of gastritis in both groups (34/113 [30.1%] v 30/99 [30.3%]; P =
1.00). 198 The cohort study gave no information on adverse effects. 199
COMMENTS ON EVIDENCE: See comment under methotrexate.
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
304
4. 3. Laparoscopic entry techniques: clinical guideline, national survey and
medicolegal ramifications
Introduction
Although complications associated with laparoscopic surgery are
fortunately rare, a significant proportion of these occur at the time of laparoscopic abdominal
wall entry 208-233.Meta-analyses and large multicentre centre studies have provided pooled
risks of vascular and bowel injury at the time of laparoscopic entry as 0.2 per 1000 and 0.4
per 1000 respectively 208;226;234-245. Such complications may incur serious morbidity and
mortality, and this is compounded if such injuries are not detected at the time of original
surgery, particularly in the case of bowel injury 208;212;246-254.
Two laparoscopic entry methods are principally used in gynaecology and general surgery
respectively:
Closed entry and creation of a pneumoperitoneum at the umbilicus (or Palmer‘s
point).
Open laparoscopy (Hasson) 255-257.
Other techniques, used less frequently and with limited supporting evidence213, are direct
entry 258-266, optical access trocars 267-277 and radially expanding trocars 278-283.
On current evidence, mainly based on observational studies, no one laparoscopic entry
Method
has demonstrated clear superiority over another. This has led to wide variation
amongst clinicians as to which entry method should be recommended 213;284;285. It has been
suggested that open (Hasson) entry is superior as vascular injury is less likely to occur
compared to closed entry techniques 235;239;256;257;264;284;286-296, although this viewpoint has
been challenged 235.
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
305
There is significant variation in laparoscopic entry practice in the UK 297-300 and International
locations 234;301;302. In an attempt to minimise the risks of laparoscopy and unify clinical
practice, several international bodies [International Middlesbrough Consensus 303, RCOG
(draft version only)304 , SOGC 285, RANZCOG 305, EAES 306, SAGES 307, French society of
Endoscopic Gynecology 308, Netherlands 309] and experts 310-312 have recommended specific
―safe laparoscopic entry‖ principles. In fact, several small-sized studies 313-315 have shown
that adopting a recommended technique 285;303 can reduce the incidence of laparoscopic entry
related complications.
We wanted to evaluate the status of gynaecological laparoscopic entry in the UK, bearing in
mind that litigated cases normally consider both what should be (published
recommendations) and what is (questionnaire enquiries) occurring in clinical practice. To
achieve this we planned to:
1. Establish evidence based criteria for safe laparoscopic entry through a systematic
literature search and critical appraisal of the literature.
2. Currently identify what laparoscopic entry techniques are used in the UK, and explore
any factors that may influence the preference for a particular technique. This was
determined through a UK wide questionnaire survey.
3. Identify the current judicial viewpoint on laparoscopic entry injuries from the published
literature.
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
306
Methods
Establish criteria for safe laparoscopic entry: Electronic searches were performed in
MEDLINE (Ovid version 1996-December 2007), EMBASE (Ovid version 1996-December
2007) using relevant combinations of medical subject headings (laparoscopy; gynecological
surgical procedures; intraoperative complications; postoperative complications;
pneumoperitoneum, artificial; malpractice; risk assessment; legal liability; judicial role;
jurisprudence) and text words. International guidelines were identified by interrogating
specialised electronic repositories (e.g. national guideline clearinghouse, national electronic
library for health, OMNI, TRIP database, E guidelines and GFMER databases) and searching
national Collegiate (e.g. RCOG, ACOG, RANZCOG, SOGC) and specialist international
laparoscopy organisation websites (e.g. AAGL, SLS, ISGE, BSGE, SAGES, EAES,
ASERNIP-S). Literature was critically appraised according to established evidence-based
criteria [see Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network (SIGN) recommendations Table 4.ii-
4iv 7;316] to generate a list of key steps necessary for safe laparoscopic entry (see Table 4.v
and 4.12). For each step, we denoted a level of evidence and grade of recommendation and
discussed their derivation from the supporting literature.
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
307
Table 4.12: Evidence-based criteria for safe laparoscopic entry: 10 steps
Step Intervention
Level of evidence and
Grade of
recommendation
Supporting
References
1
Suitability criteria: Consider alternative to close umbilical entry
(e.g. Palmer‘s point or open (Hasson) technique) in patients with
risk factors such as: previous abdominal surgery; obesity,
extremely thin or known abdominal adhesions.
2++, B Adhesion risks:
324-344
2
Safety Criteria: Patient should be lying flat with an empty
bladder. Palpation for the abdominal aorta, any masses and check
Veress needle for spring action and gas patency.
4, GPP
3 Incision: 10mm vertical intra-umbilical incision starting deep
inside the umbilicus pit extending caudally.
4, GPP
4
Insertion of Veress: At the deep umbilical pit, at 90º to the skin,
with or without stabilising or elevating the umbilical sheath/fascia
or anterior abdominal wall, and in a controlled manner with
insertion of less than 2cm of the Veress needle tip
2+, 2-, C
(Indirect evidence from
knowledge of abdominal
anatomy)
258;317-319;351-355
5 No movement of the Veress needle following insertion - avoid
converting a possible needlepoint injury into a large complex tear
4, GPP
6
Safety Abdominal pressure check of Veress placement: Most
reliably achieved by using a Veress Intra-Abdominal Pressure
(IAP) of less than 10mmHg.
2+, C 315;356-358
7
Safety Abdominal pressure check for Primary trocar: The
intra-abdominal pressure should be 25mmHg to achieve the
maximum safe distance between anterior abdominal wall and
underlying abdominal contents.
2+, C 315;359-363
8
Vertical Primary Trocar insertion:
Inserted in a controlled two-handed screwing manner, vertically at
90° to the skin, with only the tip of the trocar inserted through the
abdominal wall.
2+, C 317-319;351-353
9 Injury check: An initial 360º laparoscopic check for intra-
peritoneal organ injury is performed
4, GPP
10
No Epigastric for Secondary trocar(s) insertion
Inserted under direct vision in a controlled two-handed manner at
90° to the skin, avoiding inferior Epigastric vessels.
2+, C
(Indirect evidence from
knowledge of abdominal
anatomy)
364-368.
Footnotes:We suggest an acronym, SCIIN SAVE SAVING, for the 10 steps: Suitability, Criteria, Incision,
Insertion, No movement, Safety Abdominal VEress, Safety Abdominal pressure (Trocar), Vertical trocar, Injury
check, No epiGastrics.
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
308
Questionnaire survey: The questionnaire was developed in collaboration with the
British Society of Gynaecological Endoscopy (BSGE) which recorded:
1. Clinician grade
2. Method of entry in the uncomplicated woman and the high-risk woman (defined as any
woman with previous suprapubic or midline laparotomy, very thin or obese)
3. Angle of entry for Veress needle and primary trocar
4. Criteria used to test for correct placement of Veress and adequacy of CO2
pneumoperitoneum prior to primary trocar insertion.
5. Whether the clinician routinely inspected the abdomen for laparoscopic injury at the
beginning or end of the laparoscopy procedure
6. Whether the clinician had experienced (personally or through witnessing) any
laparoscopic entry-related bowel or vascular injury.
7. Awareness of Middlesbrough Consensus and RCOG sourced information on
recommended laparoscopic entry practice.
In contrast to previous questionnaire studies, we wished to compare practice amongst trainee
grades as well as consultant specialists. The study population comprised of three groups.
1. Registered BSGE members at May 2006. The questionnaire (and pre-paid postage reply
envelope) was included in the BSGE May 2006 quarterly newsletter, which was sent to all
180 registered BSGE members.
2. Specialist Registrar trainees. The questionnaire was distributed to all trainees who
attended regional study days at Birmingham Women‘s Hospital, UK.
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
309
3. Attendees at the joint RCOG/BSGE conference held on Friday 8th December 2006 at
Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists, London, UK where a questionnaire
through an electronic-audience participation format was used. Audience members responded
through handheld devices and instantaneous feedback on the entire audience was
electronically displayed after each question.
Results
A. Evidence based criteria for safe laparoscopic entry
The original systematic literature review identified 276 primary studies relating to
laparoscopic techniques and complications, 21 secondary studies (13 meta-analyses and 8
clinical guidelines) and 12 citations relating to medicolegal aspects of laparoscopy entry
related complications. A further 17 relevant citations were identified through the bibliography
of primary and secondary (clinical guidelines, reviews) studies. Through a process of critical
appraisal of the literature a 10 step evidence-based criteria for safe closed umbilical
laparoscopic entry was constructed and shown in Table 4.12. The level of evidence
justifying each step is outlined below.
Suitability criteria (Step 1): Women who are extremely thin 317-319 or obese 320-323 or known
to have abdominal adhesions are at increased risk of laparoscopic entry related injury at the
umbilical entry point. The estimated risks of umbilical and/or anterior abdominal wall
adhesions in women with no prior laparoscopic surgery, previous suprapubic laparotomy and
previous midline laparotomy are 0-5%, 20%-30% and 50-65%, respectively 324-344.
Prospective observational studies suggest the risk of laparoscopic entry related injury may be
considerably reduced by adopting alternative entry (e.g. left upper quadrant Palmer‘s point or
open Hasson technique) in women with such risk factors. However, the actual relative risk
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
310
reduction is not quantified as the studies have no comparator. Left upper quadrant Palmer‘s
laparoscopic entry could also be considered if there has been failure to achieve
pneumoperitoneum at the umbilicus. Of significance, there is limited evidence that testing for
reduced (<1cm) visceral slide (ultrasound
-visualised movement of the underlying bowel or
omentum) may be helpful in detecting sub-umbilical adhesions, thereby allowing
consideration of an alternative laparoscopic entry strategy 345-350.
Supine patient positioning, safety checks and umbilical incision (Steps 2 and 3): Reliable
data on appropriate patient positioning and location/type of umbilical incision were not
identified. Consequently, we suggest the patient should be laid flat at commencement of
laparoscopy to avoid the theoretical risk that ―pelvic‖ bowel being displaced towards the
umbilicus, thereby exposing the bowel to entry related injury. On a similar stance, adopting
an alternative entry technique is advisable if a prominent abdominal aorta pulsation is
identified in close proximity to the undersurface of the umbilicus. Current consensus among
clinicians is for a 10mm vertical intra-umbilical incision extending caudally.
Controlled vertical (90 degree) Veress needle entry (Steps 4 and 5): There are no
comparative studies assessing the optimum angle of Veress needle entry. The fusion of the
parietal peritoneum and linea alba at the pit of the umbilicus logically dictates that a vertical
(90 degree to the horizontal abdomen) Veress insertion represents the shortest skin-to-
peritoneum anatomical distance to enable direct peritoneal entry. According to CT abdominal
mapping 317;318;351 and actual laparoscopy 319;352;353, this skin-to-peritoneum distance at the
umbilical pit is consistently no greater than 2cm, irrespective of abdominal obesity.
Nevertheless, it has been suggested that the Veress angle of entry should vary (45 degrees in
non-obese women and 90 degrees in obese women) as CT abdominal imaging 318, and
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
311
visualisation at laparoscopy 319, has shown that the location of the underlying aortic
bifurcation (which may be prone to Veress injury) tends to be directly under or 2-3cm caudal
to the umbilicus in non-obese and obese women, respectively. The umbilicus pit (and
underlying parietal peritoneum) may also be stabilised and/or successfully elevated away
(either by grasping the lower abdominal wall or by applying tissue forceps/towel clips within
2cm from the umbilicus) from underlying abdominal viscera during Veress insertion 258;353-
355. However, a reasonable summary of the indirect evidence stated is that, traversing the
thinnest portion of the abdomen by controlled 90 degree vertical entry, with insertion of no
greater than 2cm of the Veress needle tip, with selective umbilical stabilisation/elevation, is
likely to be safest route of Veress insertion for the vast majority of women, regardless of any
caudal displacement of their umbilicus.
Less than 10mmHg IAP safety test for correct Veress placement (Step 6):
A variety of
safety tests for correct intra-peritoneal placement of the Veress needle are employed in
clinical practice, and include: double-click, aspiration, and hanging drop tests. Prospective
studies in women undergoing laparoscopy have shown that a Veress intra-abdominal pressure
(IAP) less than, or equal to, 10 mm Hg, reliably indicates correct Veress placement at
umbilical 315;356;357 and Palmer‘s point entry 358 locations. The Veress IAP pressure correlates
positively with the weight and BMI and negatively with the parity of women 357.
Controlled vertical (90 degree) primary trocar insertion at 25mmHg IAP (Steps 7, 8, 9):
Prospective observational studies have shown higher intra-abdominal CO2 insufflated
pressures achieve greater anterior abdominal wall splinting and intra-abdominal CO2 gas
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
312
bubble space 315;359-361. An IAP of 25mmHg has been shown to achieve a maximum safe
distance between anterior abdominal wall and underlying abdominal contents, without
compromising cardio-respiratory function 362;363. A two-handed screwing manner controlled
vertical (90 degree) entry of only the primary trocar tip utilises the safe CO2 bubble depth
afforded through an IAP of 25mmHg and is highly unlikely to injure underlying vessels
based on actual laparoscopy 319;352;353 and abdominal vasculature CT mapping studies
317;318;351. Although there is no direct supporting evidence, an initial check for bowel and
vascular injury, immediately after primary trocar insertion, is recommended to avoid missing
this complication and exposing the women to serious morbidity.
Controlled insertion of secondary trocars under direct vision (Step 10):
Epigastric
vessels can be reliably identified through a combination of direct visualisation [vessels lie 1-2
cm lateral to the medial umbilical ligaments (obliterated umbilical arteries)],
transillumination and external anatomical landmarks
364-368. In most women, a useful and safe
point of insertion is 2 cm from the anterior superior iliac crest along an imaginary line
connecting the iliac crest to the umbilicus. The controlled insertion, at a 90 degree angle to
the skin, using a two-handed screwing manner of the secondary trocar (analogous to that used
to insert the primary trocar), should be observed under direct vision to ensure no inadvertent
injury of abdominal organs.
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
313
B. Questionnaire survey
There was a 62% (n=112) response rate from the postal questionnaire, and 100% response
rates from SpR registrars (n=82) and attendees at the RCOG/BSGE meeting (n=32). Analysis
was performed on all 226 total respondents.
Entry technique in uncomplicated vs. high risk women: The vast majority would perform
a closed umbilical laparoscopic entry in uncomplicated women and a Hasson or Palmer‘s
point entry in women with previous midline laparotomy (Table 4.13). However, there was
inconsistency when selecting entry technique in women with previous suprapubic
laparotomy, obesity, or who were extremely thin (Table 4.13).
Veress and primary trocar entry: Only 18% would use the recommended 90º/90º Veress
and primary trocar entry method (Table 4.14). Safety checks performed to ensure correct
Veress placement and prior to primary trocar insertion are depicted in Tables 4.15 and 4.16,
respectively. The proportion of respondents aware of evidence-based guidance, or who have
previous experience of laparoscopic injury, is depicted in Table 4.17.
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
314
Table 4.13 Laparoscopic entry technique in uncomplicated vs. high-risk women
Veress entry technique Uncomplicat
ed women
High risk women
Women
with
Previous
Suprapubi
c
laparotomy
Women
with
previous
midline
laparotom
y
Women
with obesity
Women
who are
extremely
thin
Closed umbilical (umb.) 213 (94%) 193 (85%) 37 (16%) 179 (79%) 189 (84%)
Open (Hasson) 5 (2%) 14 (6%) 49 (22%) 13 (6%) 15 (7%)
Palmer's point 1 (<1%) 8 (4%) 102 (45%) 4 (2%) 2 (<1%)
Suprapubic point 3 (1%) 1 (<1%) 4 (2%) 9 (4%) 6 (3%)
Direct entry 3 (1%) 2 (<1%) 0 3 (1%) 2 (<1%)
transvaginal culdoscopy 1 (<1%) 1 (<1%) 1 (<1%) 1 (<1%) 1 (<1%)
Closed umb. or suprapubic 0 0 1 (<1%) 4 (2%) 1 (<1%)
Hasson or Palmer's 0 3 (1%) 23 (10%) 0 1 (<1%)
Closed umb. or Palmer's 0 2 (<1%) 5 (2%) 0 4 (2%)
Closed umb. or Hasson or
Palmer‘s
0 0 3 (1%) 1 (<1%) 0
Closed umb. or Hasson 0 2 (<1%) 1 (<1%) 9 (4%) 6 (3%)
Footnotes
Umb. Refers to umbilical
Direct entry would be gasless direct primary trocar abdominal entry and would not utilise
Veress.
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
315
Table 4.14 Frequency of angle of entry for Veress and Primary Trocar
Angle of Primary Trocar entry [Count] Total
90 60 45 30 Z angle b
Angle of
Veress
entry
[Count]
90 40
(18%)
28
(12%)
24
(11%)
1 1 94
60 6 34
(15%)
9 0 2 51
45 1 11 57
(25%)
1 3 73
30 0 1 1 0 0 2
Not used a 3 1 1 1 0 6
Total 50 75 92 3 6 226
Footnotes
a Veress angle not determined as practitioner prefers to use either Hasson or direct entry
Method
for insertion of primary trocar.
b Z angle system corresponds to initial shallow angle 60.
The five most frequent Veress/Primary trocar combinations are shaded in grey and bolded
font.
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
316
Table 4.15. Safety checks performed to ensure correct Veress placement
TESTS SpR 1-3
n=63
Count
SpR 4-5
n=41
Count
Consultant
n=122
Count
Total
Count (%)
Pressure & saline aspiration & two Veress clicks 14 11 28 53 (23%)
Pressure & saline aspiration 13 11 24 48 (21%)
Saline aspiration 20 6 10 36 (16%)
Pressure & two Veress clicks 6 5 21 32 (14%)
Pressure 3 4 14 21 (9%)
Saline aspiration & two Veress clicks 6 1 4 11 (5%)
Pressure & freely moving Veress & two Veress
clicks
0 0 7 7 (3%)
Two Veress clicks 1 1 3 5 (2%)
Freely moving Veress & two Veress clicks 0 1 2 3 (1%)
Pressure and freely moving Veress 0 0 3 3 (1%)
Freely moving Veress 0 0 2 2 (<1%)
Not use Veress 0 1 4 5 (2%)
Footnotes
Pressure refers to pre-insufflation intra-abdominal pressure recorded as below 8mmHg
Two Veress clicks refers to the audible or tactile impression of two Veress clicks on
abdominal insertion
Saline aspiration refers to the four-component saline aspiration, injection, aspiration, drop test
commonly known as Palmer‘s test.
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
317
Table 4.16. Safety checks performed prior to primary trocar insertion
TESTS SpR 1-3 SpR 4-5 Consultan
t
Total
Count (%)
IAP 25mmHg 29 22 48 99 (44%)
Distension and IAP 25mmHg 20 6 14 40 (18%)
Distension and IAP 12-15mmHg 4 0 21 25 (11%)
Distension 2 4 13 19 (8%)
IAP 12-15mmHg 4 4 8 16 (7%)
Distension, >3L CO2 , IAP 12-15mmHg 1 3 6 10 (4%)
Distension, >3L CO2, IAP 25mmHg 2 2 6 10 (4%)
Distension, >3L CO2 0 0 5 5 (2%)
CO2 >3 litres 1 0 1 2 (<1%)
Footnotes
IAP refers to intra-abdominal pressure
Distension refers to clinical abdominal wall distension
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
318
Table 4.17. Awareness of evidence-based guidance and previous experience of
laparoscopic injury
SpR 1-3
n=63
Count
SpR 4-5
n=41
Count
a Consultant
n=122
Count
Total
n=226
Count (%)
Awareness of Middlesbrough Consensus
Yes
27
22
100
149 (66%)
No 36 19 22 77 (34%)
Awareness of RCOG Guidance
Yes
55
33
90
178 (79%)
No 8 8 32 48 (21%)
Previous experience laparoscopic injury
Yes, bowel injury
14
13
57
84 (37%)
Yes, vascular injury 7 4 7 18 (8%)
Yes, both vascular and bowel injury 4 5 32 41 (18%)
No 38 19 26 83 (37%)
Routine Inspection of abdomen
Yes
48
38
110
196 (87%)
No 15 3 12 30 (13%)
Footnotes
a Consultant category includes 4 Staff Grades, 5 Associate Specialists and 113 Consultants.
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
319
C. Medico-legal ramifications
The civil standard of law is used in UK medico-legal litigation. This means it is the
responsibility of the claimant (woman patient) to prove that, it is more likely than not (greater
than 51% probability), that the injury she incurred arose through a negligently performed
rather than non-negligently performed surgical technique by the defendant (Surgeon).
Laparoscopic entry related complications have contributed significantly to medical litigation
in gynaecological surgery 233;247;248;369-376. Until recently, there had been inconsistency in the
judicial viewpoint in awarding negligent or non-negligent verdicts. However, the case of
Palmer v Cardiff & Vale NHS Trust 377 has now set judicial guidance in this area. The court
ruled that the likelihood of laparoscopic related bowel injury occurring in an uncomplicated
case if there had been good surgical technique, was highly unlikely. If there was no
alternative plausible non-negligent explanation for the complication then the defendant was
liable - complying with the legal maxim res ipsa loquitir (―the thing speaks for itself‖). This
overruled the defendant‘s viewpoint that injury was a recognized complication of
laparoscopy and therefore its occurrence was not proof of negligence per se. The judicial
guidance accepted that given a woman without risk factors, and a surgeon following a safe
technique (i.e. correctly inserting Veress needle, it‘s position checked, insufflation of the
peritoneal cavity to 25mmHg, controlled insertion of the primary trocar with penetration of
the cavity by just the trocar tip), then the risk of injury was highly improbable. Thus the
occurrence of any injury under these circumstances would imply a negligent technique.
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
320
Discussion
Based on our systematic literature search, critical appraisal of the published literature and
available guidelines, we have constructed a ten step evidence based guideline necessary for
safe closed laparoscopic entry. Our findings are analogous to Semm‘s original 11 safety steps
312. However, we have updated these steps in line with current evidence-based literature and
have ascribed the level of evidence to each step supported by the literature citation(s) for that
step. We feel that these 10 steps represent the current most up to date evidence to enable
clinicians to practice safe closed laparoscopic entry (Table 4.12).
Our national questionnaire study revealed considerable heterogeneity in laparoscopic entry
practice despite widespread awareness of the Middlesbrough Consensus or RCOG sourced
guidance. The inconsistency was inherent throughout every step of the laparoscopic entry
procedure, and has been identified by previous UK based surveys 297-300. Fundamentally,
there was a failure to appreciate risk factors that would justify a change in entry technique, as
well as not adopting the correct safety checks following Veress insertion and prior to primary
trocar insertion. Even if there was authoritative guidance on safe laparoscopic entry technique
it is unclear how many practitioners would actually change their clinical practice accordingly.
However an Australian based questionnaire study suggests that this would be supported by
the majority of minimally invasive surgeons 301.
We acknowledge that we have a limited sample size and have surveyed a highly selected
group. On one hand it is reassuring that we have shown no real differences between trainees
and specialists. However, it is of great concern that even in the ―expert‖ specialist group there
is such a wide variation in entry technique. It is possible that a survey of general
gynaecologists may identify an even wider and more alarming variation in practice.
Chapter 4.3. Safe Laparoscopic entry
321
We strongly feel that safe laparoscopic entry guidance should be disseminated widely such as
the 10 steps shown in Table 4.12. However, we accept that following such guidance would
not necessarily negate the risk of laparoscopic entry related injury nor would it protect the
clinician against any negligent ruling should a complication occur. We believe that written
guidance should be reinforced through simulated training 378;379, structured formal assessment
and consistent clinical direction by specialists. Unless practice concurs with recommended
guidance, women undergoing laparoscopy will be exposed to increased unnecessary
operative risk.
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
322
4.4. Minimising the Risk of Sterilisation Failure-an evidence-based
approach
Introduction
Female sterilization is one of the commonest procedures performed
worldwide. In 1999 around 50,000 female sterilisations were performed in England in the
NHS and charitable sectors 380 . The procedure is performed on mainly healthy women at
their request, and the intention is to occlude each fallopian tube. This may be achieved
through tubal surgical excision, application of a mechanical device or electrocautery
coagulation (Table 4.18). Where resources permit, the preference, and most widely
established technique, is laparoscopic tubal occlusion, which has moreover replaced the
earlier technique of performing female sterilisation via mini-laparotomy. In the UK, the
RCOG 380 recommends that laparoscopic sterilisation should be performed using either
Filshie clip or ring. Tubal excision and separation and related techniques (e.g. Pomeroy
procedure) are preferred if sterilisation is performed at caesarean delivery.
Hysteroscopic sterilisation may be considered a non-incisional, non-surgical form of
permanent contraception, and is a promising alternative to laparoscopic tubal occlusion. The
procedure involves the insertion of a small flexible titanium microinsert into each of the
fallopian tubes through the cervix using a guidewire and a hysteroscope (ESSURE®,
Conceptus Inc.). The procedure is usually performed under local anaesthesia and/or
intravenous sedation. Despite being licensed in the UK, NICE considers hysteroscopic
sterilisation to still be under evaluation and should only be performed in accordance with
specific NICE guidance (particularly on patient consent and coordinated follow up.381 This is
mainly because there is insufficient evidence on long term efficacy (single case report of
failure382 and tubal perforation383) and safety of hysteroscopic sterilisation, with the
manufacturer reporting 99.8% effectiveness at preventing pregnancy at 2 year follow up
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
323
(http://www.essure.co.uk). 384-386Furthermore, there are no published randomised controlled
trials comparing ESSURE directly with commonly used female tubal occlusion methods.387
Table 4.18: Female surgical sterilisation techniques
Method
Techniques Comments
Ligating tube with
partial or complete
tubal excision
Pomeroy
Fimbriectomy
Salpingectomy
Preferred option at mini-
laparotomy, but laparoscopic
salpingectomy is an alternative
Mechanical occlusion
of the tubal lumen
Filshie clip
Hulka-Clemens clip
Falope ring
Silastic ring
Less of the tube is damaged
increasing the chance of
reversibility
Coagulation induced
tubal closure
Unipolar diathermy
Bipolar diathermy
Not recommended as the first line
Method
in the UK by the RCOG
Hysteroscopic tubal
occlusion
Expanding metal tubal
micro-insert implant
(ESSURE)
Licensed in UK and under
evaluation. Guidance for usage in
accordance to NICE.
Virtually no possibility of reversal.
Contraceptive precautions to
continue for at least 3 months post
procedure and X-Ray HSG
confirmation of tubal occlusion
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
324
Rates of sterilisation failure Conception occurring after sterilisation is termed
sterilisation failure, and can occur several years after the procedure. Publications have
reported differences in rates in sterilisation failure rates, even amongst the same sterilisation
method. Such variation is due to differences in: the characteristics of the women undergoing
sterilisation; operator experience; operating centre workload; sterilisation method chosen, and
the time interval to resuming sexual activity post sterilisation and its frequency.5
The two largest studies that have examined failed sterilisation have reported the ten-year
cumulative probability of pregnancy of 18.5 per 1000 procedures (US CREST study) 388 and
8 per 1000 procedures (Canada) 389 . The reason for the lower sterilisation failure rate in the
Canadian study compared to the US CREST study may be due to predominant use of the
Filshie clip and incorporation of non-teaching hospitals in the Canadian dataset. However,
both studies were also significant in:
Utilizing the superior and preferred life table analysis method (cumulative probability of
pregnancy at serial time intervals since sterilisation) for reporting sterilisation failure,
rather than the less accurate crude failure or Pearl index outcomes that were reported by
previous studies.
Obtaining follow up data for at least 5 to 15 years following the sterilisation
This concept of cumulative risk of pregnancy is particularly important for those women
sterilized at a young age (who will be exposed to a risk of pregnancy for a greater time
period) and who have been sterilisation by methods of low short and long term efficacy
(because such methods, over certain time frames, will acquire a greater percentage of total
failures than other more effective methods).
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
325
Both US and Canadian dataset studies 388;389 validated this concept of cumulative risk of
pregnancy. In the Canadian dataset 389 the cumulative probability of pregnancy increased
from 0.3% at 1 year, to 0.7% by 5 years and 0.9% by 15 years.389 This is depicted in Figure
1. It is therefore important to quote women a 10 year risk of sterilisation failure,
individualised to each method and patient age, when counselling them for the sterilisation
procedure. Bearing in mind that as long as a woman is fertile, and sexually active, she may
continue to be at risk for sterilization failure.The RCOG has recommended a 10-year
sterilisation failure rate of 2-3 per 1000 procedures be used for the Filshie clip method.
However, this rate is predominantly drawn from a retrospective questionnaire study, of 5 year
follow up, with an exaggerated denominator.390 Given this information, and considering the
other reported Filshie clip studies (listed in Table 4.19), 2-3 per 1000 risk is more likely to
correspond to the first year or even annual non-cumulated absolute risk of sterilisation failure.
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
326
Table 4.19. Filshie Clip: reported sterilisation failure rates
Study Period
data are
collected
from
Sterilisations
Performed
Sterilisation
Method
Outcome Type of
study
Peterson388
US Collaborative
review of
Sterilisation
(CREST)
1978-1986
10,685
Filshie clip was
not used- as it
was not
licensed in
USA until 1996
392
Various methods.
Hulka spring clip
(1595)
Silicone Rubber
band (3329)
Overall 18.5 per 1000
over 10 years
Hulka 36.5 per 1000
Silicone rubber band
17.7 per 1000
Prospective cohort
multicentre
Trussell 389 1980-1999 311,960 Mainly
Laparoscopic
Filshie clip
8 per 1000
[2496 failures]
Retrospective
multicentre
Kovacs 390 1994-1998 30,000
(estimate)
All Filshie 2.4 per 1000
[73 failures]a
Retrospective
multicentre
Filshie 424 1982-1992 First 202
responders
from a series of
434
All Filshie 2.3 per 1000
[1 failure at 6 months]
Case series
Birdsall 415 1988-1989 1094 Mainly
Laparoscopic
Filshie clip
12 per 1000 at 12
months b
Case series
Sokal 423 1984-1990 2746 Filshie clips vs.
Rings
[2 in each group
became pregnant]
1.7 per 1000 for both
Ring and Filshie clip
groups at 12 months
RCT
Dominik 422 1984-1990 2126 Filshie clips vs.
Hulka clips
[11 pregnancies
occurred:
9 Hulka, 2 Filshie]
At 12 months
1.1 per 1000 for Filshie
Clip
6.9 per 1000 for Hulka
Clip group.
At 24 months, 9.7 per
1000 for Filshie and
28.1 per 1000 for Hulka
RCT
Footnotes
a Kovacs: Of the 73 failures, 14 cases were due to operator error, 29 were properly applied clips and 30 cases
had unknown reason for failure b Birdsall: Registrars had a 1.3% failure rate, consultants 1.9% and when both a consultant and registrar
performed the procedure a failure rate was 0.7%. Eighty-six percent (6/7) of failed sterilisations were due to
operator error (wrong structure, initial non-occlusion).
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
327
Key factors [excluding operator error] identified to alter cumulative probability of
pregnancy
The failure rate for each sterilisation method tends to stabilize over the long term and may
thus be represented as a constant lifetime risk of sterilisation failure (1 in 200 is quoted for
the Filshie clip380). However, a more precise estimate would also be based upon her age at
sterilisation and the subsequent number of fertile years during which she is at risk of
pregnancy. The Canadian dataset 389 showed that sterilisation of young women (35 years age) was associated with an overall increased
absolute risk of pregnancy after sterilisation (1.5% vs. 0.4% ), and that this cumulative risk
stabilized later in the younger age group. This is depicted in Figure 4.2. Multivariate
regression analysis of the CREST study 388 showed the following factors were associated
with an increased risk of sterilisation failure:
Sterilisation method used. Most effective were postpartum partial salpingectomy and
laparoscopic unipolar coagulation at 7.5 pregnancies per 1000 procedures, but
laparoscopic spring clip application had the highest risk of failure at 36.5 pregnancies per
1000 procedures (see Figure 4.3)
Age at sterilisation. The probability of failure for women sterilized at ages 34 years for all methods of sterilization
except interval partial salpingectomy.
Race-ethnicity. Black, non-Hispanic women were at significantly greater risk for
sterilization failure than were white, non-Hispanic women.
Operating centre. Substantial differences in procedure specific failure rates between
sites, likely representing variation in operator experience, requirements to teach juniors
and volume of sterilisation operations.
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
328
Figure 4.2: Clinico-pathological mechanisms proposed in sterilisation failure based on
Canadian dataset 389
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
329
Figure 4.3. Cumulative risk of pregnancy by method from US CREST study 388 and
Filshie clip references
Years since
sterilisation
Cumulative risk of pregnancy per 1000 sterilisation procedures
Bipolar Unipolar Silicone
Band
Hulka
clip
post partum
salpingectomy
Filshie
clip
(estimate
only)
1 2.3 0.7 5.9 18.2 0.6 2.5
2 4.6 2.3 7.6 23.8 3.9 2.5
3 6.7 2.3 8.3 29.1 4.6 2.5
4 13.1 2.3 9 30.7 5.4 2.5
5 16.5 2.3 10 31.7 6.3 2.5
6 18.3 2.3 10 31.7 6.3 2.5
7 20.7 2.3 13 31.7 6.3 2.5
8 22 2.3 16.1 31.7 6.3 2.5
9 23.3 4 16.1 34 7.5 2.5
10 24.8 7.5 17.7 36.5 7.5 2.5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Years since sterilisation
Cumulative risk of pregnancy
Bipolar
Unipolar
Silicone Band
Hulka
Salpingectomy
Filshie
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
330
Notably, the US Crest study showed no statistically significant associations between risk of
sterilisation failure and a history of pelvic inflammatory disease, history of previous
abdominal or pelvic surgery, or presence of any adhesions recorded at sterilization. Although
these factors have been assumed empirically by practitioners to affect the risk of sterilisation
failure.
Sterilisation failure and subsequent intrauterine or ectopic pregnancy
Overall, for all sterilisation methods, studies have shown ectopic pregnancy may occur in
4.3–76.0% of failed sterilisations.380 The relative risk of intrauterine to ectopic pregnancy
occurrence in failed sterilisation varies according to the sterilisation method and time interval
from the sterilisation procedure. Women who have been sterilized have a considerably lower
absolute risk of an ectopic pregnancy compared to non-sterilised fertile women (as
sterilisation protects against both intrauterine and ectopic pregnancies). However, should
pregnancy occur, the relative risk of it being ectopic rather than intrauterine is higher in
pregnant women who have been sterilized. Women should be counselled about such risks
when deciding the method of sterilisation.
There were 47 ectopic pregnancies in the 10,685 sterilised women in the US CREST study,
which equates to a 10-year cumulative probability of ectopic pregnancy for all sterilisation
Methods
combined of 7.3 per 1000 procedures. 391 Women sterilized by bipolar tubal
coagulation before the age of 30 years had a probability of ectopic pregnancy that was 27
times as high as that among women of similar age who underwent postpartum partial
salpingectomy (31.9 vs. 1.2 ectopic pregnancies per 1000 procedures).391
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
331
Classification of causes of sterilisation failures: the role of operator error [negligent
mechanism]
The mechanism of failure should be identified through a systematic assessment of fallopian
tube histology, X-ray hysterosalpingography and direct pelvic visual inspection. Neither of
the major observational studies on sterilisation failure reported on the underlying mechanism
of sterilisation failure.388;389 Our systematic review identified only 81 cases in the world
literature where the mechanism of sterilisation failure had been confirmed by such systematic
methodology. 5 Sterilisation failure may be classified as arising from negligent or non-
negligent mechanisms, which may be dependent or independent of the sterilisation method
utilised (Table 4.20). If the mechanism of failure is due to ‗tubal non-occlusion‘ or ‗wrong
structure sterilisation ‘, these are considered negligent mechanisms, whereas ‗spontaneous
tubal recanalisation‘ or ‗fistula formation‘ mechanisms of failure are considered non-
negligent.
Several studies have shown operator error to represent a significant (if not the major) cause of
sterilisation failure. One summative review showed that the overall ten year failure rate for
worldwide Filshie clip sterilisations was 0.56% in 10,000 women, but fell significantly to
0.2% when cases caused by operator error were excluded.392 A questionnaire based study
examining Filshie clip use in Australia showed of the 73 sterilisation failures from 30,000
procedures, 14 were due to operator error, 30 unknown reason and 29 occurred in the
presence of a ‗properly applied clip‘.390 Another study, which incorporated participants of the
US CREST study, reported that all 20 sterilisation failures using spring clip and silicone
rubber band arose to improper application of the occlusive devices.393;394 Of the 81
sterilisation failures reported in our systematic review of published literature 5, 57 cases were
due to operator error ( wrong structured ‗sterilised‘ and initial tubal non-occlusion, ) and 24
not due to operator error (fistula formation or recanalisation). We have recently published an
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
332
analysis of 131 cases of sterilisation failure, incorporating our systematic review, where 88
were negligent and 43 non-negligent sterilisation failures (see Chapter 2 and reference 395).
Table 4.20. Classification system for mechanism of sterilisation failure
DEPENDENT ON THE STERILISATION METHOD
Negligent
Initial tubal non-occlusion (poor operator technique) e.g. slippage or overclosure of
Filshie clip (see Figure 3).
Wrong structured ‗sterilised‘
Improperly maintained equipment (e.g. non-calibrated/serviced Filshie clip applicator)
which contributed to initial tubal non-occlusion.
Non negligent
Initial tubal non-occlusion (true method failure)- this is reported extremely rarely
and occurs despite correctly applied technique
the ends of the fallopian tube can reconnect spontaneously (recanalisation)
a fistula can develop at the occluded portion of the tube
INDEPENDENT OF THE STERILISATION METHOD*
Already conceived in the cycle prior to sterilisation
Or in the case of Filshie clip, conceives following sterilisation in the remainder of the
menstrual cycle because the ovulatory ovum is proximal to tubal sterilisation point
(luteal-phase pregnancy)
Or in the case of Hysteroscopic sterilisation, conceives within the 3 month interval
post sterilisation and/or prior to confirmation of effective sterilisation by HSG or
ultrasound.
*Most studies on sterilisation failure have excluded such pregnancies from their
reported final analysis
Mechanical tubal occlusive methods have lower rates of tuboperitoneal fistula formation than
coagulation based techniques.396-398 This may be because mechanical occlusion methods
destroy much less tube (approximately 4 mm for clips and 2 cm for rings) than
electrocoagulation methods (3-4 cm). However the exact aetiology of tubal lumen
regeneration remains unclear. Other factors such as individual‘s tubal ‗healing‘ response, pre-
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
333
existing proliferative tubal disease (e.g. endosalpingiosis), degree of tubal avascularity and
interval from operation are likely to modify tubal lumen regeneration ability.396;399-403
Presently there is no evidence to suggest that operator fault in sterilisation technique
predisposes to tubal lumen regeneration, and therefore this mechanism of sterilisation failure
would be considered to be non-negligent and independent of operator error.
Medico legal consequences The psychological and physical morbidity following failed
sterilisation often leads to litigation.404 A gynaecologist has a duty to inform women of the
risk of failure, to carry out the operation in accordance with accepted good medical practice
and to avoid foreseeable complications. Women who have undergone sterilisation performed
negligently are entitled to recover damages according to:
Wrongful conception: In addition, an action in contract may also arise if the sterilisation
procedure was performed outside the NHS in the private sector.
Negligence: A breach of duty arises when an operation is not carried out in accordance
with practice accepted as proper by a reasonable body of gynaecologists (Bolam test).
Negligence also occurs when there is omission in appropriate pre-operative counselling.
Wrongful birth: The negligent act deprived the mother of the possibility to prevent the
conception of a disabled child or to have a lawful abortion.
Women are entitled to recover general damages for pain and suffering during pregnancy and
delivery, and loss of earnings during pregnancy. A recent judgment in the Australian High
Court 405 led the Australian government to amend the Civil Liberty Act to restrict the amount
of damages that could be awarded in such situations. In the majority of failed sterilisation
cases, even those in the advanced stages of litigation, the mechanism of failure remains
unknown as there is no uniform requirement for such cases to undergo systematic enquiry or
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
334
to be reported to any supervisory national registry. The RCOG should consider this
requirement at the time of the sterilisation guideline review in 2006. 380 Thus, a common
scenario in the legal setting is to cast judgment on the likelihood of negligence or non-
negligence in cases with unknown mechanism of sterilisation failure. Based on pooling the 81
cases of sterilisation failure with documented interval to pregnancy and mechanism of failure
we proposed:
That a greater proportion of early (within 12 months from operation) than late (after 12
months from operation) sterilisation failures occurred by a negligent mechanism. Thus, the
time interval to sterilisation failure may be predictive of negligence. In our recent publication
of 131 cases of sterilisation failure395, we showed sterilisation failure occurred significantly
earlier in negligent than non-negligent failure mechanisms (mean failure intervals 7.5 vs. 14.2
months; Hazard Ratio 2.35 [95% CI 1.31-4.21]).
Initial tubal non-occlusion is more likely to lead to early sterilisation failure (within one
year), and as it is less likely to damage the tube, the resulting pregnancy is more likely to be
intrauterine than ectopic. Conversely, late sterilisation failure arising from tubal re-
canalisation or fistula formation is more likely to result in an abnormal lumen predisposing to
a decreased risk of pregnancy, but should it occur there would be an increased risk of ectopic
pregnancy. This is graphically illustrated in figure 1.
Identification and assessment of evidence
MEDLINE 1966-2006, the Cochrane library, 2006, Royal College of Obstetricians and
Gynaecologists (RCOG, UK) were searched for relevant randomised controlled trials,
systematic reviews, meta-analyses, and evidence-based guidelines relating to sterilisation.
The searches were performed using the relevant MeSH terms including: sterilization, tubal;
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
335
sterilization; sterilization sexual; surgical instruments; electrocautery; cautery; liability, legal;
jurisprudence; malpractice; medical errors; treatment failure; risk factors. The majority of
publications were retrospective observational studies, case reports and reviews, with a
paucity of prospective controlled trials or meta-analyses.5;380;406 The definitions of the types
of evidence used in this chapter are as denoted in the RCOG Clinical Governance advice.407
Where possible, recommendations on strategies to minimise sterilisation failure are annotated
with the level of evidence that supports them (A, B, C or GPP) as indicated ( Table 4.2ii).
Data generated was incorporated in our recently published systematic review in failed
sterilisation 5 and utilised for this chapter to generate a best evidence based guideline 6.
Clinical Guideline: Minimising the risks of sterilisation failure
1. Patient Selection Level GPP
There is limited evidence that pre-existing gynaecological pathology, in addition to
increasing the technical difficulty of performing the sterilisation procedure, independently
predisposes to sterilisation failure. Factors such as pre-existing tubal disease, history of
abdominal or pelvic surgery, history of pelvic inflammatory disease previous ectopic
pregnancy, pregnancy or post-partum state,, obesity, prior use of an intrauterine contraceptive
device, previous induced abortion, congenital uterine anomalies, fibroids, endometriosis,
endosalpingoblastosis and adenomyosis.388;389;397;408-412 The myth that sterilisation protects
against pelvic inflammatory disease has recently been challenged.413
2. Pre-sterilisation pregnancy testing and timing of sterilisation Level C
Both hysteroscopic and laparoscopic tubal occlusion may be performed at any time during
the menstrual cycle provided that the clinician is certain that the woman has used effective
contraception up until the day of the operation. It is recommended practice that all women
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
336
should have a urine pregnancy test prior to sterilisation. Routine pre-operative same day
pregnancy testing has been shown to reduce the incidence of pregnancies discovered after the
sterilisation procedure that have been falsely attributed to presumed negligent sterilisation
procedure.414 However, such a test may still be falsely negative in a very early pregnancy. A
serum hCG pre-operatively may be considered, however, if there is any doubt, then the
sterilisation should be deferred until the follicular phase of a subsequent cycle.
3. Pre-procedure contraception and the need to continue until onset of next menstrual
cycle (reduce risk of luteal pregnancy) Level GPP
Contraception is immediately effective if using the combined pill (if commenced between
day 1 and day 5 of period) and Mirena IUS. However, with laparoscopic tubal occlusion,
contraception is only likely to be completely effective by the onset of the next menses.
Therefore, for this method, pre-procedure contraception measures should be continued until
the onset of next menses to prevent ―luteal phase‖ pregnancy failure (Table 4.20). This is
where sterilisation has occurred just after ovulation, and the ovum is already ‗proximal‘ to the
tubal occlusion, enabling pregnancy to occur in this luteal phase through post sterilisation
‗unprotected‘ intercourse. Studies have identified luteal pregnancy occurring in 0.32% to
0.6% of sterilisation cases.388;415;416 Women selecting hysteroscopic sterilisation (ESSURE)
need to continue with contraceptive precautions for at least three months post procedure and
may resume ‗unprotected‘ sexual intercourse only after there is confirmation of satisfactory
tubal occlusion (e.g. by X Ray hysterosalpingogram).
4. Timing the operation - Interval preferred Level B
Wherever possible, tubal occlusion should be performed at an appropriate interval following
pregnancy. Sterilisation can be performed in the immedate post-partum period (combined
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
337
with caesarean section or via minilaparotomy) or post-abortion. However this period is
associated with higher rates of failure and regret by the woman416 417, and this should be
incorporated into the counselling and documentation prior to the procedure. In terms of post-
partum sterilisation, salpingectomy and Filshie clip have similar rates of failure (7.5 and 8.8
per 1000 respectively).388 416
5. Selection of technique- Laparoscopy preferred over laparotomy Level B
Each sterilisation method has specific advantages, disadvantages and individualised failure
rates according to the sterilisation method and patient characteristics. This information should
be conveyed during the counseling process. A meta-analysis 418, and large population study
419, has shown no significant difference in failure rate or major operative morbidity between
mini-laparotomy and laparoscopy methods of sterilisation. However, laparoscopic methods
have lower minor operative morbidity and are preferred for interval sterilisations as it offers
obvious advantages in terms of shorter operative time, same day hospital discharge and
shorter convalescence period.
6. Selection of technique- Modified Pomeroy at caesarean section Level B
A modified Pomeroy procedure rather than Filshie clip application may be preferable for
postpartum sterilisation performed by mini-laparotomy or at the time of caesarean section, as
this leads to lower failure rates.388;416;420, although both procedures are equally popular
choices with surgeons.421
7. Selection of technique- Filshie clip sterilisation is preferred method Level B
Two small RCTs 422;423 and observational studies390;424 have shown Filshie clip to have the
lowest failure rate for interval sterilisation failure and has therefore been recommended by
the RCOG 380 as the preferred method at laparoscopic tubal occlusion (Table 4.19). Ring
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
338
Methods
have also been recommended by the RCOG, and appear to have equal contraceptive
efficacy to Filshie clip. However, ring methods tend to be technically more difficult to apply
to the fallopian tubes and have gradually become less popular in UK clinical practice.
8. Operative technique for Filshie clip: Levels C and GPP
a) Care should be taken to ensure the Filshie clip is applied to the optimal mid-isthmic tubal
position (1cm to 3cm from the uterine cornu) and this structure not be mistaken for an
adjacent structure e.g. the round ligament or a fold of peritoneum.425
b) The Filshie clip should be applied in a manner to completely encapsulate the tube and
lumen, be fully locked with the upper jaw compressed, completely flattened and its end
adequately secured under the under the latch which ‗locks‘ the clip jaw (Figure 4.4). The
clip should flatten the whole tube portion within the clip without leaving any unflattened
tubal ‗knuckles‘ without transecting the tube. Finally, the clip should sit perpendicular to the
long axis of the tube. 425 facilitated by stretching the isthmic portion with hinge placed on the
antimesenteric aspect of the tube.
c) Excessive forceful clip applicator overclosure (Figure 4.4) or underclosure may lead to
tubal transection and subsequent sterilisation failure through luminal regeneration (i.e. tubal
fistula or re-canalisation) or incomplete tubal occlusion. 425
Figure 4.4: Filshie clip under-closure due to operator fault
Despite the clip appearing locked, on
closer inspection the upper jaw of the
clip will be noted to be incompletely
compressed, rounded rather than
flattened, and the end insufficiently
secured under the under the latch for
the upper jaw. Most causes of clip
under-closure are due to operator
fault.
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
339
A predisposing factor to improper closure is a ‗faulty‘ Filshie clip applicator. However, this is
rare, as it is a legal requirement that device applicators are well maintained and adequately
checked to ensure optimum function. In the case of the Filshie clip, both the manufacturer
(Femcare, UK
www.femcare.co.uk) and MDA strongly recommend that all single Filshie clip
applicators are serviced and re-adjusted at least once a year or after every 100 procedures.
Furthermore, a closing checking gauge should be used prior to every sterilisation procedure
to ensure the applicator functions correctly. There is only one published case of failed
sterilisation, which proposes Filshie clip under-closure as the most likely mechanism of
sterilisation failure. Therefore this cause of failure should be considered rare.426
d) Applying two mechanical clips adjacent to each other on the tube does not decrease the
failure rate, but may even increase it if they are applied too closely together.425;427-429
e) Following clip application there should be a systematic checking procedure to ensure the
correct structure and both sides of the tube have been satisfactorily occluded, and this should
be documented. Although not a legal requirement in the UK, we recommend:
e) Taking clinical photographs or operative videos of the sterilised structures
identifying them as fallopian tubes. However photographs may be unhelpful in confidently
excluding other negligent causes of incomplete tubal occlusion e.g. protruding knuckle of
tube inadequate locking of clip jaws, clip under-closure, or tubal transection (partial or
complete)
f) Presence of second operating surgeon for counter-checking. A recent study
involving 1094 sterilisations from 1988-1989 showed that Registrars had a 1.3% failure rate,
Consultants 1.9% and when both a Consultant and Registrar performed the procedure a
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
340
failure rate of 0.7% was recorded.415 A medical witness to concur the sterilisation procedure
is a legal requirement in some countries.430
9. True method failure. There is evidence that anatomical tubal patency can occur
following a correctly undertaken sterilisation (true method failure), and has been reported
following correctly applied Filshie clips in three cases of Filshie clip failure (table 4.19)431
and is implied to have occurred in the 29/73 correctly applied clip sterilisation failures
reported by an observational study. 390However, persisting anatomical tubal patency does not
necessarily imply sterilisation failure, as tubal patency rates of 1-2% at three months and 16%
at five years have been noted following correctly applied tubal ligation, with the actual
pregnancy occurrence of 1-2% over this time period. 400. Even so, true method failure is rare
and difficult to prove; nonetheless three possible mechanisms of true method failure are
suggested:
A partially non-occluded segment of tubal lumen has formed within the clip. This tubal
‗knuckle‘, with a patent lumen, can exist within the completely flattened tube portion
inside the clip identifiable only at microscopy.
Pre-existing utero-tubal structural abnormalities such as accessory fallopian tube, uterine
didelphys 432, and utero-tubal fistulas
Mechanical failure of the Filshie clip. Manufacturers for Filshie clip have not reported
spontaneous mechanical failure as a possibility for sterilisation failure, and this concurs with
an absence of such cases in the published literature. Nevertheless, there remains at least a
theoretical possibility of mechanical material failure, and manufacturers like FEMCARE®
offer an examination of the Filshie clips in failed sterilisation to exclude the possibility of this
failure mechanism (Femcare - personal communication).
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
341
10. Operator experience and training Levels C and GPP
Improper application of tubal occlusive devices by inexperienced surgeons is frequently
reported in cases of sterilisation failure.394;433;434 Furthermore, operator preference is likely to
have an impact on method related failure rates. The CREST study showed failure rates of 7.1
to 78.0 per 1000 for the Hulka clip and 0 to 42.5 per 1000 for the silicone ring - dependent on
the operating centres being surveyed.388 Higher failure rates were more common in centres
with performing fewer annual procedures. RCOG recommends that trainees should perform
at least 25 supervised laparoscopic tubal occlusions before operating without supervision. 380
11. Follow up required if uncertainty in tubal occlusion Level GPP
Following a complicated sterilisation good clinical practice (rather than a legal requirement)
dictates testing of tubal patency.394;435-438 However, a negative dye spill post sterilisation
HSG does not completely preclude the possibility of pregnancy at a later stage.439
12. Other issues: Clip Migration and dropped ‘lost’ Filshie clips Level C
Good clinical practice dictates that proof of tubal occlusion (X-ray HSG or tubal dye
insufflation or histology of salpingectomy) should be undertaken once missing clips are
identified, not only when examining failed sterilisation cases, but also at laparoscopy or
laparotomy for other reasons.425;440 However, missing clips do not necessarily indicate failed
application or imminent pregnancy failure, as over time there is a tendency for clips to
migrate and even be expelled without resulting in clinical morbidity.390;423;441-449 There are no
reports of this leading to sterilisation failures.441 It is estimated that over 25% of women will
experience a migration of one or more Filshie clips.441 The tissue between the Filshie clip
jaws normally undergoes avascular necrosis and fibrosis, leaving two healed stumps, which
tend to separate, permitting clip displacement. Filshie clips may be inadvertently dropped
4.4 Preventing Sterilisation Failure
342
during laparoscopic sterilisation. If possible the clip should be laparoscopically removed
upon completion of the sterilisation procedure. However, if the clip is irretrievable, either
open or closed, it should be left. Performing a laparotomy would subject the woman to
greater operative morbidity risk than leaving the lost clip in the abdomen. To date, there have
been no reports of any serious morbidity or mortality consequent to a lost clip. Women
should be informed of the lost clip and reassured accordingly.425
Conclusion
and Further research
Overall, the level of evidence supporting any screening-preventative measures to reduce the
risk of sterilisation failure remains poor. There appears to be a propensity for negligent rather
than non-negligent sterilisation failures. However, this can only be verified by establishment
of a national register of failed sterilisations (as recommended by the RCOG380) that have
been subjected to systematic enquiry to establish the mechanism of failure. Like other
Confidential Enquiries, such a registry could identify areas of substandard care that could be
used as an impetus to improve research and medical training in sterilisation procedures and
help design effective clinical risk prevention strategies. The introduction of an operative
checklist or proforma, similar to the pre-operative counseling checklist recommended by the
RCOG380 and used in another study 450, may result in reduced numbers of negligently
performed sterilisations.
Chapter 5.Thesis Conclusion
343
CHAPTER 5. THESIS CONCLUSION
Figure 5.1. Ascension of a research pyramid of research methodologies to benefit
clinical practice
Audit
Clinical
Guidelines
Systematic
reviews & RCTs
Cohort studies
Descriptive studies
Elucidating aetiopathogenesis
molecular in vitro & in vivo models
Molecular & epidemiological associations
Footnotes
RCT randomised controlled clinical trials
Audit refers to clinical audit to assess impact of clinical guidelines
Thesis Précis
The central aim of this PhD thesis was to produce research that could inform and benefit
clinical practice. Each chapter of this thesis has achieved this aim, within the limits of the
research methodology applied The chapters have been ordered to follow a stepwise ascension
of a research methodological pyramid (Figure 5.1).
Chapter 5.1 Discussion of chapter 1: Experimental investigation of endometriosis
344
5.1. Experimental investigation of endometriosis
The experimental data explored whether there was a causal link for endometriosis as a
neoplastic precursor to ovarian cancer. The chapter was original in adopting distinctive, yet
complimentary, approaches to testing this hypothesis through clinical epidemiology
(Bradford Hill causality criteria1), histopathology, immunohistochemistry, genetic and
molecular approaches. The chapter reported the largest EAOC series to be subjected to
clinico-epidemiological and LOH mapping for the entire length of chromosome 9 (20
markers) and chromosome 11 (27 markers). Furthermore, this chapter includes the first study
to apply SNP 100K genome wide genotyping to endometriosis2.
Epidemiological and causality literature analysis showed:
No strong evidence to support a causal link between endometriosis and ovarian cancer3-5.
However, there was moderate quality evidence that endometriosis may display similar
properties to a cancer cell (Hanahan‘s Hallmarks of cancer6). There are numerous anti-
cancer therapies that target the specific molecular properties of the ‗cancer cell‘. Hence it
is conceivable, that anti-endometriosis therapies may also be designed around such cancer
cell-like molecular targets (Table 5.1).
Experimental analysis showed:
A prognostic association of the LOH (loss of heterozygosity) identified at 9q34.3 and
11q23.3 chromosomal regions suggesting that these regions may harbour genes that
impact on malignant transformation and progression of cancer.
Chapter 5.1 Discussion of chapter 1: Experimental investigation of endometriosis
345
Decreased glycodelin immunohistochemical expression in endometriosis adjacent to
ovarian cancer compared to endometriosis distant from ovarian cancer- hence a possible
role for glycodelin as a TSG responsible for development for ―malignant‖ endometriosis.
Ovarian endometriosis harbours micro-regions of LOH through Affymetrix genome-wide
100k SNP microarray. However, to confirm and validate the location of these multiple
micro-regions of LOH analysis further customised microsatellite markers analysis is
required. 2;5
Future directions
High throughput molecular technologies (as used in this chapter) allow parallel genomic,
transcriptomic and proteomic evaluation of diseases, at the genome-wide level. Such
approaches could be used to elucidate the multigene pathways involved in aetiopathogenesis
of endometriosis (Figure 5.2, Table 5.2), as well as numerous other diseases. Application of
techniques in cancer biology may also facilitate the research and development of therapies for
endometriosis (Tables 5.1 and 5.3). A key future goal would be the identification of
characteristic endometriotic ‗genetic‘ or ‗proteomic‘ signatures that could form the basis of
an early screening-preventative testing strategy from women‘s urine, menstrual endometrium
or blood. Furthermore, a similar genomic/transcriptomic/proteomic approach may be
considered for the investigation of analogous gynaecological disorders (such as adenomyosis
and fibroids) and explore whether genetic alterations are focal or widespread in a diseased
reproductive tract.
Chapter 5.1 Discussion of chapter 1: Experimental investigation of endometriosis
346
Table. 5.1. Individualise therapeutic approach to endometriosis according to cancer cell
hallmarks 6
CANCER
CELL
HALLMARKS
TARGETS UNDER
EVALUATION IN
ENDOMETRIOSIS BASED ON
AGENTS USED IN CANCER
TRIALS
TARGETS/ PUTATIVE TARGETS UNDER
INVESTIGATION IN CANCER
1 Self-sufficiency in
growth signals
Aromatase inhibitors, Selective
oestrogen (e.g. Arzoxifene) and
progesterone receptor modulators,
Mirena Coil, Gonadotrophin releasing
hormone antagonists (e.g. Cetrorelix)
Inhibitors of: Mitogen-activated protein kinase inhibitors,
HER-2 receptor (trastuzumab), IGF-1 receptor, EGFR
(erbitux), EGFR tyrosine kinase (gefitinib) farneysl
transferase, Bcr-Abl tyrosine kinase (imatinib mesylate)
2 Insensitivity to
antiproliferative
signals
Proteasome inhibitors (bortezomib), cdk inhibitors
(flavopiridol)
3 Resistance to
Apoptosis
Angiostatin gene transfer; transfection
with pro-apoptotic (e.g. BAX) gene
COX-2 inhibitors
COX-2 inhibitor (celecoxib), thalidomide, apoptosis inducers
(exisulind inhibits cGMP).
Immunotherapy by genetically modified tumour vaccines
(e.g. HER-2 peptide vaccination) or humoral factors (e.g.
immunokines like IL-12, TNF antagonists; monoclonal
antibody to CA-125 [ovarex], recombinant immunotoxin to
mesothelin)
4 Limitless
replicative
potential
Telomerase modifiers
5 Sustained
angiogenesis
Anti-VEGF monoclonal antibody
(bevacizumab), VEGF receptor
tyrosine kinase inhibitors
Angiozyme (cleaves mRNA for Flt-1, the main receptor for
VEGF), Protein kinase C-beta inhibitor (LY317615), COX-2
inhibitor, thalidomide, lysophosphatidic acid inhibitors
6 Tissue invasion
and metastasis
Inhibit/modify Catenin/Cadherin signaling, Selective MMP
inhibitors
7 Genomic instability Gene therapy to deliver therapeutic or corrective gene to alter
oncogenes/TSG balance. Genes may be delivered by
infectious (adenovirus) or non-infectious (liposome) vectors.
Examples:
Adenoviral E1A (oppose HE-2/neu oncogene),
Adenovirus transfection of wild-type p53 (restore TSG)
Transfect viral suicide genes like HSV-thymidine kinase
(sensitizes to ganciclovir cytotoxicity)
Antisense oligonucletoides (targeting proto-oncogenes,
oncogenes like c-myc, protein kinase C-alpha [affinitak])
Tribozymes (cleave oncogenes transcripts)
Chapter 5.1 Discussion of chapter 1: Experimental investigation of endometriosis
347
Footnotes Consequent to endometriosis heterogeneity, the exact contribution of each
hallmark component may vary between individuals and clinical symptoms. Nevertheless,
therapies can be designed to target predominant categories following endometriosis
molecular classification (expression signature).
Figure 5.2. Evaluating, in parallel, differences between genomic, transcriptomic and
proteomic array platforms to identify candidate molecular pathways
Integrating microarrays
into endometriosis gene
identification strategies
Chapter 5.1 Discussion of chapter 1: Experimental investigation of endometriosis
348
Table 5.2. Summary of studies comparing genomic, transcriptomic and proteomic
profiling of endometriosis using high-through put microarray technology
GENOMIC TRANSCRIPTOMIC PROTEOMIC
Comparative Genomic
Hybridisation (CGH) 7-9
Human endometriosis
(ectopic vs. eutopic
endometrium) 10-24
DNA originating from blood
(lymphocyte sourced ) of
women with endometriosis 25
Animal model endometriosis
26;27
Endometriosis: protein tissue
microarrays 28;29
Endometriosis: surface-
enhanced laser
desorption/ionization time-
of-flight mass spectrometry
protein chip array 30
Single nucleotide
polymorphisms (SNP)
microarray based chips
None identified for
endometriosis (apart from
data presented in this thesis)
SNP microarrays in other
disorders
Adenomyosis 31
Bladder cancer 32
Prostate cancer 33
Expression microarrays in
other disorders
Endometrial cancer
Normal endometrium34
Proteomics in other related
disorders
Adenomyosis and
leiomyomas: protein tissue
microarrays 35
Footnotes
Most studies have compared endometriosis (ectopic endometrium) with matched eutopic
endometrium.
CGH) studies have been undertaken in endometriosis, but could only detect relatively large-
scale deletions or duplications.
Chapter 5.1 Discussion of chapter 1: Experimental investigation of endometriosis
349
Table 5.3. Implications of thesis findings and future research directions for
endometriosis
Key overall themes
Establish biological tissue bank- biological samples (e.g. endometriosis, endometriosis associated
ovarian cancer, matched eutopic endometrium and ovarian surface epithelium and blood) should be
considered in conjunction with originating patient clinical epidemiological outcome data
Establish international coordinating body to pursue biological tissue bank, basic science and clinical
endometriosis research
Implications for genetic epidemiology
Meta-analysis of genetic association studies
Meta-analysis of multiple gene expression analyses to validate candidate genes
Interrogate accessible bioinformatic tissue expression databases to cross tabulate and identify
candidate genes-combine this with above meta-analyses.
Implications for basic science research
Compare and contrast molecular profiles from endometriosis and matched eutopic
endometrium/ovarian surface/peritoneum/blood using genomic, transcriptomic and proteomic
technology IN parallel.
Evaluate clinical prognostic value of nuclear morphometry in evaluation of endometriosis
Utilise animal models of endometriosis (e.g. baboon) to study molecular profiling (compare with
human studies) and evaluate novel medical therapies
Implications for clinical trials
Standardize methodology (e.g. inclusion, exclusion and diagnostic criteria, fertility and
endometriosis-specific quality of life outcomes)
Introduce temporality in studies (i.e. long term follow up) as cost-effectiveness between medical and
surgical treatments may depend on rates of re-treatment or persistence of impaired quality of life
outcomes.
Consider assessing from duration of onset of symptoms rather than from time of diagnosis of
endometriosis (delayed onset of presentation)-factor this in to epidemiological associations and
quality of life outcomes of new endometriosis cases or individualised retrospective analysis of cases
with known endometriosis onset and duration
Aim to identify early biomarkers (urine, blood, menstrual flow) which correlate to disease onset to
enable early therapy (medical or surgical).
RCTs to evaluate medical vs. surgical treatments for specific anatomical or clinical presentations of
endometriosis i.e. consider endometriosis as multiple differing clinical entities
Consider (or evaluate the need) for long term follow up of early onset severe or atypical
endometriosis in view of increased risk of ovarian cancer
Chapter 5.2 Discussion of chapter 2: Observational analytical studies
350
5.2. Observational Analytical Studies
The observational analytical cohort studies have ascertained the incidence, natural history and
treatment outcomes of common encountered gynaecological disorders such as heavy
menstrual bleeding and endometrial hyperplasia 36-39 (Table 5.4). Furthermore, the cohort
design has been employed to identify prognostic factors associated with the rare outcome of
failed female sterilisation40.
The results of each study are immediately transferable to clinical practice and are likely to
improve health care outcomes as outlined in Table 5.4 Improvements will mainly arise
through improved pre-operative patient counselling, better patient selection, consideration of
outpatient rather than inpatient treatment modalities and adopting treatments that would
reduce rates of hysterectomy for menorrhagia.
Although observational analytical studies (for example, cohort and case-control studies) start
with a "low quality" rating of evidence (Table 5.5 Level of Evidence; Table 5.6 GRADE
quality of evidence), grading upwards may be warranted if the magnitude of the treatment
effect is very large, if there is evidence of a dose-response relation or if all plausible biases
would decrease the magnitude of an apparent treatment effect. Further confirmatory
randomised controlled trials (RCTs) would be needed to validate the observations noted in
the menorrhagia studies cited in this chapter. However, a larger prospective data set( perhaps
multicentre or national), with defined inclusion/exclusion criteria, may be provide a study
population that minimises biases, and be of sufficient power to generate data of a standard
that approaches a RCT. Hence a future goal would be the creation of large linked
prospectively collected patient datasets that could be flexibly used by both clinical and
research organisations e.g. NHS electronic patient record.
Chapter 5.2 Discussion of chapter 2: Observational analytical studies
351
Table 5.4. Improved health care resulting from analytical observational studies.
Chapter
and
Reference
Study Beneficial health care outcome
2.1
40
Predicting
negligence in female
sterilization failure
Early sterilisation failure is suggestive of a negligent rather
than non-negligent mechanism of failure.
Result
increases awareness of need for adequate surgical
training in sterilisation procedure
Result
also has medico-legal implications
2.2
37
Effectiveness of a
Mirena in the
treatment of
endometrial
hyperplasia
Mirena is highly effective in treating non-atypical endometrial
hyperplasia
Use of Mirena will reduce the rate of hysterectomy for women
with non-atypical endometrial hyperplasia
2.3
38
Outpatient vs.
Daycase
Thermachoice
ablation
Thermachoice balloon ablation may be successfully carried out
in outpatient local anaesthetic setting
Outpatient Thermachoice population utilise less analgesia than
day case Thermachoice population
Duration of hospital stay is not entirely dependent on whether
outpatient or daycase endometrial ablation is considered
Consider patient suitability criteria (e.g. pain thresholds) when
offering outpatient vs daycase ablation
2.4
39
Long term outcome
of outpatient
Thermachoice
endometrial balloon
ablation
Thermachoice balloon ablation may be successfully carried out
in outpatient local anaesthetic setting
Ablation reduces the rate of hysterectomy for women with
menorrhagia that is unresponsive to medical therapy
Higher intrauterine ablation pressures correlate to better long
term outcome
2.5
36
Long term outcomes
following
hysteroscopic
myomectomy
Removal of the intracavity component of the fibroid is
effective in reducing abnormal uterine bleeding.
This effect is independent of the size of the fibroid removed,
uterine cavity size and presence of other intramural/subserous
fibroids
Widespread adoption of this minimally invasive surgical
technique will improve patient quality of life and reduce the
need for hysterectomy
Chapter 5.2 Discussion of chapter 2: Observational analytical studies
352
Table 5.5. Classification of evidence used by RCOG Guideline development (originate
from US Agency for Health Care Research and Quality) 41
Classification of Evidence Levels
Ia Evidence obtained from meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials.
Ib Evidence obtained from at least one randomised controlled trial.
IIa Evidence obtained from at least one well-designed controlled study without
randomisation.
IIb Evidence obtained from at least one other type of well-designed quasi-experimental
study.
III Evidence obtained from well-designed non-experimental descriptive studies, such as
comparative studies, correlation studies and case studies.
IV Evidence obtained from expert committee reports or opinions and/or clinical
experience of respected authorities.
Grades of Recommendations
Requires at least one randomised controlled trial as part of a body of literature of
overall good quality and consistency addressing the specific recommendation.
(Evidence levels Ia, Ib)
Requires the availability of well controlled clinical studies but no randomised
clinical trials on the topic of recommendations. (Evidence levels IIa, IIb, III)
Requires evidence obtained from expert committee reports or opinions and/or
clinical experiences of respected authorities. Indicates an absence of directly
applicable clinical studies of good quality. (Evidence level IV)
Good Practice Point
Recommended best practice based on the clinical experience of the guideline
development group
Chapter 5.2 Discussion of chapter 2: Observational analytical studies
353
Table 5.6. GRADE approach 42 (http://www.gradeworkinggroup.org/index.htm)
The Grading of Recommendations Assessment, Development and Evaluation (GRADE)
GRADE: Quality of evidence
The GRADE system classifies the quality of evidence in one of four levels:
High quality— Further research is very unlikely to change our confidence in the estimate of
effect
Moderate quality— Further research is likely to have an important impact on our confidence in
the estimate of effect and may change the estimate
Low quality— Further research is very likely to have an important impact on our confidence in
the estimate of effect and is likely to change the estimate
Very low quality— Any estimate of effect is very uncertain
Evidence based on randomised controlled trials begins as high quality evidence, but our
confidence in the evidence may be decreased for several reasons, including:
Study limitations
Inconsistency of results
Indirectness of evidence
Imprecision
Reporting bias.
Although observational studies (for example, cohort and case-control studies) start with a "low
quality" rating, grading upwards may be warranted if the magnitude of the treatment effect is
very large, if there is evidence of a dose-response relation or if all plausible biases would
decrease the magnitude of an apparent treatment effect.
GRADE: Strength of recommendation
The GRADE system offers two grades of recommendations: "strong" and "weak" depending
on whether effects of intervention clearly outweigh the undesirable effects, or clearly do not. If
trade-offs are less certain—either because of low quality evidence or because evidence
suggests that desirable and undesirable effects are closely balanced—weak recommendations
become mandatory.
Factors that affect the strength of a recommendation
Factor Examples of strong
recommendations
Examples of weak
recommendations
Quality of
evidence
Many high quality randomised
trials have shown the benefit of
inhaled steroids in asthma
Only case series have examined the
utility of pleurodesis in
pneumothorax
Chapter 5.2 Discussion of chapter 2: Observational analytical studies
354
Uncertainty about
the balance
between desirable
and undesirable
effects
Aspirin in myocardial infarction
reduces mortality with minimal
toxicity, inconvenience, and cost
Warfarin in low risk patients with
atrial fibrillation results in small
stroke reduction but increased
bleeding risk and substantial
inconvenience
Uncertainty or
variability in
values and
preferences
Young patients with lymphoma
will invariably place a higher
value on the life prolonging effects
of chemotherapy than on treatment
toxicity
Older patients with lymphoma may
not place a higher value on the life
prolonging effects of chemotherapy
than on treatment toxicity
Uncertainty about
whether the
intervention
represents a wise
use of resources
The low cost of aspirin as
prophylaxis against stroke in
patients with transient ischemic
attacks
The high cost of clopidogrel and of
combination dipyridamole and
aspirin as prophylaxis against stroke
in patients with transient ischaemic
attacks
Chapter 5.3 Discussion of chapter 3: Systematic reviews
355
5.3. Systematic reviews
The systematic review in chapter 3 has utilised robust methodology (systematic search, meta-
analysis, grading of evidence) to assimilate the published literature relating to the screening
and prevention of preterm labour43;44. A similar approach has been applied to the systematic
review of the clinical use of levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (LNG-IUS) 45.
However, for the LNG-IUS study, meta-analysis was precluded due to extensive study
heterogeneity and paucity of suitable clinical trials.
Included in each review is an appraisal of the quality of evidence for each therapeutic
intervention according to standardised criteria (RCOG, GRADE; Table 5.5, Table 5.6). In
relation to the screening-prevention of preterm labour, tables listing the evidence appraisal
(Table 5.7) and resulting care algorithm (Table 5.8) are shown below. The algorithm for
managing a women at high risk of preterm labour exemplifies how this evaluated research
evidence may be effectively applied in the clinical setting.
Furthermore, both reviews have identified areas where future research is likely to be
clinically advantageous, but where the evidence is currently lacking. The generation of
hypotheses that require further confirmatory validation is another important end-product of
systematic reviews, and has been considered an essential pre-requisite by most research
funding councils when seeking funding to conduct the confirmatory clinical trials 46.
Chapter 5.3 Discussion of chapter 3: Systematic reviews
356
Table 5.7 Screening and preventative strategies that may reduce the risk of preterm
delivery
Strategy for preventing preterm
delivery
RCOG
Level of
Evidence
GRADE
Quality
of
Evidence
GRADE
Strength of
Recommendation
Asymptomatic bacteriuria in all women Ia High Strong
Bacterial vaginosis in low-risk population
groups
Ia, Ib Moderate Weak
Elective cervical cerclage in high-risk
pregnancies
Ib, IIa,
IIb
Moderate Strong
Indicated cervical cerclage in women with
short cervical length on ultrasound
Ib, IIa,
IIb
Moderate Strong
Prophylactic progesterone
supplementation in high-risk pregnancies
Ia, Ib High Strong
Smoking cessation in all women IIb, III Very
Low
Weak
Chapter 5.3 Discussion of chapter 3: Systematic reviews
357
ANTENATAL
VISIT AND
PURPOSE
Infection
(Screen and
treat
BV, UTI)
Cervico-
vaginal
fFN
Ultrasound
Abdominal
and
Transvaginal
Other interventions to be considered
Pre-pregnancy
Counselling on recurrence risk
and any modifiable predisposing
factors
Yes
No No Cessation smoking and illicit drugs
Improve BMI>25
Thrombophilia screen if history suggests
Optimise control of diabetes, high BP
Change anticoagulation or
antihypertensive drugs
8 weeks’
Routine booking bloods
Yes No Dating pregnancy
Thrombophilia screen and commence
aspirin & LMWH if positive.
Low dose aspirin if previous pre-
eclampsia (consider use if previous
stillbirth, abruption, severe IUGR)
Prophylactic progesterone
General preterm birth education, support,
and risk factor avoidance.
Screen and treat BV, UTIs
Low threshold for GTT testing
12, 16, 20, 24, 28 weeks’
Nuchal Translucency(12w)
and/or Triple Test or msAFP
(15-18w)
No No Serial Cervical
assessments in
women at high
risk of PTD
Emergency or elective (12-16w) cervical
cerclage based on ultrasound findings
and/or reproductive history
Emergency cervical cerclage is not
indicated if above 32 weeks‘
Low threshold for GTT testing
22 weeks’ Yes No Detailed fetal
survey
Uterine artery
Doppler
Low dose aspirin if suspect pre-
eclampsia or IUGR due to uterine artery
notching and/or previous history
Screen and treat BV and UTIs
24, 28, 32, 36 weeks’
GTT at 28 weeks‘
No Only if
symptomatic
Fetal growth and
umbilical artery
Doppler
Prophylactic corticosteroids, antibiotics
if symptomatic of PTL or PPROM.
In utero transfer to unit with NICU if
symptomatic with positive fFN
Labour
Spontaneous or induced
Yes Helps
confirm
Likelihood
of
PTL, PPROM
Asses fetal well-
being, and
presentation
Prophylactic corticosteroids, antibiotics
(especially GBS prophylaxis).
Tocolytics if in utero transfer to unit with
NICU is needed.
Post-partum
6 week antenatal check
No No No Review antenatal events and delivery
Identify modifiable factors for future
prevention of PTD
Table 5.8 Suggested antenatal strategy to prevent preterm delivery
FootNote: Bacterial vaginosis, BV; BMI, body mass index; BP, blood pressure; fFN, fetal
fibronectin; GBS, Group B streptococcus; GTT, glucose tolerance test; LMWH, IUGR,
intrauterine growth restriction; low-molecular weight heparin; msAFP, maternal serum alpha-
fetoprotein; NICU, neonatal intensive care unit; PPROM, preterm premature rupture of
membranes; PTL, preterm labour; UA, uterine artery; UTI, urinary tract infection.
Chapter 5.4 Discussion of chapter 4: Clinical Guideline Development
358
5.4. Clinical guideline development
There are established methodologies utilised in the production of clinical guidelines (depicted
in Figure 5.3). Four essential criteria have been defined by the Appraisal of Guidelines for
Research and Evaluation in Europe (AGREE) guidelines 41 and include:
Systematic review of the literature
Graded recommendations with explicit links to the evidence (Tables 4v in Chapter 4)
Input of a multidisciplinary working group
Quality control; for example, input by an independent advisory board or by independent
peer review.
All guidelines developed in this chapter comply with the four essential AGREE criteria 41.
Figure 5.3 Derivation of clinical guidelines
Quality Control (Peer review)
Published clinical guideline
Chapter 5.4 Discussion of chapter 4: Clinical Guideline Development
359
The publications of the clinical guidelines in chapter 4 are likely to have immediate and
maximal benefit on clinical practice. Hospital clinical guidelines are normally developed
from guidelines published by professional bodies (e.g. RCOG47; chapter 4), specialist
evidence-based resources (e.g. BMJ Clinical evidence48; chapter 4) and peer-reviewed
publications (e.g. Surgical Endoscopy49; chapter 4). Clinical governance demands the
utilisation of best up-to-date evidence, as indicated by such clinical guidelines, to ensure
patient receive excellence in their clinical care50.
The work performed in the production of this research thesis has also identified potential
drawbacks in the research methodologies utilised. Given that the aim of research is to inform
and benefit clinical practice, due consideration should be given to strategies that may
augment the research methodological approaches considered in this thesis in order to achieve
this goal. These include:
Quality control. For example, input by an independent advisory board or by independent
peer review. In relation to the VBAC guideline 47, the RCOG Guidelines Development Group
invited peer review from British Maternal Fetal Medicine Society, National Childbirth Trust,
Obstetric anaesthetists, Midwifery supervisors, Obstetricians, and Neonatologists; this served
as a the multidisciplinary component of the guideline development process. No specific
multidisciplinary working groups were employed by the other chapter guidelines48;49;51,
although all had at least three external peer reviewers in addition to the journal‘s editor in
chief.
Grading the evidence base of the recommendation. The guidelines produced in this
chapter have highlighted the significant change in how evidence is now valued for guideline
development. The traditional and most common approach has been to value the research
study evidence alone using the SIGN classification 52 or amendments from this (Table 5.5);
Chapter 5.4 Discussion of chapter 4: Clinical Guideline Development
360
the SIGN classification had been derived from earlier work by U.S. Preventive Services Task
Force 53;54. This was used by RCOG VBAC, safe laparoscopic entry and failed sterilisation
guidelines. However, this system neglects: the study‘s relevance for particular patients and
settings; inconsistencies amongst studies examining the same interventions; potential impact
of health care resource limitations. The newer approach, using the GRADE system42, applied
in the ectopic pregnancy guideline48, considers all these components when evaluating the
study by using a strict framework (Table 5.6). Grading judgments are expressed in a clear
and simple manner as either high, moderate, low, or very low levels of supporting evidence
and these are incorporated in the allocation of either strong or weak recommendations for
each intervention (Table 5.9 provides an example for how ectopic pregnancy guideline was
appraised). However, it has not been proven that this grading system is significantly superior
to the traditional grading system in pragmatic clinical decision-making. Nonetheless, the
GRADE system42 is advantageous in clearly identifying areas where there is uncertainty in
the level of evidence.
Evaluating the quality of clinical guidelines. Concern has been raised that guidelines
published by both professional medical bodies and peer-reviewed journals :lack sufficient
reliability; are scientifically inaccurate; fail to clarify what influence the level of health care
resources may have on guideline practice; and should be critically reviewed by ‗experts‘ in
guideline development prior to publication if not produced by ‗experts ‗(such as SIGN or
NICE)55-59. Such criticism is harsh, but it is true that no guideline can ever achieve complete
coverage and applicability in every health care setting.
Chapter 5.4 Discussion of chapter 4: Clinical Guideline Development
361
Table 5.9.Ectopic pregnancy evidence appraised using RCOG and GRADE criteria
Chapter 4.2 Ectopic pregnancy RCOG
Level of
Evidence
GRADE
Quality of
Evidence
GRADE
Strength of
Recommendation
Salpingectomy in women not desiring
future fertility is beneficial compared to
salpingotomy or methotrexate in achieving
primary treatment success
IIa, IIb Moderate Strong
Prophylactic methotrexate (systemic)
following salpingotomy compared to
salpingotomy alone is beneficial in
reducing the risk of persistent trophoblast
Ib, IIa Moderate Strong
In women desiring future fertility,
systemic methotrexate (single or multiple
dose) and salpingotomy achieve similar
primary treatment success and subsequent
fertility outcomes
Ia, Ib, IIa Moderate Strong
In women desiring future fertility, there is
marginally improved subsequent fertility
rate by performing salpingotomy
compared to salpingectomy
III Very Low Weak
Single dose methotrexate may result in
higher rates of treatment failure in women
with ectopic pregnancies compared with
multiple dose regimens.
Ia, Ib, IIb Low Weak
In selected cases, expectant management
has similar primary treatment success and
future fertility outcomes to salpingectomy
or salpingotomy
III Very Low Weak
Methotrexate plus mifepristone is no more
effective at increasing treatment success
rates compared with methotrexate alone
but it seems this combination may be more
effective in increasing treatment success
rates in women with high levels of
progesterone.
Ib Moderate Weak
Chapter 5.4 Discussion of chapter 4: Clinical Guideline Development
362
Future directions in guideline development
It is clear that strategies are needed, above and beyond new developments in grading
evidence, in order to maintain guideline quality, consistency and applicability across all
health care settings for all health care interventions. Apart from adopting the GRADE criteria
42 to grade the level of evidence, one possibility is that guidelines should go through a formal
appraisal process using validated tools, such as AGREE tool ( Appraisal of Guidelines,
Research, and Evaluation in Europe (AGREE)60 based on the Cluzeau instrument 59prior to
publication. Alternatively, a ―second‖ expert consensus panel peer review should be
undertaken prior to publication; these could be representatives of SIGN, NICE or Cochrane
group. Importantly, consideration should be given to producing a more time efficient means
of guideline development, with fewer group meetings and a shorter time frame; the RCOG
VBAC guideline took the author nine months to complete from commencement to final peer-
reviewed amended draft submission. Finally, there needs to be periodic review of the clinical
guideline (such as every 2 years) to ensure the guideline remains valid and up-to-date with
the latest research evidence.
Chapter 5.5 Future research themes arising from Thesis
363
5.5. Future research themes arising from Thesis
The remainder of this chapter suggests future research themes that may augment the research
methodological approaches evaluated in this thesis in order to benefit clinical practice.
Integrating genomic, transcriptomic and proteomic high throughput technology
The Affymetrix Single Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP) DNA microarray chip technology
has been validated 61and its raison d‘etre of obtaining genome wide association data are now
becoming fulfilled across many health conditions62. The Affymetrix SNP microarray chip
technology has been successfully applied to the investigation of endometriosis (in this thesis),
bladder cancer 32, and prostate cancer 33. The integration of genomic, transcriptomic and
proteomic microarray technology is likely to yield greater discovery of genetic and molecular
aetiopathology 63-65. Table 5.2 lists the published studies that utilised either genomic,
transcriptomic or proteomic approaches to investigate endometriosis (and related
adenomyosis). Given this consensus opinion, and the established knowledge relating to the
difficulty of identifying endometriosis polymorphisms (that are likely to be multiple and
highly variably expressed across the population) using traditional candidate gene
investigative approaches66, future research should now be focused on adopting this high
throughput combinatorial approach (Table 5.2, Figure 5.2).
Anatomical and molecular re-classification of endometriosis Genomic,
transcriptomic and proteomic profiling (Table 5.2, Figure 5.2) should provide a better
understanding of the temporo-spatial relationship of endometriosis in relation to location
within the female reproductive tract, nature during menstrual cycle phase, nature during
pelvic pain and infertility. Novel therapies should target the aberrant process at the molecular
level, rather than focussing solely on endometriotic lesion eradication. Examples of strategies
Chapter 5.5 Future research themes arising from Thesis
364
using the cancer hallmark model (Table 5.1) are other approaches (Table 5.3) are discussed
earlier.
Tissue banks for endometriosis (and other important diseases) Our host institution
provided a unique tissue bank of endometriosis-associated ovarian cancer, but shared
biological tissue banks, matched with clinical epidemiological outcome data, would enable
greater research throughput and encourage collaboration. These aims are postulated bthey UK
67;68 and European bodies69, but various restrictions (particularly Human Tissue Act 2004,
implemented September 2006) have hindered the creation of biological libraries. Given the
significant burden of endometriosis on worldwide health, a central international body to
coordinate endometriosis tissue banking and scientific research is justified and urgently
needed.
Developing and utilising animal models of disease There may be a significant
difference between a pharmacological agent that is effective in vtiro on a fundamental
cellular process and one that is disease-specific and safe in vivo. Animal models could be
useful experimental tools, although opinion is divided as to their correlation to human
disease70. Nonetheless, several animal models for endometriosis exist (mouse71;72, rat73,
baboon74) , and these have been successfully used to test pathophysiology (such as molecular
profiling 26 and capacity for malignant transformation75) and novel pharmacological
therapies76.
Improved basic science and clinical science collaboration There appears to be
virtually no collaboration between clinical trialists and basic scientists. This is undoubtedly a
missed opportunity, as clinical trials could be designed to recover both biological specimens
and clinical outcome measures. The effort and expense in generating a specific patient
population may thus be used for greater benefit, particularly as quality biological sample
Chapter 5.5 Future research themes arising from Thesis
365
resources are scarce. However, when designing the clinical trial, due consideration should be
given to ensure that the trial is adequately powered for both primary clinical and translational
research endpoints.
The need to increase translational potential of basic science research Translational
research has been defined as research that considers and supports the transition of findings
from research setting to benefit clinical practice. Importantly, the concept also includes
feedback of findings from the practice to research setting to ensure that the originating
research remains applicable and appropriate; a concept that is frequently neglected. There has
been concern that academic basic science research has not achieved its full potential.
Consequently, there has been renewed impetus to support and create translational research
partnerships, with significant financial grants tendered by National Institute for Health
Research (NIHR) and Medical Research Council (joint strategy), Wellcome Trust and Cancer
Research UK.
Co-ordinated research programmes and commitment from Government funded
research bodies Endometriosis research has been relatively neglected despite having a
major burden of disease worldwide. It is entirely justified that a central worldwide
coordinating body of endometriosis research should be created given the importance of the
condition. Funding should be at government, European Parliament 69or international (such as
WHO) level, particularly given the expense involved in high throughput molecular
technology . In contrast, integrated clinical care and a common research strategy are
fundamental components of the successful National Cancer Institute (NCI), the Gynecologic
Oncology Group (GOG) and the Specialized Programs of Research Excellence (SPOREs)
collaboration in the North American approach to ovarian cancer77.
Chapter 5.5 Future research themes arising from Thesis
366
Utilising and developing high quality clinical datasets The ―gold standard‖ research
methodology that provides the highest level of evidence on interventions is the randomised
controlled clinical trial (RCT). However, it is unrealistic to assume the RCT design may be
achievable for all disorders. Particularly, as many of the main outcomes of interest are
relatively uncommon or tend to occur over several years. Furthermore, randomisation may be
considered unethical in certain conditions, such as randomising between planned VBAC and
elective caesarean as discussed in chapter 478.
The alternative is to utilise a lower level of evidence in the form of the non-randomised
cohort study. The optimum components of such a cohort study would be large sample size,
long term follow up, standardised definitions for recruiting and assessing outcome and ability
to compare against matched non-intervention participants. The Scottish Linked Maternity
dataset represents such a cohort dataset based on routinely collected obstetric and neonatal
data; the interrogation of the dataset yielded publications 79;80 utilised by the VBAC clinical
guideline (Chapter 4). However, there is considerable heterogeneity in which disorders are
being monitored through such data repositories 81. Inevitably, most clinical guidelines
conclude a need to establish national database registries for important outcomes (such as
hypoxic ischaemic encephalopathy by NICE Intrapartum guideline82), but there is no
agreement on which body should coordinate the data collection.
Fortunately, there appears to be a realisation that such datasets are urgently needed, both by
Department of Health (NHS Connecting for Health-NHS Care record service is one of many
components83) and medical research organisations (e.g. MRC67 ). However, there needs to be
stringent quality assurance to ensure that the electronic health record contains accurate data, a
concern that has been raised by those establishing the analogous United States National
Health Information Infrastructure (NHII) project84.
Chapter 5.5 Future research themes arising from Thesis
367
Nevertheless, there are immense clinical and biomedical research opportunities by creating
such datasets and sharing these amongst interested public and commercial stakeholders, that
have thus far, been relatively underplayed by the UK National Programme for Information
Technology85. It is feasible that given the large sample size within the dataset and utilisation
of individual patient data meta-analysis techniques, the clinical results generated are at least
as reliable (if not more robust) than RCT derived data, even though the primary data are non-
randomised. Furthermore, the exchange of biological clinical samples, linked with patient
epidemiological outcome, facilitates translational basic science research.
Caution with over-reliance on meta-analyses: value according to the quality and
methodology of the RCTs included Despite adherence to rigorous quality standards for
RCTs86, systematic reviews and meta-analyses may provide misleading results or be of poor
quality87. Greater bias is likely in meta-analyses that pool underpowered trials, fewer trials, or
exhibit marked heterogeneity86;88;89. The latter factor was identified by the meta-analysis in
Chapter 3 which demonstrated a statistically significant pooled result if the study population
were divided into high or low risk of preterm delivery43. Methods for assessment of
methodological quality by systematic reviews are still in their infancy, but there is likely to be
substantial room for improvement86. When interpreting meta-analysis, careful consideration
should be given to the relevance, quality and robustness of the individual primary study in
addition to the methodology used by the systematic review90.
Chapter 5.5 Future research themes arising from Thesis
368
Ensure that clinical guidelines and their utilisation adds value to clinical practice
There is a concerted development to expand the programme of guideline development though
professional medical bodies (such as RCOG) and national policy drivers (principally National
Institute of Clinical Excellence, UK) to fulfil the remit of delivering excellence in clinical
care. However, clinical guidelines are not necessarily transferable to current clinical
practice91;92. Guidelines are mainly based on data derived from the ―perfect‖ population and
health care resource setting because of the weighting it affords to RCTs. In contrast, the
actual clinical population and environment tends to be heterogeneous and ―imperfect‖.
Furthermore, such evidence-based health care policy will be practiced in a mainly non-
evidence-based health care system.
Importantly, there is a dearth of evidence that has conclusively shown that the introduction of
clinical guidelines has actually improved clinical practice93;94. This research is vitally
important, as it not only justifies continuing with the guideline but also provides feedback to
guideline developers to enable improvements to content to maintain guideline validity,
applicability and overall effectiveness95;96. A national audit represents the best study design
for evaluation and feedback of clinical guideline-led practice; examples of such audits are the
long-established perinatal and maternal mortality reports produced by CEMACH
(Confidential Enquiry into Maternal and Child Health,
www.cemach.org.uk ). Alternatively,
instead of establishing numerous discrete national audits, data on multiple health outcomes
could be retrieved and processed from the proposed national electronic linked patient records
system83. Again, the problem lies in creating a national coordinating audit body that could
validate the effectiveness of guidelines, perhaps allied to the professional medical colleges.
References
Chapter: Introduction & Preliminaries
369
References
Introduction & Preliminaries
(1) Department of Health. Research Governance Framework for Health and Social Care. Second
edition, 2005.
http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_4108962.
2005.
(2) Medical Research Council. Medical Research Council of United Kingdom. Royal Chart er.
Awarded October 1966. Amended July
2003.http://www.mrc.ac.uk/Utilities/Documentrecord/index.htm?d=MRC002423. 2003.
(3) Varma R, Gupta JK. Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists. Abnornal Uterine
Bleeding. Module 13. StratOG.net. Stuctured Training Resource to Assist Trainees in Obstetrics and
Gynaecology. June 2007. http://www stratog net/ [ 2007
(4) Prowse AH, Manek S, Varma R, Liu J, Godwin AK, Maher ER et al. Molecular genetic
evidence that endometriosis is a precursor of ovarian cancer. Int J Cancer 2006; 119(3):556-562.
(5) Varma R, Rollason T, Gupta JK, Maher ER. Endometriosis and the neoplastic process.
Reproduction 2004; 127(3):293-304.
(6) Genome wide SNP 100K analysis of endometriosis: demonstration of genomic imbalance.
6th July 2007, EXCEL Conference centre, London. Oral Presentation. British Congress of Obstetrics and
Gynaecology (BCOG); Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists; 2007.
(7) Genetic evidence for malignant transformation of endometriosis. Oral Presentation. 23rd
Annual Meeting of European Society of Human Reproduction and Embryology (ESHRE), Tête d'Or , Lyon
Congress Centre, France; 1st July 2007. 2007.
(8) Varma R, Gupta JK. Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure using time inte rval to
sterilization failure: analysis of 131 cases. Hum Reprod 2007; 22(9):2437 -2443.
References
Chapter: Introduction & Preliminaries
370
(9) Varma R, Soneja H, Bhatia K, Ganesan R, Rollason T, Clark TJ et al. The effectiveness of a
levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (LNG-IUS) in the treatment of endometrial hyperplasia --a long-
term follow-up study. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2008; 139(2):169-175.
(10) Varma R, Soneja H, Samuel N, Sangha E, Clark TJ, Gupta JK. Hospital recovery following
Thermachoice ablation is not dependent on setting (outpatient or daycase) or rescue analgesia: unexpected
result. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2008; 140(1):76-81.
(11) Varma R, Soneja H, Clark TJ, Gupta JK. Outpatient Thermachoice endometrial balloon
ablation: long term, prognostic and quality of life measures. In Submission 2008. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod
Biol 2008.
(12) Varma R, Soneja H, Clark TJ, Gupta JK. Hysteroscopic myomectomy for menorrhagia using
Versascopetrade mark bipolar system: Efficacy and prognostic factors at a minimum of one year follow up. Eur
J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2008.
(13) Varma R, Gupta JK, James DK, Kilby MD. Do screening-preventative interventions in
asymptomatic pregnancies reduce the risk of preterm delivery--a critical appraisal of the literature. Eur J Obstet
Gynecol Reprod Biol 2006; 127(2):145-159.
(14) Varma R, Gupta JK. Antibiotic treatment of bacterial vaginosis in pregnancy: multiple meta-
analyses and dilemmas in interpretation. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2006; 124(1):10- 14.
(15) Varma R, Sinha D, Gupta JK. Non-contraceptive uses of levonorgestrel-releasing hormone
system (LNG-IUS)--a systematic enquiry and overview. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2006; 125(1):9-28.
(16) Varma R, Gupta JK, Smith GC. Birth after previous caesarean section. Royal College of
Obstetricians and Gynaecologists Clinical Green top guideline No.45. February 2007.
http://www.rcog.org.uk/index.asp?PageID=1913. 2008. RCOG.
(17) Varma R, Smith GC. Management of women with previous caesarean section. In Press. In:
Warren R, Arulkumaran S, editors. Best Practice in Labour and Delivery. Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, UK.; 2008.
References
Chapter: Introduction & Preliminaries
371
(18) Varma R, Gupta JK. Ectopic Pregnancy.
http://clinicalevidence.bmj.com/ceweb/conditions/pac/1406/1406_background.jsp. BMJ Clinical Evidence .
2006.
(19) Varma R, Gupta JK. Laparoscopic entry techniques: clinical guideline, national survey, and
medicolegal ramifications. Surg Endosc 2008; 22(12):2686-2697.
(20) Varma R, Gupta JK. Failed sterilisation: evidence-based review and medico-legal
ramifications. BJOG 2004; 111(12):1322-1332.
(21) Varma R, Gupta JK. Minimising the risk of sterilisation failure: an evidence based approach.
In: O'Donovan P, editor. Complications in Gynaecological Surgery. Springer-Verlag, London; 2008. 106-126.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
372
Chapter 1
(1) Lapp T. ACOG issues recommendations for the management of endometriosis. American
College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. American Family Physician 2000; 62(6):1431.
(2) Roberts CP, Rock JA. The current staging system for endometriosis: does it help?. Obstetrics
& Gynecology Clinics of North America 2003; 30(1):115-132.
(3) Donnez J, Squifflet J, Pirard C, Jadoul P, Wyns C, Smets M. The efficacy of medical and
surgical treatment of endometriosis-associated infertility and pelvic pain. [Review] [46 refs]. Gynecologic &
Obstetric Investigation 2002; 54:Suppl-7.
(4) Sharpe-Timms KL. Endometrial anomalies in women with endometriosis. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences 2001; 943:131-147.
(5) Sampson JA. Endometrial carcinoma of the ovary arising in endometrial tissue in that organ.
Arch Surg 1925; 10:1-72.
(6) Hanahan D, Weinberg RA. The hallmarks of cancer. [Review] [94 refs]. Cell 2000; 100(1):57-
70.
(7) Hill AB. The environment and disease:association or causation. Proc R Soc Med 1965;
58:295-300.
(8) Bulun SE, Yang S, Fang Z, Gurates B, Tamura M, Sebastian S. Estrogen production and
metabolism in endometriosis. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 2002; 955:75- 85.
(9) Arvanitis DA, Koumantakis GE, Goumenou AG, Matalliotakis IM, Koumantakis EE,
Spandidos DA. CYP1A1, CYP19, and GSTM1 polymorphisms increase the risk of endometriosis. Fertility &
Sterility 2003; 79:Suppl-9.
(10) Baxter SW, Thomas EJ, Campbell IG. GSTM1 null polymorphism and susceptibility t o
endometriosis and ovarian cancer.Carcinogenesis 2001; 22(1):63-65.
(11) Attia GR, Zeitoun K, Edwards D, Johns A, Carr BR, Bulun SE. Progesterone receptor isoform
A but not B is expressed in endometriosis. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism 2000; 85(8):2897-
2902.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
373
(12) Fauvet R, Poncelet C, Hugol D, Lavaur A, Feldmann G, Darai E. Expression of apoptosis-
related proteins in endometriomas and benign and malignant ovarian tumours. Virchows Archiv 2003;
443(1):38-43.
(13) Matsuzaki S, Canis M, Murakami T, Dechelotte P, Bruhat MA, Okamura K. Expression of the
cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor p27Kip1 in eutopic endometrium and peritoneal endometriosis. Fertility &
Sterility 2001; 75(5):956-960.
(14) Garcia-Velasco JA, Mulayim N, Kayisli UA, Arici A. Elevated soluble Fas ligand levels may
suggest a role for apoptosis in women with endometriosis. Fertility & Sterility 2002; 78(4):855- 859.
(15) Bischoff FZ, Heard M, Simpson JL. Somatic DNA alterations in endometriosis: high
frequency of chromosome 17 and p53 loss in late-stage endometriosis. Journal of Reproductive Immunology
2002; 55(1-2):49-64.
(16) Chang CC, Hsieh YY, Tsai FJ, Tsai CH, Tsai HD, Lin CC. The proline form of p53 codon 72
polymorphism is associated with endometriosis. Fertility & Sterility 2002; 77(1):43- 45.
(17) Ria R, Loverro G, Vacca A, Ribatti D, Cormio G, Roccaro AM et al. Angiogenesis extent and
expression of matrix metalloproteinase-2 and -9 agree with progression of ovarian endometriomas. European
Journal of Clinical Investigation 2002; 32(3):199-206.
(18) Ueda M, Yamashita Y, Takehara M, Terai Y, Kumagai K, Ueki K et al. Gene expression of
adhesion molecules and matrix metalloproteinases in endometriosis. Gynecological Endocrinology 2002;
16(5):391-402.
(19) Ueda M, Yamashita Y, Takehara M, Terai Y, Kumagai K, Ueki K et al. Survivin gene
expression in endometriosis. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism 2002; 87(7):3452-3459.
(20) Vidal JD, Register TC, Gupta M, Cline JM. Estrogen replacement therapy induces telomerase
RNA expression in the macaque endometrium. Fertility & Sterility 2002; 77(3):601- 608.
(21) Wang Z, Kyo S, Maida Y, Takakura M, Tanaka M, Yatabe N et al. Tamoxifen regulates
human telomerase reverse transcriptase (hTERT) gene expression differently in breast and endometrial cancer
cells. Oncogene 2002; 21(22):3517-3524.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
374
(22) Gazvani R, Templeton A. Peritoneal environment, cytokines and angiogenesis in the
pathophysiology of endometriosis. [Review] [99 refs]. Reproduction 2002; 123(2):217- 226.
(23) Folkman J. Role of angiogenesis in tumor growth and metastasis. [Review] [30 refs].
Seminars in Oncology 2002; 29(6:Suppl 16):Suppl-8.
(24) Kitawaki J, Obayashi H, Ohta M, Kado N, Ishihara H, Koshiba H et al. Genetic contribution
of the interleukin-10 promoter polymorphism in endometriosis susceptibility. American Journal of Reproductive
Immunology (Copenhagen) 2002; 47(1):12-18.
(25) Vigano P, Infantino M, Lattuada D, Lauletta R, Ponti E, Somigliana E et al. Intercellular
adhesion molecule-1 (ICAM-1) gene polymorphisms in endometriosis. Molecular Human Reproduction 2003;
9(1):47-52.
(26) Wieser F, Schneeberger C, Tong D, Tempfer C, Huber JC, Wenzl R. PROGINS receptor gene
polymorphism is associated with endometriosis. Fertility & Sterility 2002; 77(2):309-312.
(27) Sehouli J, Mustea A, Koensgen D, Chen FC, Lichtenegger W. Interleukin-1 receptor
antagonist gene polymorphism is associated with increased risk of epithelial ovarian cancer. Ann Oncol 2003;
14(10):1501-1504.
(28) Kaklamani VG, Hou N, Bian Y, Reich J, Offit K, Michel LS et al. TGFBR1*6A and cancer
risk: a meta-analysis of seven case-control studies
9. J Clin Oncol 2003; 21(17):3236-3243.
(29) Bojesen SE, Tybjaerg-Hansen A, Nordestgaard BG. Integrin beta3 Leu33Pro homozygosity
and risk of cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst 2003; 95(15):1150-1157.
(30) Hefler LA, Grimm C, Ackermann S, Malur S, Radjabi-Rahat AR, Leodolter S et al. An
interleukin-6 gene promoter polymorphism influences the biological phenotype of ovarian cancer. Cancer Re s
2003; 63(12):3066-3068.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
375
(31) Kanamori Y, Matsushima M, Minaguchi T, Kobayashi K, Sagae S, Kudo R et al. Correlation
between expression of the matrix metalloproteinase-1 gene in ovarian cancers and an insertion/deletion
polymorphism in its promoter region. Cancer Res 1999; 59(17):4225- 4227.
(32) Chen GT, Tai CT, Yeh LS, Yang TC, Tsai HD. Identification of the cadherin subtypes present
in the human peritoneum and endometriotic lesions: potential role for P-cadherin in the development of
endometriosis. Molecular Reproduction & Development 2002; 62(3):289- 294.
(33) Scotti S, Regidor PA, Schindler AE, Winterhager E. Reduced proliferation and cell adhesion
in endometriosis. Molecular Human Reproduction 2000; 6(7):610-617.
(34) Witz CA, Takahashi A, Monto ya-Rodriguez IA, Cho S, Schenken RS. Expression of the
alpha2beta1 and alpha3beta1 integrins at the surface of mesothelial cells: a potential attachment site of
endometrial cells. Fertility & Sterility 2000; 74(3):579-584.
(35) Moreno-Bueno G, Gamallo C, Perez-Gallego L, de Mora JC, Suarez A, Palacios J. beta-
Catenin expression pattern, beta-catenin gene mutations, and microsatellite instability in endometrioid ovarian
carcinomas and synchronous endometrial carcinomas. Diagnostic Molecular Pathology 2001; 10(2):116- 122.
(36) Palacios J, Gamallo C. Mutations in the beta-catenin gene (CTNNB1) in endometrioid ovarian
carcinomas. Cancer Research 1998; 58(7):1344-1347.
(37) Wu Y, Basir Z, Kajdacsy-Balla A, Strawn E, Macias V, Montgomery K et al. Resolution of
clonal origins for endometriotic lesions using laser capture microdissection and the human androgen receptor
(HUMARA) assay. Fertility & Sterility 2003; 79:Suppl-7.
(38) Bischoff FZ, Simpson JL. Heritability and molecular genetic studies of endometriosis. Human
Reproduction Update 2000; 6(1):37-44.
(39) Bischoff FZ, Heard M, Simpson JL. Somatic DNA alterations in endometriosis: high
frequency of chromosome 17 and p53 loss in late-stage endometriosis. Journal of Reproductive Immunology
2002; 55(1-2):49-64.
(40) Sato N, Tsunoda H, Nishida M, Morishita Y, Takimoto Y, Kubo T et al. Loss of
heterozygosity on 10q23.3 and mutation of the tumor suppressor gene PTEN in benign endometrial cyst of the
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
376
ovary: possible sequence progression from benign endometrial cyst to endometrioid carcinoma and clear cell
carcinoma of the ovary. Cancer Research 2000; 60(24):7052-7056.
(41) Jiang X, Morland SJ, Hitchcock A, Thomas EJ, Campbell IG. Allelotyping of endometriosis
with adjacent ovarian carcinoma reveals evidence of a common lineage
55. Cancer Research 1998; 58(8):1707-1712.
(42) LaGrenade A, Silverberg SG. Ovarian tumors associated with atypical endometriosis. Human
Pathology 1988; 19(9):1080-1084.
(43) Nishida M, Watanabe K, Sato N, Ichikawa Y. Malignant transformation of ovarian
endometriosis. Gynecologic & Obstetric Investigation 2000; 50:Suppl-25.
(44) Seidman JD. Prognostic importance of hyperplasia and atypia in endometriosis. International
Journal of Gynecological Pathology 1996; 15(1):1-9.
(45) Bayramoglu H, Duzcan E. Atypical epithelial changes and mutant p53 gene expression in
ovarian endometriosis. Pathology Oncology Research 2001; 7(1):33-38.
(46) Ogawa S, Kaku T, Amada S, Kobayashi H, Hirakawa T, Ariyoshi K et al. Ovarian
endometriosis associated with ovarian carcinoma: a clinicopathological and immunohistochemical study.
Gynecologic Oncology 2000; 77(2):298-304.
(47) Oral E, Ilvan S, Tustas E, Korbeyli B, Bese T, Demirkiran F et al. Prevalence of
endometriosis in malignant epithelial ovary tumours. European Journal of Obstetrics, Gynecology, &
Reproductive Biology 2003; 109(1):97-101.
(48) Fukunaga M, Nomura K, Ishikawa E, Ushigome S. Ovarian atypical endometriosis: its close
association with malignant epithelial tumours.[comment]. Histopathology 1997; 30(3):249- 255.
(49) Fukunaga M, Nomura K, Ishikawa E, Ushigome S. Ovarian atypical endometriosis: its close
association with malignant epithelial tumours.[comment]. Histopathology 1997; 30(3):249- 255.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
377
(50) Baak JP, ten Kate FJ, Offerhaus GJ, van Lanschot JJ, Meijer GA. Routine morphometrical
analysis can improve reproducibility of dysplasia grade in Barrett's oesophagus surveillance biopsies. Journal of
Clinical Pathology 2002; 55(12):910-916.
(51) Kronqvist P, Kuopio T, Jalava P, Collan Y. Morphometrical malignancy grading is a valuable
prognostic factor in invasive ductal breast cancer. British Journal of Cancer 2002; 87(11):1275-1280.
(52) Defrere S, Van LA, Gonzalez RR, Jouret M, Mettlen M, Donnez J. Quantification of
endometriotic lesions in a murine model by fluorimetric and morphometric analyses. Hum Reprod 2006;
21(3):810-817.
(53) Donnez J, Nisolle M, Smoes P, Gillet N, Beguin S, Casanas-Roux F. Peritoneal endometriosis
and "endometriotic" nodules of the rectovaginal septum are two different entities. Fertil Steril 1996; 66(3):362-
368.
(54) Fedele L, Marchini M, Bianchi S, Dorta M, Arcaini L, Fontana PE. Structural and
ultrastructural defects in preovulatory endometrium of normo-ovulating infertile women with minimal or mild
endometriosis. Fertil Steril 1990; 53(6):989-993.
(55) Nisolle M, Casanas-Roux F, Anaf V, Mine JM, Donnez J. Morphometric study of the stromal
vascularization in peritoneal endometriosis. Fertil Steril 1993; 59(3):681-684.
(56) Nisolle M, Donnez J. Peritoneal endometriosis, ovarian endometriosis, and adenomyotic
nodules of the rectovaginal septum are three different entities. Fertil Steril 1997; 68(4):585- 596.
(57) Ota H, Igarashi S, Tanaka T. Morphometric evaluation of stromal vascularization in the
endometrium in adenomyosis. Hum Reprod 1998; 13(3):715-719.
(58) Ota H, Tanaka T. Stromal vascularization in the endometrium during adenomyosis. Microsc
Res Tech 2003; 60(4):445-449.
(59) Palatynski A. Morphometric investigations in experimental ovarian endometriosis. Ginekol
Pol 1988; 59(12):713-718.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
378
(60) Regidor PA, Wagner I, Ruwe M, Regidor M, Schindler AE. Morphometric analyses of
endometriotic tissues to determine their grade of activity. Gynecol Endocrinol 2002; 16(3):235- 243.
(61) Ruwe M, Donhuijsen K, Regidor PA, Leder LD, Schindler AE. Endometriosis: clinical,
histological and morphometric findings before and after Gn-RH agonist therapy. Zentralbl Gynakol 1998;
120(8):391-398.
(62) Regidor PA, Wagner I, Ruwe M, Regidor M, Schindler AE. Morphometric analyses of
endometriotic tissues to determine their grade of activity. Gynecological Endocrinology 2002; 16(3):235-243.
(63) Ballouk F, Ross JS, Wolf BC. Ovarian endometriotic cysts. An analysis of cytologic atypia
and DNA ploidy patterns. American Journal of Clinical Pathology 1994; 102(4):415-419.
(64) Modesitt SC, Tortolero-Luna G, Robinson JB, Gershenson DM, Wolf JK. Ovarian and
extraovarian endometriosis-associated cancer. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2002; 100(4):788- 795.
(65) Erzen M, Kovacic J. Relationship between endometriosis and ovarian cancer. European
Journal of Gynaecological Oncology 1998; 19(6):553-555.
(66) Erzen M, Rakar S, Klancnik B, Syrjanen K, Klancar B. Endometriosis-associated ovarian
carcinoma (EAOC): an entity distinct from other ovarian carcinomas as suggested by a nested case-control
study.[erratum appears in Gynecol Oncol 2001 Dec;83(3):617 Note: Klancar B [corrected to Klancnik B]].
Gynecologic Oncology 2001; 83(1):100-108.
(67) Stern RC, Dash R, Bentley RC, Snyder MJ, Haney AF, Robboy SJ. Malignancy in
endometriosis: frequency and comparison of ovarian and extraovarian types. International Journal of
Gynecological Pathology 2001; 20(2):133-139.
(68) Zaino R, Whitney C, Brady MF, DeGeest K, Burger RA, Buller RE. Simultaneously detected
endometrial and ovarian carcinomas--a prospective clinicopathologic study of 74 cases: a gynecologic oncology
group study. Gynecologic Oncology 2001; 83(2):355-362.
(69) Stern RC, Dash R, Bentley RC, Snyder MJ, Haney AF, Robboy SJ. Malignancy in
endometriosis: frequency and comparison of ovarian and extraovarian types. International Journal of
Gynecological Pathology 2001; 20(2):133-139.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
379
(70) Erzen M, Kovacic J. Relationship between endometriosis and ovarian cancer. European
Journal of Gynaecological Oncology 1998; 19(6):553-555.
(71) Vercellini P, Scarfone G, Bolis G, Stellato G, Carinelli S, Crosignani PG. Site of origin of
epithelial ovarian cancer: the endometriosis connection. BJOG: an International Journal of Obstetrics &
Gynaecology 2000; 107(9):1155-1157.
(72) Al Fozan H, Tulandi T. Left lateral predisposition of endometriosis and endometrioma.
Obstetrics & Gynecology 2003; 101(1):164-166.
(73) National Statistics. Cancer trends in England and Wales 1950-1999. 2003. UK Government.
(74) Fukunaga M, Nomura K, Ishikawa E, Ushigome S. Ovarian atypical endometriosis: its close
association with malignant epithelial tumours. Histopathology 1997; 30(3):249-255.
(75) Oral E, Ilvan S, Tustas E, Korbeyli B, Bese T, Kosebay D. Prevalence of endometriosis in
malignant epithelial ovary tumours. Fertility & Sterility 77 Suppl 1:S33-4, 2002.
(76) Brinton LA, Gridley G, Persson I, Baron J, Bergqvist A. Cancer risk after a hospital discharge
diagnosis of endometriosis.American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 1997; 176(3):572- 579.
(77) Yoshikawa H, Jimbo H, Okada S, Matsumoto K, Onda T, Yasugi T et al. Prevalence of
endometriosis in ovarian cancer. Gynecologic & Obstetric Investigation 2000; 50:Suppl- 7.
(78) Fukunaga M, Nomura K, Ishikawa E, Ushigome S. Ovarian atypical endometriosis: its close
association with malignant epithelial tumours. Histopathology 1997; 30(3):249-255.
(79) Modesitt SC, Tortolero-Luna G, Robinson JB, Gershenson DM, Wolf JK. Ovarian and
extraovarian endometriosis-associated cancer. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2002; 100(4):788- 795.
(80) Pecorelli S, Odicino F, Maisonneuve P, Creasman W, Shepherd J, Sideri M et al. Carcinoma
of the ovary.Annual report on the results of treatment in gynaecological cancer. J Epidemiol Biostat 1998; 3:75-
102.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
380
(81) Stern RC, Dash R, Bentley RC, Snyder MJ, Haney AF, Robboy SJ. Malignancy in
endometriosis: frequency and comparison of ovarian and extraovarian types. International Journal of
Gynecological Pathology 2001; 20(2):133-139.
(82) Erzen M, Rakar S, Klancar B, Syrjanen K. Endometriosis-associated ovarian carcinoma
(EAOC): an entity distinct from other ovarian carcinomas as suggested by a nested case-control study.
Gynecologic Oncology 2001; 83(1):100-108.
(83) Modesitt SC, Tortolero-Luna G, Robinson JB, Gershenson DM, Wolf JK. Ovarian and
extraovarian endometriosis-associated cancer. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2002; 100(4):788- 795.
(84) Modesitt SC, Tortolero-Luna G, Robinson JB, Gershenson DM, Wolf JK. Ovarian and
extraovarian endometriosis-associated cancer. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2002; 100(4):788- 795.
(85) Brinton LA, Gridley G, Persson I, Baron J, Bergqvist A. Cancer risk after a hospital discharge
diagnosis of endometriosis.[comment]. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 1997; 176(3):572- 579.
(86) Bulun SE, Zeitoun KM, Takayama K, Sasano H. Estrogen biosynthesis in endometriosis:
molecular basis and clinical relevance. [Review] [31 refs]. Journal of Molecular Endocrinology 2000; 25(1):35-
42.
(87) Matsuzaki S, Murakami T, Uehara S, Canis M, Sasano H, Okamura K. Expression of estrogen
receptor alpha and beta in peritoneal and ovarian endometriosis. Fertility & Sterility 2001; 75(6):1198- 1205.
(88) Wieser F, Schneeberger C, Tong D, Tempfer C, Huber JC, Wenzl R. PROGINS receptor gene
polymorphism is associated with endometriosis. Fertil Steril 2002; 77(2):309- 312.
(89) Kitawaki J, Obayashi H, Ishihara H, Koshiba H, Kusuki I, Kado N et al. Oestrogen receptor-
alpha gene polymorphism is associated with endometriosis, adenomyosis and leiomyomata. Human
Reproduction 2001; 16(1):51-55.
(90) Baranova H, Canis M, Ivaschenko T, Albuisson E, Bothorishvilli R, Baranov V et al. Possible
involvement of arylamine N-acetyltransferase 2, glutathione S-transferases M1 and T1 genes in the development
of endometriosis. Molecular Human Reproduction 1999; 5(7):636-641.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
381
(91) Hadfield RM, Manek S, Weeks DE, Mardon HJ, Barlow DH, Kennedy SH et al. Linkage and
association studies of the relationship between endometriosis and genes encoding the detoxification enzymes
GSTM1, GSTT1 and CYP1A1. Molecular Human Reproduction 2001; 7(11):1073- 1078.
(92) Nakago S, Hadfield RM, Zondervan KT, Mardon H, Manek S, Weeks DE et al. Association
between endometriosis and N-acetyl transferase 2 polymorphisms in a UK population. Molecular Human
Reproduction 2001; 7(11):1079-1083.
(93) Baxter SW, Thomas EJ, Campbell IG. GSTM1 null polymorphism and susceptibility to
endometriosis and ovarian cancer. Carcinogenesis 2001; 22(1):63-65.
(94) Birnbaum LS, Cummings AM. Dioxins and endometriosis: a plausible hypothesis.
Environmental Health Perspectives 2002; 110(1):15-21.
(95) Eskenazi B, Mocarelli P, Warner M, Samuels S, Vercellini P, Olive D et al. Serum dioxin
concentrations and endometriosis: a cohort study in Seveso, Italy. Environmental Health Perspectives 2002;
110(7):629-634.
(96) Bulun SE, Zeitoun KM, Kilic G. Expression of dioxin-related transactivating factors and
target genes in human eutopic endometrial and endometriotic tissues. American Journal of Obstetrics &
Gynecology 2000; 182(4):767-775.
(97) Ohtake F, Takeyama K, Matsumoto T, Kitagawa H, Yamamoto Y, Nohara K et al.
Modulation of oestrogen receptor signalling by association with the activated dioxin receptor.[comment]. Nature
2003; 423(6939):545-550.
(98) Lebovic DI, Mueller MD, Taylor RN. Immunobiology of endometriosis. [Review] [100 refs].
Fertility & Sterility 2001; 75(1):1-10.
(99) Druckmann R, Rohr UD. IGF-1 in gynaecology and obstetrics: update 2002. [Review] [172
refs]. Maturitas 2002; 41:Suppl-83.
(100) Meresman GF, Vighi S, Buquet RA, Contreras-Ortiz O, Tesone M, Rumi LS. Apoptosis and
expression of Bcl-2 and Bax in eutopic endometrium from women with endometriosis. Fertility & Sterility
2000; 74(4):760-766.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
382
(101) Bischoff FZ, Heard M, Simpson JL. Somatic DNA alterations in endometriosis: high
frequency of chromosome 17 and p53 loss in late-stage endometriosis. Journal of Reproductive Immunology
2002; 55(1-2):49-64.
(102) Vigano P, Infantino M, Lattuada D, Lauletta R, Ponti E, Somigliana E et al. Intercellular
adhesion molecule-1 (ICAM-1) gene polymorphisms in endometriosis. Molecular Human Reproduction 2003;
9(1):47-52.
(103) Wieser F, Fabjani G, Tempfer C, Schneeberger C, Sator M, Huber J et al. Analysis of an
interleukin-6 gene promoter polymorphism in women with endometriosis by pyrosequencing. Journal of the
Society for Gynecologic Investigation 2003; 10(1):32-36.
(104) Kitawaki J, Obayashi H, Ohta M, Kado N, Ishihara H, Koshiba H et al. Genetic contribution
of the interleukin-10 promoter polymorphism in endometriosis susceptibility. American Journal of Reproductive
Immunology (Copenhagen) 2002; 47(1):12-18.
(105) Landi S, Moreno V, Gioia-Patricola L, Guino E, Navarro M, de Oca J et al. Association of
common polymorphisms in inflammatory genes interleukin (IL)6, IL8, tumor necrosis factor alpha, NFKB1, and
peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma with colorectal cancer. Cancer Research 2003; 63(13):3560-
3566.
(106) Baxter SW, Thomas EJ, Campbell IG. GSTM1 null polymorphism and susceptibility to
endometriosis and ovarian cancer. Carcinogenesis 2001; 22(1):63-65.
(107) Hadfield RM, Manek S, Weeks DE, Mardon HJ, Barlow DH, Kennedy SH et al. Linkage and
association studies of the relationship between endometriosis and genes encoding the detoxification enzymes
GSTM1, GSTT1 and CYP1A1. Molecular Human Reproduction 2001; 7(11):1073- 1078.
(108) Nakago S, Hadfield RM, Zondervan KT, Mardon H, Manek S, Weeks DE et al. Association
between endometriosis and N-acetyl transferase 2 polymorphisms in a UK population. Molecular Human
Reproduction 2001; 7(11):1079-1083.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
383
(109) Baranova H, Canis M, Ivaschenko T, Albuisson E, Bothorishvilli R, Baranov V et al. Possible
involvement of arylamine N-acetyltransferase 2, glutathione S-transferases M1 and T1 genes in the development
of endometriosis. Molecular Human Reproduction 1999; 5(7):636-641.
(110) Hull ML, Charnock-Jones DS, Chan CL, Bruner-Tran KL, Osteen KG, Tom BD et al.
Antiangiogenic agents are effective inhibitors of endometriosis. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology &
Metabolism 2003; 88(6):2889-2899.
(111) Dabrosin C, Gyorffy S, Margetts P, Ross C, Gauldie J. Therapeutic effect of angiostatin gene
transfer in a murine model of endometriosis. American Journal of Pathology 2002; 161(3):909- 918.
(112) Mizumoto H, Saito T, Ashihara K, Nishimura M, Takehara M, Tanaka R et al. Expression of
matrix metalloproteinases in ovarian endometriomas: immunohistochemical study and enzyme immunoassay.
Life Sciences 2002; 71(3):259-273.
(113) Morin PJ. beta-catenin signaling and cancer. Bioessays 1999; 21(12):1021-1030.
(114) Witz CA, Takahashi A, Montoya-Rodriguez IA, Cho S, Schenken RS. Expression of the
alpha2beta1 and alpha3beta1 integrins at the surface of mesothelial cells: a potential attachment site of
endometrial cells. Fertility & Sterility 2000; 74(3):579-584.
(115) Starzinski-Powitz A, Handrow-Metzmacher H, Kotzian S. The putative role of cell adhesion
molecules in endometriosis: can we learn from tumour metastasis?. [Review] [46 refs]. Molecular Medicine
Today 1999; 5(7):304-309.
(116) Lengauer C, Kinzler KW, Vogelstein B. Genetic instability in colorectal cancers. Nature
1997; 386(6625):623-627.
(117) Lengauer C, Kinzler KW, Vogelstein B. Genetic instabilities in human cancers. Nature 1998;
396(6712):643-649.
(118) Mills GB, Lu Y, Fang X, Wang H, Eder A, Mao M et al. The role of genetic abnormalities of
PTEN and the phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase pathway in breast and ovarian tumorigenesis, prognosis, and
therapy. [Review] [110 refs]. Seminars in Oncology 2001; 28(5 Suppl 16):125-141.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
384
(119) Lalloo F, Evans G. Molecular genetics and endometrial cancer. [Review] [38 refs]. Best
Practice & Research in Clinical Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2001; 15(3):355-363.
(120) Jimbo H, Hitomi Y, Yoshikawa H, Yano T, Momoeda M, Sakamoto A et al. Evidence for
monoclonal expansion of epithelial cells in ovarian endometrial cysts. American Journal of Pathology 1997;
150(4):1173-1178.
(121) Wu Y, Basir Z, Kajdacsy-Balla A, Strawn E, Macias V, Montgomery K et al. Resolution of
clonal origins for endometriotic lesions using laser capture microdissection and the human androgen receptor
(HUMARA) assay. Fertility & Sterility 2003; 79:Suppl-7.
(122) Tamura M, Fukaya T, Murakami T, Uehara S, Yajima A. Analysis of clonality in human
endometriotic cysts based on evaluation of X chromosome inactivation in archival formalin-fixed, paraffin-
embedded tissue. [Review] [36 refs]. Laboratory Investigation 1998; 78(2):213-218.
(123) Mayr D, Amann G, Siefert C, Diebold J, Anderegg B. Does endometriosis really have
premalignant potential? A clonal analysis of laser-microdissected tissue. FASEB Journal 2003; 17(6):693-695.
(124) Gogusev J, Bouquet dJ, Telvi L, Doussau M, du MS, Stojkoski A et al. Genetic abnormalities
detected by comparative genomic hybridization in a human endometriosis-derived cell line. Mol Hum Reprod
2000; 6(9):821-827.
(125) Gogusev J, Bouquet dJ, Telvi L, Doussau M, du MS, Stojkoski A et al. Detection of DNA
copy number changes in human endometriosis by comparative genomic hybridization. Human Genetics 1999;
105(5):444-451.
(126) Bischoff FZ, Heard M, Simpson JL. Somatic DNA alterations in endometriosis: high
frequency of chromosome 17 and p53 loss in late-stage endometriosis. Journal of Reproductive Immunology
2002; 55(1-2):49-64.
(127) Kosugi Y, Elias S, Malinak LR, Nagata J, Isaka K, Takayama M et al. Increased heterogeneity
of chromosome 17 aneuploidy in endometriosis. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 1999;
180(4):792-797.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
385
(128) Goumenou AG, Arvanitis DA, Matalliotakis IM, Koumantakis EE, Spandidos DA.
Microsatellite DNA assays reveal an allelic imbalance in p16(Ink4), GALT, p53, and APOA2 loci in patients
with endometriosis. Fertility & Sterility 2001; 75(1):160-165.
(129) Obata K, Hoshiai H. Common genetic changes between endometriosis and ovarian cancer.
[Review] [19 refs]. Gynecologic & Obstetric Investigation 2000; 50:Suppl-43.
(130) Thomas EJ, Campbell IG. Molecular genetic defects in endometriosis. [Review] [9 refs].
Gynecologic & Obstetric Investigation 2000; 50:Suppl-50.
(131) Chen H-W, Li H-N, Lee Y-T, Yang P-C, Chen JJW, Tzeng C-R. Global analysis of
differentially expressed genes in endometrium with or without endometriosis using human cDNA microarray.
Fertility and Sterility 2002; 77(1):S16.
(132) Tamura M, Fukaya T, Murakami T, Uehara S, Yajima A. Analysis of clonality in human
endometriotic cysts based on evaluation of X chromosome inactivation in archival formalin-fixed, paraffin-
embedded tissue. [Review] [36 refs]. Laboratory Investigation 1998; 78(2):213-218.
(133) Jiang X, Hitchcock A, Bryan EJ, Watson RH, Englefield P, Thomas EJ et al. Microsatellite
analysis of endometriosis reveals loss of heterozygosity at candidate ovarian tumor suppressor gene loci. Cancer
Res 1996; 56(15):3534-3539.
(134) Campbell IG, Thomas EJ. Endometriosis: candidate genes. [Review] [41 refs]. Human
Reproduction Update 2001; 7(1):15-20.
(135) Jiang X, Morland SJ, Hitchcock A, Thomas EJ, Campbell IG. Allelotyping of endometriosis
with adjacent ovarian carcinoma reveals evidence of a common lineage. Cancer Research 1998; 58(8):1707-
1712.
(136) Martini M, Ciccarone M, Garganese G, Maggiore C, Evangelista A, Rahimi S et al. Possible
involvement of hMLH1, p16(INK4a) and PTEN in the malignant transformation of endometriosis. International
Journal of Cancer 2002; 102(4):398-406.
(137) Sato N, Tsunoda H, Nishida M, Morishita Y, Takimoto Y, Kubo T et al. Loss of
heterozygosity on 10q23.3 and mutation of the tumor suppressor gene PTEN in benign endometrial cyst of the
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
386
ovary: possible sequence progression from benign endometrial cyst to endometrioid carcinoma and clear cell
carcinoma of the ovary. Cancer Research 2000; 60(24):7052-7056.
(138) Bischoff FZ, Heard M, Simpson JL. Somatic DNA alterations in endometriosis: high
frequency of chromosome 17 and p53 loss in late-stage endometriosis. Journal of Reproductive Immunology
2002; 55(1-2):49-64.
(139) Otsuka J, Okuda T, Sekizawa A, Amemiya S, Saito H, Okai T et al. K-ras mutation may
promote carcinogenesis of endometriosis leading to ovarian clear cell carcinoma. Med Electron Microsc 2004;
37(3):188-192.
(140) Sato N, Tsunoda H, Nishida M, Morishita Y, Takimoto Y, Kubo T et al. Loss of
heterozygosity on 10q23.3 and mutation of the tumor suppressor gene PTEN in benign endometrial cyst of the
ovary: possible sequence progression from benign endometrial cyst to endometrioid carcinoma and clear cell
carcinoma of the ovary. Cancer Res 2000; 60(24):7052-7056.
(141) Dinulescu DM, Ince TA, Quade BJ, Shafer SA, Crowley D, Jacks T. Role of K-ras and Pten in
the development of mouse models of endometriosis and endometrioid ovarian cancer. Nat Med 2005; 11(1):63-
70.
(142) Prefumo F, Venturini PL, Fulcheri E. Analysis of p53 and c-erbB-2 expression in ovarian
endometrioid carcinomas arising in endometriosis. International Journal of Gynecological Pathology 2003;
22(1):83-88.
(143) Modesitt SC, Tortolero-Luna G, Robinson JB, Gershenson DM, Wolf JK. Ovarian and
extraovarian endometriosis-associated cancer. Obstet Gynecol 2002; 100(4):788-795.
(144) Missmer SA, Cramer DW. The epidemiology of endometriosis. [Review] [87 refs]. Obstetrics
& Gynecology Clinics of North America 2003; 30(1):1-19.
(145) Hadfield R, Mardon H, Barlow D, Kennedy S. Delay in the diagnosis of endometriosis: a
survey of women from the USA and the UK. Human Reproduction 1996; 11(4):878- 880.
(146) Arruda MS, Petta CA, Abrao MS, Benetti-Pinto CL. Time elapsed from onset of symptoms to
diagnosis of endometriosis in a cohort study of Brazilian women. Hum Reprod 2003; 18(4):756- 759.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
387
(147) Kirwan JM, Tincello DG, Herod JJ, Frost O, Kingston RE. Effect of delays in primary care
referral on survival of women with epithelial ovarian cancer: retrospective audit. BMJ 2002; 324(7330):148-
151.
(148) Horiuchi A, Itoh K, Shimizu M, Nakai I, Yamazaki T, Kimura K et al. Toward understanding
the natural history of ovarian carcinoma development: a clinicopathological approach. Gynecologic Oncology
2003; 88(3):309-317.
(149) Moll UM, Chumas JC, Chalas E, Mann WJ. Ovarian carcinoma arising in atypical
endometriosis. Obstetrics & Gynecology 1990; 75(3:Pt 2):t-9.
(150) Daya S. Characteristics of good causation studies. Semin Reprod Med 2003; 21(1):73- 83.
(151) Erzen M, Kovacic J. Relationship between endometriosis and ovarian cancer. Eur J Gynaecol
Oncol 1998; 19(6):553-555.
(152) Heaps JM, Nieberg RK, Berek JS. Malignant neoplasms arising in endometriosis.Obstet
Gynecol 1990; 75(6):1023-1028.
(153) Rusell P. The pathological assessment of ovarian neoplasms: Introduction to the common
'epithelial' tumors and analysis of benign 'epithelial' tumors. Pathology 1979; 11:5- 26.
(154) Sainz dlC, Eichhorn JH, Rice LW, Fuller AF, Jr., Nikrui N, Goff BA. Histologic
transformation of benign endometriosis to early epithelial ovarian cancer. Gynecol Oncol 1996; 60(2):238-244.
(155) Takahashi K, Kurioka H, Irikoma M, Ozaki T, Kanasaki H, Miyazaki K. Benign or malignant
ovarian neoplasms and ovarian endometriomas. Journal of the American Association of Gynecologic
Laparoscopists 2001; 8(2):278-284.
(156) Vercellini P, Parazzini F, Bolis G, Carinelli S, Dindelli M, Vendola N et al. Endometriosis and
ovarian cancer. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1993; 169(1):181-182.
(157) Yoshikawa H, Jimbo H, Okada S, Matsumoto K, Onda T, Yasugi T et al. Prevalence of
endometriosis in ovarian cancer. Gynecologic & Obstetric Investigation 2000; 50 Suppl 1:11- 17.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
388
(158) Modesitt SC, Tortolero-Luna G, Robinson JB, Gershenson DM, Wolf JK. Ovarian and
extraovarian endometriosis-associated cancer. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2002; 100(4):788- 795.
(159) Aure JC, Hoeg K, Kolstad P. Carcinoma of the ovary and endometriosis. Acta Obstet Gynecol
Scand 1971; 50(1):63-67.
(160) Crozier MA, Copeland LJ, Silva EG, Gershenson DM, Stringer CA. Clear cell carcinoma of
the ovary: a study of 59 cases. Gynecol Oncol 1989; 35(2):199-203.
(161) Komiyama S, Aoki D, Tominaga E, Susumu N, Udagawa Y, Nozawa S. Prognosis of
Japanese patients with ovarian clear cell carcinoma associated with pelvic endometriosis: clinicopathologic
evaluation. Gynecol Oncol 1999; 72(3):342-346.
(162) Borgfeldt C, Andolf E. Cancer risk after hospital discharge diagnosis of benign ovarian cysts
and endometriosis. Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica 83(4):395-400, 2004.
(163) Ness RB, Cramer DW, Goodman MT, Kjaer SK, Mallin K, Mosgaard BJ et al. Infertility,
fertility drugs, and ovarian cancer: a pooled analysis of case-control studies. American Journal of Epidemiology
2002; 155(3):217-224.
(164) Olson JE, Cerhan JR, Janney CA, Anderson KE, Vachon CM, Sellers TA. Postmenopausal
cancer risk after self-reported endometriosis diagnosis in the Iowa Women's Health Study. Cancer 2002;
94(5):1612-1618.
(165) Brinton LA, Gridley G, Persson I, Baron J, Bergqvist A. Cancer risk after a hospital discharge
diagnosis of endometriosis. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1997; 176(3):572-579.
(166) Jimbo H, Yoshikawa H, Onda T, Yasugi T, Sakamoto A, Taketani Y. Prevalence of ovarian
endometriosis in epithelial ovarian cancer. Int J Gynaecol Obstet 1997; 59(3):245-250.
(167) Vercellini P, Scarfone G, Bolis G, Stellato G, Carinelli S, Crosignani PG. Site of origin of
epithelial ovarian cancer: the endometriosis connection. BJOG 2000; 107(9):1155- 1157.
(168) Varma R, Rollason T, Gupta JK, Maher ER. Endometriosis and the neoplastic process.
Reproduction 2004; 127(3):293-304.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
389
(169) Ness RB, Cramer DW, Goodman MT, Kjaer SK, Mallin K, Mosgaard BJ et al. Infertility,
fertility drugs, and ovarian cancer: a pooled analysis of case-control studies. Am J Epidemiol 2002; 155(3):217-
224.
(170) Lavery S, Gillmer M. Malignant transformation of residual endometriosis in women on
unopposed oestrogen hormone replacement therapy. BJOG: an International Journal of Obstetrics &
Gynaecology 2001; 108(10):1106-1107.
(171) Reimnitz C, Brand E, Nieberg RK, Hacker NF. Malignancy arising in endometriosis
associated with unopposed estrogen replacement. Obstet Gynecol 1988; 71(3 Pt 2):444-447.
(172) Purdie DM, Bain CJ, Siskind V, Russell P, Hacker NF, Ward BG et al. Hormone replacement
therapy and risk of epithelial ovarian cancer. Br J Cancer 1999; 81(3):559- 563.
(173) Riman T, Dickman PW, Nilsson S, Correia N, Nordlinder H, Magnusson CM et al. Hormone
replacement therapy and the risk of invasive epithelial ovarian cancer in Swedish women. J Natl Cancer Inst
2002; 94(7):497-504.
(174) Purdie DM, Bain CJ, Siskind V, Webb PM, Green AC. Ovulation and risk of epithelial
ovarian cancer. Int J Cancer 2003; 104(2):228-232.
(175) Deligeoroglou E, Michailidis E, Creatsas G. Oral contraceptives and reproductive system
cancer. Ann N Y Acad Sci 2003; 997:199-208.
(176) Bosetti C, Negri E, Trichopoulos D, Franceschi S, Beral V, Tzonou A et al. Long-term effects
of oral contraceptives on ovarian cancer risk. Int J Cancer 2002; 102(3):262-265.
(177) Hankinson SE, Hunter DJ, Colditz GA, Willett WC, Stampfer MJ, Rosner B et al. Tubal
ligation, hysterectomy, and risk of ovarian cancer. A prospective study. JAMA 1993; 270(23):2813- 2818.
(178) Rosenblatt KA, Thomas DB. Reduced risk of ovarian cancer in women with a tubal ligation or
hysterectomy. The World Health Organization Collaborative Study of Neoplasia and Steroid Contraceptives.
Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 1996; 5(11):933-935.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
390
(179) Tung KH, Goodman MT, Wu AH, McDuffie K, Wilkens LR, Kolonel LN et al. Reproductive
factors and epithelial ovarian cancer risk by histologic type: a multiethnic case-control study. Am J Epidemiol
2003; 158(7):629-638.
(180) Konno R, Fujiwara H, Netsu S, Odagiri K, Shimane M, Nomura H et al. Gene expression
profiling of the rat endometriosis model. American Journal of Reproductive Immunology 2007; 58(4):330-343.
(181) Lebovic DI, Mwenda JM, Chai DC, Mueller MD, Santi A, Fisseha S et al. PPAR-gamma
receptor ligand induces regression of endometrial explants in baboons: a prospective, randomized, placebo- and
drug-controlled study. Fertility & Sterility 2007; 88(4:Suppl):Suppl-19.
(182) Nyachieo A, Chai DC, Deprest J, Mwenda JM, D'Hooghe TM. The baboon as a research
model for the study of endometrial biology, uterine receptivity and embryo implantation. Gynecologic &
Obstetric Investigation 2007; 64(3):149-155.
(183) Becker CM, Sampson DA, Short SM, Javaherian K, Folkman J, D'Amato RJ. Short synthetic
endostatin peptides inhibit endothelial migration in vitro and endometriosis in a mouse model. Fertil Steril 2006;
85(1):71-77.
(184) Einspanier A, Lieder K, Bruns A, Husen B, Thole H, Simon C. Induction of endometriosis in
the marmoset monkey (Callithrix jacchus). Molecular Human Reproduction 2006; 12(5):291- 299.
(185) Gashaw I, Hastings JM, Jackson KS, Winterhager E, Fazleabas AT. Induced endometriosis in
the baboon (Papio anubis) increases the expression of the proangiogenic factor CYR61 (CCN1) in eutopic and
ectopic endometria. Biology of Reproduction 2006; 74(6):1060-1066.
(186) Hirata T, Osuga Y, Yoshino O, Hirota Y, Harada M, Takemura Y et al. Development of an
experimental model of endometriosis using mice that ubiquitously express green fluorescent protein. Human
Reproduction 2005; 20(8):2092-2096.
(187) Leiserowitz GS, Gumbs JL, Oi R, Dalrymple JL, Smith LH, Ryu J et al. Endometriosis-related
malignancies. International Journal of Gynecological Cancer 2003; 13(4):466- 471.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
391
(188) Rubod C, Narducci F, Delattre C, Decocq J, Verbert A, Delahousse G. [Endometrioid
adenocarcinoma arising from adenomyosis: a case report and literature review]. Journal de Gynecologie,
Obstetrique et Biologie de la Reproduction 33(2):140-4, 2004.
(189) Balmain A, Gray J, Ponder B. The genetics and genomics of cancer.Nature Genetics 2003;
33:Suppl-44.
(190) Zondervan KT, Cardon LR, Kennedy SH. The genetic basis of endometriosis. [Review] [57
refs]. Current Opinion in Obstetrics & Gynecology 2001; 13(3):309-314.
(191) Hadfield RM, Manek S, Weeks DE, Mardon HJ, Barlow DH, Kennedy SH et al. Linkage and
association studies of the relationship between endometriosis and genes encoding the detoxification enzymes
GSTM1, GSTT1 and CYP1A1. Molecular Human Reproduction 2001; 7(11):1073- 1078.
(192) Campbell IG, Thomas EJ. Endometriosis: candidate genes. [Review] [41 refs]. Human
Reproduction Update 2001; 7(1):15-20.
(193) Holt VL, Weiss NS. Recommendations for the design of epidemiologic studies of
endometriosis. Epidemiology 2000; 11(6):654-659.
(194) Zondervan KT, Cardon LR, Kennedy SH. What makes a good case-control study? Design
issues for complex traits such as endometriosis. Hum Reprod 2002; 17(6):1415-1423.
(195) Vigano P, Somigliana E, Parazzini F, Vercellini P. Bias versus causality: interpreting recent
evidence of association between endometriosis and ovarian cancer. Fertility & Sterility 2007; 88(3):588- 593.
(196) Genome wide SNP 100K analysis of endometriosis: demonstration of genomic imbalance.
6th July 2007, EXCEL Conference centre, London. Oral Presentation. British Congress of Obstetrics and
Gynaecology (BCOG); Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists; 2007.
(197) Genetic evidence for malignant transformation of endometriosis. Oral Presentation. 23rd
Annual Meeting of European Society of Human Reproduction and Embryology (ESHRE), Tête d'Or , Lyon
Congress Centre, France; 1st July 2007. 2007.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
392
(198) Somigliana E, Vigano' P, Parazzini F, Stoppelli S, Giambattista E, Vercellini P. Association
between endometriosis and cancer: a comprehensive review and a critical analysis of clinical and
epidemiological evidence. [Review] [91 refs]. Gynecologic Oncology 2006; 101(2):331-341.
(199) Vigano P, Somigliana E, Chiodo I, Abbiati A, Vercellini P. Molecular mechanisms and
biological plausibility underlying the malignant transformation of endometriosis: a critical analysis. [Review]
[112 refs]. Human Reproduction Update 2006; 12(1):77-89.
(200) Jiang X, Hitchcock A, Bryan EJ, Watson RH, Englefield P, Thomas EJ et al. Microsatellite
analysis of endometriosis reveals loss of heterozygosity at candidate ovarian tumor suppressor gene loci. Cancer
Res 1996; 56(15):3534-3539.
(201) Bischoff F, Simpson JL. Genetics of endometriosis: heritability and candidate genes. Best
Practice & Research in Clinical Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2004; 18(2):219-232.
(202) Dinulescu DM, Ince TA, Quade BJ, Shafer SA, Crowley D, Jacks T. Role of K-ras and Pten in
the development of mouse models of endometriosis and endometrioid ovarian cancer. Nat Med 2005; 11(1):63-
70.
(203) Modesitt SC, Tortolero-Luna G, Robinson JB, Gershenson DM, Wolf JK. Ovarian and
extraovarian endometriosis-associated cancer. Obstet Gynecol 2002; 100(4):788-795.
(204) Yoshikawa H, Jimbo H, Okada S, Matsumoto K, Onda T, Yasugi T et al. Prevalence of
endometriosis in ovarian cancer. Gynecologic & Obstetric Investigation 2000; 50 Suppl 1:11- 17.
(205) Jimbo H, Yoshikawa H, Onda T, Yasugi T, Sakamoto A, Taketani Y. Prevalence of ovarian
endometriosis in epithelial ovarian cancer. International Journal of Gynaecology & Obstetrics 1997; 59(3):245-
250.
(206) Jiang X, Morland SJ, Hitchcock A, Thomas EJ, Campbell IG. Allelotyping of endometriosis
with adjacent ovarian carcinoma reveals evidence of a common lineage. Cancer Research 1998; 58(8):1707-
1712.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
393
(207) Noack F, Schmidt H, Buchweitz O, Malik E, Horny HP. Genomic imbalance and onco-protein
expression of ovarian endometrioid adenocarcinoma arisen in an endometriotic cyst. Anticancer Res 2004;
24(1):151-154.
(208) Mhawech P, Kinkel K, Vlastos G, Pelte MF. Ovarian carcinomas in endometriosis: an
immunohistochemical and comparative genomic hybridization study. Int J Gynecol Pathol 2002; 21(4):401- 406.
(209) Bell DA. Origins and molecular pathology of ovarian cancer. Mod Pathol 2005; 18 Suppl
2:S19-S32.
(210) Banerjee SK, Makdisi WF, Weston AP, Mitchell SM, Campbell DR. Microwave-based DNA
extraction from paraffin-embedded tissue for PCR amplification. Biotechniques 1995; 18(5):768- 3.
(211) Liu Y, Ganesan TS. Tumour suppressor genes in sporadic epithelial ovarian cancer.
Reproduction 2002; 123(3):341-353.
(212) Esfandiari N, Ai J, Nazemian Z, Javed MH, Gotlieb L, Casper RF. Expression of glycodelin
and cyclooxygenase-2 in human endometrial tissue following three-dimensional culture. American Journal of
Reproductive Immunology 2007; 57(1):49-54.
(213) Richter C, Baetje M, Bischof A, Makovitzky J, Richter DU, Gerber B et al. Expression of the
glycodelin A gene and the detection of its protein in tissues and serum of ovarian carcinoma patients. Anticancer
Research 2007; 27(4A):2023-2025.
(214) Bersinger NA, von RS, Wunder DM, Raio L, Dreher E, Mueller MD. PAPP-A and
osteoprotegerin, together with interleukin-8 and RANTES, are elevated in the peritoneal fluid of women with
endometriosis. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2006; 195(1):103-108.
(215) Kao LC, Germeyer A, Tulac S, Lobo S, Yang JP, Taylor RN et al. Expression profiling of
endometrium from women with endometriosis reveals candidate genes for disease-based implantation failure
and infertility. Endocrinology 2003; 144(7):2870-2881.
(216) Del Carmen MG, Smith Sehdev AE, Fader AN, Zahurak ML, Richardson M, Fruehauf JP et
al. Endometriosis-associated ovarian carcinoma: differential expression of vascular endothelial growth factor
and estrogen/progesterone receptors. Cancer 2003; 98(8):1658-1663.
References
Chapter 1. Basic science investigations of endometriosis
394
(217) Fazleabas AT, Brudney A, Chai D, Langoi D, Bulun SE. Steroid receptor and aromatase
expression in baboon endometriotic lesions. Fertility & Sterility 2003; 80:Suppl-7.
(218) Nisolle M, Casanas-Roux F, Donnez J. Immunohistochemical analysis of proliferative activity
and steroid receptor expression in peritoneal and ovarian endometriosis. Fertility & Sterility 1997; 68(5):912-
919.
(219) Wieser F, Schneeberger C, Tong D, Tempfer C, Huber JC, Wenzl R. PROGINS receptor gene
polymorphism is associated with endometriosis. Fertility & Sterility 2002; 77(2):309-312.
(220) Prowse AH, Manek S, Varma R, Liu J, Godwin AK, Maher ER et al. Molecular genetic
evidence that endometriosis is a precursor of ovarian cancer. Int J Cancer 2006; 119(3):556- 562.
(221) Potlog-Nahari C, Feldman AL, Stratton P, Koziol DE, Segars J, Merino MJ et al. CD10
immunohistochemical staining enhances the histological detection of endometriosis. Fertility & Sterility 2004;
82(1):86-92.
References
Chapter 2. Analytical observational studies
395
Chapter 2
(1) RCOG. Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists. Male and female sterilisation.
National Evidence-Based Clinical Guideline Number 4. 2004. RCOG Press, London.
(2) Peterson HB, Xia Z, Hughes JM, Wilcox LS, Tylor LR, Trussell J. The risk of pregnancy after
tubal sterilization: findings from the U.S. Collaborative Review of Sterilization. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1996;
174(4):1161-1168.
(3) Trussell J, Guilbert E, Hedley A. Sterilization failure, sterilization reversal, and pregnancy
after sterilization reversal in Quebec. Obstet Gynecol 2003; 101(4):677-684.
(4) Varma R, Gupta JK. Failed sterilisation: evidence-based review and medico-legal
ramifications. BJOG 2004; 111(12):1322-1332.
(5) Cattanach v Melchior [2003] HCA 38. The costs of raising a child: Cattanach v Melchior and
the Justice and other legislation amendement bill 2003 (Qld). Cattanach v Melchior [2003] HCA 38 (16 July
2003). 2003.
(6) Kovacs GT, Krins AJ. Female sterilisations with Filshie clips: what is the risk failure? A
retrospective survey of 30,000 applications. J Fam Plann Reprod Health Care 2002; 28(1):34- 35.
(7) Filshie GM, Helson K, Teper S. Day case sterilization with the Filshie Clip in Nottingham.
10-year follow up study: the first 200 cases. In: Kruger T, Gome V, Van der Wat J, editors. 7th Annual Meeting
of the International Society for Gynecologic Endoscopy. Bologna: Monduzzi Editore International Proceedings
Division; 1998. p.145-58. 1998.
(8) Birdsall MA, Pattison NS, Wilson P. Female sterilisation: National Women's Hospital 1988-9.
N Z Med J 1994; 107(990):473-475.
(9) Sokal D, Gates D, Amatya R, Dominik R. Two randomized controlled trials comparing the
tubal ring and filshie clip for tubal sterilization. Fertil Steril 2000; 74(3):525-533.
References
Chapter 2. Analytical observational studies
396
(10) Dominik R, Gates D, Sokal D, Cordero M, Lasso dl, V, Remes RA et al. Two randomized
controlled trials comparing the Hulka and Filshie Clips for tubal sterilization. Contraception 2000; 62(4):169-
175.
(11) Femcare. Series of 32 Filshie Clip sterilisation failures litigated in Australia 1990-2000. 2004.
(12) Nardin JM, Kulier R, Boulvain M. Techniques for the interruption of tubal patency for female
sterilisation. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003;(1):CD003034.
(13) International Society of Gynaecological Pathologists (ISGP), World Health Organisation
(WHO). Classification of Endometrial Hyperplasia. Blaustein's Pathology of the Female Genital Tract. 5 ed.
Springer; 2002. 467-500.
(14) Fox H, Buckley CH. The endometrial hyperplasias and their relationship to endometrial
neoplasia. Histopathology 1982; 6(5):493-510.
(15) Kurman RJ, Kaminski PF, Norris HJ. The behavior of endometrial hyperplasia. A long-term
study of "untreated" hyperplasia in 170 patients. Cancer 1985; 56(2):403-412.
(16) Tabata T, Yamawaki T, Yabana T, Ida M, Nishimura K, Nose Y. Natural history of
endometrial hyperplasia. Study of 77 patients. Arch Gynecol Obstet 2001; 265(2):85- 88.
(17) Terakawa N, Kigawa J, Taketani Y, Yoshikawa H, Yajima A, Noda K et al. The behavior of
endometrial hyperplasia: a prospective study. Endometrial Hyperplasia Study Group. J Obstet Gynaecol Res
1997; 23(3):223-230.
(18) Clark TJ, Neelakantan D, Gupta JK. The management of endometrial hyperplasia: An
evaluation of current practice. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2005.
(19) Montgomery BE, Daum GS, Dunton CJ. Endometrial hyperplasia: a review. Obstetrical &
Gynecological Survey 59(5):368-78, 2004.
(20) Marsden DE, Hacker NF. Optimal management of endometrial hyperplasia. Best Practice &
Research in Clinical Obstetrics & Gynaecology 15(3):393-405, 2001.
References
Chapter 2. Analytical observational studies
397
(21) Marsden DE, Hacker NF. Optimal management of endometrial hyperplasia. Best Practice &
Research in Clinical Obstetrics & Gynaecology 15(3):393-405, 2001.
(22) Wildemeersch D, Janssens D, Pylyser K, De Wever N, Verbeeck G, Dhont M et al.
Management of patients with non-atypical and atypical endometrial hyperplasia with a levonorgestrel-releasing
intrauterine system: long-term follow-up. Maturitas 2007; 57(2):210-213.
(23) Wheeler DT, Bristow RE, Kurman RJ. Histologic alterations in endometrial hyperplasia and
well-differentiated carcinoma treated with progestins. Am J Surg Pathol 2007; 31(7):988- 998.
(24 ) Varma R, Sinha D, Gupta JK. Non-contraceptive uses of levonorgestrel-releasing hormone
system (LNG-IUS)--a systematic enquiry and overview. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2006; 125(1):9-28.
(25) Perino A, Quartararo P, Catinella E, Genova G, Cittadini E. Treatment of endometrial
hyperplasia with levonorgestrel releasing intrauterine devices. Acta Eur Fertil 1987; 18(2):137- 140.
(26) Scarselli G, Tantini C, Colafranceschi M, Taddei GL, Bargelli G, Venturini N et al. Levo-
norgestrel-nova-T and precancerous lesions of the endometrium. Eur J Gynaecol Oncol 1988; 9(4):284- 286.
(27) Vereide AB, Kaino T, Sager G, Arnes M, Orbo A. Effect of levonorgestrel IUD and oral
medroxyprogesterone acetate on glandular and stromal progesterone receptors (PRA and PRB), and estrogen
receptors (ER-alpha and ER-beta) in human endometrial hyperplasia. Gynecol Oncol 2006; 101(2):214- 223.
(28) Wildemeersch D, Dhont M. Treatment of nonatypical and atypical endometrial hyperplasia
with a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2003;
188(5):1297-1298.
(29) Hejmadi RK, Chaudhri S, Ganesan R, Rollason TP. Morphologic changes in the endometrium
associated with the use of the mirena coil: a retrospective study of 106 cases. Int J Surg Pathol 2007; 15(2):148-
154.
(30) Horn LC, Meinel A, Handzel R, Einenkel J. Histopathology of endometrial hyperplasia and
endometrial carcinoma: an update. Ann Diagn Pathol 2007; 11(4):297-311.
References
Chapter 2. Analytical observational studies
398
(31) Wheeler DT, Bristow RE, Kurman RJ. Histologic alterations in endometrial hyperplasia and
well-differentiated carcinoma treated with progestins. Am J Surg Pathol 2007; 31(7):988- 998.
(32) Phillips V, Graham CT, Manek S, McCluggage WG. The effects of the levonorgestrel
intrauterine system (Mirena coil) on endometrial morphology. J Clin Pathol 2003; 56(4):305- 307.
(33) Kelly P, Dobbs SP, McCluggage WG. Endometrial hyperplasia involving endometrial polyps:
report of a series and discussion of the significance in an endometrial biopsy specimen. BJOG 2007 ;
114(8):944-950.
(34) Altman DG, Bland JM. Diagnostic tests. 1: Sensitivity and specificity. BMJ 1994;
308(6943):1552.
(35) Wildemeersch D, Janssens D, Pylyser K, De Wever N, Verbeeck G, Dhont M et al.
Management of patients with non-atypical and atypical endometrial hyperplasia with a levonorgestrel-releasing
intrauterine system: long-term follow-up. Maturitas 2007; 57(2):210-213.
(36) Wheeler DT, Bristow RE, Kurman RJ. Histologic alterations in endometrial hyperplasia and
well-differentiated carcinoma treated with progestins. Am J Surg Pathol 2007; 31(7):988- 998.
(37) Vereide AB, Kaino T, Sager G, Arnes M, Orbo A. Effect of levonorgestrel IUD and oral
medroxyprogesterone acetate on glandular and stromal progesterone receptors (PRA and PRB), and estrogen
receptors (ER-alpha and ER-beta) in human endometrial hyperplasia. Gynecol Oncol 2006; 101(2):214- 223.
(38) Perino A, Quartararo P, Catinella E, Genova G, Cittadini E. Treatment of endometrial
hyperplasia with levonorgestrel releasing intrauterine devices. Acta Eur Fertil 1987; 18(2):137- 140.
(39) Clark TJ, Mann CH, Shah N, Khan KS, Song F, Gupta JK. Accuracy of outpatient
endometrial biopsy in the diagnosis of endometrial hyperplasia. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand 2001; 80(9):784-
793.
(40) Garuti G, Cellani F, Garzia D, Colonnelli M, Luerti M. Accuracy of hysteroscopic diagnosis
of endometrial hyperplasia: a retrospective study of 323 patients. J Minim Invasive Gynecol 2005; 12(3):247-
253.
References
Chapter 2. Analytical observational studies
399
(41) Gundem G, Sendag F, Kazandi M, Akercan F, Mgoyi L, Terek MC et al. Preoperative and
postoperative correlation of histopathological findings in cases of endometrial hyperplasia. Eur J Gynaecol
Oncol 2003; 24(3-4):330-333.
(42) Lambert B, Muteganya D, Lepage Y, Boivin Y. Complex hyperplasia of the endometrium.
Predictive value of curettage vs. hysterectomy specimens. J Reprod Med 1994; 39(8):639- 642.
(43) Jesadapatrakul S, Tangjitgamol S, Manusirivitaya S. Histopathologic consistency between
endometrial hyperplasia diagnosis from endometrial curettage and pathologic diagnoses from hysterectomy
specimens. J Med Assoc Thai 2005; 88 Suppl 2:S16-S21.
(44) Wildemeersch D, Janssens D, Pylyser K, De Wever N, Verbeeck G, Dhont M et al.
Management of patients with non-atypical and atypical endometrial hyperplasia with a levonorgestrel-releasing
intrauterine system: long-term follow-up. Maturitas 2007; 57(2):210-213.
(45) Wildemeersch D, Janssens D, Pylyser K, De Wever N, Verbeeck G, Dhont M et al.
Management of patients with non-atypical and atypical endometrial hyperplasia with a levonorgestrel-releasing
intrauterine system: long-term follow-up. Maturitas 2007; 57(2):210-213.
(46) Rattanachaiyanont M, Angsuwathana S, Techatrisak K, Tanmahasamut P, Indhavivadhana S,
Leerasiri P. Clinical and pathological responses of progestin therapy for non-atypical endometrial hyperplasia: a
prospective study. J Obstet Gynaecol Res 2005; 31(2):98-106.
(47) Horn LC, Schnurrbusch U, Bilek K, Hentschel B, Einenkel J. Risk of progression in complex
and atypical endometrial hyperplasia: clinicopathologic analysis in cases with and without progestogen
treatment. Int J Gynecol Cancer 2004; 14(2):348-353.
(48) Ferenczy A, Gelfand M. The biologic significance of cytologic atypia in progestogen-treated
endometrial hyperplasia. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1989; 160(1):126-131.
(49) Randall TC, Kurman RJ. Progestin treatment of atypical hyperplasia and well-differentiated
carcinoma of the endometrium in women under age 40. Obstet Gynecol 1997; 90(3):434- 440.
References
Chapter 2. Analytical observational studies
400
(50) Perez-Medina T, Bajo J, Folgueira G, Haya J, Ortega P. Atypical endometrial hyperplasia
treatment with progestogens and gonadotropin-releasing hormone analogues: long-term follow-up. Gynecol
Oncol 1999; 73(2):299-304.
(51) Wildemeersch D, Janssens D, Pylyser K, De Wever N, Verbeeck G, Dhont M et al.
Management of patients with non-atypical and atypical endometrial hyperplasia with a levonorgestrel-releasing
intrauterine system: long-term follow-up. Maturitas 2007; 57(2):210-213.
(52) Marsden DE, Hacker NF. Optimal management of endometrial hyperplasia. Best Practice &
Research in Clinical Obstetrics & Gynaecology 15(3):393-405, 2001.
(53) Jarvela IY, Santala M. Treatment of non-atypic endometrial hyperplasia using thermal balloon
endometrial ablation therapy. Obstet Gynecol Surv 2005; 60(9):580-582.
(54) Agorastos T, Vaitsi V, Pantazis K, Efstathiadis E, Vavilis D, Bontis JN. Aromatase inhibitor
anastrozole for treating endometrial hyperplasia in obese postmenopausal women. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod
Biol 2005; 118(2):239-240.
(55) NICE. CG44. Heavy Menstrual Bleeding. Clinical Guideline No 44. National Collaborating
Centre for Women's and Children's Health Commissioned by the National Institute for Health and Clinical
Excellence. 24-1-2007. RCOG Press.
(56) Reid PC. Endometrial ablation in England-coming of age? An examination of hospital episode
statistics 1989/1990 to 2004/2005. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2006.
(57) Amso NN. Clinical and health service implications of second generation endometrial ablation
devices. Current Opinion in Obstetrics & Gynecology 18(4):457-63, 2006.
(58) Lethaby A, Hickey M, Garry R. Endometrial destruction techniques for heavy menstrual
bleeding. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2007;(4):CD001501.
(59) Garside R, Stein K, Wyatt K, Round A. Microwave and thermal balloon ablation for heavy
menstrual bleeding: a systematic review. BJOG 2005; 112(1):12-23.
References
Chapter 2. Analytical observational studies
401
(60) Hurskainen R, Grenman S, Komi I, Kujansuu E, Luoto R, Orrainen M et al. Diagnosis and
treatment of menorrhagia. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand 2007; 86(6):749-757.
(61) Practice Committee of the American Society for Reproductive Medicine. Indications and
options for endometrial ablation. [Review] [37 refs]. Fertility & Sterility 86(5 Suppl):S6-10, 2006.
(62) Aletebi FA, Vilos GA, Eskandar MA. Thermal balloon endometrial ablation to treat
menorrhagia in high-risk surgical candidates. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc 1999; 6(4):435- 439.
(63) Soysal M, Soysal SK. Endometrial thermal balloon ablation under local anesthesia in patients
with prosthetic heart valves: a pilot study. Zentralbl Gynakol 2000; 122(11):556-560.
(64) Clark TJ, Gupta JK. Outpatient thermal balloon ablation of the endometrium. Fertil Steril
2004; 82(5):1395-1401.
(65) Marsh F, Thewlis J, Duffy S. Randomized controlled trial comparing Thermachoice III* in the
outpatient versus daycase setting. Fertil Steril 2007; 87(3):642-650.
(66) Olah KS, Alliston J, Jones J, Stewart G, Mavrommatis R. Thermal ablation performed in a
primary care setting: the South Warwickshire Experience. BJOG 2005; 112(8):1117- 1120.
(67) Amso NN, Fernandez H, Vilos G, Fortin C, McFaul P, Schaffer M et al. Uterine endometrial
thermal balloon therapy for the treatment of menorrhagia: long-term multicentre follow-up study. Hum Reprod
2003; 18(5):1082-1087.
(68) Bongers MY, Mol BW, Brolmann HA. Prognostic factors for the success of thermal balloon
ablation in the treatment of menorrhagia. Obstet Gynecol 2002; 99(6):1060-1066.
(69) Amso NN. Clinical and health service implications of second generation endometrial ablation
devices. Curr Opin Obstet Gynecol 2006; 18(4):457-463.
(70) Munro MG. Endometrial ablation: where have we been? Where are we going? Clinical
Obstetrics & Gynecology 49(4):736-66, 2006.
References
Chapter 2. Analytical observational studies
402
(71) Regional Palliative Care Program. In Edmonton Alberta.University of Alberta. Canada.
Morphine Mean Equivalent Dose Calculation.
www.palliative.org/PC/ClinicalInfo/AssessmentTools/AssessmentToolsIDX.html. 2007.
(72) Clark TJ, Gupta JK. Outpatient Hysteroscopy. The Obstetrician and Gynaecologist RCOG
Press 2002; 4(4):217-221.
(73) Garside R, Stein K, Wyatt K, Round A, Price A. The effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of
microwave and thermal balloon endometrial ablation for heavy menstrual bleeding: a systematic review and
economic modelling. Health Technol Assess 2004; 8(3):iii, 1-iii155.
(74) Lethaby A, Hickey M, Garry R. Endometrial destruction techniques for heavy menstrual
bleeding. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2006;(4):CD001501.
(75) Owusu-Ansah R, Gatongi D, Chien PF. Health technology assessment of surgical therapies for
benign gynaecological disease. Best Pract Res Clin Obstet Gynaecol 2006; 20(6):841- 879.
(76) Shaamash AH, Sayed EH. Prediction of successful menorrhagia treatment after thermal
balloon endometrial ablation. J Obstet Gynaecol Res 2004; 30(3):210-216.
(77) Lok IH, Leung PL, Ng PS, Yuen PM. Life-table analysis of the success of thermal balloon
endometrial ablation in the treatment of menorrhagia. Fertil Steril 2003; 80(5):1255- 1259.
(78) Vilos GA, Aletebi FA, Eskandar MA. Endometrial thermal balloon ablation with the
ThermaChoice system: effect of intrauterine pressure and duration of treatment. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc
2000; 7(3):325-329.
(79) Amso NN, Stabinsky SA, McFaul P, Blanc B, Pendley L, Neuwirth R. Uterine thermal
balloon therapy for the treatment of menorrhagia: the first 300 patients from a multi-centre study. International
Collaborative Uterine Thermal Balloon Working Group. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1998; 105(5):517-523.
(80) Edwards P, Roberts I, Clarke M, DiGuiseppi C, Pratap S, Wentz R et al. Increasing response
rates to postal questionnaires: systematic review. BMJ 2002; 324(7347):1183.
References
Chapter 2. Analytical observational studies
403
(81) Shaw RW, Brickley MR, Evans L, Edwards MJ. Perceptions of women on the impact of
menorrhagia on their health using multi-attribute utility assessment. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1998; 105(11):1155-
1159.
(82) Badia X, Roset M, Herdman M, Kind P. A comparison of United Kingdom and Spanish
general population time trade-off values for EQ-5D health states. Med Decis Making 2001; 21(1):7- 16.
(83) Clark TJ, Khan KS, Foon R, Pattison H, Bryan S, Gupta JK. Quality of life instruments in
studies of menorrhagia: a systematic review. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2002; 104(2):96-104.
(84) Jones GL, Kennedy SH, Jenkinson C. Health-related quality of life measurement in women
with common benign gynecologic conditions: a systematic review. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002; 187(2):501- 511.
(85) Perneger TV. What's wrong with Bonferroni adjustments. BMJ 1998; 316(7139):1236-1238.
(86) Bender R, Lange S. Multiple test procedures other than Bonferroni's deserve wider use. BMJ
1999; 318(7183):600-601.
(87) Marsh F, Thewlis J, Duffy S. Thermachoice endometrial ablation in the outpatient setting,
without local anesthesia or intravenous sedation: a prospective cohort study. Fertil Steril 2005; 83(3):715-720.
(88) Loffer FD, Grainger D. Five-year follow-up of patients participating in a randomized trial of
uterine balloon therapy versus rollerball ablation for treatment of menorrhagia. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc
2002; 9(4):429-435.
(89) NICE. CG44. Heavy Menstrual Bleeding. Clinical Guideline No 44. National Collaborating
Centre for Women's and Children's Health Commissioned by the National Institute for Health and Clinical
Excellence. 24-1-2007. RCOG Press.
(90) ACOG Committee on Practice Bulletins-Gynecology. ACOG practice bulletin. Surgical
alternatives to hysterectomy in the management of leiomyomas. Number 16, May 2000 (replaces educational
bulletin number 192, May 1994). International Journal of Gynaecology & Obstetrics 73(3):285-93, 2001.
References
Chapter 2. Analytical observational studies
404
(91) Farquhar C, Arroll B, Ekeroma A, Fentiman G, Lethaby A, Rademaker L et al. An evidence-
based guideline for the management of uterine fibroids. [Review] [135 refs]. Australian & New Zealand Journal
of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 41(2):125-40, 2001.
(92) Lefebvre G, Vilos G, Allaire C, Jeffrey J, Arneja J, Birch C et al. The management of uterine
leiomyomas. SOGC Canada. Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology Canada: JOGC 25(5):396- 418; quiz 419-22,
2003.
(93) Indman PD. Hysteroscopic treatment of submucous myomas. [Review] [29 refs]. Clinical
Obstetrics & Gynecology 49(4):811-20, 2006.
(94) Clark TJ, Mahajan D, Sunder P, Gupta JK. Hysteroscopic treatment of symptomatic
submucous fibroids using a bipolar intrauterine system: a feasibility study. European Journal of Obstetrics,
Gynecology, & Reproductive Biology 100(2):237-42, 2002.
(95) Clark TJ. Outpatient hysteroscopy and ultrasonography in the management of endometrial
disease. Current Opinion in Obstetrics & Gynecology 16(4):305-11, 2004.
(96) Bettocchi S, Ceci O, Di Venere R, Pansini MV, Pellegrino A, Marello F et al. Advanced
operative office hysteroscopy without anaesthesia: analysis of 501 cases treated with a 5 Fr. bipolar electrode.
Human Reproduction 17(9):2435-8, 2002.
(97) Boe E, I, Woie K, Hordnes K. Transcervical endometrial resection: long-term results of 390
procedures. Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica 85(1):82-7, 2006.
(98) Campo S, Campo V, Gambadauro P. Short-term and long-term results of resectoscopic
myomectomy with and without pretreatment with GnRH analogs in premenopausal women. Acta Obstetricia et
Gynecologica Scandinavica 84(8):756-60, 2005.
(99) Cravello L, Farnarier J, Roger V, D'Ercole C, Blanc B. Hysteroscopic myomectomy.
Functional results with an average follow-up of 6 years. Journal de Gynecologie, Obstetrique et Biologie de la
Reproduction 27(6):593-7, 1998.
(100) Emanuel MH, Wamsteker K, Hart AA, Metz G, Lammes FB. Long-term results of
hysteroscopic myomectomy for abnormal uterine bleeding. Obstetrics & Gynecology 93(5 Pt 1):743-8, 1999.
References
Chapter 2. Analytical observational studies
405
(101) Hart R, Molnar BG, Magos A. Long term follow up of hysteroscopic myomectomy assessed
by survival analysis. British Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 106(7):700-5, 1999.
(102) Polena V, Mergui JL, Perrot N, Poncelet C, Barranger E, Uzan S. Long-term results of
hysteroscopic myomectomy in 235 patients. European Journal of Obstetrics, Gynecology, & Reproductive
Biology 130(2):232-7, 2007.
(103) van Dongen H, Emanuel MH, Smeets MJ, Trimbos B, Jansen FW. Follow-up after incomplete
hysteroscopic removal of uterine fibroids. Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica 85(12):1463-7, 2006.
(104) Vercellini P, Zaina B, Yaylayan L, Pisacreta A, De Giorgi O, Crosignani PG. Hysteroscopic
myomectomy: long-term effects on menstrual pattern and fertility. Obstetrics & Gynecology 94(3):341-7, 1999.
(105) Dueholm M, Lundorf E. Transvaginal ultrasound or MRI for diagnosis of adenomyosis. Curr
Opin Obstet Gynecol 2007; 19(6):505-512.
(106) Kepkep K, Tuncay YA, Goynumer G, Tutal E. Transvaginal sonography in the diagnosis of
adenomyosis: which findings are most accurate? Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol 2007; 30(3):341- 345.
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
406
Chapter 3.1
(1) Varma R, Gupta JK, James DK, Kilby MD. Do screening-preventative interventions in
asymptomatic pregnancies reduce the risk of preterm delivery--a critical appraisal of the literature. Eur J Obstet
Gynecol Reprod Biol 2006; 127(2):145-159.
(2) Varma R, Gupta JK. Antibiotic treatment of bacterial vaginosis in pregnancy: multiple meta-
analyses and dilemmas in interpretation. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2006; 124(1):10- 14.
(3) Varma R, Sinha D, Gupta JK. Non-contraceptive uses of levonorgestrel-releasing hormon e
system (LNG-IUS)--a systematic enquiry and overview. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2006; 125(1):9-28.
(4) Higgins JPT, Green S. Higgins JPT, Green S, editors. Cochrane Handbook for Systematic
Reviews of Interventions 4.2.6 [updated September 2006].
http://www.cochrane.org/resources/handbook/hbook.htm. 2006. The Cochrane Collaboration.
(5) Centre for Reviews and Dissemination. Undertaking systematic reviews of research on
effectiveness: CRD's guidance for those carrying out or commissioning reviews. CRD Report 4 (2nd edition).
http://www.york.ac.uk/inst/crd/report4.htm. 2001.
(6) RCOG. Clinical Governance Advice No 1.Guidance for the Development of RCOG Green-top
Guidelines. 2000. Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists, London, UK.
(7) Atkins D, Best D, Briss PA, Eccles M, Falck-Ytter Y, Flottorp S et al. Grading quality of
evidence and strength of recommendations. BMJ 2004; 328(7454):1490.
(8) Moutquin JM. Classification and heterogeneity of preterm birth. BJOG: an International
Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2003; 110:Suppl-3.
(9) Slattery MM, Morrison JJ. Preterm delivery. Lancet 2002; 360(9344):1489- 1497.
(10) Ward RM, Beachy JC. Neonatal complications following preterm birth. BJOG 2003; 110
Suppl 20:8-16.
(11) Institute for Clinical Systems Improvement (ICSI). Preterm Birth Prevention. ICSI Health
Care Guideline. 2003. Institute for Clinical Systems Improvement (ICSI). Bloomington (MN).
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
407
(12) American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. ACOG Practice Bulletin. Assessment
of risk factors for preterm birth. Clinical management guidelines for obstetrician-gynecologists. Number 31,
October 2001. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2001; 98(4):709-716.
(13) Iams JD. Prediction and early detection of preterm labor. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2003;
101(2):402-412.
(14) El Bastawissi AY, Sorensen TK, Akafomo CK, Frederick IO, Xiao R, Williams MA. History
of fetal loss and other adverse pregnancy outcomes in relation to subsequent risk of preterm delivery. Matern
Child Health J 2003; 7(1):53-58.
(15) Carlini L, Somigliana E, Rossi G, Veglia F, Busacca M, Vignali M. Risk factors for
spontaneous preterm birth: a Northern Italian multicenter case-control study. Gynecologic & Obstetric
Investigation 2002; 53(3):174-180.
(16) Adams MM, Elam-Evans LD, Wilson HG, Gilbertz DA. Rates of and factors associated with
recurrence of preterm delivery. JAMA 2000; 283(12):1591-1596.
(17) Airoldi J, Berghella V, Sehdev H, Ludmir J. Transvaginal ultrasonography of the cervix to
predict preterm birth in women with uterine anomalies. Obstet Gynecol 2005; 106(3):553- 556.
(18) Jolly MC, Sebire N, Harris J, Robinson S, Regan L. Obstetric risks of pregnancy in women
less than 18 years old. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2000; 96(6):962-966.
(19) Smith GC, Pell JP. Teenage pregnancy and risk of adverse perinatal outcomes associated with
first and second births: population based retrospective cohort study. BMJ 2001; 323(7311):476.
(20) Bloom SL, Yost NP, McIntire DD, Leveno KJ. Recurrence of preterm birth in singleton and
twin pregnancies. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2001; 98(3):379-385.
(21) Moutquin JM. Socio-economic and psychosocial factors in the management and prevention of
preterm labour. BJOG: an International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2003; 110:Suppl- 60.
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
408
(22) Goldenberg RL, Iams JD, Mercer BM, Meis PJ, Moawad A, Das A et al. The Preterm
Prediction Study: toward a multiple-marker test for spontaneous preterm birth. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2001;
185(3):643-651.
(23) Jackson RA, Gibson KA, Wu YW, Croughan MS. Perinatal outcomes in singletons following
in vitro fertilization: a meta-analysis. Obstet Gynecol 2004; 103(3):551-563.
(24) Ananth CV, Demissie K, Smulian JC, Vintzileos AM. Relationship among placenta previa,
fetal growth restriction, and preterm delivery: a population-based study. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2001;
98(2):299-306.
(25) Crane JM. Pregnancy outcome after loop electrosurgical excision procedure: a systematic
review. Obstet Gynecol 2003; 102(5 Pt 1):1058-1062.
(26) Smith GC, Pell JP, Dobbie R. Interpregnancy interval and risk of preterm birth and neonatal
death: retrospective cohort study. BMJ 2003; 327(7410):313.
(27) Patel RR, Steer P, Doyle P, Little MP, Elliott P. Does gestation vary by ethnic group? A
London-based study of over 122,000 pregnancies with spontaneous onset of labour. Int J Epidemiol 2004;
33(1):107-113.
(28) Albertsen K, Andersen AM, Olsen J, Gronbaek M. Alcohol consumption during pregnancy
and the risk of preterm delivery. Am J Epidemiol 2004; 159(2):155-161.
(29) Burguet A, Kaminski M, Abraham-Lerat L, Schaal JP, Cambonie G, Fresson J et al. The
complex relationship between smoking in pregnancy and very preterm delivery. Results of the Epipage study.
BJOG 2004; 111(3):258-265.
(30) Leitich H, Bodner-Adler B, Brunbauer M, Kaider A, Egarter C, Husslein P. Bacterial
vaginosis as a risk factor for preterm delivery: a meta-analysis. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2003; 189(1):139- 147.
(31) Harrington K, Carpenter RG, Goldfrad C, Campbell S. Transvaginal Doppler ultrasound of
the uteroplacental circulation in the early prediction of pre-eclampsia and intrauterine growth retardation. Br J
Obstet Gynaecol 1997; 104(6):674-681.
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
409
(32) National Institute of Clinical Excellence U. NICE Clinical Guideline - Antenatal care - routine
care for healthy pregnant women. 2003.
(33) Ehrenberg HM, Dierker L, Milluzzi C, Mercer BM. Low maternal weight, failure to thrive in
pregnancy, and adverse pregnancy outcomes. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2003; 189(6):1726-1730.
(34) Berkman ND, Thorp JM, Hartmann KE, Idicula AE, McPheeters M, Gavin NI et al.
Management of preterm labor.Evidence Report/Technology Assessment. Number 18 .AHRQ Publication No.
01-E021. 2000. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality , Rockville, USA.
(35) Lu MC, Tache V, Alexander GR, Kotelchuck M, Halfon N. Preventing low birth weight: is
prenatal care the answer? Journal of Maternal-Fetal & Neonatal Medicine 2003; 13(6):362- 380.
(36) Lumley J, Oliver S, Waters E. Interventions for promoting smoking cessation during
pregnancy. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2000;(2):CD001055.
(37) Armstrong MA, Gonzales O, V, Lieberman L, Carpenter DM, Pantoja PM, Escobar GJ.
Perinatal substance abuse intervention in obstetric clinics decreases adverse neonatal outcomes. J Perinatol
2003; 23(1):3-9.
(38) Little BB, Snell LM, Van Beveren TT, Crowell RB, Trayler S, Johnston WL. Treatment of
substance abuse during pregnancy and infant outcome. Am J Perinatol 2003; 20(5):255-262.
(39) Sweeney PJ, Schwartz RM, Mattis NG, Vohr B. The effect of integrating substance abuse
treatment with prenatal care on birth outcome. J Perinatol 2000; 20(4):219-224.
(40) Xiong X, Buekens P, Alexander S, Demianczuk N, Wollast E. Anemia during pregnancy and
birth outcome: a meta-analysis. Am J Perinatol 2000; 17(3):137-146.
(41) Rasmussen K. Is There a Causal Relationship between Iron Deficiency or Iron-Deficiency
Anemia and Weight at Birth, Length of Gestation and Perinatal Mortality? J Nutr 2001; 131(2S-2):590S-601S.
(42) Villar J, Merialdi M, Gulmezoglu AM, Abalos E, Carroli G, Kulier R et al. Nutritional
interventions during pregnancy for the prevention or treatment of maternal morbidity and preterm delivery: an
overview of randomized controlled trials. J Nutr 2003; 133(5 Suppl 2):1606S-1625S.
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
410
(43) Cogswell ME, Parvanta I, Ickes L, Yip R, Brittenham GM. Iron supplementation during
pregnancy, anemia, and birth weight: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Clin Nutr 2003; 78(4):773-781.
(44) Friis H, Gomo E, Nyazema N, Ndhlovu P, Krarup H, Kaestel P et al. Effect of
multimicronutrient supplementation on gestational length and birth size: a randomized, placebo-controlled,
double-blind effectiveness trial in Zimbabwe. Am J Clin Nutr 2004; 80(1):178- 184.
(45) Smaill F. Antibiotics for asymptomatic bacteriuria in pregnancy. Cochrane Database of
Systematic Reviews 2003;(3).
(46) Bachmann LM, Coomarasamy A, Honest H, Khan KS. Elective cervical cerclage for
prevention of preterm birth: a systematic review. Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica 2003;
82(5):398-404.
(47) Drakeley AJ, Roberts D, Alfirevic Z. Cervical stitch (cerclage) for preventing pregnancy loss
in women. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2003;(1):CD003253.
(48) Odibo AO, Elkousy M, Ural SH, Macones GA. Prevention of preterm birth by cervical
cerclage compared with expectant management: a systematic review. Obstetrical & Gynecological Survey 2003;
58(2):130-136.
(49) MRC RCOG. Final report of the Medical Research Council/Royal College of Obstetricians
and Gynaecologists multicentre randomised trial of cervical cerclage. MRC/RCOG Working Party on Cervical
Cerclage. British Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 1993; 100(6):516-523.
(50) Guise JM, Mahon SM, Aickin M, Helfand M, Peipert JF, Westhoff C. Screening for bacterial
vaginosis in pregnancy. Am J Prev Med 2001; 20(3 Suppl):62-72.
(51) Honest H, Bachmann LM, Knox EM, Gupta JK, Kleijnen J, Khan KS. The accuracy of
various tests for bacterial vaginosis in predicting preterm birth: a systematic review. BJOG 2004; 111(5):409-
422.
(52) Lamont RF. Infection in the prediction and antibiotics in the prevention of spontaneous
preterm labour and preterm birth. BJOG: an International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2003;
110:Suppl-5.
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
411
(53) McDonald H, Brocklehurst P, Parsons J, Vigneswaran R. Antibiotics for treating bacterial
vaginosis in pregnancy. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2004;(3).
(54) Riggs MA, Klebanoff MA. Treatment of vaginal infections to prevent preterm birth: a meta-
analysis. Clinical Obstetrics & Gynecology 47(4):796-807 2004.
(55) Leitich H, Brunbauer M, Bodner-Adler B, Kaider A, Egarter C, Husslein P. Antibiotic
treatment of bacterial vaginosis in pregnancy: a meta-analysis. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology
2003; 188(3):752-758.
(56) Guise JM, Mahon SM, Aickin M, Helfand M, Peipert JF, Westhoff C. Screening for bacterial
vaginosis in pregnancy. American Journal of Preventive Medicine 2001; 20(3:Suppl):Suppl- 72.
(57) Okun N, Gronau KA, Hannah ME. Antibiotics for Bacterial Vaginosis or Trichomonas
vaginalis in Pregnancy: A Systematic Review. Obstet Gynecol 2005; 105(4):857-868.
(58) Varma R, Gupta JK. Antibiotic treatment of bacterial vaginosis in pregnancy: Multiple meta-
analyses and dilemmas in interpretation. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2006; 124(1):10- 14.
(59) Lamont RF. Can antibiotics prevent preterm birth --the pro and con debate. BJOG 2005; 112
Suppl 1:67-73.
(60) Carey JC, Klebanoff MA, Hauth JC, Hillier SL, Thom EA, Ernest JM et al. Metronidazole to
prevent preterm delivery in pregnant women with asymptomatic bacterial vaginosis. National Institute of Child
Health and Human Development Network of Maternal-Fetal Medicine Units. N Engl J Med 2000; 342(8):534-
540.
(61) Kiss H, Petricevic L, Husslein P. Prospective randomised controlled trial of an infection
screening programme to reduce the rate of preterm delivery. BMJ 2004; 329(7462):371.
(62) Klebanoff MA, Carey JC, Hauth JC, Hillier SL, Nugent RP, Thom EA et al. Failure of
metronidazole to prevent preterm delivery among pregnant women with asymptomatic Trichomonas vaginalis
infection. New England Journal of Medicine 2001; 345(7):487-493.
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
412
(63) Gulmezoglu AM. Interventions for trichomoniasis in pregnancy.Cochrane Pregnancy and
Childbirth Group. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2004;(2).
(64) Andrews WW, Goldenberg RL, Mercer B, Iams J, Meis P, Moawad A et al. The Preterm
Prediction Study: association of second-trimester genitourinary chlamydia infection with subsequent
spontaneous preterm birth. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2000; 183(3):662-668.
(65) Martin DH, Eschenbach DA, Cotch FA. Double-blind placebo controlled treatment trial of
chlamdyia trachomatis endocervical infections in pregnant women. Inf Dis Ob Gynecol 1997; 5:10- 17.
(66) Raynes- Greenow CH, Roberts CL, Bell JC, Peat B, Gilbert GL. Antibiotics for ureaplasma in
the vagina in pregnancy. Cochrane Pregnancy and Childbirth Group. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews
2004;(2).
(67) RCOG. Prevention of Early Onset Neonatal Group B Streptococcal Disease (36) - November
2003 . 2003. RCOG Press, London.
(68) Klebanoff MA, Regan JA, Rao AV, Nugent RP, Blackwelder WC, Eschenbach DA et al.
Outcome of the Vaginal Infections and Prematurity Study: results of a clinical trial of erythromycin among
pregnant women colonized with group B streptococci. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1995; 172(5):1540-1545.
(69) Schrag S, Gorwitz R, Fultz-Butts K, Schuchat A. Prevention of perinatal group B
streptococcal disease. Revised guidelines from CDC. MMWR Recomm Rep 2002; 51(RR-11):1- 22.
(70) Canadian Task Force on Preventive Health Care. Prevention of group B streptococcal
infection in newborns. Recommendation statement from the Canadian Task Force on Preventive Health Care.
Can Fam Physician 2002; 48:934-936.
(71) Goldenberg RL, Iams JD, Das A, Mercer BM, Meis PJ, Moawad AH et al. The Preterm
Prediction Study: sequential cervical length and fetal fibronectin testing for the prediction of spontaneous
preterm birth. National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Maternal-Fetal Medicine Units
Network. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2000; 182(3):636-643.
(72) Hibbard JU, Tart M, Moawad AH. Cervical length at 16-22 weeks' gestation and risk for
preterm delivery. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2000; 96(6):972-978.
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
413
(73) Heath VC, Southall TR, Souka AP, Elisseou A, Nicolaides KH. Cervical length at 23 weeks
of gestation: prediction of spontaneous preterm delivery. Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol 1998; 12(5):312-317.
(74) Taipale P, Hiilesmaa V. Sonographic measurement of uterine cervix at 18-22 weeks' gestation
and the risk of preterm delivery. Obstet Gynecol 1998; 92(6):902-907.
(75) Guzman ER, Walters C, Ananth CV, O'Reilly-Green C, Benito CW, Palermo A et al. A
comparison of sonographic cervical parameters in predicting spontaneous preterm birth in high-risk singleton
gestations. Ultrasound in Obstetrics & Gynecology 2001; 18(3):204-210.
(76) Honest H, Bachmann LM, Coomarasamy A, Gupta JK, Kleijnen J, Khan KS. Accuracy of
cervical transvaginal sonography in predicting preterm birth: a systematic review. Ultrasound in Obstetrics &
Gynecology 2003; 22(3):305-322.
(77) Owen J, Yost N, Berghella V, Thom E, Swain M, Dildy GA, III et al. Mid-trimester
endovaginal sonography in women at high risk for spontaneous preterm birth. JAMA 2001; 286(11):1340- 1348.
(78) To MS, Skentou C, Liao AW, Cacho A, Nicolaides KH. Cervical length and funneling at 23
weeks of gestation in the prediction of spontaneous early preterm delivery. Ultrasound in Obstetrics &
Gynecology 2001; 18(3):200-203.
(79) Belej-Rak T, Okun N, Windrim R, Ross S, Hannah ME. Effectiveness of cervical cerclage for
a sonographically shortened cervix: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2003;
189(6):1679-1687.
(80) Berghella V, Odibo AO, To MS, Rust OA, Althuisius SM. Cerclage for short cervix on
ultrasonography: meta-analysis of trials using individual patient-level data. Obstet Gynecol 2005; 106(1):181-
189.
(81) To MS, Alfirevic Z, Heath VC, Cicero S, Cacho AM, Williamson PR et al. Cervical cerclage
for prevention of preterm delivery in women with short cervix: randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2004;
363(9424):1849-1853.
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
414
(82) Berghella V, Odibo AO, Tolosa JE. Cerclage for prevention of preterm birth in women with a
short cervix found on transvaginal ultrasound examination: a randomized trial. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2004;
191(4):1311-1317.
(83) Althuisius SM, Dekker GA, Hummel P, Bekedam DJ, van Geijn HP. Final results of the
Cervical Incompetence Prevention Randomized Cerclage Trial (CIPRACT): therapeutic cerclage with bed rest
versus bed rest alone. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2001; 185(5):1106-1112.
(84) Althuisius SM, Dekker GA, Hummel P, van Geijn HP. Cervical incompetence prevention
randomized cerclage trial: emergency cerclage with bed rest versus bed rest alone. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2003;
189(4):907-910.
(85) Guzman ER, Forster JK, Vintzileos AM, Ananth CV, Walters C, Gipson K. Pregnancy
outcomes in women treated with elective versus ultrasound-indicated cervical cerclage. Ultrasound in Obstetrics
& Gynecology 1998; 12:323-327.
(86) Groom KM, Bennett PR, Golara M, Thalon A, Shennan AH. Elective cervical cerclage versus
serial ultrasound surveillance of cervical length in a population at high risk for preterm delivery. Eur J Obstet
Gynecol Reprod Biol 2004; 112(2):158-161.
(87) To MS, Palaniappan V, Skentou C, Gibb D, Nicolaides KH. Elective cerclage vs. ultrasound-
indicated cerclage in high-risk pregnancies. Ultrasound in Obstetrics & Gynecology 2002; 19(5):475-477.
(88) Berghella V, Haas S, Chervoneva I, Hyslop T. Patients with prior second-trimester loss:
prophylactic cerclage or serial transvaginal sonograms? American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2002;
187(3):747-751.
(89) Higgins SP, Kornman LH, Bell RJ, Brennecke SP. Cervical surveillance as an alternative to
elective cervical cerclage for pregnancy management of suspected cervical incompetence. Aust N Z J Obstet
Gynaecol 2004; 44(3):228-232.
(90) Odibo AO, Farrell C, Macones GA, Berghella V. Development of a scoring system for
predicting the risk of preterm birth in women receiving cervical cerclage. J Perinatol 2003; 23(8):664-667.
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
415
(91) Honest H, Bachmann LM, Gupta JK, Kleijnen J, Khan KS. Accuracy of cervicovaginal fetal
fibronectin test in predicting risk of spontaneous preterm birth: systematic review. BMJ 2002; 325(7359):301.
(92) Leitich H, Kaider A. Fetal fibronectin --how useful is it in the prediction of preterm birth?
BJOG: an International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2003; 110:Sup pl-70.
(93) Andrews WW, Sibai BM, Thom EA, Dudley D, Ernest JM, McNellis D et al. Randomized
clinical trial of metronidazole plus erythromycin to prevent spontaneous preterm delivery in fetal fibronectin-
positive women. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2003; 101(5:Pt 1):847-855.
(94) Goldenberg RL, Klebanoff M, Carey JC, MacPherson C. Metronidazole treatment of women
with a positive fetal fibronectin test result. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2001; 185(2):485-
486.
(95) Dirnberger DR, Yoder BA, Gordon MC. Single versus repeated-course antenatal
corticosteroids: outcomes in singleton and multiple-gestation pregnancies. American Journal of Perinatology
2001; 18(5):267.
(96) Murphy DJ, Caukwell S, Joels LA, Wardle P. Cohort study of the neonatal outcome of twin
pregnancies that were treated with prophylactic or rescue antenatal corticosteroids. American Journal of
Obstetrics & Gynecology 2002; 187(2):483-488.
(97) Gibson JL, Macara LM, Owen P, Young D, Macauley J, Mackenzie F. Prediction of preterm
delivery in twin pregnancy: a prospective, observational study of cervical length and fetal fibronectin testing.
Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol 2004; 23(6):561-566.
(98) Yang JH, Kuhlman K, Daly S, Berghella V. Prediction of preterm birth by second trimester
cervical sonography in twin pregnancies. Ultrasound in Obstetrics & Gynecology 2000; 15(4):288- 291.
(99) Fujita MM, Brizot ML, Liao AW, Bernath T, Cury L, Neto JD et al. Reference range for
cervical length in twin pregnancies. Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica 2002; 81(9):856-859.
(100) Souka AP, Heath V, Flint S, Sevastopoulou I, Nicolaides KH. Cervical length at 23 weeks in
twins in predicting spontaneous preterm delivery. Obstet Gynecol 1999; 94(3):450- 454.
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
416
(101) Newman RB, Krombach RS, Myers MC, McGee DL. Effect of cerclage on obstetrical
outcome in twin gestations with a shortened cervical length. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology
2002; 186(4):634-640.
(102) Strauss A, Heer IM, Janssen U, Dannecker C, Hillemanns P, Muller-Egloff S. Routine
cervical cerclage in higher order multiple gestation -- does it prolong the pregnancy? Twin Research 2002;
5(2):67-70.
(103) Elimian A, Figueroa R, Nigam S, Verma U, Tejani N, Kirshenbaum N. Perinatal outcome of
triplet gestation: does prophylactic cerclage make a difference? Journal of Maternal-Fetal Medicine 1999;
8(3):119-122.
(104) Alfirevic Z, Roberts D, Martlew V. How strong is the association between maternal
thrombophilia and adverse pregnancy outcome? A systematic review. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2002;
101(1):6-14.
(105) Kujovich JL. Thrombophilia and pregnancy complications. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2004;
191(2):412-424.
(106) Rey E, Kahn SR, David M, Shrier I. Thrombophilic disorders and fetal loss: a meta-analysis.
Lancet 2003; 361(9361):901-908.
(107) Clark CA, Spitzer KA, Nadler JN, Laskin CA. Preterm deliveries in women with systemic
lupus erythematosus. J Rheumatol 2003; 30(10):2127-2132.
(108) Empson M, Lassere M, Craig JC, Scott JR. Recurrent pregnancy loss with antiphospholipid
antibody: a systematic review of therapeutic trials. Obstet Gynecol 2002; 99(1):135- 144.
(109) Lassere M, Empson M. Treatment of antiphospholipid syndrome in pregnancy --a systematic
review of randomized therapeutic trials. Thromb Res 2004; 114(5-6):419-426.
(110) Gris JC, Mercier E, Quere I, Lavigne-Lissalde G, Cochery-Nouvellon E, Hoffet M et al. Low-
molecular-weight heparin versus low-dose aspirin in women with one fetal loss and a constitutional
thrombophilic disorder. Blood 2004; 103(10):3695-3699.
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
417
(111) Stephenson MD, Ballem PJ, Tsang P, Purkiss S, Ensworth S, Houlihan E et al. Treatment of
antiphospholipid antibody syndrome (APS) in pregnancy: a randomized pilot trial comparing low molecular
weight heparin to unfractionated heparin. J Obstet Gynaecol Can 2004; 26(8):729- 734.
(112) Brenner B, Grabowski EF, Hellgren M, Kenet G, Massicotte P, Manco-Johnson M et al.
Thrombophilia and pregnancy complications. Thromb Haemost 2004; 92(4):678- 681.
(113) Koike T, Minakami H, Izumi A, Watanabe T, Matsubara S, Sato I. Recurrence risk of preterm
birth due to preeclampsia. Gynecologic & Obstetric Investigation 2002; 53(1):22- 27.
(114) Hnat MD, Sibai BM, Caritis S, Hauth J, Lindheimer MD, MacPherson C et al. Perinatal
outcome in women with recurrent preeclampsia compared with women who develop preeclampsia as nulliparas.
American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2002; 186(3):422-426.
(115) Coomarasamy A, Honest H, Papaioannou S, Gee H, Khan KS. Aspirin for prevention of
preeclampsia in women with historical risk factors: a systematic review. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2003;
101(6):1319-1332.
(116) Papageorghiou AT, Yu CK, Cicero S, Bower S, Nicolaides KH. Second-trimester uterine
artery Doppler screening in unselected populations: a review. J Matern Fetal Neonatal Med 2002; 12(2):78-88.
(117) Coomarasamy A, Papaioannou S, Gee H, Khan KS. Aspirin for the prevention of
preeclampsia in women with abnormal uterine artery Doppler: a meta-analysis. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2001;
98(5:Pt 1):t-6.
(118) Vainio M, Kujansuu E, Iso-Mustajarvi M, Maenpaa J. Low dose acetylsalicylic acid in
prevention of pregnancy-induced hypertension and intrauterine growth retardation in women with bilateral
uterine artery notches. BJOG 2002; 109(2):161-167.
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
418
(119) Yu CK, Papageorghiou AT, Parra M, Palma DR, Nicolaides KH, Fetal Medicine Foundation
Second Trimester Screening Group. Randomized controlled trial using low-dose aspirin in the prevention of pre-
eclampsia in women with abnormal uterine artery Doppler at 23 weeks' gestation. Ultrasound in Obstetrics &
Gynecology 2003; 22(3):233-239.
(120) Subtil D, Goeusse P, Houfflin-Debarge V, Puech F, Lequien P, Breart G et al. Randomised
comparison of uterine artery Doppler and aspirin (100 mg) with placebo in nulliparous women: the Essai
Regional Aspirine Mere-Enfant study (Part 2). BJOG 2003; 110(5):485-491.
(121) Goffinet F, Aboulker D, Paris-Llado J, Bucourt M, Uzan M, Papiernik E et al. Screening with
a uterine Doppler in low risk pregnant women followed by low dose aspirin in women with abnormal results: a
multicenter randomised controlled trial. BJOG 2001; 108(5):510-518.
(122) Tuffnell DJ, West J, Walkinshaw SA. Treatments for gestational diabetes and impaired
glucose tolerance in pregnancy. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003;(3):CD003395.
(123) Walkinshaw SA. Very tight versus tight control for diabetes in pregnancy. Cochrane Database
Syst Rev 2000;(2):CD000226.
(124) Walkinshaw SA. Dietary regulation for 'gestational diabetes'. Cochrane Database Syst Rev
2000;(2):CD000070.
(125) Bartha JL, Martinez- Del-Fresno P, Comino-Delgado R. Early diagnosis of gestational diabetes
mellitus and prevention of diabetes-related complications. European Journal of Obstetrics, Gynecology, &
Reproductive Biology 2003; 109(1):41-44.
(126) Vintzileos AM, Ananth CV, Smulian JC, Scorza WE, Knuppel RA. The impact of prenatal
care in the United States on preterm births in the presence and absence of antenatal high-risk conditions. Am J
Obstet Gynecol 2002; 187(5):1254-1257.
(127) Heaman MI, Sprague AE, Stewart PJ. Reducing the preterm birth rate: a population health
strategy. [Review] [84 refs]. JOGNN - Journal of Obstetric, Gynecologic, & Neonatal Nursing 2001; 30(1):20-
29.
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
419
(128) Papiernik E, Goffinet F. Prevention of preterm births, the French experience. Clinical
Obstetrics & Gynecology 47(4):755-67; discussion 881-2, 2004.
(129) Armson BA, Dodds L, Haliburton SC, Cervin C, Rinaldo K. Impact of participation in the
Halifax County Preterm Birth Prevention Project. J Obstet Gynaecol Can 2003; 25(3):209- 217.
(130) Carroli G, Villar J, Piaggio G, Khan-Neelofur D, Gulmezoglu M, Mugford M et al. WHO
systematic review of randomised controlled trials of routine antenatal care. Lancet 2001; 357(9268):1565- 1570.
(131) Villar J, Carroli G, Khan-Neelofur D, Piaggio G, Gulmezoglu M. Patterns of routine antenatal
care for low-risk pregnancy. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2001;(4):CD000934.
(132) Makrides M, Duley L, Olsen SF. Fish oil and other prostaglandin precursor supplementation
during pregnancy for reducing pre-eclampsia, preterm birth, low birth weight and intrauterine growth restriction.
[Protocol]. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2004;(2).
(133) Smuts CM, Huang M, Mundy D, Plasse T, Major S, Carlson SE. A randomized trial of
docosahexaenoic acid supplementation during the third trimester of pregnancy. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2003;
101(3):469-479.
(134) ACOG. ACOG Practice Bulletin. Assessment of risk factors for preterm birth. Clinical
management guidelines for obstetrician-gynecologists. Number 31, October 2001. Obstet Gynecol 2001;
98(4):709-716.
(135) Olsen SF, Secher NJ, Tabor A, Weber T, Walker JJ, Gluud C. Randomised clinical trials of
fish oil supplementation in high risk pregnancies. Fish Oil Trials In Pregnancy (FOTIP) Team. BJOG: an
International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2000; 107(3):382-395.
(136) Crowther CA, Hiller JE, Pridmore B, Bryce R, Duggan P, Hague WM et al. Calcium
supplementation in nulliparous women for the prevention of pregnancy-induced hypertension, preeclampsia and
preterm birth: an Australian randomized trial. FRACOG and the ACT Study Group. Australian & New Zealand
Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 1999; 39(1):12-18.
(137) Vahratian A, Siega-Riz AM, Savitz DA, Thorp JM, Jr. Multivitamin use and the risk of
preterm birth. Am J Epidemiol 2004; 160(9):886-892.
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
420
(138) Olsen SF. Is supplementation with marine omega-3 fatty acids during pregnancy a useful tool
in the prevention of preterm birth? Clinical Obstetrics & Gynecology 47(4):768-74; discussion 881-2, 2004.
(139) Rumbold A, Crowther CA. Vitamin E supplementation in pregnancy. Cochrane Database Syst
Rev 2005;(2):CD004069.
(140) Rumbold A, Crowther CA. Vitamin C supplementation in pregnancy. Cochrane Database Syst
Rev 2005;(2):CD004072.
(141) Sanchez-Ramos L, Huddleston JF. The therapeutic value of maintenance tocolysis: an
overview of the evidence. Clin Perinatol 2003; 30(4):841-854.
(142) Meirowitz NB, Ananth CV, Smulian JC, Vintzileos AM. Value of maintenance therapy with
oral tocolytics: a systematic review. J Matern Fetal Med 1999; 8(4):177-183.
(143) Berkman ND, Thorp JM, Jr., Lohr KN, Carey TS, Hartmann KE, Gavin NI et al. Tocolytic
treatment for the management of preterm labor: a review of the evidence. [Review] [79 refs]. American Journal
of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2003; 188(6):1648-1659.
(144) RCOG. Tocolytic Drugs for women in preterm labour. Guideline no 1B. 2002. RCOG,
London.
(145) Groom KM, Shennan AH, Jones BA, Seed P, Bennett PR. TOCOX --a randomised, double-
blind, placebo-controlled trial of rofecoxib (a COX-2-specific prostaglandin inhibitor) for the prevention of
preterm delivery in women at high risk. BJOG 2005; 112(6):725-730.
(146) Crowley P. Prophylactic corticosteroids for preterm birth. Cochrane Database of Systematic
Reviews 2003;(3).
(147) RCOG. Antenatal corticosteroids to prevent respiratroy distress syndrome. Guideline number
7. 2004. RCOG, London.
(148) Crowther CA, Harding J. Repeat doses of prenatal corticosteroids for women at risk of
preterm birth for preventing neonatal respiratory disease. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2003;(3).
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
421
(149) Bloom SL, Leveno KJ. Corticosteroid use in special circumstances: preterm ruptured
membranes, hypertension, fetal growth restriction, multiple fetuses. Clinical Obstetrics & Gynecology 2003;
46(1):150-160.
(150) Boggess KA, Bailit JL, Singer ME, Parisi VM, Mercer BM. Projected benefits of universal or
scheduled antepartum corticosteroids to prevent neonatal morbidity: a decision analysis. Am J Obstet Gynecol
2005; 193(4):1415-1423.
(151) NIH Consensus Statement. Antenatal corticosteroids revisited: repeat courses. 2000. NIH
Consensus Statement.
(152) Guinn DA AMS. Single vs weekly courses of antenatal corticosteroids for women at risk of
preterm delivery: A randomized controlled trial. JAMA 286(13):1581-7, 2001.
(153) Lee MJ, Davies J, Guinn D, Sullivan L, Atkinson MW, McGregor S et al. Single versus
weekly courses of antenatal corticosteroids in preterm premature rupture of membranes. Obstetrics &
Gynecology 2004; 103(2):274-281.
(154) Thinkhamrop J, Hofmeyr GJ, Adetoro O, Lumbiganon P. Prophylactic antibiotic
administration in pregnancy to prevent infectious morbidity and mortality. [Review] [22 refs]. Cochran e
Database of Systematic Reviews 2002;(4):CD002250.
(155) Dodd JM, Crowther CA, Cincotta R, Flenady V, Robinson JS. Progesterone supplementation
for preventing preterm birth: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand 2005;
84(6):526-533.
(156) Sanchez-Ramos L, Kaunitz AM, Delke I. Progestational agents to prevent preterm birth: a
meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Obstet Gynecol 2005; 105(2):273-279.
(157) ACOG. Use of progesterone to reduce preterm birth. Int J Gynaecol Obstet 2004; 84(1):93- 94.
(158) da Fonseca EB, Bittar RE, Carvalho MH, Zugaib M. Prophylactic administration of
progesterone by vaginal suppository to reduce the incidence of spontaneous preterm birth in women at increased
risk: a randomized placebo-controlled double-blind study.[comment]. American Journal of Obstetrics &
Gynecology 2003; 188(2):419-424.
References
Chapter 3.1. Prevention of Preterm Delivery
422
(159) Meis PJ, Klebanoff M, Thom E, Dombrowski MP, Sibai B, Moawad AH et al. Prevention of
recurrent preterm delivery by 17 alpha-hydroxyprogesterone caproate. New England Journal of Medicine 2003;
348(24):2379-2385.
(160) Spong CY, Meis PJ, Thom EA, Sibai B, Dombrowski MP, Moawad AH et al. Progesterone
for prevention of recurrent preterm birth: impact of gestational age at previous delivery. Am J Obstet Gynecol
2005; 193(3 Pt 2):1127-1131.
(161) Jones B, Groom KM, Shennan AH, Simcox R, Seed PG, Teoh TG et al. Experience of a clinic
for surveillance of women at high risk of preterm delivery: cerclage rates and outcome. J Soc Gynecol Investig
2004; 11(2 (Supplement)):311A.
(162) Tudur-Smith C, Jorgensen AL, Alfirevic Z, Williamson PR. Individual patient data meta-
analysis : Cervical stitch (cerclage) for preventing pregnancy loss in women. BMC Pregnancy Childbirth 2005;
5(1):5.
(163) Antiplatelet agents for prevention of pre-eclampsia and its consequences: a systematic review
and individual patient data meta-analysis. BMC Pregnancy Childbirth 2005; 5(1):7.
(164) Lumley J. Defining the problem: the epidemiology of preterm birth. BJOG 2003; 110 Suppl
20:3-7.
(165) Thompson SG, Pocock SJ. Can meta-analyses be trusted? Lancet 1991; 338(8775):1127- 1130.
(166) Egger M, Smith GD, Sterne JA. Uses and abuses of meta-analysis. Clin Med 2001; 1(6):478-
484
References
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
423
Chapter 3.2
(1) Lockhat FB, Emembolu JE, Konje JC. Serum and peritoneal fluid levels of levonorgestrel in
women with endometriosis who were treated with an intrauterine contraceptive device containing
levonorgestrel. Fertil Steril 2005; 83(2):398-404.
(2) Nilsson CG, Lahteenmaki PL, Luukkainen T, Robertson DN. Sustained intrauterine release of
levonorgestrel over five years. Fertil Steril 1986; 45(6):805-807.
(3) Sturdee D, Rantala ML, Colau JC, Zahradnik HP, Riphagen FE. The acceptability of a small
intrauterine progestogen-releasing system for continuous combined hormone therapy in early postmenopausal
women. Climacteric 2004; 7(4):404-411.
(4) Wildemeersch D, Schacht E, Wildemeersch P, Janssens D, Thiery M. Development of a
miniature, low-dose, frameless intrauterine levonorgestrel-releasing system for contraception and treatment: a
review of initial clinical experience. Reproductive Biomedicine Online 2002; 4(1):71- 82.
(5) French R. Hormonally impregnated intrauterine systems (IUSs) versus other forms of
reversible contraceptives as effective methods of preventing pregnancy. Cochrane Database of Systematic
Reviews 2005; 1, 2005.
(6) McGavigan CJ, Cameron IT. The Mirena levonorgestrel system. Drugs of Today 2003;
39(12):973-984.
(7) Ikomi A, Pepra EF. Efficacy of the levonorgestrel intrauterine system in treating menorrhagia:
actualities and ambiguities. J Fam Plann Reprod Health Care 2002; 28(2):99-100.
(8) Pakarinen P, Toivonen J, Luukkainen T. Therapeutic use of the LNG IUS, and counseling.
Semin Reprod Med 2001; 19(4):365-372.
(9) Lahteenmaki P, Rauramo I, Backman T. The levonorgestrel intrauterine system in
contraception. Steroids 2000; 65(10-11):693-697.
References
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
424
(10) Faculty of Family Planning and Reproductive Health Care Clinical Effectiveness Unit.
FFPRHC Guidance (April 2004). The levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (LNG-IUS) in contraception
and reproductive health. J Fam Plann Reprod Health Care 2004; 30(2):99-108.
(11) Hubacher D, Grimes DA. Noncontraceptive health benefits of intrauterine devices: a
systematic review. [Review] [72 refs]. Obstetrical & Gynecological Survey 2002; 57(2):120- 128.
(12) RCOG. Clinical Governance Advice No 1.Guidance for the Development of RCOG Green-top
Guidelines. 2000. Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists, London, UK.
(13 ) Hurskainen R, Teperi J, Rissanen P, Aalto AM, Grenman S, Kivela A et al. Quality of life and
cost-effectiveness of levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system versus hysterectomy for treatment of
menorrhagia: a randomised trial. Lancet 2001; 357(9252):273-277.
(14) Hurskainen R, Teperi J, Rissanen P, Aalto AM, Grenman S, Kivela A et al. Clinical outcomes
and costs with the levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system or hysterectomy for treatment of menorrhagia:
randomized trial 5-year follow-up. JAMA 2004; 291(12):1456-1463.
(15) Soysal M, Soysal S, Ozer S. A randomized controlled trial of levonorgestrel releasing IUD
and thermal balloon ablation in the treatment of menorrhagia. Zentralblatt fur Gynakologie 2002; 124(4):213-
219.
(16) Crosignani PG, Vercellini P, Mosconi P, Oldani S, Cortesi I, De Giorgi O. Levonorgestrel-
releasing intrauterine device versus hysteroscopic endometrial resection in the treatment of dysfunctional uterine
bleeding. Obstet Gynecol 1997; 90(2):257-263.
(17) Kittelsen N. A randomized study comparing levonorgestrel intrauterine system (LNG IUS)
and transcervical resection of the endometrium (TCRE) in the treatment of menorrhagia: Preliminary results.
Gynaecological Endoscopy 1998; 7(2):61-65.
(18) Istre O, Trolle B. Treatment of menorrhagia with the levonorgestrel intrauterine system versus
endometrial resection. Fertility & Sterility 2001; 76(2):304-309.
(19) Rauramo I, Elo I, Istre O. Long-term treatment of menorrhagia with levonorgestrel
intrauterine system versus endometrial resection. Obstet Gynecol 2004; 104(6):1314- 1321.
References
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
425
(20) Lahteenmaki P, Haukkamaa M, Puolakka J, Riikonen U, Sainio S, Suvisaari J et al. Open
randomised study of use of levonorgestrel releasing intrauterine system as alternative to hysterectomy. BMJ
1998; 316(7138):1122-1126.
(21) Reid PC, Virtanen-Kari S. Randomised comparative trial of the levonorgestrel intrauterine
system and mefenamic acid for the treatment of idiopathic menorrhagia: a multiple analysis using total
menstrual fluid loss, menstrual blood loss and pictorial blood loss assessment charts. Epub. BJOG: an
International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2005; 112:1-5.
(22) Barrington JW, Arunkalaivanan AS, Abdel-Fattah M. Comparison between the levonorgestrel
intrauterine system (LNG-IUS) and thermal balloon ablation in the treatment of menorrhagia. Eur J Obstet
Gynecol Reprod Biol 2003; 108(1):72-74.
(23) Irvine GA, Campbell-Brown MB, Lumsden MA, Heikkila A, Walker JJ, Cameron IT.
Randomised comparative trial of the levonorgestrel intrauterine system and norethisterone for treatment of
idiopathic menorrhagia. British Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 1998; 105(6):592-598.
(24) Milsom I, Andersson K, Andersch B, Rybo G. A comparison of flurbiprofen, tranexamic acid,
and a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine contraceptive device in the treatment of idiopathic menorrhagia. Am
J Obstet Gynecol 1991; 164(3):879-883.
(25) Romer T. Prospective comparison study of levonorgestrel IUD versus Roller-Ball endometrial
ablation in the management of refractory recurrent hypermenorrhea. European Journal of Obstetrics,
Gynecology, & Reproductive Biology 2000; 90(1):27-29.
(26) Henshaw R, Coyle C, Low S, Barry C. A retrospective cohort study comparing microwave
endometrial ablation with levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine device in the management of heavy menstrual
bleeding. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol 2002; 42(2):205-209.
(27) Mansour MSA, Mansour DJA. The effectiveness of the levonorgestrel intauterine system
(LNG IUS) in the treatment of menorrhagia in a district clinic for abnormal uterine bleeding. Abstract 323.
BJOG: an International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 1998; 105(Supplement):105.
References
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
426
(28) Barrington JW, Bowen-Simpkins P. The levonorgestrel intrauterine system in the
management of menorrhagia. British Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 1997; 104(5):614- 616.
(29) Monteiro I, Bahamondes L, Diaz J, Perrotti M, Petta C. Therapeutic use of levonorgestrel-
releasing intrauterine system in women with menorrhagia: a pilot study(1). Contraception 2002; 65(5):325- 328.
(30) Wildemeersch D, Rowe PJ. Assessment of menstrual blood loss in women with ideopathic
menorrhagia using the frameless levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system. Contraception 2004; 70(2):165-
168.
(31) Wildemeersch D, Schacht E. Treatment of menorrhagia with a novel 'frameless' intrauterine
levonorgestrel-releasing drug delivery system: a pilot study. Eur J Contracept Reprod Health Care 2001;
6(2):93-101.
(32) Wildemeersch D, Schacht E, Wildemeersch P. Treatment of primary and secondary
dysmenorrhea with a novel 'frameless' intrauterine levonorgestrel-releasing drug delivery system: a pilot study.
European Journal of Contraception & Reproductive Health Care 2001; 6(4):192-198.
(33) Wildemeersch D, Rowe PJ. Assessment of menstrual blood loss in Belgian users of a new T-
shaped levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system. Contraception 2005; 71(6):470- 473.
(34) Xiao B, Wu SC, Chong J, Zeng T, Han LH, Luukkainen T. Therapeutic effects of the
levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system in the treatment of idiopathic menorrhagia. Fertil Steril 2003;
79(4):963-969.
(35) Sivin I, Stern J. Health during prolonged use of levonorgestrel 20 micrograms/d and the
copper TCu 380Ag intrauterine contraceptive devices: a multicenter study. International Committee for
Contraception Research (ICCR). Fertil Steril 1994; 61(1):70-77.
(36) Nilsson CG, Allonen H, Diaz J, Luukkainen T. Two years' experience with two
levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine devices and one copper-releasing intrauterine device: a randomized
comparative performance study. Fertil Steril 1983; 39(2):187-192.
References
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
427
(37) Andrade AT, Souza JP, Andrade GN, Rowe PJ, Wildemeersch D. Assessment of menstrual
blood loss in Brazilian users of the frameless copper-releasing IUD with copper surface area of 330 mm2 and
the frameless levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system. Contraception 2004; 70(2):173- 177.
(38) Rogerson L, Duffy S, Crocombe W, Stead M, Dassu D. Management of menorrhagia --
SMART study (Satisfaction with Mirena and Ablation: a Randomised Trial. BJOG: an International Journal of
Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2000; 107(10):1325-1326.
(39) Johnson N, Busfield R, Sadler L, Lethaby A, Farquhar C. The management of menorrhagia --
SMART study (Satisfaction with Mirena and Ablation: a Randomised Trial). BJOG 2001; 108(7):773- 774.
(40) Lethaby AE. Progesterone/progestogen releasing intrauterine systems for heavy menstrual
bleeding. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2005; 1, 2005.
(41) Marjoribanks J. Surgery versus medical therapy for heavy menstrual bleeding. Cochrane
Database of Systematic Reviews 2005; 1, 2005.
(42) Stewart A, Cummins C, Gold L, Jordan R, Phillips W. The effectiveness of the levonorgestrel-
releasing intrauterine system in menorrhagia: a systematic review. BJOG: an International Journal of Obstetrics
& Gynaecology 2001; 108(1):74-86.
(43) Radesic B, Sharma A. Levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system for treating menstrual
disorders: a patient satisfaction questionnaire. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol 2004; 44(3):247- 251.
(44) Nagrani R, Bowen-Simpkins P, Barrington JW. Can the levonorgestrel intrauterine system
replace surgical treatment for the management of menorrhagia? BJOG: an International Journal of Obstetrics &
Gynaecology 2002; 109(3):345-347.
(45) Lethaby A, Hickey M. Endometrial destruction techniques for heavy menstrual bleeding: a
Cochrane review. Hum Reprod 2002; 17(11):2795-2806.
(46) Kingman CE, Kadir RA, Lee CA, Economides DL. The use of levonorgestrel-releasing
intrauterine system for treatment of menorrhagia in women with inherited bleeding disorders. BJOG 2004;
111(12):1425-1428.
References
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
428
(47) Soysal S, Soysal ME. The efficacy of levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine device in selected
cases of myoma-related menorrhagia: a prospective controlled trial. Gynecol Obstet Invest 2005; 59(1):29-35.
(48) Grigorieva V, Chen-Mok M, Tarasova M, Mikhailov A. Use of a levonorgestrel-releasing
intrauterine system to treat bleeding related to uterine leiomyomas. Fertility & Sterility 2003; 79(5):1194-1198.
(49) Mercorio F, De Simone R, Di Spiezio SA, Cerrota G, Bifulco G, Vanacore F et al. The effect
of a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine device in the treatment of myoma-related menorrhagia. Contraception
2003; 67(4):277-280.
(50) Wildemeersch D, Schacht E. The effect on menstrual blood loss in women with uterine
fibroids of a novel "frameless" intrauterine levonorgestrel-releasing drug delivery system: a pilot study. Eur J
Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2002; 102(1):74-79.
(51) Starczewski A, Iwanicki M. Intrauterine therapy with levonorgestrel releasing IUD of women
with hypermenorrhea secondary to uterine fibroids. Ginekol Pol 2000; 71(9):1221-1225.
(52) Singer A, Ikomi A. Successful treatment of uterine fibroids using an intrauterine progesterone
device. International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 1994; 46(Supplement):55.
(53) Fong YF, Singh K. Effect of the levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system on uterine
myomas in a renal transplant patient. Contraception 1999; 60(1):51-53.
(54) Gardner FJ, Konje JC, Abrams KR, Brown LJ, Khanna S, Al Azzawi F et al. Endometrial
protection from tamoxifen-stimulated changes by a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system: a randomised
controlled trial. Lancet 2000; 356(9243):1711-1717.
(55) INKI P, Hurskainen R, PALO P, Ekholme E, Grenman S, Kivela A et al. Comparison of
ovarian cyst formation in women using the levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system vs. hysterectomy.
Ultrasound in Obstetrics & Gynecology 2002; 20(4):381-385.
(56) Petta CA, Ferriani RA, Abrao MS, Hassan D, Rosa E Silva JC, Pdgaec S et al. Randomized
clinical trial of a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system and a depot GnRH analogue for the treatment of
chronic pelvic pain in women with endometriosis. Hum Reprod 2005.
References
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
429
(57) Vercellini P, Frontino G, De Giorgi O, Aimi G, Zaina B, Crosignani PG. Comparison of a
levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine device versus expectant management after conservative surgery for
symptomatic endometriosis: a pilot study. Fertil Steril 2003; 80(2):305-309.
(58) Lockhat FB, Emembolu JO, Konje JC. The evaluation of the effectiveness of an intrauterine-
administered progestogen (levonorgestrel) in the symptomatic treatment of endometriosis and in the staging o f
the disease. Human Reproduction 2004; 19(1):179-184.
(59) Lockhat FB, Emembolu JO, Konje JC. The efficacy, side-effects and continuation rates in
women with symptomatic endometriosis undergoing treatment with an intra-uterine administered progestogen
(levonorgestrel): a 3 year follow-up. Hum Reprod 2005; 20(3):789-793.
(60) Vercellini P, Aimi G, Panazza S, De Giorgi O, Pesole A, Crosignani PG. A levonorgestrel-
releasing intrauterine system for the treatment of dysmenorrhea associated with endometriosis: a pilot study.
Fertility & Sterility 1999; 72(3):505-508.
(61) Fedele L, Bianchi S, Zanconato G, Portuese A, Raffaelli R. Use of a levonorgestrel-releasing
intrauterine device in the treatment of rectovaginal endometriosis. Fertil Steril 2001; 75(3):4 85-488.
(62) Maia H, Jr., Maltez A, Coelho G, Athayde C, Coutinho EM. Insertion of mirena after
endometrial resection in patients with adenomyosis. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc 2003; 10(4):512-516.
(63) Fedele L, Bianchi S, Raffaelli R, Portuese A, Dorta M. Treatment of adenomyosis-associated
menorrhagia with a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine device. Fertility & Sterility 1997; 68(3):426-429.
(64) Fong YF, Singh K. Medical treatment of a grossly enlarged adenomyotic uterus with the
levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system. Contraception 1999; 60(3):173-175.
(65) Turnbull LW, Tetlow RL, Manton DJ, Purdie DW. The effectsof a progestogen on the
endometrium of long term users of tamoxifen treated breast cancer patients using transvaginal scanning and
MRI. British Journal of Radiology 1998; 71:45 (S).
(66) Boon J, Scholten PC, Oldenhave A, Heintz AP. Continuous intrauterine compared with cyclic
oral progestin administration in perimenopausal HRT. Maturitas 2003; 46(1):69- 77.
References
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
430
(67) Wollter-Svensson LO, Stadberg E, Andersson K, Mattsson LA, Odlind V, Persson I.
Intrauterine administration of levonorgestrel 5 and 10 microg/24 hours in perimenopausal hormone replacement
therapy. A randomized clinical study during one year. Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica 1997;
76(5):449-454.
(68) Raudaskoski T, Tapanainen J, Tomas E, Luotola H, Pekonen F, Ronni-Sivula H et al.
Intrauterine 10 microg and 20 microg levonorgestrel systems in postmenopausal women receiving oral
oestrogen replacement therapy: clinical, endometrial and metabolic response. BJOG 2002; 109(2):136- 144.
(69) Raudaskoski TH, Lahti EI, Kauppila AJ, Apaja-Sarkkinen MA, Laatikainen TJ. Transdermal
estrogen with a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine device for climacteric complaints: clinical and endometrial
responses. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1995; 172(1 Pt 1):114-119.
(70) Andersson K, Mattsson LA, Rybo G, Stadberg E. Intrauterine release of levonorgestrel --a new
way of adding progestogen in hormone replacement therapy. Obstet Gynecol 1992; 79(6):963- 967.
(71) Suhonen SP, Allonen HO, Lahteenmaki P. Sustained-release estradiol implants and a
levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine device in hormone replacement therapy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1995; 172(2
Pt 1):562-567.
(72) Suhonen SP, Holmstrom T, Allonen HO, Lahteenmaki P. Intrauterine and subdermal
progestin administration in postmenopausal hormone replacement therapy. Fertil Steril 1995; 63(2):336- 342.
(73) Suvanto-Luukkonen E, Malinen H, Sundstrom H, Penttinen J, Kauppila A. Endometrial
morphology during hormone replacement therapy with estradiol gel combined to levonorgestrel-releasing
intrauterine device or natural progesterone. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand 1998; 77(7):758- 763.
(74) Suvanto-Luukkonen E, Sundstrom H, Penttinen J, Laara E, Pramila S, Kauppila A.
Percutaneous estradiol gel with an intrauterine levonorgestrel releasing device or natural progesterone in
hormone replacement therapy. Maturitas 1997; 26(3):211-217.
(75) Suvanto-Luukkonen E, Kauppila A. The levonorgestrel intrauterine system in menopausal
hormone replacement therapy: five-year experience. Fertility & Sterility 1999; 72(1):161- 163.
References
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
431
(76) Antoniou G, Kalogirou D, Karakitsos P, Antoniou D, Kalogirou O, Giannikos L. Transdermal
estrogen with a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine device for climacteric complaints versus estradiol-releasing
vaginal ring with a vaginal progesterone suppository: clinical and endometrial responses. Maturitas 1997;
26(2):103-111.
(77) Kalogirou D. A comparative study of the effects of an estradiol-releasing vaginal ring
combined with an oral gestagen versus transdermal estrogen combined with a levonorgestrel-releasing IUD:
clinical findings and endometrial response. International Journal of Fertility & Menopausal Studies 1996;
41(6):522-527.
(78) Wildemeersch D, Schacht E, Wildemeersch P. Performance and acceptability of intrauterine
release of levonorgestrel with a miniature delivery system for hormonal substitution therapy, contraception and
treatment in peri and postmenopausal women. Maturitas 2003; 44(3):237-245.
(79) Hampton NR, Rees MC, Lowe DG, Rauramo I, Barlow D, Guillebaud J. Levonorgestrel
intrauterine system (LNG-IUS) with conjugated oral equine estrogen: a successful regimen for HRT in
perimenopausal women. Hum Reprod 2005.
(80) Varila E, Wahlstrom T, Rauramo I. A 5-year follow-up study on the use of a levonorgestrel
intrauterine system in women receiving hormone replacement therapy. Fertil Steril 2001; 76(5):969-973.
(81) Wildemeersch D, Schacht E. Endometrial suppression with a new 'frameless' levonorgestrel
releasing intrauterine system in perimenopausal and postmenopausal women: a pilot study. Maturitas 2000;
36(1):63-68.
(82) Suhonen S, Holmstrom T, Lahteenmaki P. Three-year follow-up of the use of a
levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system in hormone replacement therapy. Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica
Scandinavica 1997; 76(2):145-150.
(83) Wildemeersch D, Schacht E, Wildemeersch P, Calleweart K, Pylyser K, De Wever N.
Endometrial safety with a low-dose intrauterine levonorgestrel-releasing system after 3 years of estrogen
substitution therapy. Maturitas 2004; 48(1):65-70.
References
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
432
(84) Vereide AB, Arnes M, Straume B, Maltau JM, Orbo A. Nuclear morphometric changes and
therapy monitoring in patients with endometrial hyperplasia: a study comparing effects of intrauterine
levonorgestrel and systemic medroxyprogesterone. Gynecol Oncol 2003; 91(3):526-533.
(85) Scarselli G, Tantini C, Colafranceschi M, Taddei GL, Bargelli G, Venturini N et al. Levo-
norgestrel-nova-T and precancerous lesions of the endometrium. Eur J Gynaecol Oncol 1988; 9(4):284- 286.
(86) Perino A, Quartararo P, Catinella E, Genova G, Cittadini E. Treatment of endometrial
hyperplasia with levonorgestrel releasing intrauterine devices. Acta Eur Fertil 1987; 18(2):137- 140.
(87) Wildemeersch D, Dhont M. Treatment of nonatypical and atypical endometrial hyperplasia
with a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2003;
188(5):1297-1298.
(88) Rose G, Edmonds DK. Levonorgestrel IUS-treatment for endometrial cystic hyperplasia. J
Obstet Gynaecol 2001; 21:642-643.
(89) Bahamondes L, Ribeiro-Huguet P, de Andrade KC, Leon-Martins O, Petta CA.
Levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (Mirena) as a therapy for endometrial hyperplasia and carcinoma.
Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica 2003; 82(6):580-582.
(90) Ramirez PT, Frumovitz M, Bodurka DC, Sun CC, Levenback C. Hormonal therapy for the
management of grade 1 endometrial adenocarcinoma: a literature review. Gynecol Oncol 2004; 95(1):133- 138.
(91) Giannopoulos T, Butler-Manuel S, Tailor A. Levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system
(LNG-IUS) as a therapy for endometrial carcinoma. Gynecologic Oncology 2004; 95(3):762- 764.
(92) Montz FJ, Bristow RE, Bovicelli A, Tomacruz R, Kurman RJ. Intrauterine progesterone
treatment of early endometrial cancer. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002; 186(4):651- 657.
(93) Jones K, Georgiou M, Hyatt D, Spencer T, Thomas H. Endometrial adenocarcinoma
following the insertion of a Mirena IUCD. Gynecologic Oncology 2002; 87(2):216- 218.
References
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
433
(94) Sivin I, Alvarez F, Diaz J, Diaz S, el Mahgoub S, Coutinho E et al. Intrauterine contraception
with copper and with levonorgestrel: a randomized study of the TCu 380Ag and levonorgestrel 20 mcg/day
devices. Contraception 1984; 30(5):443-456.
(95) Luukkainen T, Allonen H, Haukkamaa M, Lahteenmaki P, Nilsson CG, Toivonen J. Five
years' experience with levonorgestrel-releasing IUDs. Contraception 1986; 33(2):139- 148.
(96) Nilsson CG, Luukkainen T, Diaz J, Allonen H. Clinical performance of a new levonorgestrel-
releasing intrauterine device. A randomized comparison with a nova-T-copper device. Contraception 1982;
25(4):345-356.
(97) Ronnerdag M, Odlind V. Health effects of long-term use of the intrauterine levonorgestrel-
releasing system. A follow-up study over 12 years of continuous use. Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica
Scandinavica 1999; 78(8):716-721.
(98) Baldaszti E, Wimmer-Puchinger B, Loschke K. Acceptability of the lo ng-term contraceptive
levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (Mirena): a 3-year follow-up study. Contraception 2003; 67(2):87-
91.
(99) Dolan LM, Mulholland M, Price J. The levonorgestrel intra-uterine system: therapeutic
application in family planning. J Fam Plann Reprod Health Care 2001; 27(1):19- 21.
(100) Andersson K, Odlind V, Rybo G. Levonorgestrel-releasing and copper-releasing (Nova T)
IUDs during five years of use: a randomized comparative trial. Contraception 1994; 49(1):56- 72.
(101) Chi IC. An evaluation of the levonorgestrel-releasing IUD: its advantages and disadvantages
when compared to the copper-releasing IUDs. Contraception 1991; 44(6):573- 588.
(102) Odlind V. Long-term experience of a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system. European
Journal of Contraception & Reproductive Health Care 1996; 1(4):319-323.
(103) Baveja R, Bichille LK, Coyaji KJ, Engineer AD, Gogoi MP, Hazra MN et al. Randomized
clinical trial with intrauterine devices (levonorgestrel intrauterine device (LNG), CuT 380Ag, CuT 220C and
CuT 200B). A 36-month study. Indian Council of Medical Research Task Force on IUD. Contraception 1989;
39(1):37-52.
References
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
434
(104) Cox M, Tripp J, Blacksell S. Clinical performance of the levonorgestrel intrauterine system in
routine use by the UK Family Planning and Reproductive Health Research Network: 5-year report. J Fam Plann
Reprod Health Care 2002; 28(2):73-77.
(105) French RS, Cowan FM, Mansour D, Higgins JP, Robinson A, Procter T et al. Levonorgestrel-
releasing (20 microgram/day) intrauterine systems (Mirena) compared with other methods of reversible
contraceptives. BJOG: an International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2000; 107(10):1218-1225.
(106) Luukkainen T, Pakarinen P, Toivonen J. Progestin-releasing intrauterine systems. Semin
Reprod Med 2001; 19(4):355-363.
(107) Backman T. Benefit-risk assessment of the levonorgestrel intrauterine system in
contraception. Drug Saf 2004; 27(15):1185-1204.
(108) Hidalgo M, Bahamondes L, Perrotti M, Diaz J, Dantas-Monteiro C, Petta C. Bleeding patterns
and clinical performance of the levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (Mirena) up to two years.
Contraception 2002; 65(2):129-132.
(109) Backman T, Huhtala S, Tuominen J, Luoto R, Erkkola R, Blom T et al. Sixty thousand
woman-years of experience on the levonorgestrel intrauterine system: an epidemiological survey in Finland. Eur
J Contracept Reprod Health Care 2001; 6 Suppl 1:23-26.
(110) Sivin I, Stern J, Diaz J, Diaz MM, Faundes A, el Mahgoub S et al. Two years of intrauterine
contraception with levonorgestrel and with copper: a randomized comparison of the TCu 380Ag and
levonorgestrel 20 mcg/day devices. Contraception 1987; 35(3):245-255.
(111) Sivin I, Stern J, Coutinho E, Mattos CE, el Mahgoub S, Diaz S et al. Prolonged intrauterine
contraception: a seven-year randomized study of the levonorgestrel 20 mcg/day (LNg 20) and the Copper T380
Ag IUDS. Contraception 1991; 44(5):473-480.
(112) Cox M, Blacksell S. Clinical performance of the levonorgestrel intra-uterine system in routine
use by the UK Family Planning and Reproductive Health Research Network: 12-month report. Br J Fam Plann
2000; 26(3):143-147.
References
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
435
(113) Abou-Setta A, Al-Inany H, Farquhar C. Levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine device (LNG-
IUD) for symptomatic endometriosis following surgery. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2005; 1,
2005.
(114) Yap C. Pre and post operative medical therapy for endometriosis surgery. Cochrane Database
of Systematic Reviews 2005; 1, 2005.
(115) Riphagen FE. Intrauterine application of progestins in hormone replacement therapy: a
review. Climacteric 2000; 3(3):199-211.
(116) Luukkainen T. Issues to debate on the Women's Health Initiative: failure of estrogen plus
progestin therapy for prevention of breast cancer risk. Hum Reprod 2003; 18(8):1559-1561.
(117) Stahlberg C, Pederson AT, Lynge E, Ottesen B. Hormone replacement therapy and risk of
breast cancer: the role of progestins. Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica 2003; 82(7):335-344.
(118) Anderson GL, Limacher M, Assaf AR, Bassford T, Beresford SA, Black H et al. Effects of
conjugated equine estrogen in postmenopausal women with hysterectomy: the Women's Health Initiative
randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2004; 291(14):1701-1712.
(119) Beral V. Breast cancer and hormone-replacement therapy in the Million Women Study.
Lancet 2003; 362(9382):419-427.
(120) Rossouw JE, Anderson GL, Prentice RL, LaCroix AZ, Kooperberg C, Stefanick ML et al.
Risks and benefits of estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women: principal results From the
Women's Health Initiative randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2002; 288(3):321- 333.
(121) Hurskainen R, Teperi J, Aalto AM, Grenman S, Kivela A, Kujansuu E et al. Levonorgestrel-
releasing intrauterine system or hysterectomy in the treatment of essential menorrhagia: predictors of outcome.
Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica 2004; 83(4):401-403.
(122) Bourdrez P, Bongers MY, Mol BW. Treatment of dysfunctional uterine bleeding: patient
preferences for endometrial ablation, a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine device, or hysterectomy. Fertil
Steril 2004; 82(1):160-6, quiz.
References
Chapter 3.2. Systematic review of LNG-IUS (Mirena)
436
(123) Chabbert-Buffet N, Meduri G, Bouchard P, Spitz IM. Selective progesterone receptor
modulators and progesterone antagonists: mechanisms of action and clinical applications. Hum Reprod Update
2005; 11(3):293-307.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
437
Chapter 4
(1) RCOG. Birth after previous caesarean birth. RCOG Green top guideline No.45. 2007. RCOG
Press.
(2) Varma R, Smith GC. Management of women with previous caesarean section. In Press. In:
Warren R, Arulkumaran S, editors. Best Practice in Labour and Delivery. Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, UK.; 2008.
(3) Varma R, Gupta JK. Ectopic Pregnancy.
http://clinicalevidence.bmj.com/ceweb/conditions/pac/1406/1406_background.jsp. BMJ Clinical Evidence .
2006.
(4) Varma R, Gupta JK. Laparoscopic entry techniques: clinical guideline, national survey, and
medicolegal ramifications. Surg Endosc 2008; 22(12):2686-2697.
(5) Varma R, Gupta JK. Failed sterilisation: evidence-based review and medico-legal
ramifications. BJOG 2004; 111(12):1322-1332.
(6) Varma R, Gupta JK. Minimising the risk of sterilisation failure: an evidence based approach.
In: O'Donovan P, editor. Complications in Gynaecological Surgery. Springer-Verlag, London; 2008. 106-126.
(7) RCOG. Development of RCOG Green-top Guidelines: Producing a Clinical Practice
Guideline. Clinical Governance Advice No. 1c. 2006. Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists,
London, UK.
(8) Atkins D, Best D, Briss PA, Eccles M, Falck-Ytter Y, Flottorp S et al. Grading quality of
evidence and strength of recommendations. BMJ 2004; 328(7454):1490.
(9) SIGN. Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network (SIGN). Forming guideline
recommendations. In: A guideline developers' handbook. Edinburgh: SIGN, 2001. (Publication No 50.). www
sign ac uk/guidelines/fulltext/50/section6 html [ 2001
(10) The Parliamentary Office of Science and Technology. Caesarean Sections. PostNote. Report
Number 184. http://www.parliament.uk/post/pn184.pdf. 2002.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
438
Ref Type: Report
(11) Menacker F. Trends in cesarean rates for first births and repeat cesarean rates for low-risk
women: United States, 1990-2003. Natl Vital Stat Rep 2005; 54(4):1-8.
(12) Liu S, Rusen ID, Joseph KS, Liston R, Kramer MS, Wen SW et al. Recent trends in caesarean
delivery rates and indications for caesarean delivery in Canada. Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology Canada:
JOGC 2004; 26(8):735-742.
(13) Black C, Kaye JA, Jick H. Cesarean delivery in the United Kingdom: time trends in the
general practice research database. Obstet Gynecol 2005; 106(1):151-155.
(14) Yeh J, Wactawski-Wende J, Shelton JA, Reschke J. Temporal trends in the rates of trial of
labor in low-risk pregnancies and their impact on the rates and success of vaginal birth after cesarean delivery.
Am J Obstet Gynecol 2006; 194(1):144.
(15) Landon MB, Hauth JC, Leveno KJ, Spong CY, Leindecker S, Varner MW et al. Maternal and
perinatal outcomes associated with a trial of labor after prior cesarean delivery. New England Journal of
Medicine 2004; 351(25):2581-2589.
(16) Smith GC, Pell JP, Cameron AD, Dobbie R. Risk of perinatal death associated with labor after
previous cesarean delivery in uncomplicated term pregnancies. JAMA 2002; 287(20):2684- 2690.
(17) NICE. National Institute of Clinical Excellence, RCOG Caesarean Section.Guideline Number
13.(www.nice.org.uk/CG013NICEguideline). 2004.
(18) ACOG Committee on Obstetric Practice. ACOG Committee Opinion No. 342: induction of
labor for vaginal birth after cesarean delivery. Obstet Gynecol 2006; 108(2):465-468.
(19) ACOG Committee on Obstetric Practice. ACOG Practice Bulletin No. 54: Vaginal Birth After
Previous Cesarean. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2004; 104(1):203-212.
(20) SOGC. The Society of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists of Canada. SOGC Clinical Practice
Guidelines. Guidelines for vaginal birth after previous caesarean birth. Number 155 (Replaces guideline
Number 147), February 2005. Int J Gynaecol Obstet 2005; 89(3):319-331.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
439
(21) Guise JM, McDonagh MS, Hashima J, Kraemer DF, Eden KB, Berlin M et al. Vaginal birth
after cesarean (VBAC). Evidence Report: Technology Assessment (Summary) 2003;(71):1- 8.
(22) New Zealand Guidelines Group. Care of women with breech presentation or previous
caesarean birth. Evidence based practice guideline. New Zealand Guidelines Group
(NZGG).http://www.nzgg.org.nz. November 2004. 2004.
(23) Dodd JM, Crowther CA, Huertas E, Guise JM, Horey D. Planned elective repeat caesarean
section versus planned vaginal birth for women with a previous caesarean birth. Cochrane Database Syst Rev
2006;(4):CD004224.
(24) Dodd JM, Crowther CA, Hiller JE, Haslam RR, Robinson JS. Birth after caesarean study --
planned vaginal birth or planned elective repeat caesarean for women at term with a single previous caesarean
birth: protocol for a patient preference study and randomised trial. BMC Pregnancy & Childbirth 2007; 7:17.
(25) Lieberman E, Ernst EK, Rooks JP, Stapleton S, Flamm B. Results of the national study of
vaginal birth after cesarean in birth centers. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2004; 104(5 Pt 1):933- 942.
(26) Macones GA, Cahill A, Pare E, Stamilio DM, Ratcliffe S, Stevens E et al. Obstetric outcomes
in women with two prior cesarean deliveries: is vaginal birth after cesarean delivery a viable option? Am J
Obstet Gynecol 2005; 192(4):1223-1228.
(27) Guise JM, Hashima J, Osterweil P. Evidence-based vaginal birth after Caesarean section. Best
Pract Res Clin Obstet Gynaecol 2005; 19(1):117-130.
(28) Spaans WA, van der Vliet LM, Roell-Schorer EA, Bleker OP, van Roosmalen J. Trial of
labour after two or three previous caesarean sections. European Journal of Obstetrics, Gynecology, &
Reproductive Biology 2003; 110(1):16-19.
(29) Landon MB, Leindecker S, Spong CY, Hauth JC, Bloom S, Varner MW et al. The MFMU
Cesarean Registry: factors affecting the success of trial of labor after previous cesarean delivery. American
Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2005; 193(3 Pt 2):1016-1023.
(30) Turner MJ. Uterine rupture. Best Practice & Research in Clinical Obstetrics & Gynaecology
2002; 16(1):69-79.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
440
(31) Seracchioli R, Manuzzi L, Vianello F, Gualerzi B, Savelli L, Paradisi R et al. Obstetric and
delivery outcome of pregnancies achieved after laparoscopic myomectomy. Fertil Steril 2006; 86(1):159- 165.
(32) Dubuisson JB, Fauconnier A, Babaki-Fard K, Chapron C. Laparoscopic myomectomy: a
current view. Hum Reprod Update 2000; 6(6):588-594.
(33) Seracchioli R, Rossi S, Govoni F, Rossi E, Venturoli S, Bulletti C et al. Fertility and obstetric
outcome after laparoscopic myomectomy of large myomata: a randomized comparison with abdominal
myomectomy. Hum Reprod 2000; 15(12):2663-2668.
(34) Landon MB, Spong CY, Thom E, Hauth JC, Bloom SL, Varner MW et al. Risk of uterine
rupture with a trial of labor in women with multiple and single prior cesarean delivery. Obstet Gynecol 2006;
108(1):12-20.
(35) Spaans WA, van der Vliet LM, Roell-Schorer EA, Bleker OP, van Roosmalen J. Trial of
labour after two or three previous caesarean sections. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2003; 110(1):16- 19.
(36) Caughey AB, Shipp TD, Repke JT, Zelop CM, Cohen A, Lieberman E. Rate of uterine rupture
during a trial of labor in women with one or two prior cesarean deliveries. American Journal of Obstetrics &
Gynecology 1999; 181(4):872-876.
(37) Miller DA, Diaz FG, Paul RH. Vaginal birth after cesarean: a 10-year experience. Obstet
Gynecol 1994; 84(2):255-258.
(38) Lyerly AD, Mitchell LM, Armstrong EM, Harris LH, Kukla R, Kuppermann M et al. Risks,
values, and decision making surrounding pregnancy. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2007; 109(4):979-984.
(39) Montgomery AA, Emmett CL, Fahey T, Jones C, Ricketts I, Patel RR et al. Two decision aids
for mode of delivery among women with previous caesarean section: randomised controlled trial. BMJ 2007;
334(7607):1305.
(40) Wen SW, Rusen ID, Walker M, Liston R, Kramer MS, Baskett T et al. Comparison of
maternal mortality and morbidity between trial of labor and elective cesarean section among women wit h
previous cesarean delivery. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2004; 191(4):1263-1269.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
441
(41) Chauhan SP, Martin JN, Jr., Henrichs CE, Morrison JC, Magann EF. Maternal and perinatal
complications with uterine rupture in 142,075 patients who attempted vaginal birth after cesarean delivery: A
review of the literature. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2003; 189(2):408-417.
(42) Guise JM, Berlin M, McDonagh M, Osterweil P, Chan B, Helfand M. Safety of vaginal birth
after cesarean: a systematic review. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2004; 103(3):420-429.
(43) Mozurkewich EL, Hutton EK. Elective repeat cesarean delivery versus trial of labor: a meta-
analysis of the literature from 1989 to 1999. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2000; 183(5):1187-
1197.
(44) Smith GC, White IR, Pell JP, Dobbie R. Predicting cesarean section and uterine rupture
among women attempting vaginal birth after prior cesarean section. PLoS Med 2005; 2(9):871- 878.
(45) Gyamfi C, Juhasz G, Gyamfi P, Stone JL. Increased success of trial of labor after previous
vaginal birth after cesarean. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2004; 104(4):715-719.
(46) Hibbard JU, Gilbert S, Landon MB, Hauth JC, Leveno KJ, Spong CY et al. Trial of labor or
repeat cesarean delivery in women with morbid obesity and previous cesarean delivery. Obstet Gynecol 2006;
108(1):125-133.
(47) Goodall PT, Ahn JT, Chapa JB, Hibbard JU. Obesity as a risk factor for failed trial of labor in
patients with previous cesarean delivery. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2005; 192(5):1423- 1426.
(48) Juhasz G, Gyamfi C, Gyamfi P, Tocce K, Stone JL. Effect of body mass index and excessive
weight gain on success of vaginal birth after cesarean delivery. Obstet Gynecol 2005; 106(4):741-746.
(49) Bujold E, Hammoud AO, Hendler I, Berman S, Blackwell SC, Duperron L et al. Trial of labor
in patients with a previous cesarean section: does maternal age influence the outcome? American Journal of
Obstetrics & Gynecology 2004; 190(4):1113-1118.
(50) Coassolo KM, Stamilio DM, Pare E, Peipert JF, Stevens E, Nelson DB et al. Safety and
efficacy of vaginal birth after cesarean attempts at or beyond 40 weeks of gestation. Obstet Gynecol 2005;
106(4):700-706.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
442
(51) Hollard AL, Wing DA, Chung JH, Rumney PJ, Saul L, Nageotte MP et al. Ethnic disparity in
the success of vaginal birth after cesarean delivery. J Matern Fetal Neonatal Med 2006; 19(8):483-487.
(52) Rochelson B, Pagano M, Conetta L, Goldman B, Vohra N, Frey M et al. Previous preterm
cesarean delivery: identification of a new risk factor for uterine rupture in VBAC candidates. J Matern Fetal
Neonatal Med 2005; 18(5):339-342.
(53) Durnwald C, Mercer B. Vaginal birth after Cesarean delivery: predicting success, risks of
failure. Journal of Maternal-Fetal & Neonatal Medicine 2004; 15(6):388-393.
(54) Hoskins IA, Gomez JL. Correlation between maximum cervical dilatation at cesarean delivery
and subsequent vaginal birth after cesarean delivery. Obstet Gynecol 1997; 89(4):591-593.
(55) Flamm BL, Geiger AM. Vaginal birth after cesarean delivery: an admission scoring system.
Obstetrics & Gynecology 1997; 90(6):907-910.
(56) Macones GA, Hausman N, Edelstein R, Stamilio DM, Marder SJ. Predicting outcomes of
trials of labor in women attempting vaginal birth after cesarean delivery: a comparison of multivariate methods
with neural networks. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2001; 184(3):409-413.
(57) Hashima JN, Eden KB, Osterweil P, Nygren P, Guise JM. Predicting vaginal birth after
cesarean delivery: a review of prognostic factors and screening tools. American Journal of Obstetrics &
Gynecology 2004; 190(2):547-555.
(58) Dinsmoor MJ, Brock EL. Predicting failed trial of labor after primary cesarean delivery.
Obstetrics & Gynecology 2004; 103(2):282-286.
(59) Macones GA, Cahill AG, Stamilio DM, Odibo A, Peipert J, Stevens EJ. Can uterine rupture in
patients attempting vaginal birth after cesarean delivery be predicted? Am J Obstet Gynecol 2006; 195(4):1148-
1152.
(60) Ofir K, Sheiner E, Levy A, Katz M, Mazor M. Uterine rupture: risk factors and pregnancy
outcome. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2003; 189(4):1042-1046.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
443
(61) Guise JM, McDonagh MS, Osterweil P, Nygren P, Chan BK, Helfand M. Systematic review
of the incidence and consequences of uterine rupture in women with previous caesarean section. BMJ 2004;
329(7456):19-25.
(62) Turner MJ, Agnew G, Langan H. Uterine rupture and labour after a previous low transverse
caesarean section. BJOG 2006; 113(6):729-732.
(63) Gardeil F, Daly S, Turner MJ. Uterine rupture in pregnancy reviewed. Eur J Obstet Gynecol
Reprod Biol 1994; 56(2):107-110.
(64) Smith GC, Pell JP, Pasupathy D, Dobbie R. Factors predisposing to perinatal death related to
uterine rupture during attempted vaginal birth after caesarean section: retrospective cohort study. BMJ 2004;
329(7462):375.
(65) Shipp TD, Zelop C, Cohen A, Repke JT, Lieberman E. Post-cesarean delivery fever and
uterine rupture in a subsequent trial of labor. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2003; 101(1):136-139.
(66) Durnwald C, Mercer B. Uterine rupture, perioperative and perinatal morbidity after single-
layer and double-layer closure at cesarean delivery. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 2003;
189(4):925-929.
(67) Farmer RM, Kirschbaum T, Potter D, Strong TH, Medearis AL. Uterine rupture during trial of
labor after previous cesarean section. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1991; 165(4 Pt 1):996-1001.
(68) Smith GC, Pell JP, Dobbie R. Caesarean section and risk of unexplained stillbirth in
subsequent pregnancy. Lancet 2003; 362(9398):1779-1784.
(69) Smith GC. Life-table analysis of the risk of perinatal death at term and post term in singleton
pregnancies. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2001; 184(3):489-496.
(70) Badawi N, Felix JF, Kurinczuk JJ, Dixon G, Watson L, Keogh JM et al. Cerebral palsy
following term newborn encephalopathy: a population-based study. Dev Med Child Neurol 2005; 47(5):293-
298.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
444
(71) Levine EM, Ghai V, Barton JJ, Strom CM. Mode of delivery and risk of respiratory diseases
in newborns. Obstet Gynecol 2001; 97(3):439-442.
(72) Morrison JJ, Rennie JM, Milton PJ. Neonatal respiratory morbidity and mode of delivery at
term: influence of timing of elective caesarean section. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1995; 102(2):101- 106.
(73) Richardson BS, Czikk MJ, daSilva O, Natale R. The impact of labor at term on measures of
neonatal outcome. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2005; 192(1):219-226.
(74) Hook B, Kiwi R, Amini SB, Fanaroff A, Hack M. Neonatal morbidity after elective repeat
cesarean section and trial of labor. Pediatrics 1997; 100(3 Pt 1):348-353.
(75) Stutchfield P, Whitaker R, Russell I. Antenatal betamethasone and incidence of neonatal
respiratory distress after elective caesarean section: pragmatic randomised trial. ASTECS study. BMJ 2005;
331(7518):662.
(76) Dalziel SR, Walker NK, Parag V, Mantell C, Rea HH, Rodgers A et al. Cardiovascular risk
factors after antenatal exposure to betamethasone: 30-year follow-up of a randomised controlled trial. Lancet
2005; 365(9474):1856-1862.
(77) CEMACH. Confidential Enquiries into Maternal and Child Health. Why Mothers Die 2000-
2002.The Sixth Report of the Confidential Enquiries into Maternal Deaths in the United Kingdom.
http://www.cemach.org.uk/publications/WMD2000_2002/content.htm. 2004. RCOG Press.
(78) Bloom SL, Spong CY, Weiner SJ, Landon MB, Rouse DJ, Varner MW et al. Complications of
anesthesia for cesarean delivery. Obstet Gynecol 2005; 106(2):281-287.
(79) Getahun D, Oyelese Y, Salihu HM, Ananth CV. Previous cesarean delivery and risks of
placenta previa and placental abruption. Obstet Gynecol 2006; 107(4):771-778.
(80) Faiz AS, Ananth CV. Etiology and risk factors for placenta previa: an overview and meta-
analysis of observational studies. J Matern Fetal Neonatal Med 2003; 13(3):175-190.
(81) Silver RM, Landon MB, Rouse DJ, Leveno KJ, Spong CY, Thom EA et al. Maternal
morbidity associated with multiple repeat cesarean deliveries. Obstet Gynecol 2006; 107(6):1226-1232.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
445
(82) Makoha FW, Felimban HM, Fathuddien MA, Roomi F, Ghabra T. Multiple cesarean section
morbidity. Int J Gynaecol Obstet 2004; 87(3):227-232.
(83) RCOG. Placenta Praevia and Placenta Praevia Accreta: Diagnosis and Management (27).
2005.
(84) CEMACH. The Confidential Enquiry into Maternal and Child Health (CEMACH). Saving
Mothers' Lives: reviewing maternal deaths to make motherhood safer - 2003-2005. The Seventh Report on
Confidential Enquiries into Maternal Deaths in the United Kingdom. London: CEMACH. 2007.
(85) Quinones JN, Stamilio DM, Pare E, Peipert JF, Stevens E, Macones GA. The effect of
prematurity on vaginal birth after cesarean delivery: success and maternal morbidity. Obstet Gynecol 2005;
105(3):519-524.
(86) Durnwald CP, Rouse DJ, Leveno KJ, Spong CY, MacPherson C, Varner MW et al. The
Maternal-Fetal Medicine Units Cesarean Registry: safety and efficacy of a trial of labor in preterm pregnancy
after a prior cesarean delivery. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2006; 195(4):1119- 1126.
(87) Varner MW, Leindecker S, Spong CY, Moawad AH, Hauth JC, Landon MB et al. The
Maternal-Fetal Medicine Unit cesarean registry: trial of labor with a twin gestation. American Journal of
Obstetrics & Gynecology 2005; 193(1):135-140.
(88) Cahill A, Stamilio DM, Pare E, Peipert JP, Stevens EJ, Nelson DB et al. Vaginal birth after
cesarean (VBAC) attempt in twin pregnancies: is it safe? Am J Obstet Gynecol 2005; 193(3 Pt 2):1050-1055.
(89) Ford AA, Bateman BT, Simpson LL. Vaginal birth after cesarean delivery in twin gestations:
a large, nationwide sample of deliveries. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2006; 195(4):1138- 1142.
(90) Elkousy MA, Sammel M, Stevens E, Peipert JF, Macones G. The effect of birth weight on
vaginal birth after cesarean delivery success rates. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2003;
188(3):824-830.
(91) Peaceman AM, Gersnoviez R, Landon MB, Spong CY, Leveno KJ, Varner MW et al. The
MFMU Cesarean Registry: impact of fetal size on trial of labor success for patients with previous cesarean for
dystocia. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2006; 195(4):1127-1131.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
446
(92) Bujold E, Mehta SH, Bujold C, Gauthier RJ. Interdelivery interval and uterine rupture.
American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2002; 187(5):1199-1202.
(93) Esposito MA, Menihan CA, Malee MP. Association of interpregnancy interval with uterine
scar failure in labor: a case-control study. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2000; 183(5):1180-
1183.
(94) Shipp TD, Zelop CM, Repke JT, Cohen A, Lieberman E. Interdelivery interval and risk of
symptomatic uterine rupture. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2001; 97(2):175- 177.
(95) Sakala EP, Kaye S, Murray RD, Munson LJ. Epidural analgesia. Effect on the likelihood of a
successful trial of labor after cesarean section. J Reprod Med 1990; 35(9):886- 890.
(96) Rowbottom SJ, Critchley LA, Gin T. Uterine rupture and epidural analgesia during trial of
labour. Anaesthesia 1997; 52(5):486-488.
(97) Fisler RE, Cohen A, Ringer SA, Lieberman E. Neonatal outcome after trial of labor compared
with elective repeat cesarean section. Birth 2003; 30(2):83-88.
(98) Arulkumaran S, Chua S, Ratnam SS. Symptoms and signs with scar rupture --value of uterine
activity measurements. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol 1992; 32(3):208-212.
(99) Beckley S, Gee H, Newton JR. Scar rupture in labour after previous lower uterine segment
caesarean section: the role of uterine activity measurement. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1991; 98(3):265- 269.
(100) Rodriguez MH, Masaki DI, Phelan JP, Diaz FG. Uterine rupture: are intrauterine pressure
catheters useful in the diagnosis? Am J Obstet Gynecol 1989; 161(3):666-669.
(101) Madanes AE, David D, Cetrulo C. Major complications associated with intrauterine pressure
monitoring. Obstet Gynecol 1982; 59(3):389-391.
(102) NICE. National Institute of Clinical Excellence. RCOG Induction of labour. Evidence-based
Clinical guideline Number 9. 2001. National Institute of Clinical Excellence.
Ref Type: Report
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
447
(103) McDonagh MS, Osterweil P, Guise JM. The benefits and risks of inducing labour in patients
with prior caesarean delivery: a systematic review. BJOG 2005; 112(8):1007- 1015.
(104) Dodd J, Crowther C. Induction of labour for women with a previous Caesarean birth: a
systematic review of the literature. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol 2004; 44(5):392- 395.
(105) Dodd JM, Crowther CA. Elective repeat caesarean section versus induction of labour for
women with a previous caesarean birth. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2006;(4):CD004906.
(106) Grobman WA, Gilbert S, Landon MB, Spong CY, Leveno KJ, Rouse DJ et al. Outcomes of
induction of labor after one prior cesarean. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2007; 109(2:Pt 1):t- 9.
(107) Kelly AJ, Kavanagh J, Thomas J. Vaginal prostaglandin (PGE2 and PGF2a) for induction of
labour at term. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2006;(2):CD003101.
(108) Gray R, Quigley MA, Hockley C, Kurinczuk JJ, Goldacre M, Brocklehurst P. Caesarean
delivery and risk of stillbirth in subsequent pregnancy: a retrospective cohort study in an English population.
BJOG: an International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2007; 114(3):264-270.
(109) Arulkumaran S, Gibb DM, Ingemarsson I, Kitchener HC, Ratnam SS. Uterine activity during
spontaneous labour after previous lower-segment caesarean section. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1989; 96(8):933- 938.
(110) Arulkumaran S, Ingemarsson I, Ratnam SS. Oxytocin augmentation in dysfunctional labour
after previous caesarean section. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1989; 96(8):939-941.
(111) Goetzl L, Shipp TD, Cohen A, Zelop CM, Repke JT, Lieberman E. Oxytocin dose and the risk
of uterine rupture in trial of labor after cesarean. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2001; 97(3):381-3 84.
(112) Zelop CM, Shipp TD, Repke JT, Cohen A, Caughey AB, Lieberman E. Uterine rupture during
induced or augmented labor in gravid women with one prior cesarean delivery. American Journal of Obstetrics
& Gynecology 1999; 181(4):882-886.
(113) Hamilton EF, Bujold E, McNamara H, Gauthier R, Platt RW. Dystocia among women with
symptomatic uterine rupture. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2001; 184(4):620- 624.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
448
(114) National Insititute of Clinical Excellence. Intrapartum care: care of healthy women and their
babies during childbirth. NICE Clinical Guideline 55. www.nice.org.uk. 2007.
Ref Type: Report
(115) Cahill AG, Stamilio DM, Odibo AO, Peipert JF, Stevens EJ, Macones GA. Does a maximum
dose of oxytocin affect risk for uterine rupture in candidates for vaginal birth after cesarean delivery? American
Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2007; 197(5):495.
(116) Smith GC, Shah I, White IR, Pell JP, Dobbie R. Previous Preeclampsia, Preterm Delivery, and
Delivery of a Small for Gestational Age Infant and the Risk of Unexplained Stillbirth in the Second Pregnancy:
A Retrospective Cohort Study, Scotland, 1992-2001. Am J Epidemiol 2006.
(117) Eden KB, Hashima JN, Osterweil P, Nygren P, Guise JM. Childbirth preferences after
cesarean birth: a review of the evidence. Birth 2004; 31(1):49-60.
(118) Horey D, Weaver J, Russell H. Information for pregnant women about caesarean birth.
Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2004;(1):CD003858.
(119) Gamble JA, Creedy DK. Women's preference for a cesarean section: incidence and associated
factors. Birth 2001; 28(2):101-110.
(120) Shorten A, Shorten B, Keogh J, West S, Morris J. Making choices for childbirth: a
randomized controlled trial of a decision-aid for informed birth after cesarean. Birth 2005; 32(4):252-261.
(121) Mankuta DD, Leshno MM, Menasche MM, Brezis MM. Vaginal birth after cesarean section:
trial of labor or repeat cesarean section? A decision analysis. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology
2003; 189(3):714-719.
(122) Pare E, Quinones JN, Macones GA. Vaginal birth after caesarean section versus elective
repeat caesarean section: assessment of maternal downstream health outcomes. BJOG 2006; 113(1):75- 85.
(123) Dodd J, Pearce E, Crowther C. Women's experiences and preferences following Caesarean
birth. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol 2004; 44(6):521-524.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
449
(124) David S, Mamelle N, Riviere O. Estimation of an expected caesarean section rate taking into
account the case mix of a maternity hospital. Analysis from the AUDIPOG Sentinelle Network (France).
Obstetricians of AUDIPOG. Association of Users of Computerised Files in Perinatalogy, Obstetrics and
Gynaecology. BJOG 2001; 108(9):919-926.
(125) Sur S, Mackenzie IZ. Does discussion of possible scar rupture influence preferred mode of
delivery after a caesarean section? J Obstet Gynaecol 2005; 25(4):338-341.
(126) Paglia M, Murtha A, Smith T. Factors influencing a woman's desire to choose vaginal birth
after cesarean section. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 2003; 189(6, Supplement 1):S142.
(127) Garrison F, Smith L, Givens L, Strassner H, Studee L, Judith H et al. Provider and hospital
factors associated with vaginal birth after cesarean: A survey of obstetric providers at two inner city teaching
hospitals. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 2005; 193(6, Supplement 1):S124.
(128) Dunn EA, O'Herlihy C. Comparison of maternal satisfaction following vaginal delivery after
caesarean section and caesarean section after previous vaginal delivery. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol
2005; 121(1):56-60.
(129) Cleary-Goldman J, Cornelisse K, Simpson LL, Robinson JN. Previous cesarean delivery:
understanding and satisfaction with mode of delivery in a subsequent pregnancy in patients participating in a
formal vaginal birth after cesarean counseling program. Am J Perinatol 2005; 22(4):217- 221.
(130) Gerber S, Sharp L, O'Toole C. Comparison of postpartum quality of life between patients with
repeat cesarean delivery and vaginal birth after cesarean. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 2003;
189(6, Supplement 1):S157.
(131) Bouyer J, Coste J, Fernandez H, Pouly JL, Job-Spira N. Sites of ectopic pregnancy: a 10 year
population-based study of 1800 cases. Human Reproduction 17(12):3224-30, 2002.
(132) Bakken IJ, Skjeldestad FE. Incidence and treatment of extrauterine pregnancies in Norway
1990-2001. Tidsskr Nor Laegeforen 2003; 123(21):3016-3020.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
450
(133) Boufous S, Quartararo M, Mohsin M, Parker J. Trends in the incidence of ectopic pregnancy
in New South Wales between 1990-1998. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology
41(4):436-8, 2001.
(134) Lewis G, Drife J, editors. Why Mothers Die 2000-2002. The sixth report of the Confidential
Enquiry into Maternal Deaths in the United Kingdom. 2004. Royal College of Obstetricians and
Gynaecologists, RCOG Press, London.
Ref Type: Report
(135) Bouyer J. Epidemiology of ectopic pregnancy: incidence, risk factors and outcomes. Journal
de Gynecologie, Obstetrique et Biologie de la Reproduction 32(7 Suppl):S8- 17, 2003.
(136) Coste J, Bouyer J, Ughetto S, Gerbaud L, Fernandez H, Pouly JL et al. Ectopic pregnancy is
again on the increase. Recent trends in the incidence of ectopic pregnancies in France (1992-2002). Hum
Reprod 2004; 19(9):2014-2018.
(137) Condous G, Okaro E, Khalid A, Lu C, Van Huffel S, Timmerman D et al. The accuracy of
transvaginal ultrasonography for the diagnosis of ectopic pregnancy prior to surgery. Hum Reprod 2005.
(138) Mol BW, Van D, V, Bossuyt PM. Implementation of probabilistic decision rules improves the
predictive values of algorithms in the diagnostic management of ectopic pregnancy. Hum Reprod 1999;
14(11):2855-2862.
(139) Bouyer J, Fernandez H, Coste J, Pouly JL, Job-Spira N. Fertility after ectopic pregnancy: 10-
year results in the Auvergne Registry. J Gynecol Obstet Biol Reprod (Paris) 2003; 32(5):431- 438.
(140) Ankum WM, Mol BW, Van D, V, Bossuyt PM. Risk factors for ectopic pregnancy: a meta-
analysis. Fertil Steril 1996; 65(6):1093-1099.
(141) Dart RG, Kaplan B, Varaklis K. Predictive value of history and physical examination in
patients with suspected ectopic pregnancy. Ann Emerg Med 1999; 33(3):283- 290.
(142) Latchaw G, Takacs P, Gaitan L, Geren S, Burzawa J. Risk factors associated with the rupture
of tubal ectopic pregnancy. Gynecol Obstet Invest 2005; 60(3):177-180.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
451
(143) Job-Spira N, Fernandez H, Bouyer J, Pouly JL, Germain E, Coste J. Ruptured tubal ectopic
pregnancy: risk factors and reproductive outcome: results of a population-based study in France. Am J Obste t
Gynecol 1999; 180(4):938-944.
(144) Condous G, Lu C, Van Huffel SV, Timmerman D, Bourne T. Human chorionic gonadotrophin
and progesterone levels in pregnancies of unknown location. Int J Gynaecol Obstet 2004; 86(3):351- 357.
(145) Bangsgaard N, Lund CO, Ottesen B, Nilas L. Improved fertility following conservative
surgical treatment of ectopic pregnancy. BJOG: an International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2003;
110(8):765-770.
(146) Bouyer J, Job-Spira N, Pouly JL, Coste J, Germain E, Fernandez H. Fertility following
radical, conservative-surgical or medical treatment for tubal pregnancy: a population-based study.[comment].
BJOG: an International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2000; 107(6):714-721.
(147) Mol BW, Matthijsse HC, Tinga DJ, Huynh T, Hajenius PJ, Ankum WM et al. Fertility after
conservative and radical surgery for tubal pregnancy. Hum Reprod 1998; 13(7):1804-1809.
(148) Silva PD, Schaper AM, Rooney B. Reproductive outcome after 143 laparoscopic procedures
for ectopic pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol 1993; 81(5 ( Pt 1)):710-715.
(149) Yao M, Tulandi T. Current status of surgical and nonsurgical management of ectopic
pregnancy. Fertil Steril 1997; 67(3):421-433.
(150) Hajenius PJ, Mol BW, Bossuyt PM, Ankum WM, Van D, V. Interventions for tubal ectopic
pregnancy.Cochrane Menstrual Disorders and Subfertility Group. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews
2006;(2):CD000324.
(151) Morlock RJ, Lafata JE, Eisenstein D. Cost-effectiveness of single-dose methotrexate
compared with laparoscopic treatment of ectopic pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol 2000; 95(3):407- 412.
(152) Lund CO, Nilas L, Bangsgaard N, Ottesen B. Persistent ectopic pregnancy after linear
salpingotomy: a non-predictable complication to conservative surgery for tubal gestation. Acta Obstetricia et
Gynecologica Scandinavica 81(11):1053-9, 2002.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
452
(153) Graczykowski JW, Mishell DR, Jr. Methotrexate prophylaxis for persistent ectopic pregnancy
after conservative treatment by salpingostomy. Obstetrics & Gynecology 1997; 89(1):118-1 22.
(154) Ego A, Subtil D, Cosson M, Legoueff F, Houfflin-Debarge V, Querleu D. Fertility after
ectopic pregnancy: the population-based register of the urban area around Lille, Northern France. Gynecologie,
Obstetrique & Fertilite 30(3):195-203, 2002.
(155) Korell M, Albrich W, Hepp H. Fertility after organ-preserving surgery of ectopic pregnancy:
Results
of a multicenter study. Fertility & Sterility 1997; 68(2):220-223.
(156) Dubuisson JB, Morice P, Chapron C, De Gayffier A, Mouelhi T. Salpingectomy - the
laparoscopic surgical choice for ectopic pregnancy. Hum Reprod 1996; 11(6):1199-1203.
(157) Barnhart KT, Gosman G, Ashby R, Sammel M. The medical management of ectopic
pregnancy: a meta-analysis comparing "single dose" and "multidose" regimens. Obstetrics & Gynecology 2003;
101(4):778-784.
(158) Alleyassin A, Khademi A, Aghahosseini M, Safdarian L, Badenoosh B, Hamed EA.
Comparison of success rates in the medical management of ectopic pregnancy with single-dose and multiple-
dose administration of methotrexate: a prospective, randomized clinical trial. Fertility & Sterility 85(6):1661-6,
2006.
(159) Lipscomb GH, Givens VM, Meyer NL, Bran D. Comparison of multidose and single-dose
methotrexate protocols for the treatment of ectopic pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol Surv 2005; 60(10):646- 647.
(160) Sowter MC, Farquhar CM, Petrie KJ, Gudex G. A randomised trial comparing single dose
systemic methotrexate and laparoscopic surgery for the treatment of unruptured tubal pregnancy. BJOG: an
International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2001; 108(2):192-203.
(161) Nieuwkerk PT, Hajenius PJ, Ankum WM, Van D, V, Wijker W, Bossuyt PM. Systemic
methotrexate therapy versus laparoscopic salpingostomy in patients with tubal pregnancy. Part I. Impact on
patients' health-related quality of life. Fertility & Sterility 1998; 70(3):511- 517.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
453
(162) Parker J, Bisits A, Proietto AM. A systematic review of single-dose intramuscular
methotrexate for the treatment of ectopic pregnancy. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Obstetrics &
Gynaecology 1998; 38(2):145-150.
(163) Gervaise A, Masson L, de Tayrac R, Frydman R, Fernandez H. Reproductive outcome after
methotrexate treatment of tubal pregnancies. Fertil Steril 2004; 82(2):304- 308.
(164) Chapron C, Fernandez H, Dubuisson JB. Treatment of ectopic pregnancy in 2000. Journal de
Gynecologie, Obstetrique et Biologie de la Reproduction 29(4):351-61, 2000.
(165) Floridon C, Thomsen SG. Methotrexate treatment of ectopic pregnancy. Acta Obstet Gynecol
Scand 1994; 73(10):746-752.
(166) Elson J, Tailor A, Banerjee S, Salim R, Hillaby K, Jurkovic D. Expectant management of
tubal ectopic pregnancy: prediction of successful outcome using decision tree analysis. Ultrasound Obstet
Gynecol 2004; 23(6):552-556.
(167) RCOG. The management of tubal pregnancy. Guideline no 21. 2004. Royal College of
Obstetricians and Gynaecologists, London, UK, RCOG Press, London.
Ref Type: Report
(168) Gamzu R, Almog B, Levin Y, Avni A, Jaffa A, Lessing JB et al. Efficacy of methotrexate
treatment in extrauterine pregnancies defined by stable or increasing human chorionic gonadotropin
concentrations. Fertil Steril 2002; 77(4):761-765.
(169) Lecuru F, Robin F, Bernard JP, Maizan dM, Mac-Cordick C, Boucaya V et al. Single-dose
methotrexate for unruptured ectopic pregnancy. International Journal of Gynaecology & Obstetrics 1998;
61(3):253-259.
(170) Lipscomb GH, McCord ML, Stovall TG, Huff G, Portera SG, Ling FW. Predictors of success
of methotrexate treatment in women with tubal ectopic pregnancies. New England Journal of Medicine 1999;
341(26):1974-1978.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
454
(171) Nazac A, Gervaise A, Bouyer J, de Tayrac R, Capella-Allouc S, Fernandez H. Predictors of
success in methotrexate treatment of women with unruptured tubal pregnancies. Ultrasound in Obstetrics &
Gynecology 2003; 21(2):181-185.
(172) Tawfiq A, Agameya AF, Claman P. Predictors of treatment failure for ectopic pregnancy
treated with single-dose methotrexate. Fertility & Sterility 74(5):877-80, 2000.
(173) Erdem M, Erdem A, Arslan M, Oc A, Biberoglu K, Gursoy R. Single-dose methotrexate for
the treatment of unruptured ectopic pregnancy. Arch Gynecol Obstet 2003.
(174) Cho GJ, Lee SH, Shin JW, Lee NW, Kim T, Kim HJ et al. Predictors of success of repeated
injections of single-dose methotrexate regimen for tubal ectopic pregnancy. Journal of Korean Medical Science
21(1):86-9, 2006.
(175) Lipscomb GH, Givens VA, Meyer NL, Bran D. Previous ectopic pregnancy as a predictor of
failure of systemic methotrexate therapy. Fertil Steril 2004; 81(5):1221-1224.
(176) Bixby S, Tello R, Kuligowska E. Presence of a yolk sac on transvaginal sonography is the
most reliable predictor of single-dose methotrexate treatment failure in ectopic pregnancy. Journal of Ultrasound
in Medicine 24(5):591-8, 2005.
(177) Potter MB, Lepine LA, Jamieson DJ. Predictors of success with methotrexate treatment of
tubal ectopic pregnancy at Grady Memorial Hospital. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 2003;
188(5):1192-1194.
(178) Isaacs JD, Jr., McGehee RP, Cowan BD. Life-threatening neutropenia following methotrexate
treatment of ectopic pregnancy: a report of two cases. Obstet Gynecol 1996; 88(4 Pt 2):694- 696.
(179) Straka M, Zeringue E, Goldman M. A rare drug reaction to methotrexate after treatment for
ectopic pregnancy. Obstetrics & Gynecology 103(5 Pt 2):1047-8, 2004.
(180) Zullo F, Pellicano M, Di Carlo C, De Stefano R, Mastrantonio P, Nappi C. Late complications
after systemic methotrexate treatment of unruptured ectopic pregnancies: a report of three cases. Eur J Obstet
Gynecol Reprod Biol 1996; 70(2):213-214.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
455
(181) Kelly H, Harvey D, Moll S. A cautionary tale: fatal outcome of methotrexate therapy given
for management of ectopic pregnancy. Obstetrics & Gynecology 107(2 Pt 2):439-41, 2006.
(182) Strobelt N, Mariani E, Ferrari L, Trio D, Tiezzi A, Ghidini A. Fertility after ectopic
pregnancy. Effects of surgery and expectant management. Journal of Reproductive Medicine 45(10):803-7,
2000.
(183) Olofsson JI, Poromaa IS, Ottander U, Kjellberg L, Damber MG. Clinical and pregnancy
outcome following ectopic pregnancy; a prospective study comparing expectancy, surgery and systemic
methotrexate treatment. Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica 2001; 80(8):744- 749.
(184) Cohen MA, Sauer MV. Expectant management of ectopic pregnancy. Clinical Obstetrics &
Gynecology 1999; 42(1):48-54.
(185) Rantala M, Makinen J. Tubal patency and fertility outcome after expectant management of
ectopic pregnancy. Fertil Steril 1997; 68(6):1043-1046.
(186) Banerjee S, Aslam N, Woelfer B, Lawrence A, Elson J, Jurkovic D. Expectant management of
early pregnancies of unknown location: a prospective evaluation of methods to predict spontaneous resolution of
pregnancy. BJOG: an International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2001; 108(2):158- 163.
(187) Condous G, Okaro E, Khalid A, Timmerman D, Lu C, Zhou Y et al. The use of a new logistic
regression model for predicting the outcome of pregnancies of unknown location. Hum Reprod 2004;
19(8):1900-1910.
(188) Dart RG, Mitterando J, Dart LM. Rate of change of serial beta-human chorionic gonadotropin
values as a predictor of ectopic pregnancy in patients with indeterminate transvaginal ultrasound findings. Ann
Emerg Med 1999; 34(6):703-710.
(189) Hahlin M, Thorburn J, Bryman I. The expectant management of early pregnancies of
uncertain site. Hum Reprod 1995; 10(5):1223-1227.
(190) Kooi S, Kock HC, van Etten FH. Tubal rupture despite low and declining serum hCG levels.
Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 1992; 46(1):56-59.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
456
(191) Tulandi T, Hemmings R, Khalifa F. Rupture of ectopic pregnancy in women with low and
declining serum beta-human chorionic gonadotropin concentrations. Fertil Steril 1991; 56(4):786-787.
(192) Chapron C, Fauconnier A, Goffinet F, Breart G, Dubuisson JB. Laparoscopic surgery is not
inherently dangerous for patients presenting with benign gynaecologic pathology. Results of a meta-analysis.
Human Reproduction 17(5):1334-42, 2002.
(193) Lundorff P, Hahlin M, Kallfelt B, Thorburn J, Lindblom B. Adhesion formation after
laparoscopic surgery in tubal pregnancy: a randomized trial versus laparotomy. Fertil Steril 1991; 55(5):911-
915.
(194) Lundorff P, Thorburn J, Lindblom B. Fertility outcome after conservative surgical treatment
of ectopic pregnancy evaluated in a randomized trial. Fertil Steril 1992; 57(5):998-1002.
(195) Jansen FW, Kapiteyn K, Trimbos-Kemper T, Hermans J, Trimbos JB. Complications of
laparoscopy: a prospective multicentre observational study. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1997; 104(5):595-600.
(196) Garry R. Towards evidence-based laparoscopic entry techniques: clinical problems and
dilemmas. Gynecological Endoscopy 1999; 8:315-326.
(197) Gazvani MR, Baruah DN, Alfirevic Z, Emery SJ. Mifepristone in combination with
methotrexate for the medical treatment of tubal pregnancy: a randomized, controlled trial. Human Reproduction
1998; 13(7):1987-1990.
(198) Rozenberg P, Chevret S, Camus E, de Tayrac R, Garbin O, de Poncheville L et al. Medical
treatment of ectopic pregnancies: a randomized clinical trial comparing methotrexate-mifepristone and
methotrexate-placebo. Human Reproduction 2003; 18(9):1802-1808.
(199) Perdu M, Camus E, Rozenberg P, Goffinet F, Chastang C, Philippe HJ et al. Treating ectopic
pregnancy with the combination of mifepristone and methotrexate: a phase II nonrandomized study. American
Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 1998; 179(3:Pt 1):t-3.
(200) Lundorff P, Thorburn J, Hahlin M, Kallfelt B, Lindblom B. Laparoscopic surgery in ectopic
pregnancy. A randomized trial versus laparotomy. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand 1991; 70(4-5):343-348.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
457
(201) Murphy AA, Nager CW, Wujek JJ, Kettel LM, Torp VA, Chin HG. Operative laparoscopy
versus laparotomy for the management of ectopic pregnancy: a prospective trial. Fertil Steril 1992; 57(6):1180-
1185.
(202) Vermesh M, Silva PD, Rosen GF, Stein AL, Fossum GT, Sauer MV. Management of
unruptured ectopic gestation by linear salpingostomy: a prospective, randomized clinical trial of laparoscopy
versus laparotomy. Obstet Gynecol 1989; 73(3 Pt 1):400-404.
(203) Dias PG, Hajenius PJ, Mol BW, Ankum WM, Hemrika DJ, Bossuyt PM et al. Fertility
outcome after systemic methotrexate and laparoscopic salpingostomy for tubal pregnancy. Lancet 1999;
353(9154):724-725.
(204) Hajenius PJ, Engelsbel S, Mol BW, Van D, V, Ankum WM, Bossuyt PM et al. Randomised
trial of systemic methotrexate versus laparoscopic salpingostomy in tubal pregnancy. Lancet 1997;
350(9080):774-779.
(205) Fernandez H, Yves Vincent SC, Pauthier S, Audibert F, Frydman R. Randomized trial of
conservative laparoscopic treatment and methotrexate administration in ectopic pregnancy and subsequent
fertility. Human Reproduction 1998; 13(11):3239-3243.
(206) Saraj AJ, Wilcox JG, Najmabadi S, Stein SM, Johnson MB, Paulson RJ. Resolution of
hormonal markers of ectopic gestation: a randomized trial comparing single-dose intramuscular methotrexate
with salpingostomy. Obstet Gynecol 1998; 92(6):989-994.
(207) Sowter MC, Farquhar CM, Gudex G. An economic evaluation of single dose systemic
methotrexate and laparoscopic surgery for the treatment of unruptured ectopic pregnancy. BJOG: an
International Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 2001; 108(2):204-212.
(208) Van Der Voort M, Heijnsdijk EA, Gouma DJ. Bowel injury as a complication of laparoscopy.
Br J Surg 2004; 91(10):1253-1258.
(209) Tarik A, Fehmi C. Complications of gynaecological laparoscopy --a retrospective analysis of
3572 cases from a single institute. J Obstet Gynaecol 2004; 24(7):813-816.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
458
(210) Orlando R, Palatini P, Lirussi F. Needle and trocar injuries in diagnostic laparoscopy under
local anesthesia: what is the true incidence of these complications? J Laparoendosc Adv Surg Tech A 2003;
13(3):181-184.
(211) Roviaro GC, Varoli F, Saguatti L, Vergani C, Maciocco M, Scarduelli A. Major vascular
injuries in laparoscopic surgery. Surg Endosc 2002; 16(8):1192-1196.
(212) Bhoyrul S, Vierra MA, Nezhat CR, Krummel TM, Way LW. Trocar injuries in laparoscopic
surgery. J Am Coll Surg 2001; 192(6):677-683.
(213) Munro MG. Laparoscopic access: complications, technologies, and techniques. Curr Opin
Obstet Gynecol 2002; 14(4):365-374.
(214) Philips PA, Amaral JF. Abdominal access complications in laparoscopic surgery. J Am Coll
Surg 2001; 192(4):525-536.
(215) Chapron C, Pierre F, Querleu D, Dubuisson JB. Major vascular complications from
gynecologic laparoscopy. Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000; 28(12):880-887.
(216) Chapron CM, Pierre F, Lacroix S, Querleu D, Lansac J, Dubuisson JB. Major vascular injuries
during gynecologic laparoscopy. J Am Coll Surg 1997; 185(5):461-465.
(217) Chapron C, Querleu D, Mage G, Madelenat P, Dubuisson JB, Audebert A et al. Complications
of gynecologic laparoscopy. Multicentric study of 7,604 laparoscopies. J Gynecol Obstet Biol Reprod (Paris)
1992; 21(2):207-213.
(218) Leonard F, Lecuru F, Rizk E, Chasset S, Robin F, Taurelle R. Perioperative morbidity of
gynecological laparoscopy. A prospective monocenter observational study. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand 2000;
79(2):129-134.
(219) Leng J, Lang J, Huang R, Liu Z, Sun D. Complications in laparoscopic gynecologic surgery.
Chin Med Sci J 2000; 15(4):222-226.
(220) Mac CC, Lecuru F, Rizk E, Robin F, Boucaya V, Taurelle R. Morbidity in laparoscopic
gynecological surgery: results of a prospective single-center study. Surg Endosc 1999; 13(1):57- 61.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
459
(221) Marret H, Harchaoui Y, Chapron C, Lansac J, Pierre F. Trocar injuries during laparoscopic
gynaecological surgery. Report from the French Society of Gynaecological Laparoscopy. Gynacological
Endoscopy 1998; 7(5):235-241.
(222) Rosen DM, Lam AM, Chapman M, Carlton M, Cario GM. Methods of creating
pneumoperitoneum: a review of techniques and complications. Obstet Gynecol Surv 1998; 53(3):167-174.
(223) Nezhat C, Childers J, Nezhat F, Nezhat CH, Seidman DS. Major retroperitoneal vascular
injury during laparoscopic surgery. Hum Reprod 1997; 12(3):480-483.
(224) Soderstrom RM. Injuries to major blood vessels during endoscopy. J Am Assoc Gynecol
Laparosc 1997; 4(3):395-398.
(225) Bateman BG, Kolp LA, Hoeger K. Complications of laparoscopy --operative and diagnostic.
Fertil Steril 1996; 66(1):30-35.
(226) Champault G, Cazacu F. Laparoscopic surgery: injuries caused by trocars. (French Survey
1994) in reference to 103,852 interventions. J Chir (Paris) 1995; 132(3):1 09-113.
(227) Saville LE, Woods MS. Laparoscopy and major retroperitoneal vascular injuries (MRVI).
Surg Endosc 1995; 9(10):1096-1100.
(228) Nordestgaard AG, Bodily KC, Osborne RW, Jr., Buttorff JD. Major vascular injuries during
laparoscopic procedures. Am J Surg 1995; 169(5):543-545.
(229) Hanney RM, Alle KM, Cregan PC. Major vascular injury and laparoscopy. Aust N Z J Surg
1995; 65(7):533-535.
(230) Geers J, Holden C. Major vascular injury as a complication of laparoscopic surgery: a report
of three cases and review of the literature. Am Surg 1996; 62(5):377-379.
(231) Sokol AI, Chuang K, Milad MP. Risk factors for conversion to laparotomy during
gynecologic laparoscopy. Journal of the American Association of Gynecologic Laparoscopists 2003; 10(4):469-
473.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
460
(232) Baggish MS. Analysis of 31 Cases of Major-Vessel Injury Associated with Gynecologic
Laparoscopy Operations. Journal of Gynecologic Surgery 2003; 19(2):63- 73.
(233) Fuller J, Ashar BS, Carey-Corrado J. Trocar-associated injuries and fatalities: an analysis of
1399 reports to the FDA. J Minim Invasive Gynecol 2005; 12(4):302-307.
(234) Jansen FW, Kolkman W, Bakkum EA, de Kroon CD, Trimbos-Kemper TC, Trimbos JB.
Complications of laparoscopy: an inquiry about closed- versus open-entry technique. Am J Obstet Gynecol
2004; 190(3):634-638.
(235) Chapron C, Cravello L, Chopin N, Kreiker G, Blanc B, Dubuisson JB. Complications during
set-up procedures for laparoscopy in gynecology: open laparoscopy does not reduce the risk of major
complications. Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica 2003; 82(12):1125-1129.
(236) Chapron C, Pierre F, Querleu D, Dubuisson JB. Complications of gynaecological laparoscopy.
Gynecologie Obstetrique Fertilite 2001; 29(9):605-612.
(237) Chapron C, Fauconnier A, Goffinet F, Breart G, Dubuisson JB. Laparoscopic surgery is not
inherently dangerous for patients presenting with benign gynaecologic pathology. Results of a meta-analysis.
Hum Reprod 2002; 17(5):1334-1342.
(238) Chapron C, Querleu D, Bruhat MA, Madelenat P, Fernandez H, Pierre F et al. Surgical
complications of diagnostic and operative gynaecological laparoscopy: a series of 29,966 cases. Hum Reprod
1998; 13(4):867-872.
(239) Merlin TL, Hiller JE, Maddern GJ, Jamieson GG, Brown AR, Kolbe A. Systematic review of
the safety and effectiveness of methods used to establish pneumoperitoneum in laparoscopic surgery. Br J Surg
2003; 90(6):668-679.
(240) Catarci M, Carlini M, Gentileschi P, Santoro E. Major and minor injuries during the creation
of pneumoperitoneum. A multicenter study on 12,919 cases. Surg Endosc 2001; 15(6):566- 569.
(241) Schafer M, Lauper M, Krahenbuhl L. Trocar and Veress needle injuries during laparoscopy.
Surg Endosc 2001; 15(3):275-280.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
461
(242) Wang PH, Lee WL, Yuan CC, Chao HT, Liu WM, Yu KJ et al. Major complications of
operative and diagnostic laparoscopy for gynecologic disease. Journal of the American Association of
Gynecologic Laparoscopists 2001; 8(1):68-73.
(243) Harkki-Siren P, Sjoberg J, Kurki T. Major complications of laparoscopy: a follow-up Finnish
study. Obstetrics & Gynecology 1999; 94(1):94-98.
(244) Harkki-Siren P, Kurki T. A nationwide analysis of laparoscopic complications. Obstetrics &
Gynecology 1997; 89(1):108-112.
(245) Jansen FW, Kapiteyn K, Trimbos-Kemper T, Hermans J, Trimbos JB. Complications of
laparoscopy: a prospective multicentre observational study. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1997; 104(5):595-600.
(246) Brosens I, Gordon A, Campo R, Gordts S. Bowel injury in gynecologic laparoscopy. J Am
Assoc Gynecol Laparosc 2003; 10(1):9-13.
(247) Chandler JG, Corson SL, Way LW. Three spectra of laparoscopic entry access injuries. J Am
Coll Surg 2001; 192(4):478-490.
(248) Corson SL, Chandler JG, Way LW. Survey of laparoscopic entry injuries provoking litigation.
J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc 2001; 8(3):341-347.
(249) El Banna M, Abdel-Atty M, El Meteini M, Aly S. Management of laparoscopic-related bowel
injuries. Surg Endosc 2000; 14(9):779-782.
(250) Chapron C, Pierre F, Harchaoui Y, Lacroix S, Beguin S, Querleu D et al. Gastrointestinal
injuries during gynaecological laparoscopy. Hum Reprod 1999; 14(2):333- 337.
(251) Schrenk P, Woisetschlager R, Rieger R, Wayand W. Mechanism, management, and
prevention of laparoscopic bowel injuries. Gastrointest Endosc 1996; 43(6):572- 574.
(252) Bishoff JT, Allaf ME, Kirkels W, Moore RG, Kavoussi LR, Schroder F. Laparoscopic bowel
injury: incidence and clinical presentation. J Urol 1999; 161(3):887-890.
(253) Ferriman A. Laparoscopic surgery: two thirds of injuries initially missed. West J Med 2000;
173(6):372.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
462
(254) Gordts S, Watrelot A, Campo R, Brosens I. Risk and outcome of bowel injury during
transvaginal pelvic endoscopy. Fertil Steril 2001; 76(6):1238-1241.
(255) Gett RM, Joseph MG. A safe technique for the insertion of the Hasson cannula. ANZ J Surg
2004; 74(9):797-798.
(256) Hasson HM, Rotman C, Rana N, Kumari NA. Open laparoscopy: 29-year experience. Obstet
Gynecol 2000; 96(5 Pt 1):763-766.
(257) Hasson HM. Open laparoscopy as a method of access in laparoscopic surgery. Gynacological
Endoscopy 1999; 8(6):353-362.
(258) Gunenc MZ, Yesildaglar N, Bingol B, Onalan G, Tabak S, Gokmen B. The safety and
efficacy of direct trocar insertion with elevation of the rectus sheath instead of the skin for pneumoperitoneum.
Surg Laparosc Endosc Percutan Tech 2005; 15(2):80-81.
(259) Agresta F, De Simone P, Ciardo LF, Bedin N. Direct trocar insertion vs Veress needle in
nonobese patients undergoing laparoscopic procedures: a randomized prospective single-center study. Surg
Endosc 2004; 18(12):1778-1781.
(260) Rahman MM, Mamun AA. Direct trocar insertion: alternative abdominal entry technique for
laparoscopic surgery. Mymensingh Med J 2003; 12(1):45-47.
(261) Kaloo P, Cooper M, Reid G. A prospective multicentre study of laparoscopic complications
related to the direct-entry technique. Gynaecological Endoscopy 2002; 11(2):67-70.
(262) Nezhat FR, Silfen SL, Evans D, Nezhat C. Comparison of direct insertion of disposable and
standard reusable laparoscopic trocars and previous pneumoperitoneum with Veress needle. Obstet Gynecol
1991; 78(1):148-150.
(263) Kaali SG, Barad DH. Incidence of bowel injury due to dense adhesions at the sight of direct
trocar insertion. J Reprod Med 1992; 37(7):617-618.
(264) Byron JW, Markenson G, Miyazawa K. A randomized comparison of Verres needle and direct
trocar insertion for laparoscopy. Surg Gynecol Obstet 1993; 177(3):259- 262.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
463
(265) Hill DJ, Maher PJ. Direct cannula entry for laparoscopy. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc 1996;
4(1):77-79.
(266) Jacobson MT, Osias J, Bizhang R, Tsang M, Lata S, Helmy M et al. The direct trocar
technique: an alternative approach to abdominal entry for laparoscopy. Journal of the Society of
Laparoendoscopic Surgeons 6(2):169-74, 2002;-Jun.
(267) Schoonderwoerd L, Swank DJ. The role of optical access trocars in laparoscopic surgery. Surg
Technol Int 2005; 14:61-67.
(268) Jirecek S, Drager M, Leitich H, Nagele F, Wenzl R. Direct visual or blind insertion of the
primary trocar. Surg Endosc 2002; 16(4):626-629.
(269) Kaali SG. Complications associated with optical-access laparoscopic trocars. Obstet Gynecol
2002; 100(3):614.
(270) Lombezzi R, Galleano R, Lucarini L, Falchero F. New technique for optical control of the first
trocar insertion. Minerva Chirurgica 57(4):527-9, 2002.
(271) Sharp HT, Dodson MK, Draper ML, Watts DA, Doucette RC, Hurd WW. Complications
associated with optical-access laparoscopic trocars. Obstet Gynecol 2002; 99(4):553- 555.
(272) String A, Berber E, Foroutani A, Macho JR, Pearl JM, Siperstein AE. Use of the optical
access trocar for safe and rapid entry in various laparoscopic procedures. Surg Endosc 2001; 15(6):570- 573.
(273) Marcovich R, Del Terzo MA, Wolf JS, Jr. Comparison of transperitoneal laparoscopic access
techniques: Optiview visualizing trocar and Veress needle. J Endourol 2000; 14(2):175-179.
(274) Hallfeldt KK, Trupka A, Kalteis T, Stuetzle H. Safe creation of pneumoperitoneum using an
optical trocar. Surg Endosc 1999; 13(3):306-307.
(275) Mettler L, Schmidt EH, Frank V, Semm K. Optical trocar systems: Laparoscopic entry and its
complications (a study of cases in Germany). Gynaecological Endoscopy 1999; 8(6):383-389.
(276) Kaali SG, Merkatz IR. Clinical experience with an optical access trocar in gynecological
laparoscopy-pelviscopy. JSLS 1998; 2(3):315.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
464
(277) Kaali SG. Introduction of the Opti-trocar. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc 1993; 1(1):50-53.
(278) Rubenstein JN, Blunt LW, Jr., Lin WW, User HM, Nadler RB, Gonzalez CM. Safety and
efficacy of 12-mm radial dilating ports for laparoscopic access. BJU International 92(3):327-9, 2003.
(279) Bhoyrul S, Payne J, Steffes B, Swanstrom L, Way LW. A randomized prospective study of
radially expanding trocars in laparoscopic surgery. J Gastrointest Surg 2000; 4(4):392-397.
(280) Galen DI, Jacobson A, Weckstein LN, Kaplan RA, DeNevi KL. Reduction of cannula-related
laparoscopic complications using a radially expanding access device. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc 1999;
6(1):79-84.
(281) Ternamian AM. Laparoscopy without trocars. Surg Endosc 1997; 11(8):815- 818.
(282) Ternamian AM, Deitel M. Endoscopic threaded imaging port (EndoTIP) for laparoscopy:
experience with different body weights. Obes Surg 1999; 9(1):44-47.
(283) Yim SF, Yuen PM. Randomized double-masked comparison of radially expanding access
device and conventional cutting tip trocar in laparoscopy. Obstet Gynecol 2001; 97(3):435- 438.
(284) Molloy D, Kaloo PD, Cooper M, Nguyen TV. Laparoscopic entry: a literature review and
analysis of techniques and complications of primary port entry. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol 2002; 42(3):246-
254.
(285) Vilos GA, Ternamian A, Dempster J, Laberge PY. Laparoscopic entry: a review of
techniques, technologies, and complications. Society of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists of Canada Clinical
Practice Guideline. J Obstet Gynaecol Can 2007; 29(5):433-447.
(286) Larobina M, Nottle P. Complete evidence regarding major vascular injuries during
laparoscopic access. Surg Laparosc Endosc Percutan Tech 2005; 15(3):119-123.
(287) Moberg AC, Montgomery A. Primary access-related complications with laparoscopy:
comparison of blind and open techniques. Surg Endosc 2005; 19(9):1196-1199.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
465
(288) A systematic review of the methods used to establish laparoscopic pneumoperitoneum.
ASERNIP-S Report No. 13. Adelaide, South Australia: ASERNIP-S. October
2001.http://www.surgeons.org/asernip-s . 2001.
(289) Pasic RP, Kantardzic M, Templeman C, Levine RL. Insufflation techniques in gynecologic
laparoscopy. Surg Laparosc Endosc Percutan Tech 2006; 16(1):18-23.
(290) Hender K. What is the safety of open (Hasson) technique versus closed (blind Veress needle)
technique for laparoscopy? Centre for Clinical Effectiveness - Evidence Report. 2001. Centre for Clinical
Effectiveness (CCE),Clayton, Victoria.
(291) Woolcot R. The efficacy and safety of different techniques for trocar insertion in laparoscopic
surgery. Minimally Invasive Therapy and Allied Technologies 2001; 10(1):11-14.
(292) Bemelman WA, Dunker MS, Busch OR, Den Boer KT, de Wit LT, Gouma DJ. Efficacy of
establishment of pneumoperitoneum with the Veress needle, Hasson trocar, and modified blunt trocar
(TrocDoc): a randomized study. J Laparoendosc Adv Surg Tech A 2000; 10(6):325-330.
(293) Bonjer HJ, Hazebroek EJ, Kazemier G, Giuffrida MC, Meijer WS, Lange JF. Open versus
closed establishment of pneumoperitoneum in laparoscopic surgery. Br J Surg 1997; 84(5):599- 602.
(294) McKernan JB, Champion JK. Access techniques: Veress needle --initial blind trocar insertion
versus open laparoscopy with the Hasson trocar. Endosc Surg Allied Technol 1995; 3(1):35- 38.
(295) Mayol J, Garcia-Aguilar J, Ortiz-Oshiro E, Diego Carmona JA, Fernandez-Represa JA. Risks
of the minimal access approach for laparoscopic surgery: multivariate analysis of morbidity related to umbilical
trocar insertion. World J Surg 1997; 21(5):529-533.
(296) Cravello L, Banet J, Agostini A, Bretelle F, Roger V, Blanc B. Open laparoscopy: analysis of
complications due to first trocar insertion. French. Gynecologie, Obstetrique & Fertilite 30(4):286-90, 2002.
(297) Ahmad G, Duffy JMN, Watson AJS. Laparoscopic entry techniques and complications.
International Journal of Gynecology & Obstetrics 2007; 99(1):52-55.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
466
(298) Chin K, Newton J. Survey of training in minimal access surgery in the West Midlands region
of the UK. Gynacological Endoscopy 1996; 5(6):329-333.
(299) Lalchandani S, Philips K. Laparoscopic entry technique-a survey of practices of consultant
gynaecologists. Gynecological Surgery 2005; 2(4):245-249.
(300) Lingam K, Cole RA. Laparoscopic entry port visited: a survey of practices of consultant
gynaecologists in Scotland. Gynaecological Endoscopy 2001; 10(5):335-342.
(301) Kaloo P, Cooper M, Molloy D. A survey of entry techniques and complications of members
of the Australian Gynaecological Endoscopy Society. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol 2002; 42(3):264-266.
(302) Marret H, Golfier F, Cassignol A, Raudrant D. Methods for laparoscopy: open laparoscopy or
closed laparoscopy? Attitude of the French Central University Hospital. Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2001;
29(10):673-679.
(303) Garry R. A consensus document concerning laparoscopic entry techniques: Middlesbrough,
March 19–20 1999. Gynacological Endoscopy 1999;(8):403-406.
(304) Preventing Gynaecological Laparoscopic Injury. Guideline No.48. 2007.
(305) RANZCOG. Use of the Veress needle to obtain pneumoperitoneum prior to laparoscopy.
Statement C-Gyn 7. Consensus statement of the Royal Australian & New Zealand College of Obstetricians &
Gynaecologists (RANZCOG) and the Australian Gynaecological Endoscopy Society (AGES). 2006. Royal
Australian and New Zealand College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists.
(306) Neudecker J, Sauerland S, Neugebauer E, Bergamaschi R, Bonjer HJ, Cuschieri A et al.
(EAES) The European Association for Endoscopic Surgery clinical practice guideline on the pneumoperitoneum
for laparoscopic surgery. Surg Endosc 2002; 16(7):1121-1143.
(307) SAGES. Society of American Gastrointestinal Endoscopic Surgeons (SAGES). SAGES
guidelines for diagnostic laparoscopy. Los Angeles (CA): Society of American Gastrointestinal Endoscopic
Surgeons (SAGES); 2002 Mar. 5 p. [13 references] www.sages.org. 2002. Society of American
Gastrointestinal Endoscopic Surgeons (SAGES).
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
467
(308) Pierre F, Chapron C, Deshayes M, Madelenat P, Magnin G, Querleu D. Initial access for
laparoscopic gynecologic surgery. French Society of Endoscopic Gynecology, International Society of Pelvic
Surgery and the National College of French Gynecologists-Obstetricians. J Gynecol Obstet Biol Reprod (Paris)
2000; 29(1):8-12.
(309) Bakkum EA, Timmermans A, Admiraal JF, Brolmann HAM, Jansen FW. Laparoscopic entry
techniques: a protocol for daily gynaecological practice in The Netherlands. Gynecological Surgery 2006;
3(2):84-87.
(310) Garry R. Laparoscopic surgery. Best Pract Res Clin Obstet Gynaecol 2006; 20(1):89-104.
(311) Vilos GA. The ABCs of a safer laparoscopic entry. J Minim Invasive Gynecol 2006;
13(3):249-251.
(312) Semm K, Semm I. Safe insertion of trocars and the Veress needle using standard equipment
and the 11 security steps . Gynaecological Endoscopy 1999; 8(6):339-347.
(313) Jones KD, Fan A, Sutton C. Safe entry during laparoscopy: a prospective audit in a district
general hospital. Gynaecological Endoscopy 2002; 11(2):85-89.
(314) Richardson RE, Sutton CJG. Complications of first entry: a pospective laparoscopy audit.
Gynacological Endoscopy 1999; 8(6):327-334.
(315) Vilos GA, Vilos AG. Safe laparoscopic entry guided by Veress needle CO2 insufflation
pressure. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc 2003; 10(3):415-420.
(316) SIGN. Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network . SIGN 50: A guideline developers'
handbook. Section 6: Forming guideline recommendations.
http://www.sign.ac.uk/guidelines/fulltext/50/section6.html. 2007.
(317) Hurd WH, Bude RO, DeLancey JO, Gauvin JM, Aisen AM. Abdominal wall characterization
with magnetic resonance imaging and computed tomography. The effect of obesity on the laparoscopic
approach. J Reprod Med 1991; 36(7):473-476.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
468
(318) Hurd WW, Bude RO, DeLancey JO, Pearl ML. The relationship of the umbilicus to the aortic
bifurcation: implications for laparoscopic technique. Obstet Gynecol 1992; 80(1):48- 51.
(319) Nezhat F, Brill AI, Nezhat CH, Nezhat A, Seidman DS, Nezhat C. Laparoscopic appraisal of
the anatomic relationship of the umbilicus to the aortic bifurcation. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc 1998;
5(2):135-140.
(320) Parker J, Rahimpanah F. The advantages of microlaparoscopic left upper quadrant entry in
selected patients. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol 2001; 41(3):314-316.
(321) Pasic R, Levine RL, Wolf WM, Jr. Laparoscopy in morbidly obese patients. J Am Assoc
Gynecol Laparosc 1999; 6(3):307-312.
(322) Pelosi MA, III, Pelosi MA. Alignment of the umbilical axis: an effective maneuver for
laparoscopic entry in the obese patient. Obstet Gynecol 1998; 92(5):869-872.
(323) Schwartz ML, Drew RL, Andersen JN. Induction of pneumoperitoneum in morbidly obese
patients. Obes Surg 2003; 13(4):601-604.
(324) Agarwala N, Liu CY. Safe entry techniques during laparoscopy: left upper quadrant entry
using the ninth intercostal space--a review of 918 procedures. J Minim Invasive Gynecol 2005; 12(1):55-61.
(325) Audebert AJ, Gomel V. Role of microlaparoscopy in the diagnosis of peritoneal and visceral
adhesions and in the prevention of bowel injury associated with blind trocar insertion. Fertil Steril 2000;
73(3):631-635.
(326) Brill AI, Nezhat F, Nezhat CH, Nezhat C. The incidence of adhesions after prior laparotomy:
a laparoscopic appraisal. Obstet Gynecol 1995; 85(2):269-272.
(327) Chang FH, Lee CL, Soong YK. Use of Palmer's Point for Insertion of the Operative
Laparoscope in Patients with Severe Pelvic Adhesions: Experience of Seventeen Cases. J Am Assoc Gynecol
Laparosc 1994; 1(4, Part 2):S7.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
469
(328) Chang FH, Chou HH, Lee CL, Cheng PJ, Wang CW, Soong YK. Extraumbilical insertion of
the operative laparoscope in patients with extensive intraabdominal adhesions. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc
1995; 2(3):335-337.
(329) Chi DS, Abu-Rustum NR, Sonoda Y, Awtrey C, Hummer A, Venkatraman ES et al. Ten-year
experience with laparoscopy on a gynecologic oncology service: Analysis of risk factors for complications and
conversion to laparotomy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2004; 191(4):1138-1145.
(330) Childers JM, Brzechffa PR, Surwit EA. Laparoscopy using the left upper quadrant as the
primary trocar site. Gynecol Oncol 1993; 50(2):221-225.
(331) Durand-Reville M, Guichard-Checchi C, Ejnes L, Boulanger JP, Gilly V, Bongain A et al.
Gynecologic laparoscopy and abdominal scars: what approach for the peritoneal cavity? J Gynecol Obstet Biol
Reprod (Paris) 2003; 32(7):625-633.
(332) Gersin KS, Heniford BT, Arca MJ, Ponsky JL. Alternative site entry for laparoscopy in
patients with previous abdominal surgery. J Laparoendosc Adv Surg Tech A 1998; 8(3):125- 130.
(333) Golan A, Sagiv R, Debby A, Glezerman M. The minilaparoscope as a tool for localization and
preparation for cannula insertion in patients with multiple previous abdominal incisions or umbilical hernia.
Journal of the American Association of Gynecologic Laparoscopists 2003; 10(1):14- 16.
(334) Howard FM, El Minawi AM, DeLoach VE. Direct laparoscopic cannula insertion at the left
upper quadrant. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc 1997; 4(5):595-600.
(335) Jacobson TZ, Davis C. A prospective studiy of Palmer's point entry and the rate of sub-
umbilical adhesions in women undergoing laparoscopy with previous abdominal surgery. Abstract P04.
Reviews in Gynaecological Practice 3[1]. 2003.
Ref Type: Abstract
(336) Kumakiri J, Takeuchi H, Sato Y, Kitade M, Kikuchi I, Shimanuki H et al. A novel method of
ninth-intercostal microlaparoscopic approach for patients with previous laparotomy. Acta Obstetricia et
Gynecologica Scandinavica 85(8):977-81, 2006.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
470
(337) Lam KW, Pun TC. Left upper quadrant approach in gynecologic laparoscopic surgery using
reusable instruments. Journal of the American Association of Gynecologic Laparoscopists 9(2):199-203, 2002.
(338) Lecuru F, Leonard F, Philippe JJ, Rizk E, Robin F, Taurelle R. Laparoscopy in patients with
prior surgery: results of the blind approach. JSLS 2001; 5(1):13-16.
(339) Levrant SG, Bieber EJ, Barnes RB. Anterior abdominal wall adhesions after laparotomy or
laparoscopy. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc 1997; 4(3):353-356.
(340) Parker J, Reid G, Wong F. Microlaparoscopic left upper quadrant entry in patients at high risk
of periumbilical adhesions. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol 1999; 39(1):88-92.
(341) Parker MC, Ellis H, Moran BJ, Thompson JN, Wilson MS, Menzies D et al. Postoperative
adhesions: ten-year follow-up of 12,584 patients undergoing lower abdominal surgery. Dis Colon Rectum 2001;
44(6):822-829.
(342) Rafii A, Camatte S, Lelievre L, Darai E, Lecuru F. Previous abdominal surgery and closed
entry for gynecologic laparoscopy: a prospective study. Obstet Gynecol Surv 2005; 60(4):229- 230.
(343) Sepilian V, Ku L, Wong H, Liu CY, Phelps JY. Prevalence of infraumbilical adhesions in
women with previous laparoscopy. JSLS 2007; 11(1):41-44.
(344) Szigetvari I, Feinman M, Barad D, Bartfai G, Kaali SG. Association of previous abdominal
surgery and significant adhesions in laparoscopic sterilization patients. J Reprod Med 1989; 34(7):465-466.
(345) Kolecki RV, Golub RM, Sigel B, Machi J, Kitamura H, Hosokawa T et al. Accuracy of
viscera slide detection of abdominal wall adhesions by ultrasound. Surg Endosc 1994; 8(8):871- 874.
(346) Tu FF, Lamvu GM, Hartmann KE, Steege JF. Preoperative ultrasound to predict
infraumbilical adhesions: a study of diagnostic accuracy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2005; 192(1):74- 79.
(347) Hsu WC, Chang WC, Huang SC, Torng PL, Chang DY, Sheu BC. Visceral sliding technique
is useful for detecting abdominal adhesion and preventing laparoscopic surgical complications. Gynecol Obstet
Invest 2006; 62(2):75-78.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
471
(348) Kothari SN, Fundell LJ, Lambert PJ, Mathiason MA. Use of transabdominal ultrasound to
identify intraabdominal adhesions prior to laparoscopy: a prospective blinded study. American Journal of
Surgery 2006; 192(6):843-847.
(349) Nezhat CH, Adib T. A Diagnostic Study to Predict Subumbilical Adhesions using
Preoperative Ultrasound for Visceral Slide and a Novel Peri-umbilical Ultrasound-guided Saline Infusion
(PUGSI) Technique. Abstract 212. Journal of Minimally Invasive Gynecology 2007; 14(6, Supplement 1):S78.
(350) Larciprete G, Cirese E, Flora R, Fanning J. 171: Safe Peritoneal Access for Laparoscopy in
Women With Previous Abdominal Open Surgery. Ultrasound Preoperative Evaluation of the Subumbilical
Field. Journal of Minimally Invasive Gynecology 2007; 14(6, Supplement 1):S63-S64.
(351) Sriprasad S, Yu DF, Muir GH, Poulsen J, Sidhu PS. Positional anatomy of vessels that may be
damaged at laparoscopy: new access criteria based on CT and ultrasonography to avoid vascular injury. J
Endourol 2006; 20(7):498-503.
(352) Narendran M, Baggish MS. Mean Distance Between Primary Trocar Insertion Site and Major
Retroperitoneal Vessels During Routine Laparoscopy. Journal of Gynecologic Surgery 2002; 18(4):121- 127.
(353) Roy GM, Bazzurini L, Solima E, Luciano AA. Safe technique for laparoscopic entry into the
abdominal cavity. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc 2001; 8(4):519-528.
(354) Angelini L, Lirici MM, Papaspyropoulos V, Sossi FL. Combination of subcutaneous
abdominal wall retraction and optical trocar to minimize pneumoperitoneum-related effects and needle and
trocar injuries in laparoscopic surgery. Surg Endosc 1997; 11(10):1006-1009.
(355) Briel JW, Plaisier PW, Meijer WS, Lange JF. Is it necessary to lift the abdominal wall when
preparing a pneumoperitoneum? A randomized study. Surg Endosc 2000; 14(9):862-864.
(356) Teoh B, Sen R, Abbott J. An evaluation of four tests used to ascertain Veres needle placement
at closed laparoscopy. J Minim Invasive Gynecol 2005; 12(2):153-158.
(357) Vilos AG, Vilos GA, Abu-Rafea B, Hollett-Caines J, Al Omran M. Effect of body habitus and
parity on the initial Veres intraperitoneal CO2 insufflation pressure during laparoscopic access in women. J
Minim Invasive Gynecol 2006; 13(2):108-113.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
472
(358) Azevedo OC, Azevedo JL, Sorbello AA, Miguel GP, Wilson Junior JL, Godoy AC.
Evaluation of tests performed to confirm the position of the Veress needle for creation of pneumoperitoneum in
selected patients: a prospective clinical trial. Acta Cir Bras 2006; 21(6):385-391.
(359) Reich H, Ribeiro SC, Rasmussen C, Rosenberg J, Vidali A. High-pressure trocar insertion
technique. JSLS 1999; 3(1):45-48.
(360) Reich H, Rasmussen C, Vidali A. Peritoneal hyperdistention for trocar insertion.
Gynacological Endoscopy 1999; 8(6):375-377.
(361) Tsaltas J, Pearce S, Lawrence A, Meads A, Mezzatesta J, Nicolson S. Safer laparoscopic
trocar entry: It's all about pressure. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol 2004; 44(4):349- 350.
(362) Abu-Rafea B, Vilos GA, Vilos AG, Ahmad R, Hollett-Caines J, Al Omran M. High-pressure
laparoscopic entry does not adversely affect cardiopulmonary function in healthy women. J Minim Invasive
Gynecol 2005; 12(6):475-479.
(363) Abu-Rafea B, Vilos GA, Vilos AG, Hollett-Caines J, Al Omran M. Effect of body habitus and
parity on insufflated CO2 volume at various intraabdominal pressures during laparoscopic access in women. J
Minim Invasive Gynecol 2006; 13(3):205-210.
(364) Epstein J, Arora A, Ellis H. Surface anatomy of the inferior epigastric artery in relation to
laparoscopic injury. Clin Anat 2004; 17(5):400-408.
(365) Saber AA, Meslemani AM, Davis R, Pimentel R. Safety zones for anterior abdominal wall
entry during laparoscopy: a CT scan mapping of epigastric vessels. Ann Surg 2004; 239(2):182-185.
(366) Nezhat CH, Nezhat F, Brill AI, Nezhat C. Normal variations of abdominal and pelvic anatomy
evaluated at laparoscopy. Obstet Gynecol 1999; 94(2):238-242.
(367) Hurd WW, Bude RO, DeLancey JO, Newman JS. The location of abdominal wall bl ood
vessels in relationship to abdominal landmarks apparent at laparoscopy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1994;
171(3):642-646.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
473
(368) Hurd WW, Amesse LS, Gruber JS, Horowitz GM, Cha GM, Hurteau JA. Visualization of the
epigastric vessels and bladder before laparoscopic trocar placement. Fertility & Sterility 80(1):209-12, 2003.
(369) Wind J, Cremers JE, Berge Henegouwen MI, Gouma DJ, Jansen FW, Bemelman WA.
Medical liability insurance claims on entry-related complications in laparoscopy. Surg Endosc 2007.
(370) Vilos GA. Laparoscopic bowel injuries: forty litigated gynaecological cases in Canada.
Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology Canada: JOGC 2002; 24(3):224-230.
(371) Vilos GA. Litigation of laparoscopic major vessel injuries in Canada. J Am Assoc Gynecol
Laparosc 2000; 7(4):503-509.
(372) Soderstrom RM. Bowel injury litigation after laparoscopy. J Am Assoc Gynecol Laparosc
1993; 1(1):74-77.
(373) Sutton CJ. Medico-legal implications of keyhole surgery. Medico-Legal Journal 64 ( Pt
3):101-13, 1996.
(374 ) Rein H. Complications and litigation in gynecologic endoscopy. Curr Opin Obstet Gynecol
2001; 13(4):425-429.
(375) Ellis H. Medicolegal consequences of postoperative intra-abdominal adhesions. J R Soc Med
2001; 94(7):331-332.
(376) Jansen FW, Wind J, Cremeres JEL, Bemelman WA. 146: Entry Related Complications in
Laparoscopy and Their Medical Liability Insurance. Journal of Minimally Invasive Gynecology 2007; 14(6,
Supplement 1):S54-S55.
(377) Driscoll V. Bowel injury during laparoscopic sterilization - Vanessa Palmer v Cardiff & Vale
NHS Trust. The AvMA Medical & Legal Journal 2004; 10(3):109-111.
(378) Hart R, Doherty DA, Karthigasu K, Garry R. The value of virtual reality-simulator training in
the development of laparoscopic surgical skills. J Minim Invasive Gynecol 2006; 13(2):126- 133.
(379) Kolkman W, Wolterbeek R, Jansen FW. Gynecological laparoscopy in residency training
program: Dutch perspectives. Surg Endosc 2005; 19(11):1498-1502.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
474
(380) RCOG. Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists. Male and female sterilisation.
National Evidence-Based Clinical Guideline Number 4. 2004. RCOG Press, London.
(381) NICE. Hysteroscopic sterilisation by tubal cannulation and placement of intrafallopian
implants. Interventional Procedure Guidance 44.http://www.nice.org.uk/page.aspx?o=104525. 2004.
Ref Type: Report
(382) Karthigasu KA, Garry R, Hart R. Case report of failed tubal occlusion using Essure pbc
(permanent birth control) hysteroscopic sterilisation procedure. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol 2006; 46(4):365-
367.
(383) Thoma V, Chua I, Garbin O, Hummel M, Wattiez A. Tubal perforation by ESSURE
microinsert. J Minim Invasive Gynecol 2006; 13(2):161-163.
(384) Ubeda A, Labastida R, Dexeus S. Essure: a new device for hysteroscopic tubal sterilization in
an outpatient setting. Fertil Steril 2004; 82(1):196-199.
(385) Kerin JF, Carignan CS, Cher D. The safety and effectiveness of a new hysteroscopic method
for permanent birth control: results of the first Essure pbc clinical study. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol 2001;
41(4):364-370.
(386) Cooper JM, Carignan CS, Cher D, Kerin JF. Microinsert nonincisional hysteroscopic
sterilization. Obstet Gynecol 2003; 102(1):59-67.
(387) Duffy S, Marsh F, Rogerson L, Hudson H, Cooper K, Jack S et al. Female sterilisation: a
cohort controlled comparative study of ESSURE versus laparoscopic sterilisation. BJOG 2005; 112(11):1522-
1528.
(388) Peterson HB, Xia Z, Hughes JM, Wilcox LS, Tylor LR, Trussell J. The risk of pregnancy after
tubal sterilization: findings from the U.S. Collaborative Review of Sterilization. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1996;
174(4):1161-1168.
(389) Trussell J, Guilbert E, Hedley A. Sterilization failure, sterilization reversal, and pregnancy
after sterilization reversal in Quebec. Obstet Gynecol 2003; 101(4):677-684.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
475
(390) Kovacs GT, Krins AJ. Female sterilisations with Filshie clips: what is the risk failure? A
retrospective survey of 30,000 applications. J Fam Plann Reprod Health Care 2002; 28(1):34- 35.
(391) Peterson HB, Xia Z, Hughes JM, Wilcox LS, Tylor LR, Trussell J. The risk of ectopic
pregnancy after tubal sterilization. U.S. Collaborative Review of Sterilization Working Group. N Engl J Med
1997; 336(11):762-767.
(392) Penfield AJ. The Filshie clip for female sterilization: a review of world experience. Am J
Obstet Gynecol 2000; 182(3):485-489.
(393) Stovall TG, Ling FW, O'Kelley KR, Coleman SA. Gross and histologic examination of tubal
ligation failures in a residency training program. Obstet Gynecol 1990; 76(3 Pt 1):461-465.
(394) Stovall TG, Ling FW, Henry GM, Ryan GM, Jr. Method failures of laparoscopic tubal
sterilization in a residency training program. A comparison of the tubal ring and spring-loaded clip. J Reprod
Med 1991; 36(4):283-286.
(395) Varma R, Gupta JK. Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure using time interval to
sterilization failure: analysis of 131 cases. Hum Reprod 2007; 22(9):2437-2443.
(396) Rock JA, Parmley TH, King TM, Laufe LE, Su BS. Endometriosis and the development of
tuboperitoneal fistulas after tubal ligation. Fertil Steril 1981; 35(1):16-20.
(397) McCausland A. Endosalpingosis ("endosalpingoblastosis") following laparoscopic tubal
coagulation as an etiologic factor of ectopic pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1982; 143(1):12- 24.
(398) Stock RJ, Nelson KJ. Ectopic pregnancy subsequent to sterilization: histologic evaluation and
clinical implications. Fertil Steril 1984; 42(2):211-215.
(399) Badawy S, Gilman T, Mroziewicz E. The role of recanalization in tubal pregnancy afte r
sterilization. Int Surg 1979; 64(5):49-51.
(400) Grunert GM. Late tubal patency following tubal ligation. Fertil Steril 1981; 35(4):406-408.
(401) Hernandez FJ. Tubal ligation and pregnancy: mechanism of recanalization after tubal ligation.
Fertil Steril 1975; 26(5):392-396.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
476
(402) Makar AP, Vanderheyden JS, Schatteman EA, Albertyn GP, Verkinderen JJ, Van Marck EA.
Female sterilization failure after bipolar electrocoagulation: a 6 year retrospective study. Eur J Obstet Gynecol
Reprod Biol 1990; 37(3):237-246.
(403) McCausland AM. Recanalization and fistulization of the fallopian tubes are thought to be the
causes of pregnancies following female sterilization. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1981; 139(1):114- 115.
(404) Argent V. Failed sterilization and the law. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1988; 95(2):113- 115.
(405) Cattanach v Melchior [2003] HCA 38. The costs of raising a child: Cattanach v Melchior and
the Justice and other legislation amendement bill 2003 (Qld). Cattanach v Melchior [2003] HCA 38 (16 July
2003). 2003.
(406) Nardin JM, Kulier R, Boulvain M. Techniques for the interruption of tubal patency for female
sterilisation. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2006;(1):CD003034.
(407) RCOG. Clinical Governance Advice No 1.Guidance for the Development of RCOG Green-top
Guidelines.http://www.rcog.org.uk/index.asp?PageID=480. 2000. Royal College of Obstetricians and
Gynaecologists, London, UK.
(408) Chi I, Mumford SD, Laufe LE. Technical failures in tubal ring sterilization: Incidence,
perceived reasons, outcome, and risk factors. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1980; 138(3):307- 312.
(409) Chi IC, Potts M, Wilkens L. Rare events associated with tubal sterilizations: an international
experience. Obstet Gynecol Surv 1986; 41(1):7-19.
(410) Feldblum PJ, Champion CB, Chi IC, Lamptey P. Technical failures in female sterilization
using the tubal ring: a case-control analysis. Contraception 1986; 34(5):505-512.
(411) Maker AP, Keersmaekers GH, Vanderheyden JS, Hansch C. Development of
endosalpingoblastosis and tuboperitoneal fistulas following tubal sterilization: relation with uterine
adenomyosis. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 1993; 52(3):187-191.
(412) Pati S, Cullins V. Female sterilization. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am 2000; 27(4):859- 899.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
477
(413) Levgur M, Duvivier R. Pelvic inflammatory disease after tubal sterilization: a review. Obstet
Gynecol Surv 2000; 55(1):41-50.
(414) Lipscomb GH, Spellman JR, Ling FW. The effect of same-day pregnancy testing on the
incidence of luteal phase pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol 1993; 82(3):411-413.
(415) Birdsall MA, Pattison NS, Wilson P. Female sterilisation: National Women's Hospital 1988-9.
N Z Med J 1994; 107(990):473-475.
(416) Chi IC, Siemens AJ, Champion CB, Gates D, Cilenti D. Pregnancy following minilaparotomy
tubal sterilization--an update of an international data set. Contraception 1987; 35(2):171-178.
(417) Hillis SD, Marchbanks PA, Tylor LR, Peterson HB. Poststerilization regret: findings from the
United States Collaborative Review of Sterilization. Obstet Gynecol 1999; 93(6):889-895.
(418) Kulier R, Boulvain M, Walker D, de Candolle G, Campana A. Minilaparotomy and
endoscopic techniques for tubal sterilisation. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003;(1).
(419) Huber AW, Mueller MD, Ghezzi F, Cromi A, Dreher E, Raio L. Tubal sterilization:
Complications of laparoscopy and minilaparotomy. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2006.
(420) Yan JS, Hsu J, Yin CS. Comparative study of Filshie clip and Pomeroy method for
postpartum sterilization. International Journal of Gynaecology & Obstetrics 1990; 33(3):263- 267.
(421) Kohaut BA, Musselman BL, Sanchez-Ramos L, Kaunitz AM. Randomized trial to compare
perioperative outcomes of Filshie clip vs. Pomeroy technique for postpartum and intraoperative cesarean tubal
sterilization: a pilot study. Contraception 2004; 69(4):267-270.
(422) Dominik R, Gates D, Sokal D, Cordero M, Lasso dl, V, Remes RA et al. Two randomized
controlled trials comparing the Hulka and Filshie Clips for tubal sterilization. Contraception 2000; 62(4):169-
175.
(423) Sokal D, Gates D, Amatya R, Dominik R. Two randomized controlled trials comparing the
tubal ring and filshie clip for tubal sterilization. Fertil Steril 2000; 74(3):525-533.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
478
(424) Filshie GM, Helson K, Teper S. Day case sterilization with the Filshie Clip in Nottingham.
10-year follow up study: the first 200 cases. In: Kruger T, Gome V, Van der Wat J, editors. 7th Annual Meeting
of the International Society for Gynecologic Endoscopy. Bologna: Monduzzi Editore International Proceedings
Division; 1998. p.145-58. 1998.
(425) Filshie GM. Laparoscopic sterilization. Semin Laparosc Surg 1999; 6(2):112- 117.
(426) Lammes FB. Spontaneous opening of the Filshie clip as a cause of sterilisation failure. BJOG
2001; 108(6):657-658.
(427) Jones KP. Failed laparoscopic sterilisation due to interlaced Hulka-Clemens clips.
Contraception 1987; 36(3):317-320.
(428) Soderstrom RM. Sterilization failures and their causes. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1985;
152(4):395-403.
(429) Chi IC. Use of multiple clips for tubal occlusion in interval laparoscopic sterilization:
circumstances and consequences. Contraception 1994; 50(5):409-416.
(430) Hammerstein J. Legal liability in failed sterilization from the physician's viewpoint. Z Arztl
Fortbild (Jena) 1995; 89(6):678-681.
(431) Newton J. Failure of female sterilisation. Poster presentation no. 356. BJOG: an International
Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology 1998; 105(Suppl 17):113-114.
(432) Sharma D, Singhal SR, Singhal SK. Uterus didelphys, a rare cause for tubal sterilization
failure. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol 1998; 38(3):327-328.
(433) Roy KK, Banerjee N, Takkar D. Pregnancy following tubal sterilization: an 11-year survey.
Int J Gynaecol Obstet 2000; 68:53-54.
(434) Hughes GJ. Sterilisation failure. BMJ 1977; 2(6098):1337-1339.
(435) Heisterberg L, Jessen P, Schroeder E, Wohlk P, Pedersen LM. Comparison of interval and
postabortal/puerperal laparoscopic sterilization with the tubal ring procedure. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand 1985;
64(3):223-225.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
479
(436) Cook CL. Evaluation of Falope Ring sterilization by hysterosalpingogram. J Reprod Med
1982; 27(5):243-248.
(437) Hertz JB. Laparoscopic sterilization with the Falope-ring technique. Acta Obstet Gynecol
Scand 1982; 61(1):13-15.
(438) Sheikh HH. Hysterosalpingographic follow-up of laparoscopic sterilization. Am J Obstet
Gynecol 1976; 126(2):181-185.
(439) Pellicer A, Serra V. Female sterilization using tubal coagulation. Adv Contraceptive Delivery
Syst 1988; 4(4):349-367.
(440) Klumper F, Peters AA. Migrating clips; a complication following sterilization. Nederlands
Tijdschrift voor Geneeskunde 1991; 135(6):233-235.
(441) Amu O, Husemeyer RP. Migration of sterilisation clips: case report and review. Br J Fam Plan
1999; 25:27-28.
(442) Connolly D, McGookin RR, Wali J, Kernohan RM. Migration of Filshie clips --report of two
cases and review of the literature. Ulster Med J 2005; 74(2):126-128.
(443) Hasan A, Evgenikos N, Daniel T, Gatongi D. Filshie clip migration with recurrent perianal
sepsis and low fistula in ano formation. BJOG 2005; 112(11):1581.
(444) Pandit M. Early extrusion of bilateral Filshie clips after laparoscopic sterilisation. BJOG 2005;
112(5):680.
(445) Tan BL, Chong C, Tay EH. Migrating Filshie clip. Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol 2004;
44(6):583-584.
(446) Miliauskas JR. Migration of a Filshie clip into the urinary bladder with abscess formation.
Pathology 2003; 35(4):356-357.
(447) Lok IH, Lo KW, Ng JS, Tsui MH, Yip SK. Spontaneous expulsion of a Filshie clip through
the anterior abdominal wall. Gynecol Obstet Invest 2003; 55(3):183-185.
References
Chapter 4. Clinical Guideline Development
480
(448) Buckett W, Carlin A, Kingsland C. Prolapse of Filshie clips following vaginal hysterectomy.
Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand 1998; 77(4):471-472.
(449) Kesby GJ, Korda AR. Migration of a Filshie clip into the urinary bladder seven years after
laparoscopic sterilisation. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1997; 104(3):379-382.
(450) Anderson J, Gunn E, Hunter M, Owen P. Documentation of preoperative counselling for
female sterilisation: a complete audit cycle. J Fam Plann Reprod Health Care 2005; 31(1):24- 25
.
References
Chapter 5. Thesis Conclusion
481
Chapter 5
(1) Hill AB. The environment and disease:association or causation. Proc R Soc Med 1965;
58:295-300.
(2) Genome wide SNP 100K analysis of endometriosis: demonstration of genomic imbalance.
6th July 2007, EXCEL Conference centre, London. Oral Presentation. British Congress of Obstetrics and
Gynaecology (BCOG); Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists; 2007.
(3) Prowse AH, Manek S, Varma R, Liu J, Godwin AK, Maher ER et al. Molecular genetic
evidence that endometriosis is a precursor of ovarian cancer. Int J Cancer 2006; 119(3):556- 562.
(4) Varma R, Rollason T, Gupta JK, Maher ER. Endometriosis and the neoplastic process.
Reproduction 2004; 127(3):293-304.
(5) Genetic evidence for malignant transformation of endometriosis. Oral Presentation. 23rd
Annual Meeting of European Society of Human Reproduction and Embryology (ESHRE), Tête d'Or , Lyon
Congress Centre, France; 1st July 2007. 2007.
(6) Hanahan D, Weinberg RA. The hallmarks of cancer. Cell 2000; 100(1):57- 70.
(7) Gogusev J, Bouquet de JJ, Telvi L, Doussau M, du MS, Stojkoski A et al. Genetic
abnormalities detected by comparative genomic hybridization in a human endometriosis-derived cell line. Mol
Hum Reprod 2000; 6(9):821-827.
(8) Guo SW, Wu Y, Strawn E, Basir Z, Wang Y, Halverson G et al. Genomic alterations in the
endometrium may be a proximate cause for endometriosis. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2004; 116(1):89-
99.
(9) Wu Y, Strawn E, Basir Z, Wang Y, Halverson G, Jailwala P et al. Genomic alterations in
ectopic and eutopic endometria of women with endometriosis. Gynecol Obstet Invest 2006; 62(3):148-159.
(10) Gaetje R, Holtrich U, Engels K, Kourtis K, Cikrit E, Kissler S et al. Expression of membrane-
type 5 matrix metalloproteinase in human endometrium and endometriosis. Gynecol Endocrinol 2007;
23(10):567-573.
References
Chapter 5. Thesis Conclusion
482
(11) Burney RO, Talbi S, Hamilton AE, Vo KC, Nyegaard M, Nezhat CR et al. Gene expression
analysis of endometrium reveals progesterone resistance and candidate susceptibility genes in women with
endometriosis. Endocrinology 2007; 148(8):3814-3826.
(12) Chand AL, Murray AS, Jones RL, Hannan NJ, Salamonsen LA, Rombauts L. Laser capture
microdissection and cDNA array analysis of endometrium identify CCL16 and CCL21 as epithelial-derived
inflammatory mediators associated with endometriosis. Reproductive Biology & Endocrinology 2007; 5:18.
(13) Eyster KM, Klinkova O, Kennedy V, Hansen KA. Whole genome deoxyribonucleic acid
microarray analysis of gene expression in ectopic versus eutopic endometrium. Fertil Steril 2007; 88(6):1505-
1533.
(14) Huber A, Hudelist G, Knofler M, Saleh L, Huber JC, Singer CF. Effect of highly purified
human chorionic gonadotropin preparations on the gene expression signature of stromal cells derived from
endometriotic lesions: potential mechanisms for the therapeutic effect of human chorionic gonadotropin in vivo.
Fertil Steril 2007; 88(4 Suppl):1232-1239.
(15) Mettler L, Salmassi A, Schollmeyer T, Schmutzler AG, Pungel F, Jonat W. Comparison of c-
DNA microarray analysis of gene expression between eutopic endometrium and ectopic endometrium
(endometriosis). Journal of Assisted Reproduction & Genetics 2007; 24(6):249-258.
(16) Wren JD, Wu Y, Guo SW. A system-wide analysis of differentially expressed genes in ectopic
and eutopic endometrium. Human Reproduction 2007; 22(8):2093-2102.
(17) Yunus D, Sarkar PK. Audit of documentation of female sterilisation. J Fam Plann Reprod
Health Care 2006; 32(1):53-54.
(18) Matsuzaki S, Canis M, Pouly JL, Botchorishvili R, Dechelotte PJ, Mage G. Differential
expression of genes in eutopic and ectopic endometrium from patients with ovarian endometriosis. Fertil Steril
2006; 86(3):548-553.
(19) Matsuzaki S, Canis M, Vaurs-Barriere C, Boespflug-Tanguy O, Dastugue B, Mage G. DNA
microarray analysis of gene expression in eutopic endometrium from patients with deep endometriosis using
laser capture microdissection. Fertility & Sterility 2005; 84:Suppl-90.
References
Chapter 5. Thesis Conclusion
483
(20) Matsuzaki S, Canis M, Vaurs-Barriere C, Pouly JL, Boespflug-Tanguy O, Penault-Llorca F et
al. DNA microarray analysis of gene expression profiles in deep endometriosis using laser capture
microdissection. Molecular Human Reproduction 2004; 10(10):719-728.
(21) Smith SK. Study of the profile of gene expression in the endometrium. Journal de
Gynecologie, Obstetrique et Biologie de la Reproduction 2004; 33(6:Pt 2):t- 8.
(22) Arimoto T, Katagiri T, Oda K, Tsunoda T, Yasugi T, Osuga Y et al. Genome-wide cDNA
microarray analysis of gene-expression profiles involved in ovarian endometriosis. International Journal of
Oncology 2003; 22(3):551-560.
(23) Kao LC, Germeyer A, Tulac S, Lobo S, Yang JP, Taylor RN et al. Expression profiling of
endometrium from women with endometriosis reveals candidate genes for disease-based implantation failure
and infertility. Endocrinology 2003; 144(7):2870-2881.
(24) Eyster KM, Boles AL, Brannian JD, Hansen KA. DNA microarray analysis of gene
expression markers of endometriosis. Fertility & Sterility 2002; 77(1):38-42.
(25) Flores I, Rivera E, Mousses S, Chen Y, Rozenblum E. Identification of molecular markers for
endometriosis in blood lymphocytes by using deoxyribonucleic acid microarrays. Fertil Steril 2006; 85(6):1676-
1683.
(26) Flores I, Rivera E, Ruiz LA, Santiago OI, Vernon MW, Appleyard CB. Molecular profiling of
experimental endometriosis identified gene expression patterns in common with human disease. Fertility &
Sterility 2007; 87(5):1180-1199.
(27) Konno R, Fujiwara H, Netsu S, Odagiri K, Shimane M, Nomura H et al. Gene expression
profiling of the rat endometriosis model. American Journal of Reproductive Immunology 2007; 58(4):330-343.
(28) Kamat AA, Younes PS, Sayeeduddin M, Wheeler TM, Simpson JL, Agoulnik AI. Protein
expression profiling of endometriosis: validation of 2-mm tissue microarrays. Fertility & Sterility 2004;
82(6):1681-1683.
References
Chapter 5. Thesis Conclusion
484
(29) Kyama CM, T'Jampens D, Mihalyi A, Simsa P, Debrock S, Waelkens E et al. ProteinChip
technology is a useful method in the pathogenesis and diagnosis of endometriosis: a preliminary study. Fertil
Steril 2006; 86(1):203-209.
(30) Wang L, Zheng W, Yu JK, Jiang WZ, Mu L, Zhang SZ. Artificial neural networks combined
with surface-enhanced laser desorption/ionization mass spectra distinguish endometriosis from healthy
population. Fertil Steril 2007; 88(6):1700-1702.
(31) Hever A, Roth RB, Hevezi PA, Lee J, Willhite D, White EC et al. Molecular characterization
of human adenomyosis. Molecular Human Reproduction 2006; 12(12):737-748.
(32) Hoque MO, Lee CC, Cairns P, Schoenberg M, Sidransky D. Genome-wide genetic
characterization of bladder cancer: a comparison of high-density single-nucleotide polymorphism arrays and
PCR-based microsatellite analysis. Cancer Research 2003; 63(9):2216-2222.
(33) Liu W, Chang B, Sauvageot J, Dimitrov L, Gielzak M, Li T et al. Comprehensive assessment
of DNA copy number alterations in human prostate cancers using Affymetrix 100K SNP mapping array. Genes,
Chromosomes & Cancer 2006; 45(11):1018-1032.
(34) Borthwick JM, Charnock- Jones DS, Tom BD, Hull ML, Teirney R, Phillips SC et al.
Determination of the transcript profile of human endometrium. Molecular Human Reproduction 2003; 9(1):19-
33.
(35) Levy M, Mittal K, Chiriboga L, Zhang X, Yee H, Wei JJ. Differential expression of selected
gene products in uterine leiomyomata and adenomyosis. Fertil Steril 2007; 88(1):220-223.
(36) Varma R, Soneja H, Clark TJ, Gupta JK. Hysteroscopic myomectomy for menorrhagia using
Versascopetrade mark bipolar system: Efficacy and prognostic factors at a minimum of one year follow up. Eur
J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2008.
(37) Varma R, Soneja H, Bhatia K, Ganesan R, Rollason T, Clark TJ et al. The effectiveness of a
levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (LNG-IUS) in the treatment of endometrial hyperplasia --a long-
term follow-up study. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2008; 139(2):169-175.
References
Chapter 5. Thesis Conclusion
485
(38) Varma R, Soneja H, Samuel N, Sangha E, Clark TJ, Gupta JK. Hospital recovery following
Thermachoice ablation is not dependent on setting (outpatient or daycase) or rescue analgesia: unexpected
result. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2008; 140(1):76-81.
(39) Varma R, Soneja H, Clark TJ, Gupta JK. Outpatient Thermachoice endometrial balloon
ablation: long term, prognostic and quality of life measures. In Submission 2008. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod
Biol 2008.
(40) Varma R, Gupta JK. Predicting negligence in female sterilization failure using time interval to
sterilization failure: analysis of 131 cases. Hum Reprod 2007; 22(9):2437-2443.
(41) RCOG. Development of RCOG Green-top Guidelines: Producing a Clinical Practice
Guideline. Clinical Governance Advice No. 1c. 2006. Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists,
London, UK.
(42) Atkins D, Best D, Briss PA, Eccles M, Falck-Ytter Y, Flottorp S et al. Grading quality of
evidence and strength of recommendations. BMJ 2004; 328(7454):1490.
(43) Varma R, Gupta JK. Antibiotic treatment of bacterial vaginosis in pregnancy: Multiple meta-
analyses and dilemmas in interpretation. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2006; 124(1):10- 14.
(44) Varma R, Gupta JK, James DK, Kilby MD. Do screening-preventative interventions in
asymptomatic pregnancies reduce the risk of preterm delivery--a critical appraisal of the literature. Eur J Obstet
Gynecol Reprod Biol 2006; 127(2):145-159.
(45) Varma R, Sinha D, Gupta JK. Non-contraceptive uses of levonorgestrel-releasing hormone
system (LNG-IUS)--a systematic enquiry and overview. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 2006; 125(1):9-28.
(46) Noorani HZ, Husereau DR, Boudreau R, Skidmore B. Priority setting for health technology
assessments: a systematic review of current practical approaches. Int J Technol Assess Health Care 2007;
23(3):310-315.
(47) Varma R, Gupta JK, Smith GC. Birth after previous caesarean section. Royal College of
Obstetricians and Gynaecologists Clinical Green top guideline No.45. .
http://www.rcog.org.uk/index.asp?PageID=1913. 2007. RCOG Press, London.
References
Chapter 5. Thesis Conclusion
486
(48) Varma R, Gupta JK. Ectopic Pregnancy.
http://clinicalevidence.bmj.com/ceweb/conditions/pac/1406/1406_background.jsp. BMJ Clinical Evidence .
2006.
(49) Varma R, Gupta JK. Laparoscopic entry techniques: clinical guideline, national survey and
medicolegal ramifications. In Press. Surgical Endoscopy . 2008.
(50) Nicholls S, Cullen R, O'Neill S, Halligan A. Clinical governance: its origins and its
foundations. Clin Perform Qual Health Care 2000; 8(3):172-178.
(51) Varma R, Gupta JK. Failed sterilisation: evidence-based review and medico-legal
ramifications. BJOG 2004; 111(12):1322-1332.
(52) SIGN. Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network (SIGN). Forming guideline
recommendations. In: A guideline developers' handbook. Edinburgh: SIGN, 2001. (Publication No 50.). www
sign ac uk/guidelines/fulltext/50/section6 html [ 2001
(53) US Preventive Services Task Force. Guide to clinical preventive services. 2nd ed. Baltimore:
Williams and Wilkins, 1996: xxxix-lv. http://www ahrq gov/clinic/uspstfix htm [ 1996
(54) Guyatt GH, Sackett DL, Sinclair JC, Hayward R, Cook DJ, Cook RJ. Users' guides to the
medical literature. IX. A method for grading health care recommendations. Evidence-Based Medicine Working
Group. JAMA 1995; 274(22):1800-1804.
(55) Grilli R, Magrini N, Penna A, Mura G, Liberati A. Practice guidelines developed by specialty
societies: the need for a critical appraisal. Lancet 2000; 355(9198):103-106.
(56) Grol R, Cluzeau FA, Burgers JS. Clinical practice guidelines: towards better quality
guidelines and increased international collaboration. Br J Cancer 2003; 89 Suppl 1:S4-S8.
(57) Graham ID, Calder LA, Hebert PC, Carter AO, Tetroe JM. A comparison of clinical practice
guideline appraisal instruments. Int J Technol Assess Health Care 2000; 16(4):1024-1038.
(58) Cluzeau FA, Littlejohns P, Grimshaw JM, Feder G, Moran SE. Development and application
of a generic methodology to assess the quality of clinical guidelines. Int J Qual Health Care 1999; 11(1):21-28.
References
Chapter 5. Thesis Conclusion
487
(59) Cluzeau FA, Littlejohns P, Grimshaw JM, Feder G, Moran SE. Development and application
of a generic methodology to assess the quality of clinical guidelines. Int J Qual Health Care 1999; 11(1):21-28.
(60) AGREE Collaboration. Development and validation of an international appraisal instrument
for assessing the quality of clinical practice guidelines: the AGREE project. Qual Saf Health Care 2003;
12(1):18-23.
(61) Marnellos G. High-throughput SNP analysis for genetic association studies. [Review] Current
Opinion in Drug Discovery & Development 2003; 6(3):317-321.
(62) Meaburn E, Butcher LM, Schalkwyk LC, Plomin R. Genotyping pooled DNA using 100K
SNP microarrays: a step towards genomewide association scans. Nucleic Acids Research 2006; 34(4):e27.
(63) Dobrin SE, Stephan DA. Integrating microarrays into disease-gene identification strategies.
Expert Rev Mol Diagn 2003; 3(3):375-385.
(64) Strausberg RL, Simpson AJ, Wooster R. Sequence-based cancer genomics: progress, lessons
and opportunities. [Review] [74 refs]. Nature Reviews Genetics 2003; 4(6):409- 418.
(65) Bayani J, Brenton JD, Macgregor PF, Beheshti B, Albert M, Nallainathan D et al. Parallel
analysis of sporadic primary ovarian carcinomas by spectral karyotyping, comparative genomic hybridization,
and expression microarrays. Cancer Research 2002; 62(12):3466-3476.
(66) Falconer H, D'Hooghe T, Fried G. Endometriosis and genetic polymorphisms. Obstetrical &
Gynecological Survey 2007; 62(9):616-628.
(67) Medical Research Council. Patient Research Cohorts Initiative. http://www mrc ac
uk/ApplyingforaGrant/CallsForProposals/CohortsInitiative/index htm [ 2008
(68) Ollier W, Sprosen T, Peakman T. UK Biobank: from concept to reality. Pharmacogenomics
2005; 6(6):639-646.
(69) Bianconi L, Hummelshoj L, Coccia ME, Vigano P, Vittori G, Veit J et al. Recognizing
endometriosis as a social disease: the European Union-encouraged Italian Senate approach. Fertility & Sterility
2007; 88(5):1285-1287.
References
Chapter 5. Thesis Conclusion
488
(70) Perel P, Roberts I, Sena E, Wheble P, Briscoe C, Sandercock P et al. Comparison of treatment
effects between animal experiments and clinical trials: systematic review. BMJ 2007; 334(7586):197.
(71) Becker CM, Sampson DA, Short SM, Javaherian K, Folkman J, D'Amato RJ. Short synthetic
endostatin peptides inhibit endothelial migration in vitro and endometriosis in a mouse model. Fertil Steril 2006;
85(1):71-77.
(72) Matsuzaki S, Canis M, Darcha C, Dechelotte PJ, Pouly JL, Mage G. Effects of a protein
kinase C inhibitor on the initial development of ectopic implants in a syngeneic mouse model of endometriosis.
Fertil Steril 2008; 89(1):206-211.
(73) Lebovic DI, Kir M, Casey CL. Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-gamma induces
regression of endometrial explants in a rat model of endometriosis. Fertil Steril 2004; 82 Suppl 3:1008-1013.
(74) D'Hooghe TM, Bambra CS, Raeymaekers BM, De J, I, Lauweryns JM, Koninckx PR.
Intrapelvic injection of menstrual endometrium causes endometriosis in baboons (Papio cynocephalus and Papio
anubis). Am J Obstet Gynecol 1995; 173(1):125-134.
(75) Dinulescu DM, Ince TA, Quade BJ, Shafer SA, Crowley D, Jacks T. Role of K-ras and Pten in
the development of mouse models of endometriosis and endometrioid ovarian cancer. Nat Med 2005; 11(1):63-
70.
(76) Lebovic DI, Mwenda JM, Chai DC, Mueller MD, Santi A, Fisseha S et al. PPAR-gamma
receptor ligand induces regression of endometrial explants in baboons: a prospective, randomized, placebo- and
drug-controlled study. Fertil Steril 2007; 88(4 Suppl):1108-1119.
(77) Benbrook DM. Promise and problems of translational research. Gynecol Oncol 2006; 103(2
Suppl 1):S14-S17.
(78) Dodd JM, Crowther CA, Hiller JE, Haslam RR, Robinson JS. Birth after caesarean study --
planned vaginal birth or planned elective repeat caesarean for women at term with a single previous caesarean
birth: protocol for a patient preference study and randomised trial. BMC Pregnancy & Childbirth 2007; 7:17.
(79) Smith GC, Pell JP, Dobbie R. Caesarean section and risk of unexplained stillbirth in
subsequent pregnancy. Lancet 2003; 362(9398):1779-1784.
References
Chapter 5. Thesis Conclusion
489
(80) Smith GC, Pell JP, Pasupathy D, Dobbie R. Factors predisposing to perinatal death related to
uterine rupture during attempted vaginal birth after caesarean section: retrospective cohort study. BMJ 2004;
329(7462):375.
(81) Black N, Barker M, Payne M. Cross sectional survey of multicentre clinical databases in the
United Kingdom. BMJ 2004; 328(7454):1478.
(82) National Insititute of Clinical Excellence. Intrapartum care: care of healthy women and their
babies during childbirth. NICE Clinical Guideline 55. www.nice.org.uk. 2007.
(83) Department of Health. NHS Care Records Service. Department of Health, UK. http://www
nhscarerecords nhs uk/ [ 2008
(84) Richesson RL, Krischer J. Data standards in clinical research: gaps, overlaps, challenges and
future directions. J Am Med Inform Assoc 2007; 14(6):687-696.
(85) Black N. Maximising research opportunities of new NHS information systems. BMJ 2008;
336(7636):106-107.
(86) Moher D, Altman DG, Schulz KF, Elbourne DR. Opportunities and challenges for improving
the quality of reporting clinical research: CONSORT and beyond. CMAJ 2004; 171(4):349- 350.
(87) Shea BJ, Grimshaw JM, Wells GA, Boers M, Andersson N, Hamel C et al. Development of
AMSTAR: a measurement tool to assess the methodological quality of systematic reviews. BMC Med Res
Methodol 2007; 7:10.
(88) Plint AC, Moher D, Morrison A, Schulz K, Altman DG, Hill C et al. Does the CONSORT
checklist improve the quality of reports of randomised controlled trials? A systematic review. Med J Aust 2006;
185(5):263-267.
(89) Shea B, Moher D, Graham I, Pham B, Tugwell P. A comparison of the quality of Cochrane
reviews and systematic reviews published in paper-based journals. Eval Health Prof 2002; 25(1):116-129.
References
Chapter 5. Thesis Conclusion
490
(90) Moja LP, Telaro E, D'Amico R, Moschetti I, Coe L, Liberati A. Assessment of
methodological quality of primary studies by systematic reviews: results of the metaquality cross sectional
study. BMJ 2005; 330(7499):1053.
(91) Grimshaw JM, Eccles MP. Is evidence-based implementation of evidence-based care
possible? Med J Aust 2004; 180(6 Suppl):S50-S51.
(92) Brook RH. Implementing medical guidelines. Lancet 1995; 346(8968):132.
(93) Grimshaw JM, Russell IT. Effect of clinical guidelines on medical practice: a systematic
review of rigorous evaluations. Lancet 1993; 342(8883):1317-1322.
(94) Bahtsevani C, Uden G, Willman A. Outcomes of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines:
a systematic review. Int J Technol Assess Health Care 2004; 20(4):427-433.
(95) Foy R, Eccles MP, Jamtvedt G, Young J, Grimshaw JM, Baker R. What do we know about
how to do audit and feedback? Pitfalls in applying evidence from a systematic review. BMC Health Serv Res
2005; 5:50.
(96) Shekelle PG, Ortiz E, Rhodes S, Morton SC, Eccles MP, Grimshaw JM et al. Validity of the
Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality clinical practice guidelines: how quickly do guidelines become
outdated? JAMA 2001; 286(12):1461-1467.
Text is read by the "Ask this paper" AI Q&A widget below.
Extraction quality varies by source — PMC NXML preserves structure
cleanly, OA-HTML may include some navigation residue, and OA-PDF can
have broken hyphenation. The publisher copy
is the canonical version.